Consolidated Draft EIA Report-GJEP, KOCHI - Compressed

GJ ECO POWER PRIVATE
LIMITED
EC FOR KOCHI WASTE TO ENERGY

PROJECT
Draft EIA/EMP Report

April 2019
L&T Infrastructure Engineering Limited C1171301

RP003, Rev:0
L&T Infrastructure Engineering Ltd.
Client:
GJ Eco Power Private Limited
Project: Project No.:
EC for Kochi Waste to Energy Project C1171301
Title: Document No.: Rev.:
Draft EIA/EMP Report RP003 0
This document is the property of L&T Infrastructure Engineering Ltd.and must File path:
not be passed on to any person or body not authorised by us to receive it nor be l:\ports\2017\c1171301 - ec for kochi waste to energy\working\reports\002.
copied or otherwise made use of either in full or in part by such person or body draft eia report\brt review chapters\final chapters\consolidated draft eia
without our prior permission in writing. report 29.3.2019.docx
Notes:
Revision Details:
ALJ
MRU
SNV BRT
0 13.04.2019 First Submission GNT SAP CVS
RLB RBV
VHR
BRT
Init. Sign. Init. Sign. Init. Sign.
Rev. Date Details
Prepared Checked Approved
Draft EIA/EMP Report RP003 rev. 0
Declaration by Experts contributing to the EIA/EMP for Development of Kochi Waste to Energy
Plant in Brahmapuram Village, Vadavukode-Puthenkurisu Panchayat, Kanayannur Taluk,
Ernakulum District, Kerala
I, hereby, certify that I was a part of the EIA team in the following capacity that developed the above
EIA.
EIA Coordinator:
Name: K.R. Haneesh
Signature: Date: April 13, 2019

Name: C.V. Sundara Rajan
Signature: Date: April 13, 2019

(With support from other EIA Coordinators namely B. Ratheesh and Susruta Amirapu)
Period of Involvement: 2017-19
Contact Information: L&T Infrastructure Engineering Limited
th
6-3-1192/1/1, 5 Floor, Block No.3
White House, Kundan Bagh,
Begumpet, Hyderabad – 500 016
Phone: +91-40-4034444
Fax: +91-40-4034430
Email: cvs@lntiel.com & lntielhyd@lntiel.com
Functional Area Experts
S. Functional Involvement
Name of the Expert/s Signature & Date
No. Areas (Period & Task)
Susruta Amirapu
April 13, 2019
Period: 2017-19
Task: Provided the
B. Ratheesh required input for specific
Functional Areas of
Expertise during project April 13, 2019
1 AP period
Anshul Sanduja
April 13, 2019

With Support From:
 Reji Baby Varghese (TM)
 Gorji Navya Tej (TM)
 M. Uma Devi (TM)
Period: 2017-19
2 WP B. Ratheesh Task: Provided the
required input for specific
Declaration of Experts
Page i
Functional Areas of April 13, 2019
Expertise during project
period
Reji Baby Varghese
April 13, 2019
With Support From:
 Gorji Navya Tej (FAA)
 M. Uma Devi (FAA)
Susruta Amirapu
April 13, 2019
Period: 2017-19
Task: Provided the
B. Ratheesh required input for specific
3 SHW
Functional Areas of
period
Anshul Sanduja
April 13, 2019
Period: 2017-19
C.V. Sundara Rajan
Task: Provided the
4 SE April 13, 2019
Functional Areas of
Ramu L. Banakar period
April 13, 2019
V.Hanumantha Rao Period: 2017-19

Task: Provided the April 13, 2019
5 EB
Functional Areas of
Dr. Subramanyam N. V. Expertise during project
R. M. period
April 13, 2019
Period: 2017-19
Task: Provided the
C.V. Sundara Rajan
Functional Areas of
6 HG
period
April 13, 2019
With Support From:
Period: 2017-19
Task: Provided the
7 GEO C.V. Sundara Rajan
Functional Areas of
period
April 13, 2019
Page ii
Period: 2017-19
Task: Provided the
Reji Baby Varghese
Functional Areas of
period
Period: 2017-19
8 SC
Task: Provided the
V.Hanumantha Rao
Functional Areas of
period
With Support From:
 Dr. Subramanyam N. V. R. M. (TM)
B. Ratheesh
Period: 2017-19 April 13, 2019

Task: Provided the
Susruta Amirapu required input for specific
Functional Areas of
9 AQ Expertise during project April 13, 2019
period
Anshul Sanduja
April 13, 2019

With Support From:
 Gorji Navya Tej (FAA)
 M. Uma Devi (FAA)
Period: 2017-19
Task: Provided the
Reji Baby Varghese
Functional Areas of
10 NV*
April 13, 2019
period
With Support From:
C.V. Sundara Rajan Period: 2017-19

Task: Provided the
11 LU
Functional Areas of April 13, 2019
period
Gorji Navya Tej
April 13, 2019
Period: 2017-19
Task: Provided the
12 RH Susruta Amirapu
Functional Areas of
period
Page iii
With Support From:
 Anshul Sanduja (TM)
Declaration by the Head of the Accredited Consultant Organization
I, C.V. Sundara Rajan, hereby, confirm that the above mentioned experts prepared the EIA/EMP for
Development of Kochi Waste to Energy Plant in Brahmapuram Village, Vadavukode-
Puthenkurisu Panchayat, Kanayannur Taluk, Ernakulum District, Kerala. I also confirm that the
Consultant Organization shall be fully accountable for any misleading information mentioned in this
statement.
Signature:
Name: C.V. Sundara Rajan
Designation: City Office Manager & Head - Environment Section
Name of the EIA Consultant Organization: L&T Infrastructure Engineering Limited
NABET Certificate Number & Issue Date: Certificate Number NABET/EIA/1720/RA 0112 Dated
December 17, 2018.
Page iv
Quality Council of India
QCI National Accreditation Board for NABET

Education & Tralnlnz G
CERTIFICATE OF ACCREDITATION
L&T Infrastructure Engineering Ltd.
House No. 6-3-1192/1/1, 5th Floor, Block No.3, White House, Kundan Bagh,
Begumpet, Hyderabad - 500016
Accredited as Category - A organization under the QCI-NABET Scheme for Accreditation of EIA
Consultant Organizations: Version 3 for preparing EIA-EMP reports in the following Sectors:
SI. Sector (as per)
Sector Description Cat.
No. NABET MoEFCC
1 River Valley projects 3 1 (c) A
2 Thermal power plants 4 1 (d) A
3 Air ports 29 7 (a) A
Industrial estates/ parks/ complexes/Areas, export processing
4 Zones(EPZs), Special economic zones(SEZs), Biotech Parks, Leather 31 7 (c) A
Complexes
5 Ports, harbours, break waters and dredging 33 7 (e) A
6 Highways 34 7 (f) A
7 Common Effluent Treatment Plants (CETPs) 36 7 (h) B
8 Common municipal solid waste management facility (CMSWMF) 37 7 (i) B
9 Building and construction projects 38 8 (a) B
10 Townships and Area development projects 39 8 (b) B
Note: Names of approved EtA Coordinators and Functional Area Experts are mentioned in RAAC minutes
dated December 28,2017 posted on aCt-NABEr website.
The Accreditation shall remain in force subject to continued compliance to the terms and conditions mentioned in QCI-
NABEr's letter of accreditation bearing no. QCI/NABET/ENV/ACO/18/0810 dated December 17, 2018. The accreditation
needs to be renewed before the expiry date by L& T Infrastructure Engineering Limited, Hyderabad, following due process of
assessment.
Sr. Dire or, NABET Certificate No. Valid till

Dated: December 17, 2018 NABET/ EIA/1720/ RA 0112 09.02.2020
For the updated List of Accredited EIA Consultant Organizations with approved Sectors please refer to QCI-NABET website.
Table of Contents
Draft EIA/EMP Report RP003rev. 0
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Chapter 1. Introduction ............................................................................................................... 1-1
1.1 Project Identification .............................................................................................................. 1-1
1.2 Details of Project Proponent ................................................................................................. 1-2
1.3 Applicable Institutional, Legal and Policy Framework .......................................................... 1-2
1.3.1 Applicable Legal and Policy Framework for Proposed Kochi WtE Plant .................... 1-4
1.4 Project Site ............................................................................................................................ 1-6
1.4.1 Connectivity to Site ..................................................................................................... 1-7
1.4.2 Salient Features of Project Site .................................................................................. 1-7
1.5 Need/ Justification of Project Development ........................................................................ 1-10
1.5.1 Indian Scenario ......................................................................................................... 1-10
1.5.2 Kerala Scenario ........................................................................................................ 1-12
1.5.3 Kochi Scenario .......................................................................................................... 1-13
1.5.4 Waste to Energy Benefits ......................................................................................... 1-16
1.6 Status of Waste to Energy Projects in India and Other Countries ...................................... 1-17
1.7 Successful WtE Projects by the Proponent ........................................................................ 1-17
1.8 Project Development Plan .................................................................................................. 1-18
1.9 Consultant Appointed .......................................................................................................... 1-19
1.10 Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) ........................................................................... 1-19
1.11 Approach and Methodology ................................................................................................ 1-19
1.11.1 Project Influence Area (PIA)/Study Area .................................................................. 1-19
1.11.2 Study Period ............................................................................................................. 1-19
1.11.3 Methodology ............................................................................................................. 1-19
1.12 Structure of EIA Report ....................................................................................................... 1-21
Chapter 2. Project Description ................................................................................................... 2-1
2.1 General ................................................................................................................................. 2-1
2.2 Project Location .................................................................................................................... 2-1
2.3 Land for the Project ............................................................................................................... 2-1
2.4 Surveys and Investigations ................................................................................................... 2-2
2.4.1 Topography ................................................................................................................. 2-2
2.4.2 Geotechnical Survey................................................................................................... 2-2
2.5 Planning Brief ........................................................................................................................ 2-3
2.5.1 Planning Concept/Design Basis and Capacity Selection ........................................... 2-3
2.5.2 Type of Industry .......................................................................................................... 2-3
2.5.3 Facilities ...................................................................................................................... 2-3
2.5.4 Connectivity ................................................................................................................ 2-3
2.5.5 Transportation ............................................................................................................. 2-4
2.5.6 Employment ................................................................................................................ 2-4
2.5.7 Population Projection .................................................................................................. 2-4
2.5.8 Land Use Planning ..................................................................................................... 2-4
2.6 Details of Project with Process Details – Waste to Energy (WtE) Plant ............................... 2-5
2.6.1 Analysis of Waste/MSW Characterisation Study ........................................................ 2-5
2.6.2 Design Consideration ................................................................................................. 2-7
2.6.3 Raw Materials & Product Quantity/Source/Transport ................................................. 2-7
2.6.4 Detailed Operation Flow diagram/ Process Flow chart .............................................. 2-8
2.6.5 Weighbridge ................................................................................................................ 2-9
2.6.6 Waste Reception Area and Pre-processing of the Waste .......................................... 2-9
2.6.7 Bio-drying of the Waste ............................................................................................ 2-11
2.6.8 Material Recovery Facility......................................................................................... 2-12
2.6.9 Material Balance ....................................................................................................... 2-15
2.6.10 RDF Blending System .............................................................................................. 2-17
2.6.11 RDF Density Control ................................................................................................. 2-17
2.6.12 Gasification System .................................................................................................. 2-17
2.6.13 Power Generation ..................................................................................................... 2-21
2.6.14 Power Generation Capacity Design (Based on Worst Case of 14.5MJ/Kg) ............ 2-22
2.6.15 Resource Optimization ............................................................................................. 2-22
2.6.16 Green Belt/Area ........................................................................................................ 2-23
2.6.17 Future Proofing and Waste Heat .............................................................................. 2-24
Table of Contents
Page i
C1171301 EC for Kochi Waste to Energy Project
RP003rev. 0 Draft EIA/EMP Report
2.6.18 Water and Power ...................................................................................................... 2-24

2.6.19 Environmental Aspects ............................................................................................. 2-25
2.7 Project Cost ......................................................................................................................... 2-36
2.8 Project Implementation Schedule ....................................................................................... 2-36
Chapter 3. Description of Environment ..................................................................................... 3-1
3.1 Introduction ............................................................................................................................ 3-1
3.2 Study Area ............................................................................................................................. 3-1
3.3 Study Period .......................................................................................................................... 3-1
3.4 Environmentally/Ecologically Sensitive areas ....................................................................... 3-1
3.5 Land Environment ................................................................................................................. 3-3
3.5.1 District Physiographic Profile ...................................................................................... 3-3
3.5.2 Climatic Conditions ..................................................................................................... 3-4
3.5.3 Natural Resources of Project District .......................................................................... 3-5
3.5.4 Land Use and Land Cover .......................................................................................... 3-8
3.5.5 Geology ..................................................................................................................... 3-11
3.5.6 Seismicity .................................................................................................................. 3-13
3.5.7 Geomorphology......................................................................................................... 3-14
3.5.8 Soils .......................................................................................................................... 3-14
3.5.9 Hydrogeology ............................................................................................................ 3-16
3.5.10 Drainage & Irrigation ................................................................................................. 3-19
3.5.11 Wetlands ................................................................................................................... 3-21
3.5.12 Natural Hazards ........................................................................................................ 3-23
3.6 Air Environment ................................................................................................................... 3-27
3.6.1 Meteorological Data from Nearest Meteorological Station ....................................... 3-27
3.6.2 Meteorological Scenario during Study Period and for the Year 2016....................... 3-27
3.6.3 Ambient Air Quality ................................................................................................... 3-28
3.7 Ambient Noise Levels.......................................................................................................... 3-31
3.7.1 Results and Discussions ........................................................................................... 3-31
3.8 Water Environment.............................................................................................................. 3-33
3.8.1 Groundwater Quality ................................................................................................. 3-33
3.8.2 Surface Water Quality ............................................................................................... 3-34
3.9 Soil Quality .......................................................................................................................... 3-35
3.9.1 Results and Discussions ........................................................................................... 3-35
3.10 Biological Environment (Flora and Fauna) .......................................................................... 3-36
3.10.1 General Description of the Study Area ..................................................................... 3-36
3.10.2 Methodology for Ecological Survey .......................................................................... 3-36
3.10.3 Status of Flora ........................................................................................................... 3-37
3.10.4 Status of Faunal Diversity ......................................................................................... 3-41
3.10.5 Endangered/Threatened/Protected species ............................................................. 3-42
3.11 Socio-Economic Profile (Geography and Demography) of the Project Influence Area ...... 3-42
3.11.1 Brief Profile of Ernakulam District ............................................................................. 3-42
3.11.2 District Highlights - 2011 Census .............................................................................. 3-43
3.11.3 Economy Profile of Ernakulum District ..................................................................... 3-44
3.11.4 Demographic Profile of the Study Area .................................................................... 3-44
3.11.5 Study area Taluks ..................................................................................................... 3-44
3.11.6 Villages Falling in the Study Area ............................................................................. 3-45
3.11.7 Village Census Secondary Data ............................................................................... 3-45
3.11.8 Archeological Sites in the study area ........................................................................ 3-52
3.11.9 General Amenities in and around the Study Area .................................................... 3-53
Chapter 4. Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures ............................ 4-1
4.1 General .................................................................................................................................. 4-1
4.2 Land Environment ................................................................................................................. 4-1
4.2.1 Potential Impact due to Location................................................................................. 4-1
4.2.2 Potential Impact due to Construction .......................................................................... 4-3
4.2.3 Potential Impact due to Operation .............................................................................. 4-4
4.3 Water Environment................................................................................................................ 4-6
4.3.1 Potential Impact due to Location................................................................................. 4-6
4.3.2 Potential Impact during Construction .......................................................................... 4-6
Table of Contents
Page ii
4.3.3 Potential Impact during Operation .............................................................................. 4-8

4.4 Air Environment .................................................................................................................. 4-10
4.4.1 Potential Impact during Construction ........................................................................ 4-10
4.4.2 Potential Impact due to Operation ............................................................................ 4-12
4.5 Nosie Environment .............................................................................................................. 4-25
4.5.2 Potential Impact during Operation ............................................................................ 4-26
4.6 Solid Waste Management ................................................................................................... 4-27
4.6.1 Potential Impact due to Construction ........................................................................ 4-27
4.7 Biological Environment ....................................................................................................... 4-31
Chapter 5. Analysis of Alternatives ........................................................................................... 5-1
5.1 Site Alternatives .................................................................................................................... 5-1
5.2 Waste Processing Technologies Alternatives ....................................................................... 5-1
5.2.1 Incinerators ................................................................................................................. 5-1
5.2.2 Anaerobic Digestion .................................................................................................... 5-2
5.2.3 Gasification ................................................................................................................. 5-3
5.3 “No Project” Scenario ............................................................................................................ 5-4
Chapter 6. Environmental Monitoring Programme .................................................................. 6-1
6.1 Environmental Monitoring Programme ................................................................................. 6-1
6.2 Compliance Reports ............................................................................................................. 6-7
6.3 Plantation Monitoring Programme ........................................................................................ 6-7
6.4 On-site Mock Drills Requirements ........................................................................................ 6-7
Chapter 7. Additional Studies .................................................................................................... 7-1
7.1 Public Consultation ............................................................................................................... 7-1
7.2 Risk Analysis ......................................................................................................................... 7-1
7.2.1 Hazard Identification ................................................................................................... 7-1
7.2.2 Enumeration of Potential Accidents ............................................................................ 7-6
7.2.3 Damage Criteria .......................................................................................................... 7-7
7.2.4 Typical Failure Frequencies ....................................................................................... 7-8
7.2.5 Health Risks ................................................................................................................ 7-9
7.2.6 Risk Mitigation Measures.......................................................................................... 7-10
7.3 Disaster Management Plan ................................................................................................. 7-12
7.3.1 Causes of Disaster ................................................................................................... 7-12
7.3.2 Categorisation of Emergency ................................................................................... 7-13
7.3.3 Onsite Emergency Plan ............................................................................................ 7-14
7.3.4 Management Plan for Natural Hazards .................................................................... 7-20
7.3.5 Fire Protection Facilities ........................................................................................... 7-23
7.3.6 Offsite Emergency Plan ............................................................................................ 7-25
7.3.7 Conclusion ................................................................................................................ 7-26
7.4 Storm Water and Rainwater Harvesting ............................................................................. 7-26
7.5 Transportation Management ............................................................................................... 7-26
7.6 Social Impact Assessment .................................................................................................. 7-27
7.6.1 Social Impacts during Construction Phase ............................................................... 7-27
7.6.2 Social Impacts during Operation Phase ................................................................... 7-28
Chapter 8. Project Benefits ........................................................................................................ 8-1
8.1 Environmental benefits ......................................................................................................... 8-1
8.2 Reduction in Land fill ............................................................................................................. 8-2
8.3 Social and Economic Benefit ................................................................................................ 8-2
8.4 Employment .......................................................................................................................... 8-3
8.5 Local Body Cost Savings and Financial Benefits ................................................................. 8-3
8.6 Health Benefits ...................................................................................................................... 8-3
8.7 Reduced use of Fossil Fuels................................................................................................. 8-3
8.8 Energy Efficiency/ Saving through Recycling Of the Waste Material ................................... 8-4
Table of Contents
Page iii
8.9 Importance of Waste to Energy Plants in the National and State Context ........................... 8-5
8.10 Target Beneficiaries .............................................................................................................. 8-5
8.11 Corporate Environment Responsibility (CER) ....................................................................... 8-5
Chapter 9. Environment Cost Benefit Analysis ........................................................................ 9-1
9.1 Project Description ................................................................................................................ 9-1
9.1.1 Process ....................................................................................................................... 9-1
9.1.2 State of Art Technologies Proposed ........................................................................... 9-2
9.2 Environmental Benefit Analysis ............................................................................................. 9-4
9.2.1 Current Scenario’s Environmental Risk and Damages............................................... 9-4
9.2.2 Environmental Aspects of Kochi WTE Plant ............................................................... 9-4
9.2.3 Environmental Benefits ............................................................................................... 9-6
9.3 Cost Benefit Analysis ............................................................................................................ 9-7
9.3.1 Projected WTE Plant Cost .......................................................................................... 9-8
9.3.2 Projected WTE Plant Revenues ................................................................................. 9-8
9.3.3 Summary of Financial Analysis ................................................................................... 9-9
Chapter 10. Environmental Management Plan ......................................................................... 10-1
10.1 Administrative and Technical Setup for Environmental Management ................................ 10-1
10.2 Greenbelt Development ...................................................................................................... 10-2
10.2.1 Objectives of Greenbelt Plan .................................................................................... 10-2
10.2.2 Greenbelt Development Plan .................................................................................... 10-2
10.2.3 Recommended Species for Plantation ..................................................................... 10-4
10.3 Rainwater Harvesting Potential ........................................................................................... 10-5
10.4 Solar Power Harnessing Potential ...................................................................................... 10-5
10.5 Odor Management Plan ...................................................................................................... 10-6
10.6 Occupational Health and Safety .......................................................................................... 10-7
10.6.1 Occupational Hazards ............................................................................................... 10-7
10.6.2 Personal Protective Equipment................................................................................. 10-8
10.6.3 Health Monitoring ...................................................................................................... 10-8
10.6.4 Safety ........................................................................................................................ 10-9
10.6.5 Endemic Disease Mitigation Plan ............................................................................. 10-9
10.7 Institutional Mechanism for Implementation of Mitigation Measures ................................ 10-11
10.8 Environment Management Cell (EMC) ............................................................................. 10-12
10.9 Approach towards Voluntary Compliance ......................................................................... 10-13
10.10 Audits and Inspections ............................................................................................ 10-14
10.11 Summary of Impacts and Mitigation Measures ....................................................... 10-14
10.12 Budgetary Estimates ............................................................................................... 10-23
10.12.1 Budgetary Estimate for Environmental Management ....................................... 10-23
Chapter 11. Summary and Conclusion ...................................................................................... 11-1
11.1 Project Site .......................................................................................................................... 11-1
11.2 Need and Justification of the Project Development ............................................................ 11-1
11.3 Project Benefits ................................................................................................................... 11-2
11.4 Project Description .............................................................................................................. 11-3
11.4.1 Proposed Project....................................................................................................... 11-3
11.4.2 Planning Concept/Design Basis and Capacity Selection.......................................... 11-3
11.5 Description of Environment ................................................................................................. 11-4
11.5.1 Terrestrial Environment ............................................................................................. 11-5
11.5.2 Socio-economic Conditions ...................................................................................... 11-6
11.6 Anticipated Environmental Impacts with Mitigation Measures ............................................ 11-6
11.7 Analysis of Alternatives ....................................................................................................... 11-9
11.7.1 Site Alternative .......................................................................................................... 11-9
11.7.2 Waste Processing Technologies Alternatives ........................................................... 11-9
11.7.3 “No Project” Scenario ................................................................................................ 11-9
11.8 Environmental Monitoring Programme................................................................................ 11-9
11.9 Additional studies .............................................................................................................. 11-10
11.9.1 Risk Analysis ........................................................................................................... 11-10
11.9.2 Disaster Management Plan ..................................................................................... 11-10
11.9.3 Traffic and Transportation Management Plan ........................................................ 11-10
Table of Contents
Page iv
11.9.4 Social Impact Assessment...................................................................................... 11-10

11.10 Corporate Environment Responsibility (CER) ........................................................ 11-11
11.11 Environment Management Plan ............................................................................. 11-11
11.11.1 Budgetary Estimate for Environmental Management ....................................... 11-12
11.12 Conclusion .............................................................................................................. 11-12
Chapter 12. Disclosure of Consultants Engaged ..................................................................... 12-1
12.1 Brief Profile of L&T Infrastructure Engineering Limited ...................................................... 12-1
12.2 Other Consultants Engaged................................................................................................ 12-3
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 1-1: Aerial View of the Site ....................................................................................................... 1-7
Figure 1-2: Existing Infrastructure ........................................................................................................ 1-8
Figure 2-1: Google Image of Project Site ............................................................................................. 2-1
Figure 2-2: Layout of Waste to Energy (WtE) Plant ............................................................................. 2-5
Figure 2-3: Image of Weighbridge ........................................................................................................ 2-9
Figure 2-4: Waste Reception Area ..................................................................................................... 2-11
Figure 2-5: Bio-drying of Waste.......................................................................................................... 2-12
Figure 2-6: Dry odour free RDF prior to Segregation of Recoverable Materials ................................ 2-12
Figure 2-7: Operational Elements of MRF Process ........................................................................... 2-14
Figure 2-8: Mass Balance .................................................................................................................. 2-16
Figure 2-9: Flow Chart for the Gasification Process .......................................................................... 2-19
Figure 2-10: Power Generation System ............................................................................................. 2-22
Figure 2-11: Green Belt/Area ............................................................................................................. 2-24
Figure 2-12: Water and Wastewater Management ............................................................................ 2-29
Figure 3-1: Kerala District Map ............................................................................................................. 3-3
Figure 3-2: Mineral Map of Kerala ........................................................................................................ 3-8
Figure 3-3: Land Use/Land Cover Statistics of Study Area ................................................................. 3-9
Figure 3-4: Land Use Pattern in the Study Area ................................................................................ 3-10
Figure 3-5: Statistics of land use pattern in project site ..................................................................... 3-11
Figure 3-6: LULC Map for Project Site ............................................................................................... 3-11
Figure 3-7: Geological and Mineral Map of Ernakulum District .......................................................... 3-12
Figure 3-8: Earth quakes/Tremors Events and Seismograph of Kerala State ................................... 3-13
Figure 3-9: Seismic Map of Kerala State ........................................................................................... 3-14
Figure 3-10: Soils of Kerala/Ernakulam District ................................................................................. 3-15
Figure 3-11: Hydromorphology map of PIA district ............................................................................ 3-16
Figure 3-12: Groundwater Resources of Ernakulam district .............................................................. 3-17
Figure 3-13: Pre-Monsoon Ground water level map of Project site ................................................... 3-17
Figure 3-14: Post-Monsoon Ground water level map of Project site ................................................. 3-18
Figure 3-15: River Basins of Ernakulam PIA District.......................................................................... 3-20
Figure 3-16: Ernakulum District Watershed Atlas .............................................................................. 3-20
Figure 3-17: Wetland Map of Ernakulam PIA District......................................................................... 3-21
Figure 3-18: Drainage pattern in Study area ...................................................................................... 3-22
Figure 3-19: Wind and Cyclone Hazard Map of Kerala ..................................................................... 3-23
Figure 3-20: Cyclone Prone Area of Kerala State .............................................................................. 3-24
Figure 3-21: Flood Hazard Map of Kerala .......................................................................................... 3-25
Figure 3-22: Drought Prone Area Map of Kerala State (2012-2013) ................................................. 3-26
Figure 3-23: Annual Wind Rose (2016) .............................................................................................. 3-28
Figure 3-24: Ambient PM10 Levels ..................................................................................................... 3-29
Figure 3-25: Ambient PM2.5 Levels ..................................................................................................... 3-29
Figure 3-26: Ambient SO2 Levels ....................................................................................................... 3-30
Figure 3-27: Ambient NO2 Levels ....................................................................................................... 3-30
Figure 3-28: Ambient O3 Levels ......................................................................................................... 3-30
Figure 3-29: Ambient Day time Noise levels ...................................................................................... 3-32
Figure 3-30: Ambient Night equivalent Noise levels .......................................................................... 3-32
Figure 3-31: Percentage Occurrence of Tree Species in the Core Area ........................................... 3-38
Figure 3-32: Zone wise number of plant species recorded in the study area .................................... 3-40
Figure 3-33: Zone Wise Plant Species Diversity in the Study Area ................................................... 3-41
Figure 3-34: Total Population graph of study area ............................................................................. 3-46
Table of Contents
Page v
Figure 3-35: Population of <6 Years Children .................................................................................... 3-47

Figure 3-36: Population of Schedule Caste ........................................................................................ 3-47
Figure 3-37: Population of Schedule Tribe ......................................................................................... 3-48
Figure 3-38: Population of Literate in the Study Area ........................................................................ 3-49
Figure 3-39: Population of Illiterate in the Study Area ........................................................................ 3-49
Figure 3-40: Working & Non-Working Population Profile ................................................................... 3-50
Figure 3-41: Working & Non-Working (Male and Female) Population Profile .................................... 3-51
Figure 3-42: Main Working (Male & Female) Population Profile ........................................................ 3-52
Figure 3-43: Transport Network of Ernakulam District ....................................................................... 3-57
Figure 4-1: Drainage Pattern of Study Area ......................................................................................... 4-7
Figure 4-2: Lining of Proposed Inert Landfill during Construction and Capping................................... 4-9
Figure 4-3: Annual Wind Rose Diagram (December 2017 – December 2018) .................................. 4-15
st
Figure 4-4: Isopleth for 1 24-Hr Average Incremental Concentration of PM10.................................. 4-19
st
Figure 4-5: Isopleth for 1 24-Hr Average Incremental Concentration of PM2.5 ................................. 4-19
st
Figure 4-6: Isopleth for 1 24-Hr Average Incremental Concentration of SO2 ................................... 4-20
st
Figure 4-7: Isopleth for 1 24-Hr Average Incremental Concentration of NO2 ................................... 4-20
Figure 5-1: Waste Incineration Facility ................................................................................................. 5-1
Figure 5-2: Anaerobic Digestion Process ............................................................................................. 5-3
Figure 7-1: Steps Involved in Fire and Explosion Index Calculation .................................................... 7-5
Figure 7-2: Sequence of probable events ............................................................................................ 7-7
Figure 7-3: Emergency Evacuation Plan and Location of Assembly Points ...................................... 7-19
Figure 7-4: Crisis Management Group and Action Plan ..................................................................... 7-26
Figure 9-1: Schematic of Kochi WTE Plant Process ............................................................................ 9-1
Figure 9-2: Typical Schematic of Flue gas Treatment System ............................................................. 9-4
Figure 9-3: Environmental Aspects of Kochi WTE ............................................................................... 9-5
Figure 10-1: Indicative Sketch of Three Tier Greenbelt Development ............................................... 10-4
Figure 10-2: Implementation Arrangement ....................................................................................... 10-12
Figure 10-3: Tentative Organizational Setup for Environment Management Cell ............................ 10-13
Figure FD0101: Location Map
Figure FD0102: Study Area
Figure FD0201: Site Topogrpahy Map
Figure FD0202: Layout
Figure FD0301: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations
Figure FD0302: Noise Monitoring Locations
Figure FD0303: Water Sampling Locations
Figure FD0304: Soil Sampling Locations
LIST OF TABLES
Table 1-1: Important Policy Landmarks and Initiatives by Government of India on Solid Waste
Management ......................................................................................................................................... 1-4
Table 1-2: Applicable Environmental Regulations ................................................................................ 1-5
Table 1-3: Salient Features of Project Site ........................................................................................... 1-8
Table 1-4: Biomass Power Installations ............................................................................................. 1-18
Table 2-1: Results of (Safe Bearing Capacity) Geotechnical Investigations (Set 1) ............................ 2-2
Table 2-2: Results of (Safe Bearing Capacity) Geotechnical Investigations (Set 2) ............................ 2-2
Table 2-3: Material Flow in the Site .................................................................................................... 2-15
Table 2-4: Water Requirement and Wastewater generation .............................................................. 2-24
Table 3-1: Environmentally Sensitive Areas within 10 km from Project Boundary............................... 3-2
Table 3-2: Land Use/Land Cover Statistics of Study Area ................................................................... 3-8
Table 3-3: Land Use Land Cover Pattern of Project Site ................................................................... 3-10
Table 3-4: Cyclonic History of Kerala ................................................................................................. 3-24
Table 3-5: Details of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations ......................................................... 3-28
Table 3-6: Day and Night Equivalent Noise Levels ............................................................................ 3-31
Table 3-7: Details of Ground water Quality Monitoring Locations ...................................................... 3-33
Table 3-8: Details of Surface water Quality Monitoring Location ....................................................... 3-34
Table 3-9: Details of Soil Quality Monitoring Locations ...................................................................... 3-35
Table 3-10: IUCN listed Fauna species reported in 10 km buffer ...................................................... 3-42
Table 3-11: Taluk Census Summary .................................................................................................. 3-44
Table 3-12: Village Falling in Taluk-wise (10KmR) ............................................................................ 3-45
Table of Contents
Page vi
Table 3-13: Households and Population of Study Area ..................................................................... 3-46

Table 3-14: Population of <6 Years Children ..................................................................................... 3-46
Table 3-15: Population of Schedule Caste ......................................................................................... 3-47
Table 3-16: Population of Schedule Tribe .......................................................................................... 3-48
Table 3-17: Population of Literate in the Study Area ......................................................................... 3-48
Table 3-18: Population of Illiterate in the Study Area ......................................................................... 3-49
Table 3-19: Working & Non-Working Population Profile .................................................................... 3-50
Table 3-20: Working & Non-Working (Male and Female) Population Profile ..................................... 3-51
Table 3-21: Main & Marginal Working Population Profile .................................................................. 3-51
Table 3-22: Main & Marginal (Male & Female) Working Population Profile ....................................... 3-52
Table 3-23: List of Medical Facilities .................................................................................................. 3-57
Table 3-24: List of Medical Institute ................................................................................................... 3-58
Table 3-25: List of Educational Institutes ........................................................................................... 3-58
Table 3-26: List of Management Institutes ......................................................................................... 3-58
Table 3-27: List of Villages Having Drinking Water ............................................................................ 3-59
Table 3-28: List of Villages Having Post and Telegraph .................................................................... 3-59
Table 3-29: List of Villages Having Transport .................................................................................... 3-59
Table 3-30: List of Villages Having other Amenities........................................................................... 3-60
Table 4-1: Wastewater Generation .................................................................................................... 4-10
Table 4-2: Point Source Emissions as per design features ............................................................... 4-13
Table 4-3: Point Source Emissions as per MSW rules 2016 (Standard emissions)* ......................... 4-13
Table 4-4: DG Set Emissions from Waste to Energy plant ................................................................ 4-13
Table 4-5: Receptor Details ................................................................................................................ 4-15
st
Table 4-6: 1 24-hour Average and Resultant Concentration of PM10 .............................................. 4-16
st
Table 4-7: 1 24-hour Average and Resultant Concentration of PM2.5 .............................................. 4-16
st
Table 4-8: 1 24-hour Average and Resultant Concentration of SO2 ................................................ 4-16
st
Table 4-9: 1 24-hour Average and Resultant Concentration of NO2 ................................................ 4-16
Table 4-10: Annual Average Incremental Concentrations of pollutants ............................................. 4-17
st
Table 4-11: 1 24-hour Average and Annual Average Incremental Concentration of Sensitive
Receptors ........................................................................................................................................... 4-17
st
Table 4-12: 1 24-hour Average and Resultant Concentration of PM 10 ............................................ 4-17
st
Table 4-13: 1 24-hour Average and Resultant Concentration of PM 2.5 ............................................ 4-17
st
Table 4-14: 1 24-hour Average and Resultant Concentration of SO2 .............................................. 4-18
st
Table 4-15: 1 24-hour Average and Resultant Concentration of NO 2 .............................................. 4-18
Table 4-16: Annual Average Incremental Concentrations of pollutants ............................................. 4-18
st
Table 4-17: 1 24-hour Average and Annual Average Incremental Concentration of Sensitive
Receptors ........................................................................................................................................... 4-18
Table 6-1: Environmental Monitoring Programme ............................................................................... 6-2
Table 7-1: Details of Major Plant/Industrial Hazards ............................................................................ 7-3
Table 7-2: PHA for TPPs ...................................................................................................................... 7-4
Table 7-3: Flammable and Toxic Properties of Chemicals .................................................................. 7-4
Table 7-4: Degree of Hazard with respect to F & E Index ................................................................... 7-5
Table 7-5: Degree of Hazard with respect to Toxicity Index ................................................................ 7-6
Table 7-6: Damage due to Incident Radiation ...................................................................................... 7-8
Table 7-7: Effect of Over Pressure ....................................................................................................... 7-8
Table 7-8: General failure frequencies ................................................................................................. 7-8
Table 7-9: Failure Frequencies for Pipe Work ..................................................................................... 7-9
Table 7-10: Qualitative Health Risk Assessment of Kochi WTE .......................................................... 7-9
Table 7-11: Fire Extinguishing Agents – Forms and Ranges of Application ...................................... 7-24
Table 8-1: Cost for CER as per OM dated May 01, 2018 .................................................................... 8-5
Table 9-1: Salient Features of Kochi Waste to Energy Plant ............................................................... 9-1
Table 9-2; Environmental Benefit Analysis .......................................................................................... 9-6
Table 9-3: Non-Quantifiable Costs ....................................................................................................... 9-8
Table 9-4: Non-Quantifiable Benefits ................................................................................................... 9-8
Table 9-5: Assumptions in Financial Analysis ...................................................................................... 9-9
Table 9-6: Summary of Financial Analysis ......................................................................................... 9-12
Table 10-1: Recommended Plants for Greenbelt ............................................................................... 10-4
Table 10-2: Risk Matrix for WorkerScenarios Based on Likelihood and Consequence .................... 10-7
Table 10-3: Personnel Protective Equipment ..................................................................................... 10-8
Table 10-4: Project Activities, Associated Impacts, and Mitigation Measures ................................. 10-15
Table of Contents
Page vii
Table 10-5: Environmental Management - Capital Cost .................................................................. 10-23

Table 10-6: Environmental Management - Annual Recurring Cost .................................................. 10-23
Table 11-1: Salient Features of Kochi Waste to Energy (WtE) Plant ................................................. 11-3
LIST OF EXHIBITS
Exhibit 1-1: Project Site Photographs ................................................................................................... 1-6
Exhibit 3-1: Vegetation at project site ................................................................................................... 3-4
Exhibit 3-2: Grass lands at low lying areas........................................................................................... 3-4
Exhibit 3-3: An open hand dug well in the project area ...................................................................... 3-18
Exhibit 3-4: Another view of the same open well ................................................................................ 3-18
Exhibit 3-5: Coconut plantations in the core area ............................................................................... 3-37
Exhibit 3-6 Plantation in core area ..................................................................................................... 3-37
Exhibit 3-7 Riparian influenced grass in the core area ....................................................................... 3-38
Exhibit 3-8 Mixed plantation in the core area ..................................................................................... 3-38
Exhibit 3-9: Avenue plantation in buffer area ..................................................................................... 3-39
Exhibit 3-10: Mixed vegetation ........................................................................................................... 3-39
Exhibit 3-11: River front vegetation near Vembanad lake at 10 km ................................................... 3-40
Exhibit 3-12: Undulating terrain near Kakkanad at 10 km © Jaseem Hamza .................................... 3-40
LIST OF APPENDICES
Appendix A: Approved Additional ToR and Standard ToR Letter issued by SEIAA
Appendix B: Compliance to Additional ToR and Standard ToR
Appendix C: Climatological Table for Kochi (Cochin - 1971 to 2000)
Appendix D: Study Area Ambient Air Quality
Appendix E: Study Area Ambient Noise Levels
Appendix F: Study Area Groundwater Quality
Appendix G: Study Area Surface Water Quality
Appendix H: Study Area Soil Quality
Appendix I: Study Area Flora and Fauna
Appendix J: Land Use Change Notification of Project Site vide GoK
Appendix K: Forest Approval for Cutting of Trees
Appendix L: Layout Approval from Chief Town Planner
Appendix M: Consent to Establish from KSPCB
Appendix N: Structural Height Approval from Airports Authority of India (AAI)
Appendix O: National Ambient Air Quality Standards, 2009
Appendix P: National Ambient Noise Standards
Appendix Q: IS10500:2012 Drinking Water Standards
Appendix R: Designated Best Use Classification of Inland Surface Water of National Rivers
Conservation Directorate, MoEF&CC for Surface Water
Appendix S: Baseline data, Soil standards by Indian Council of Agricultural Research
Appendix T: Standards for Incineration as stipulated in the SWM Rule, 2016
Appendix U: Emission limits for new diesel engine up to and more than 800 kW for Generator Set
Appendix V: Standard for Land Disposal as stipulated in the SWM Rule, 2016
Appendix W: Approval from District Medical Officer (Health), Ernakulam District
LIST OF ACRONYMS
AAR Annual Average Rainfall
AAQ Ambient Air Quality
APC Air Pollution Control
BaP Benzo Alpha Pyrene
BIS Bureau Of Indian Standards
BMTPC Building Materials and Technology Promotion Council
BMWR Bio-Mined Waste Reception
BOD Biological Oxygen Demand
BPL Biomass Power Limited
C&D Construction and Demolition
CEMS Constant Emission Monitoring System
Table of Contents
Page viii
CER Corporate Environmental Responsibility

CFD Computational-Fluid-Dynamic modelling
CFE Consent For Establishment
CFO Consent For Operation
CGWB Central Ground Water Board
CMSWMF Common Municipal Solid Waste Management Facility
CO Carbon Monoxide
COD Chemical Oxygen Demand
CPCB Central Pollution control Board
CPHEEO Central Public Health and Environmental Engineering Organisation
CSP City Sanitation Plan
CSR Corporate Social Responsibility
CRZ Coastal Regulation Zone
CV Calorific Value
DG Diesel Generator
DMP Disaster Management Plan
E East
EAP Emergency Action Plan
EC Electrical Conductivity
EC Environmental Clearance
EIA Environmental Impact Assessment
EHS Environment Health & Safety
EMC Environmental Management Cell
EMP Environmental Management Plan
EMS Environmental Management System
EP Environmental Protection
ETP Effluent Treatment Plants
EU European Union
GDP Gross Domestic Product
GCDA Greater Cochin Development Authority
GHG Green House Gas
GJNCE GJ Nature Care & Energy Private Limited
GJEPPL GJ Eco Power Private Limited
GoI Government of India
GoK Government of Kerala
GPH General Process Hazard
GPS Global Positioning System
HAZOP Hazard and Operability study
HDPE High-Density Poly-Ethylene
HIV Human Immunodeficiency Virus
IMD Indian Meteorological Department
IS Indian Standard
IVI Importance Value Index
IWPA Indian Wildlife Protection Act
KLD Kilo Litres per Day
KMC Kochi Municipal Corporation
KSEB Kerala State Electricity Board
KSPCB Kerala State Pollution Control Board
KV Kilo Volts
KWA Kerala Water Authority
LIC London Investments Consultancy Limited
LNTIEL L&T Infrastructure Engineering Limited
LPG Liquefied Petroleum Gas
LULC Land Use Land Cover
MAC Maximum Allowable Concentration
MLD Million Litres per Day
MoA Ministry of Food and Agriculture
MoEF&CC Ministry of Environment, Forest & Climate Change
Table of Contents
Page ix
MRF Material Recovery Facilities

MSDS Materials Safety Data Sheet
MSIHC Manufacture, Storage And Import Of Hazardous Chemical
MSR Microbial Soil Based Reed Bed
MSW Municipal Solid Waste
MSWM Municipal Solid Waste Management
MVA Mega Volt Ampere
N North
NAAQS National Ambient Air Quality Standards
NABET National Accreditation Board for Education & Training
NABL National Accreditation Board for Testing and Calibration Laboratories
NAPCC National Action Plan on Climate Change
NFPA National Fire Protection Association
NH National Highway
NIOSH National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health
NRSC National Remote Sensing Centre
NUSP National Urban Sanitation Policy
NO2 Nitrogen Dioxide
OHS Occupational Health & safety
PET Potential Evapo Transpiration
PIA Project Influence Area
PM10 Particulate matter <10 micron size
PM2.5 Particulate matter <2.5 micron size
PPE Personal Protective Equipment
ppm Parts Per Million
PPP Public Private Partnership
PUC Pollution Under Control
PV Photo Voltaic
PVC Poly Vinyl Chloride
QCI Quality Council of India
R&R Resettlement and Rehabilitation
RDF Refused Derived Fuel
RF Reserved Forest
RO Reverse Osmosis
RWH Rain Water Harvesting
S South
SBM Swachh Bharat Mission
SC Scheduled Caste
SCS Severe Cyclonic Storms
SEAC State Expert Appraisal Committee
SEIAA State Environmental Impact Assessment Authority
SH State Highway
SNCR Selective Non-Catalytic Reduction
SO2 Sulphur Dioxide
SOP Standard Operating Procedure
SPCB State Pollution Control Board
SPV Special Purpose Vehicle
ST Scheduled Tribe
STG Steam Turbine / Generator
STP Sewage Treatment Plant
SS Suspended Solids
SSS State Sanitation Strategy
TDS Total Dissolved Solids
TPD Tonnes Per Day
ToR Terms of Reference
TSDF Treatment, Storage and Disposal Facilities
UF Ultra Filtration
VOC Volatile Organic Carbon
Table of Contents
Page x
W West
WCC Water Cooled Condensers
WHO World Health Organization
WtE Waste to Energy
WW Wastewater
Table of Contents
Page xi
Chapter 1
Introduction
Chapter 1. Introduction
Solid waste management is a part of health and sanitation, and according to the Indian
Constitution, falls within the purview of the State list. Since this activity is non – exclusive,
non – rivalled, and essential, the responsibility for providing the service lies within the public
domain. The activity being of a local nature must be entrusted to the Urban Local Bodies.
An international competitive tender was published by Kochi Municipal Corporation (KMC)
through KITCO as transactional advisor in March 2014 for the treatment and disposal of 300
tonnes per day of unsegregated MSW. The project was on a Public Private Partnership
(PPP) basis and required the winning bidder to Design, Build, Finance, Operate and
Transfers the facility after 20 years.
GJ Nature Care & Energy Private Limited (GJNCE) was the lead partner of consortium with
London Investments Consultancy Limited (LIC) and Biomass Power Limited (BPL), in bidding
for this project. The contract was awarded to GJNC on February 17, 2016 and as per the
requirement of the concession agreement a Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV) had to be
created by the bidding consortium. A SPV called GJ Eco Power Private Limited (GJEPPL)
has duly been set up in India with Biomass Power Limited (technology provider) through its
associate Biomass Power Holding Limited, GJ Nature Care& Energy Pvt Ltd and London
Investments Consultancy Limited (financial partner).
The KMC is responsible to deliver the required 300 Metric Tonnes of MSW to the facility on a
daily basis. GJ Eco Power Private Limited is responsible for processing this MSW to convert
it into Refused Derived Fuel (RDF) which will be used to produce syngas in the gasification
process. This syngas will be utilized as a fuel to produce steam in the boiler to generate
electricity. The plant can handle up to a capacity of 500 Metric Tonnes of MSW per day
considering additional capacity required for processing waste from existing waste dump as
well as future proofing. The proposed plant will have a gross installed capacity of 12.65 MW.
1.1 Project Identification

India is facing one of its most difficult challenges like any other rapidly developing country
with its large quantities of waste being produced as a result of a fast economic growth and
urbanisation. The growing population combined with the economic migration into the cities
not only generates an ever increasing amount of waste, but also requires an increase in
electrical power to meet the extra demand. It is estimated that about 80,000 metric tons of
solid waste are generated every day in the urban centres of India at present. About 60% of
the waste generated is disposed of safely. The uncollected solid waste remains present in
and around the locality or finds its way into the open drains. Proper solid waste disposal is
also hampered by the non – availability of suitable landfill sites, partly due to the high land
costs and partly due to rapid urban growth.
Because of this fact, management of solid waste is primarily an urban issue in Kerala and the
rest of India. In urban areas the responsibility of solid waste management lays exclusively
with the urban local bodies, that is, municipal governments.
On an average, 20 to 30 per cent of the total waste generated remains uncollected, creating
environmental hazards in urban settlements. Nowadays due to the increase in the
environmental awareness, the emphasis is moving more towards recycling and/or reuse of
domestic garbage is gaining momentum.
Cochin also known as Kochi is situated in the Ernakulum district of the State of Kerala, lies
along the Malabar Coast of India. The area under the Greater Cochin Development Authority
Chapter 1Introduction
Page 1-1
(GCDA) encompasses Kochi, Nine (09) municipalities and Twenty One (21) panchayats
covering an area of 632 km2 and forms the largest urban agglomeration in Kerala.
The city is administrated by the Kochi Municipal Corporation (KMC). Kochi has 74 wards
within seven administrative zones. Kochi being a harbour city and a major transport hub
linking all the tourist destinations in Kerala is popularly known as “Gateway of Kerala".
These economic and tourist activities add an altogether different dimension to the sanitation
issues of Kochi. In 2007 Kochi secured an overall sanitation score of 41.07/100 and has
been ranked 81st position in the sanitation ranking exercise carried out for 423 cities under
the mandate of National Urban Sanitation Policy (NUSP) through the Ministry of Urban
Development.
The overall sanitation score indicates the need for a considerable improvement in sanitary
conditions of Kochi. In line with the NUSP directives, KMC has done a detailed assessment
of sanitary conditions in Kochi. One of the pressing sanitary issues is that of the handling,
control and disposal of Municipal Solid Waste. This assessment has been done in order to
come up with a City Sanitation Plan for addressing the current issues and future sanitary
requirements of Kochi thorough a participatory approach. The overall plan has been
designed to take into account factors such as inclusivity of the urban poor, prioritisation of
issues & solutions at ward level granularity and to establish a definite timeline from which the
implementation of the proposed solutions can be scheduled and planned.
The State Government of Kerala and the Kochi Municipal Corporation has been very
supportive for this project because of the sustainable nature and generation of green energy.
1.2 Details of Project Proponent

The contact details and complete address of the project proponent are as follows.
Mr. James Adai
Director
GJ ECO Power Private Limited,
Door No: X/63, Sarayu Complex
Seaport Airport Road
Kakkanad, PIN CODE: 682030
Ernakulum - Kerala.
Tel: (0484) 4050884
E-mail: james.adai@lic-ltd.com.
1.3 Applicable Institutional, Legal and Policy Framework

The Government of India has undertaken a number of initiatives to address MSWM issues
since 2000. The policy interventions by the Government of India in MSWM can be traced
back to 1960s, when the Ministry of Food and Agriculture (MoA) announced loans for
composting of solid waste. However, a focused policy approach towards managing solid
waste gained momentum only after the plague outbreak in Surat in 1994. The J.S. Bajaj
Committee constituted in 1995 by the Planning Commission immediately after the plague
outbreak, made wide-ranging recommendations including waste segregation at source,
primary collection, levy of user charges, use of appropriate equipment and vehicles, and
focus on composting and landfilling. Parallel to this, the Ministry of Health and Family
Welfare initiated a National Mission on Environmental Health and Sanitation while the
Central Public Health and Environmental Engineering Organisation (CPHEEO) under MoUD
prepared a draft policy paper that detailed funding issues and requirements for MSWM.
Page 1-2
The Ministry of Environment, Forests and Climate Change (MoEF&CC) notified the Municipal
Solid Waste (M&H) Rules in September 2000. The rules provide detailed guidelines on
various aspects of MSWM and identify the Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) and the
State Pollution Control Boards (SPCBs) as nodal agencies to monitor its implementation
directly in the union territories and the states respectively. The Ministry of Environment
Forests and Climate Change has recently revised the rules and renamed it as Solid Waste
Management Rules, 2016.
Other policy initiatives which inform and guide provision of MSWM services include the
recommendations of the Technical Advisory Group on MSWM (2005) and the Inter-
Ministerial Task Force on Integrated Plant Nutrient Management (2005); the Hazardous
Waste (Management, Handling &Trans boundary Movement) Rules (1989,2008); Bio-
Medical Waste Management Rules (2016); the Plastic Waste Rules (2016); and the E-Waste
Rules (2016). All of these cover specific types of waste that are not regulated by the MSW
(M&H) Rules, 2000.
However, they provide guidance to the management of certain streams of waste which may
otherwise inadvertently find their way into the municipal waste streams. Launched in 2014
under the flagship programme namely Swachh Bharat Mission (SBM) aims to provide the
sanitation facilities with respect to scientific municipal solid waste management and liquid
waste management to every citizens. SBM stipulates to build the capacities of urban local
bodies strong in order to design, execute and operate all systems related to service
provision. This requires close linkage between planning, operationalising and sensitizing of
the sanitation and waste management services within the departments as well as the citizens
for achieving the overall goal of SBM. The initiative has also encouraged the participation of
private sector by providing the suitable environment for their active and reliable participation
in the sector.
Introduced in 2008, the National Urban Sanitation Policy (NUSP) broadly covers aspects of
urban sanitation. MSWM is an important focus area in the NUSP. The NUSP stipulates that
MSWM should also be covered in the state sanitation strategy (SSS) and the city sanitation
plan (CSP). This requires close linkages between the waste management and the sanitation
planning in a particular ULB. The National Mission on Sustainable Habitat, which was
approved in 2008 under the National Action Plan on Climate Change (NAPCC), highlights
the importance of adopting recycling strategies to avoid greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions.
There are the rules, regulations, policies, and reforms that guide the MSWM service delivery
(Table 1-1). Provisions for floating tax-free bonds by ULBs, income tax relief to waste
management agencies, introduction of double accounting system in ULBs, development of
model municipal bye-laws are other major policy or regulatory directives which guide ULBs in
certain aspects of planning for and operationalising MSW services. Overarching guidelines
for private sector participation (PSP) and PPP arrangements have also been drawn by the
Department of Economic Affairs. The “Toolkit for Public Private Partnership Frameworks in
Municipal Solid Waste Management” was developed by the Ministry of Urban Development.
Page 1-3
Table 1-1: Important Policy Landmarks and Initiatives by Government of India1 on

Solid Waste Management
Year Rules, Policies, Schemes, Financial Plans
1989 The Hazardous Waste (M&H) Rules
1994–1995 MSWM strategy paper by NEERI
J.S. Bajaj Committee (The High Powered Committee on Urban Solid Waste Management)
1998 Bio-medical Waste (M&H) Rules
Supreme Court appointed Barman Committee
2000 MSW (M&H) Rules
CPHEEO Manual on MSW
2005 Report of the Technology Advisory Group on SWM
JNNURM (2005–2012)—40 MSW projects costing Rs. 2,186 Cr sanctioned from a total of 65 cities covered
UIDSSMT (2005–2012)—51 MSW projects costing Rs. 327 Cr sanctioned from a total of 632 cities covered
12th Finance Commission (2005–2010)—Rs. 2,500 Cr for 423 Class I cities
2006 Strategy and Action Plan-Use of compost in cities
2007 11th Five-Year Plan (2007–2012)—Rs. 2,210 Cr for MSWM
2008 National Urban Sanitation Policy (NUSP)
Service Level Benchmarks (SLBs) in MSWM
Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling &Trans boundary Movement)Rules
National Mission on Sustainable Habitat (NAPCC)
2010 13th Finance Commission (2010–2015)—Establishing standards for delivery of essential services
2011 Plastic Waste (M&H) Rules
E-Waste (M&H) Rules
Draft Bio-medical Waste (M&H) Rules
2014 Swachh Bharat Mission, October 2014
2016 Waste Management Rules, 2016 comprising of Solid Waste Management Rules, Plastic Waste Management
Rules, Bio-Medical Waste Management Rules, E-Waste Management Rules, Hazardous and Other Wastes
(Management and Trans boundary Movement) Rules, 2016 and Construction and Demolition Waste
Management Rules, 2016.
MSWM plans should take cognisance of state level SWM strategies and policies. These
policies provide further guidance to ULBs to implement the SWM Rules, 2016. While various
states are in the process of defining the state level MSWM strategy, some states like
Karnataka and, most recently, Andhra Pradesh have notified state level MSWM strategies.
Recently Kerala State Policy on Solid Waste Management is published in Gazette on
September 13, 2018.
1.3.1 Applicable Legal and Policy Framework for Proposed Kochi WtE Plant
The proposed Waste to Energy (WtE) plant attracts the Environment Impact Assessment
(EIA) Notification, 2006 (as amended). As per EIA notification, 2006 (as amended), All
Projects are categorized as Category ‘B’ under Activity 7 (i) Common Municipal Solid Waste
Management Facility (CMSWMF). Also, MoEF&CC O.M D.O.No. 22-19/2017-IA-III, dated
July 03, 2017 states that “If the activities of incineration, RDF making and waste to energy
plant are proposed along with the new site of solid waste disposal/landfill, it is advisable to
obtain an integrated prior environmental clearance for these projects. Landfill is proposed as
a part of the proposed WtE plant for the disposal of waste ash only and not for Municipal
Solid Waste (MSW).
1
Toolkit for Solid Waste Management (2012), Jawaharlal Nehru National Urban Renewal Mission,
Ministry of Urban Development, Government of India. http://jnnurm.nic.in/wp-
content/uploads/2012/11/SWM-toolkit.pdf
Page 1-4
In view of the above, the proposed WtE plant is categorised as Category ‘B’ and shall be
appraised by SEAC/SEIAA, Kerala.
List of other rules/regulations as applicable to this proposed development is given below:
Table 1-2: Applicable Environmental Regulations
Applicable GoI
Policies & Year Objective Reason for Applicability
Regulations
Environmental
1986 To protect and improve overall environment Environment in general
(Protection) Act
Environmental Impact
Assessment Re-engineered EIA notification for a more
2006 Direct
Notification (as effective Environmental clearance process
amended)
Air (prevention and
To control air pollution by controlling
control of pollution) 1981 Control of Air pollution
emissions according to prescribed standards
Act
Noise Pollution
(Regulation and 2000 &
Noise pollution regulation and controls Control of Noise pollution
Control) (Amendment) 2010
rules
Hazardous and
To store/handle hazardous waste and
otherWastes
materials as per the provisions of the
(Management
manufacturer, storage and import of Appropriate handling of
andTrans boundary 2016
Hazardous Chemical Rules, Hazardous Hazardous Waste and Materials
Movement) and
Wastes (Management and Handling) Rules
amendment thereof
and Amendments
Rules
Water (Prevention To control water pollution by controlling
and Control of 1974 emission & Water pollutants as per the Control of Water pollution
Pollution) Act prescribed standards
Solid Waste Control of Pollution due to Solid
2016 For effective management of Solid waste
Management Rules waste
Involvement of information
E- Waste
technology
(Management)
2016 Management as a Consumer and telecommunication
Rulesamendment
equipment, electrical and
thereof.
electronics.
Consumer to ensure that used batteries are
not disposed off in any manner other than
Batteries 2001
depositing with the dealer, manufacturer, Appropriate handling of used
(Management and (amended
importer, assembler, registered recycler, re- batteries.
Handling) Rules in 2010)
conditioner or at the designated collection
centres.
Generator shall prima-facie be responsible for
collection, segregation of concrete, soil and
Construction and others and storage of construction and
Demolition Waste demolition waste generated, as directed or Appropriate handling of
Management 2016 notified by the concerned local authority in Construction and Demolition
Rulesand amendment consonance with these rules. The generator waste.
thereof shall ensure that other waste (such as solid
waste) does not get mixed with this waste
and is stored and disposed separately.
The Manufacture,
1989 To prevent major chemical accidents arising
Storage and Import of Handling of Hazardous
(amended in fromindustrial activities; and to Limit the
Hazardous Chemical Chemicals
2000) effects ofchemical (industrial) accidents
Rules (as amended)
Fly Ash Notification of 1999 (as MoEF&CC had issued in 1999 a notification Mandatory use of ash based
Ministry of amended till that all brick units within 100km radius ( bricks or products in
Page 1-5
Applicable GoI
Policies & Year Objective Reason for Applicability
Regulations
Environment and 2016 extended to 300 km ) of thermal power plants infrastructure construction
Forests. S.O.763(E), were required to use fly ash for making bricks including buildings in
New Delhi, Dated: as well as using it for construction activities designated Industrial estates or
14th September, like building or roads. parks or SEZ
1999 (as amended till
2016)
Generator to take all necessary steps to
Appropriate handling of Bio-
Bio-Medical Waste ensure that bio-medical waste is handled
2016 Medical Waste from the First
Management Rules without any adverse effect to human health
Aid/Medical Center etc.,
and the environment
Kerala State Policy on
Control of Pollution due to Solid
Solid Waste 2018 For effective management of Solid waste
waste
Management
1.4 Project Site

KMC has earmarked the land of 8.0 hectares (~ 20 acres), site (9°59'34.83"N, 76°22'6.46"E)
next to their existing waste facility in Brahamapuram (a suburb of Kochi City), Vadavukode-
Puthenkurisu Panchayat, Kunnathunadu Taluk, Ernakulam District. The location map
showing the project boundary with surrounding features is shown in Figure FD0101. Exhibits
of project site are given below.
Exhibit 1-1: Project Site Photographs

The Project site is 23 km away from the centre of the city located adjacent to the existing
MSW land fill site and Brahmapuram Diesel Power plant and bank of Kadambrayar River.
Page 1-6
The aerial view of the site is shown in Figure 1-1.
Figure 1-1: Aerial View of the Site
1.4.1 Connectivity to Site

The site is accessible to road traffic from the city from Palarivattom via Kakkand-Edachira-
Brahmapuram road. This road has heavy rush during morning and evening and has many
sharp bends and bottle necks. This is being used by KMC to transport the MSW to the
existing landfill site. Info-park Expressway connecting Seaport-Airport road is wider and fit for
moving multi-axle trucks.
1.4.2 Salient Features of Project Site

The land proposed for the Kochi Waste to energy Plant is undeveloped and there are no
existing facilities.
Greater Cochin was assessed by CPCB in view of the deterioration of environmental quality
due urbanization and the existence of two industrial clusters and declared under critically
polluted category and moratorium on consideration of projects in this area was imposed by
MoEF&CC. Later it was revoked due to improvement achieved in the overall quality index.
The present site is within the continuum of the Ambalamugal industrial cluster and adjacent
to Brahmapuram Diesel Power Plant. The existing the infrastructure in and around the
proposed site is shown in Figure 1-2.
Page 1-7
Figure 1-2: Existing Infrastructure

The salient features of the proposed site and adherence to siting criteria of land fill facility is
given in Table 1-3.
Table 1-3: Salient Features of Project Site
Distance from the Landfill2
Distance from the Facility Requirements As per
(All the distances are Solid Waste Management Kochi WtE Land fill site
S. No. Parameter
given from the project (SWM), Rules 2016 buffer distances
boundary) (Guidelines for Sanitary provided (m)
Landfill Site) (m)
>140m North & Southern 100 >100 (285 m )
side river boundary is far
away from plant as per
Topo sheet.
As per google Southern
boundary is about 20 m /
1. River
abutting the streamlet
connected to river.
Therefore, Water
Conservation Area is
planned towards Southern
Boundary
2. Pond None 200 None
3. Highway None (>4.4 km) 200 >200 (>4.7km)
4. Habitation None (425m) 200 >200 (602m)
5. Public Park None (2km) 200 >200 (2.07km)
6. Water Supply Well >140 m 200 >200 m(260m)
7. Airport 11.10km (Naval airstrip) 20000 (NOC in case of 11.58 Km to Kochi Naval
2
It is pertinent to mention that the land fill in this project meant for the inert and process waste not for
MSW. However, general MSW landfill guideline is also ensured.
Page 1-8

S. No. Parameter
Landfill Site) (m)
18 km Kochi International falling between 10000 – airstrip & 17.32 km to
Airport 20000) Kochi International Airport
The site is located between Not to be in Flood Plains The site is located
Kadambrayar River and a between Kadambrayar
canal. The area abutting River and a canal. The
river and canal is low lying area abutting river and
in nature and gets canal is low lying in nature
inundated during monsoon. and gets inundated during
The water level reaches monsoon. The water level
around 1.0 m above ground reaches around 1.0 m
in the area abutting river above ground in the area
Flood plains as and canal during monsoon. abutting river and canal
8. recorded for last during monsoon.
100 years Probable low lying area
where flooding is Probable low lying area
experienced during rainy where flooding is
season has been avoided. experienced during rainy
Over and above site will be season has been avoided.
levelled to 3.0 m AMSL Over and above site will
which will ensure the safety be levelled to 3.0 m AMSL
of Site from Flooding which will ensure the
safety of Site from
Flooding
9. Coastal Regulation None Not to be in CRZ None
10. Wetland No - -
None (Above 10km is Not to be in CHA None (10.45 km is
Critical Habitat
11. Mangalavanam Bird Mangalavanam Bird
Area
Sanctuary. Sanctuary.
10.1 km is Mangalavanam Not to be in Eco-fragile None (10.45km is
Sensitive Eco-
12. Bird Sanctuary. Area Mangalavanam Bird
fragile Area
Sanctuary.
Potentially Unstable No Not to be in Unstable Zone No
13.
Zone
Buffer Zone as per 5m buffer of green cover is - 5m buffer of green cover is
14.
Regulatory Body proposed as in the layout proposed as in the layout
Areas with unstable The soil abutting the river Exclude the areas with The soil abutting the river
geological features and canal area is soft clay unstable geological features and canal area is soft clay
such as weak soils having low N values. But such as weak soils (organic having low N values. But
(organic soils or the soil in upper stretches is soils or soft clay or clay- the soil in upper stretches
soft clay or clay- fairly good where the plant sand mixtures or soils that is fairly good where the
15.
sand mixtures or layout is planned. loose strength with plant layout is planned.
soils that loose compaction or with wetting)
strength with
compaction or with
wetting)
23 km away from the centre Exclude areas with high 23 km away from the
Areas with high
of Ernakulum city. population, unique centre of Ernakulum city.
population, unique
archaeological, historical,
archaeological,
16. A small Mosque near to paleontogical and religious A small Mosque near to
historical,
boundary gate is observed. interests boundary gate is
paleontogical and
observed.
religious interests
Already excluded.
Areas of ground CGWB report says 2-5 As per SWM-2016 the >2m
17.
water recharge and mbgl. highest level of water table
Page 1-9

S. No. Parameter
Landfill Site) (m)
extremely high shall be at least 2m below
water table zone. base of clay or amended
soil barrier layer provided at
bottom of landfill)
Zone-3 (Moderate risk Exclude areas prone to Zone-3 (Moderate risk
zone). No volcanic activity natural hazards (such as zone). No volcanic activity
Areas prone to
& landslide. During Design volcanic activity, seismic & landslide
natural hazards
the effects from natural disturbance and landslide)
(such as volcanic
18. disasters will be considered
activity, seismic
and necessary
disturbance and
precautionary measures
landslide)
would be built-in /
implemented.
Areas with Exclude areas with -
subsidence (such subsidence (such as owing
as owing to to subsurface mines, water,
subsurface mines, oil or gas withdrawal or
19. -
water, oil or gas solution-prone subsurface)
withdrawal or
solution-prone
subsurface)
Project Land abutting Exclude agricultural/forest Project Land abutting
existing landfill site and areas existing landfill site and
Owned by KMC and Owned by KMC and
Agricultural/Forest
20. earmarked for this activity. earmarked for this activity.
Areas
No agricultural activity or No agricultural activity or
forest areas were observed. forest areas were
observed.
1.5 Need/ Justification of Project Development
1.5.1 Indian Scenario

Urban India is facing an ever increasing challenge of providing for the incremental
infrastructural needs of a growing urban population. According to the 2011 census, the
population of India was 1.21 billion, of this 31% live in cities. It is projected that by 2050, half
of India’s population will live in cities.
With this increasing population, municipal solid waste management (MSWM) in the country
has emerged as a challenge not only because of the environmental and aesthetic concerns,
but also because of the huge quantities of municipal solid waste (MSW) generated every
day. According to Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB), 1,43,449 tonnes per day (TPD) of
MSW was generated in India during 2014–2015, with an average waste of 0.11 kilogram
(kg)/capita/day. Of the total MSW, approximately 1,17,644 TPD (80%) was collected, while
only 32,871 TPD (22%) was processed or treated. Segregation at source, collection,
transportation, treatment, and scientific disposal of waste was largely insufficient leading to
degradation of the environment and poor quality of life.
Currently though efforts are made to separate the garbage between degradable and non –
degradable items, no Indian city has yet to have done this effectively despite this being a
mandatory requirement under MSW Rule 2016 at the municipal level. This is mostly because
Page 1-10
it is uneconomical to process all the waste, since only 13 to 20 % of municipal waste is

recyclable the remaining 80-85% is organic and the traditional solution has always been,
“lets compost it”, but this process is extremely labour intensive and the market for the product
is at best limited because of oversupply. Add to that in most cases secondary waste
collection is not being done adequately.
The increasing industrialization, urbanization and changes in the pattern of life, which
accompany the process of economic growth, give rise to generation of increasing quantities
of wastes leading to increased threats to the environment. In recent years, technologies have
been developed that not only help in generating substantial quantity of decentralized energy
but also in reducing the quantity of waste for its safe disposal.
The Ministry is promoting all the Technology Options available for setting up projects for
recovery of energy from urban wastes. In developed countries, environmental concerns
rather than energy recovery is the prime motivator for waste-to-energy facilities, which help in
treating and disposing of wastes. Energy in the form of biogas, heat or power is seen as a
bonus, which improves the viability of such projects. While incineration and bio-methanation
are the most common technologies, pyrolysis and gasification are also emerging as preferred
options. A common feature in most developed countries is that the entire waste management
system is being handled as a profitable venture by private industry or non-government
organizations with tipping fee for treatment of waste being one of the major revenue streams.
The major Advantages for adopting technologies for recovery of energy from urban wastes
are to reduce the quantity of waste and net reduction in environmental pollution, besides
generation of substantial quantity of energy.
1.5.1.1 Extract from the Planning Commission’s Task Force on Waste to Energy
Report (Volume 1)
As per 2011 census, the 377 million people living in 7,935 urban centres (with 4,041 statutory
municipal authorities and 3,894 town with more than 5,000 people of which 75% are male
involved in non-agricultural activity), generate 1, 70,000 TPD and 62 million tonnes of MSW
per year which is based on an average per capita generation of 450gm per person per day. It
needs to be noted that 62 million tonnes of waste generation reported, annually, does not
include wastes picked up by kabadiwalas from households and from the streets by rag
pickers.
Currently, of the estimated 62 million tonnes of MSW generated annually by 377 million
people in urban areas, more than 80% is disposed of indiscriminately at dump yards in an
unhygienic manner by the municipal authorities leading to problems of health and
environmental degradation. The untapped waste has a potential of generating 439 MW of
power from 32,890 TPD of combustible wastes including Refused Derived Fuel (RDF), 1.3
million cubic metre of biogas per day or 72 MW of electricity from biogas and 5.4 million
metric tonnes of compost annually to support agriculture. The existing policies, programmes
and management structure do not adequately address the imminent challenge of managing
this waste which is projected to be 165 million tonnes by 2031 and 436 million tonnes by
2050.
Further, if the current 62 million tonnes annual generation of MSW continues to be dumped
without treatment; it will need 3, 40,000 cubic meter of landfill space everyday (1240 hectare
per year). Considering the projected waste generation of 165 million tonnes by 2031, the
requirement of land for setting up landfill for 20 years (considering 10 meter high waste pile)
could be as high as 66 thousand hectares of precious land, which our country cannot afford
to waste. The Task Force (TF) has taken a serious view and considers it imperative to
Page 1-11
minimize the wastes going to landfill by at least 75% through processing of MSW using
appropriate technologies.
The processing will not only generate revenue and new products from waste, but also
improve public health and quality of life of people. World Health Organization (WHO) has
observed that 22 types of diseases can be prevented/ controlled by improving the MSW
management system. This will indirectly save huge financial resources currently spent on
health and medical services.
At the global level, western countries have taken the MSW problem very seriously in the past
three decades and have successfully implemented several waste to energy plants. The total
number of waste-to-energy plants in the 18 European countries is 455. In the United States
the total number of waste-to-energy plants is 86. A number of Indian cities have also tried to
develop waste to energy projects, however the majority of them were not designed to adopt
to the challenges of the Indian MSW.
As per information available for 2012, compiled by CPCB, municipal authorities have so far
only set up 279 compost plants, 172 bio-methanation plants, 29 RDF plants and eight Waste
to Energy (W to E) plants in the country.
1.5.1.2 Swachh Bharat Mission Initiatives

The Swachh Bharat Mission has launched the “waste-to-wealth scheme” for which steps
have been taken for commissioning of these waste-to-energy plants to produce a total 73.6
MW”.
This is based on six waste-to-energy plants being commissioned next year including two in
the national capital
 Ghazipur to produce 12 MW power by processing 2,000 tonnes waste per day

 Narela-Bawana in New Delhi to generate 24 MW power from waste
 Jabalpur 11MW plant; (Now operational)
 Hyderabad 11MW plant
 Nalgonda (Telangana) 12.6 MW
 Chennai 3MW
India has set itself a target to generate between 4GW – 6GW of energy from waste to energy
projects.
1.5.2 Kerala Scenario
1.5.2.1 Extract from Kerala State Policy on SWM 2018

Kerala state has been taking concerted effort for achieving total sanitation, hygenie aand
health outcome. Kerala was one of the first state in the country to do away with the
dehumanizing practice of manual scavenging and also it is one among the first open
defecation free states in the country. Though the primary goal of sanitation is achieved and
health outcomes are improved, there are various secondary issues affecting the hygiene of
the state. Irrespective of various rigorous actions by the state and local Governments in
terms of handholding support to waste generators and managers, promotion of appropriate
technologies, awareness building and behavioural change initiatives, the issues with respect
to waste management is persisting.
A comprehensive sectoral status study on solid waste management sponsored by the “
Water and Sanitation Project – South Asia” of the World Bank estimated per capita MSW
Page 1-12
generation as 400 gpd in major urban centers, 300 gpd in municipalities and 200 gpd in rural
areas. Detailed sampling studies in major urban centers of the state indicated that the waste
generation in higher by almost 17.5% than the general estimates. Accordingly, the total MSW
generation in Kerala is 3.7 MTPA, which includes 1415 TPD of MSW generated by Six City
Corporations, 4523 TPD by 87 Municipalities and 4106 TPD by 941 Gram panchayats. In
addition, there are other waste generation from slaughter houses, poultry stalls, meat stalls,
butcher& meat shops, health care institutions and industrial units.
The brand name of tourism in Kerala” God’s Own Country” is an implicit invitation to enjoy
the boundless natural beauty of the state. Accumulation of waste at places, roads and public
places with waste litters, polluted water bodies, stagnant contaminants, eutrophication of
lakes and water ways etc., adversely affects the aesthetic appearances and hygienic
environment. The ‘Low mortality and high morbidity syndrome’ given the high level of literacy,
better health care infrastructure and higher utilization of health care services is pointing
towards issues in environmental pollution, one of the reasons being in adequate
management of waste.
Kerala State Policy on SWM 2018 gives the guiding principles, objectives and strategy to
achieve the vision of the policy wherein “ promoting modern centralised waste processing
facilities in major cities using state of art technologies” is one among the strategy.
1.5.3 Kochi Scenario

The quantity of MSW generated depends on a number of factors such as population, food
habits, standard of living, degree of commercial activities and seasons. Data on quantity
variation and generation are useful in planning for collection and disposal systems. The
increasing urbanization and changing lifestyles have increased the waste generation rate of
Indian cities.
In Kochi city as per the Kerala Sustainable Urban Development Project (KSUDP) 2006
survey, the waste generation was found to be 295 tonnes per day. A portion of the MSW
generated will be collected by rag pickers for recycling and reuse. There will also be source
level disposal, especially in areas where the population density is low. It was estimated that
450 tonnes per day of waste would be generated in 2016 calculated at the rate of 5% annual
increase.
The concession agreement includes a condition that requires the Kochi Municipal
Corporation to deliver not less than 255 tons per day, with an expected average calculated
as 300 metric tons of MSW delivered to the main gate each day. There is a design
requirement within the Concession Agreement calling for the plant to be able to handle and
process up to 330 tons per day of MSW. This commitment enables GJEP to be able to
predict the incoming daily volumes of waste, develop a means of handling and process this
or greater volumes. To ensure the facility is able to handle the volumes of expected waste
deliveries the plant’s base design has the ability to handle 500 tons per day of MSW for
conversion to RDF and power.
The current situation in the city of Kochi (Kerala, South India) is that, the existing waste
disposal process is limited to just collection and surface dumping of the waste into
uncontrolled sites. The environmental damage and risks to human health this activity creates
are escalating on a daily basis. KMC put efforts to set up facilities for the collection, transport
and disposal of MSW and finally a site was selected at Brahmapuram outside the limits of the
corporation in nearby Puthenkurisu-Vadavukode Panchayath. The windrow composting
Page 1-13
facility not able to process all the waste received and, the site became a dump site. This
finally led to agitations and public interest litigations.
Over 136 other unauthorised locations within Kochi city and adjoin areas are used for waste
dump and some of them are shown below.
Page 1-14
The photograph showing existing Brahamapuram waste treatment and disposal site
conditions is given below.
Waste Reception Area Open Waste Storage
Shed in Dilapidate Condition Un-Controlled Leacheate
Compost Plant Recent fire (on 22.02.2019) at

Brahmapuram
The MSW from Kochi possess several technical and practical challenges when attempting an
MSW to fuel (RDF) conversion to produce an effective energy generation source. The higher
moisture content, seasonal variations in waste profile and low calorific value are some of the
key challenges. During the submission period for the RFP tender stages GJEPPL forced to
Page 1-15
rely on local available published documentation for the basis on which to form our waste
profiling. Since that date GJEPPL has been able to complete a detailed waste analysis from
the source, day to day content profiling, Calorific value testing, moisture content, inert
material variation and the seasonal organic and moisture variation profile over 18 months
provided the company with a statistical profile of the Kochi MSW. This process has
uncovered a number of errors in the reporting and conclusions made in the older reports.
Our own in-house assessments of the waste stream data collected between 2014 and to
date have resulted in the need for some large changes in the methods GJEPPL will use in
the MSW to fuel preparation conversion process of the plant. These changes have in some
ways impacted on the processing timelines and operational requirements of the facility. The
new and up to date waste analysis data enabled us to select the best technology solutions
needed to ensure a robust operation with high efficiency and low maintenance scheduling.
The unsegregated waste is verified, profiled before transferring to the Waste Reception area,
here the MSW is initially identified and where required undesirables are removed and the
balance of the waste is sized before being sent for treatment using a proven state of the art
German engineered “Bio drying process”.
This process has been used worldwide, the MSW is processed using the Bio Drying system
for a period of 21-28 days to remove the moisture from the organic materials with sanitisation
and odour removal process. This technology uses minimal energy with effective drying
through an eco-friendly patented natural process.
This technology is very well proven globally and waste materials which are very similar to
Kochi profile MSW is effectively treated in our technology provider‘s facilities including some
other developing countries. This process efficiently dries the entire organic mass including
the internally trapped water molecules
Since March 2012 the project promoters have been actively involved in a detailed study on
the municipal solid waste issues in Kochi through world class experts from the UK and were
able to define the challenges and potential solutions.
The company’s core technical and management team has successfully implemented several
MSW projects globally and carry over 200 years of collective hands-on experience in Waste
to Energy sector.
Solid Waste Management Rule 2016 mandates under Section 21 i.e. “21 Criteria for waste to
energy process- (1) Non-recyclable waste having calorific value of 1500 kcal/kg or more shall
not be disposed of on landfills and shall only be utilised for generating energy either or
through refuse derived fuel or by giving away as feed stock for preparing refuse derived fuel”.
The Government of Kerala and the Kochi Municipal Corporation searched for effective
solution through public-private participation (PPP) and from among many contesters GJ Eco
Power Pvt Ltd (GJEP) was selected as a partner for the Waste to Power project.
1.5.4 Waste to Energy Benefits

Kochi waste to energy project provides an excellent cost benefit to KMC and to the public in
the following key areas:
 Reduction in Green House Emissions & it’s environmental benefits
 Carbon Footprint
 Benefits to adjoining municipalities – HUB concept
 Reduction in Land fill
 Health benefits
Page 1-16
 Reduction in Air/Soil/Water Contamination

 Kochi selected a SMART city by the Central Government
 Employment
1.6 Status of Waste to Energy Projects in India and Other Countries

In the 20th report (August 2016) on Power Generation from Municipal Solid Waste by MNRE,
Standing Committee on Energy (2015-2016) the following status are extracted and provided.
 The capacity of the M/s. Timarpur Okhla Waste Management Private Ltd. (TOWMCL) is
16 MW and M/s East Delhi Waste processing Company (P) Ltd., New Delhi, Ghazipur is
12 MW.
 As per MoUD, there are 7 functional plants of 92.4 MW capacities, 4 non-functional
plants of 40.6 MW capacity, 31 under construction plants of 241.8 MW capacity and 21
plants under tendering stage of 163.5 MW Capacity. Total power generation capacity of
all WTE plants in India is 538.3 MW
 The 7 Plants as reported are located at Okhla-Delhi (16 MW), Pune (10 MW, Current
Generation 0.5MW), Solapur – Maharastra (3 MW), Karimnagar-Telangana (12 MW),
Ghazipur-Delhi (16 MW), Jabalpur- Madhya Pradesh (11.4 MW) and Narela-Bawana –
Delhi (24 MW). It is observed that except the Okhla and Ghazipur Plants, all the
remaining Waste to Energy Plantshave failed to take offdue to technical and other
reasons. Various measures have been suggested by the MNRE Standing Committee to
overcome these issues for successful implementation of Waste to Energy Project. As per
the latest Feasibility of WtE Plants in India report by CSE 2018 titled “ To Burn or Not to
Burn”, Plants at Narela-Bawana, Jabalpur- Madhya Pradesh, Shimla, Solapur –
Maharastra, Saligao-Calangute- Goa are operational.
 There are about 2200 Waste to Energy Plants in the world with a disposal capacity of
about 255 million tonnes of waste per year. Modern Technologies have been deployed,
especially in Europe, Japan, Australia, China and USA.
The Best Plant in the World - AEB’s Amsterdam: AEB’s Amsterdam W to E plant has the
best credentials in the world. Every day, 600 trucks and a number of freight trains deliver
4,400 tons of waste to the plant. Only the waste that is not suitable for ‘reuse’ or ‘recycling’ is
incinerated. It produces electricity with a net energy efficiency of 30.6% - the highest in the
world. The excess heat generated during combustion is used to provide district heating and
hot water. The Incinerator Ash is recycled to convert into useful products. Out of every 1000
kg of waste, only 0.5 kg of residual waste remains for which there is no use. This is land
filled.
1.7 Successful WtE Projects by the Proponent

A SPV called GJ Eco Power Private Limited (GJEPPL) has duly been set up in India with
Biomass Power Limited (technology provider) through its associate Biomass Power Holding
Limited, GJ Nature Care& Energy Pvt Ltd and London Investments Consultancy Limited
(financial partner).
Biomass Power Ltd (BPL) was formed from the key staff of Talbot’s Heating Ltd who had
been responsible for a number of biomass-residue energy recovery facilities. Talbot’s had
designed and manufactured biomass combustion plants since 1973. Since then, it supplied
approximately 4,000 units to more than 20 countries worldwide. Throughout its history,
Talbot’s focused on projects for the gasification of difficult biomass residues.
Page 1-17
Talbot’s had an operational test unit in its Stafford workshop in which it could conduct trials
with customer’s refuse derived fuel (RDF), which gave the company a significant edge over
its competitors. Most of the early units supplied by Talbot’s had a thermal capacity of a few
hundred kilowatts. In recent years, however, Talbot’s had supplied a number of larger plants
for RDF similar to that to be used in the proposed project. The table below lists some of
those early reference installations.
Table 1-4: Biomass Power Installations
Operator Location Fuel Capacity Start-up
Frank Miller Lumber Union City, IN, USA General waste 6 MW process heat 1991
Besse Forest Products Gladstone, MI, USA wet wood 6 MW process heat 1994
Cox Interiors Campbellsville, KY, general waste 12 MW process heat and 1998
USA 2 MW electricity
Geest Fresh Salads Cambridge 70% plastic 600 kW hot water 1998
Frank Miller Lumber Union City, IN, USA wet wood 6 MW process heat 1998
Cox Interiors Campbellsville, KY, general waste 12 MW process heat and 1998
USA 2 MW electricity
Palgrave Brown Chorley, Leyland general industrial waste and 2.5 MW hot air 2000
MDF dust
IKEA Doncaster packaging waste and pallets 2 MW hot water 2000
Esbenshade Lititz, PA, USA dry wood 6 MW process heat 2002
Greenhouse
Sundeala Dursley, sander dust from board 1.2 MW steam 2002
Gloucestershire manufacture
Orama Kitchens Somercotes, Derby melamine-faced chipboard 2 MW hot water 2003
Wagner Hardwood Cayuta, NY, USA wet wood 5 MW process heat 2003
Orama Kitchens Somercotes, Derby melamine-faced chipboard 1.5 MW hot water 2003
Frank Miller Lumber Union City, IN, USA wet wood 6 MW process heat 2006
Middleton Lumber Middlton, NH, USA wet wood 6 MW process heat 2006
Seaman Paper Otter River, MA, USA dry wood 6 MW process heat 2006
Norbord Stirling, Scotland 60% moisture-content MDF 13 MW process heat 2006
dust
1.8 Project Development Plan

The project development plan is given below:
 Waste Handling Capacity: 500 Tons per day
o 300 TPD by KMC and waste from existing waste dump as well as future proofing
 Process Details (standalone):
o KMC to deliver MSW to the main gate
o Material (MSW) handling which will be done at Waste Reception Area consists of
weighbridge, pre-processing etc.
o Bio drying and Material segregation consists of bio drying area, waste recovery
facility, RDF blending and RDF density control
o Gasification system
o Power Generation (Green Energy)
 Power Generation Capacity (Gross): 12.65 MW
 Total concession period: 20 years
 Land earmarked: 8.0 Ha (~ 20 acres))
Page 1-18
 Annual Electricity Exports: ~ 74 Million kWh
1.9 Consultant Appointed

GJ Eco Power Private Limited appointed L&T Infrastructure Engineering Limited (LNTIEL) as
an EIA consultant to carry out the EIA study and to provide necessary technical assistance
during Environmental Clearances from Statutory Authorities.
1.10 Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA)

GJ Eco Power Private Limited has submitted the proposal (Form-1, Draft ToR and
Prefeasibility Report) for consideration by State Expert Appraisal Committee (SEAC), Kerala
State Environmental Impact Assessment Authority (SEIAA).
The SEAC noted that the proposed WtE plant is classified under Item No Activity 7 (i) of the
schedule of the EIA Notification 2006, Common Municipal Solid Waste Management Facility
(CMSWMF).As per MoEF&CC O.M D.O.No. 22-19/2017-IA-III, dated July 03, 2017, If the
activities of incineration, RDF making and waste to energy plant are proposed along with the
new site of solid waste disposal/landfill, it is advisable to obtain an integrated prior
environmental clearance for these projects. Though the Landfill is proposed as a part of the
proposed Waste to Energy plant for the disposal of waste ash only, GJECO Power proposed
to carry out the EIA studies.
SEAC placed the proposal in the 91st meeting of SEAC held on 14.01.2019 and in the 88th
meeting of SEIAA held on 25.01.2019 and recommended for issue of Standard Terms of
Reference (ToR) along with additional ToR (dated 22.02.2019) issued by SEIAA is enclosed
as Appendix A.
The EIA study has been carried out based on the approved additional ToR and Standard
ToR and compliance to the same is enclosed as Appendix B.
1.11 Approach and Methodology
1.11.1 Project Influence Area (PIA)/Study Area

An area covering 10 km radius from WtE plan boundary has been earmarked as study area
for baseline surveys and Impact Assessment respectively. The study area map is given as
Figure FD0102.
1.11.2 Study Period

The baseline survey was carried out during post-monsoon season, 2017 i.e. October 2017 –
December 2017.
1.11.3 Methodology
The EIA study has been carried out considering construction as well as operational phases.
In each phase, anticipated impacts due to proposed development on environment and social
components have been addressed. The methodology adopted for the study is discussed in
the following sections.
1.11.3.1 Project Description

The project development plan covering proposed industrial and infrastructure facilities,
development schedule, environment management facilities and project cost is discussed in
Chapter 2.
Page 1-19
1.11.3.2 Baseline Environmental Surveys

The baseline status of the study area was established by carrying out the field surveys
covering following components. In addition, authenticated secondary data was also collected,
reviewed and presented.
 Meteorology
 Ambient Air Quality
 Noise Levels
 Water Quality
 Soil
 Ecology (Flora and Fauna)
 Land use and Land Cover Mapping
Site specific hourly meteorological data was generated during the study period. In addition
hourly meteorological data (pre-processed from MM5) fora year from2016 pertaining to this
region was obtained from Lakes Environment. Ambient air quality monitoring at the identified
monitoring locations in the study area was carried out with twice a week frequency. Hourly
noise levels were recorded at identified monitoring locations once during the study period.
Inland water quality (surface and groundwater) and soil quality sampling was carried once
during the study period at the identified sampling locations in the study area. Ecology
covering both flora and fauna was surveyed during study period. Land use/land cover
mapping using latest satellite imageries is prepared. The baseline surveys were carried out
by NABL and MoEF&CC accredited laboratory, M/s. Vison Labs, Hyderabad.
Socio-Economic Aspects: Socio-economic baseline and social impact assessment was
carried out through primary surveys and data collected from Census of India, 2011.
The baseline environmental conditions are described in Chapter 3.
1.11.3.3 Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures

The environmental impacts which are likely to arise due to the proposed development during
the construction as well as operational phases have been studied in detail with respect to the
facilities/activities being proposed. Further, the impacts have been assessed taking into
consideration the existing baseline status of the terrestrial environment. The mitigation
measures proposed to minimise/avoid each of the likely impacts are presented in Chapter 4.
1.11.3.4 Analysis of Alternatives

Ever since KMC decided to set up Waste to Energy Project a number of sites were
considered. Initial emphasis was to set up decentralized facilities for West and East sectors.
Accordingly sites were considered at Munadamveli, West Kochi and Cheranalloor outside the
KMC area. Since the sites considered were either in CRZ notified areas they were not
suitable as per the siting criteria laid down by MoEF&CC/CPCB. After protracted procedures,
the present site at Brahamapuram was finalized. Some of the important site features making
it suitable for WtE planthave been discussed in detail and presented in Chapter 5.
1.11.3.5 Environmental Monitoring Programme

Environmental Monitoring Programme for construction and operation phases of project has
been addressed and presented in Chapter 6 of this report. The Environmental Monitoring
Programme covers the technical and network design of monitoring including measurement
methodologies, frequency, location, etc., and budgetary estimates.
Page 1-20
1.11.3.6 Additional Studies

Risk Analysis and Disaster Management Plan: Preliminary Risk analysis covering hazard
identification and mitigation measures during handling of hazardous materials were
described.Broad Disaster Management Plan was prepared outlining various measures to
combat accidents and natural disasters. Also measures to guard against fire hazards have
been addressed in Chapter 7.
Traffic Studies: The collected waste from various places will be transported and transferred
to the waste processing facility. On an average ~150 truckloads per day will deliver collected
waste to the facility. The KMC is responsible to deliver the required 300 Metric Tonnes of
MSW to the facility on a daily basis. The concession agreement includes a condition that
requires the Kochi Municipal Corporation to deliver not less than 255 tons per day, with an
expected average calculated as 300 metric tons of MSW delivered to the main gate each
day. The site is accessible to road traffic from the city from Palarivattom via Kakkand-
Edachira- Brahmapuram road. This is being used by KMC to transport the MSW to the
moving multi-axle trucks. The details are presented in Chapter 7.
Social Impact Assessment: The likely social impacts associated with the project
development during construction and operational phases are detailed out in Chapter 7.
Corporate Environment Responsibility (CER): CER activities proposed are discussed in
Chapter 7. Also CER budgetary provision made for the activities proposed is discussed in
Chapter 7
Public Hearing: As per EIA notification 2006 (as amended), the WtE plant proposed at
Brahmapuram has been categorised as B under Common Municipal Solid Waste
Management Facility (CMSWMF), the project shall undergo public hearing. This draft EIA
report has been prepared and submitted for public hearing.
1.11.3.7 Project Benefits

The project benefits in terms of improvements in the physical and social infrastructure,
environmental improvement, employment potential and other tangible benefits including
Corporate Environment Responsibility (CER) are presented in Chapter 8.
1.11.3.8 Environmental Management Plan (EMP)

An Environmental Management Plan (EMP) was prepared based on the mitigation measures
for the impacts during construction and operation phases and an environmental monitoring
programme is proposed. The mitigation measures have been discussed in Chapter 4 under
the respective sections. The Environmental Monitoring Programme has been discussed in
Chapter 6. The institutional mechanism responsible for the implementation of the mitigation
measures and Greenbelt development are presented in Chapter 10.
1.12 Structure of EIA Report

The report is structured as per Appendix III of EIA Notification, 2006 (as amended) and also
EIA Guidance Manual for Industrial Estates, 2010 released by MoEF&CC as given below.
Chapter 1 : Introduction
Chapter 2 : Project Description
Chapter 3 : Description of Environment
Chapter 4 : Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures
Page 1-21
Chapter 5 : Analysis of Alternatives

Chapter 6 : Environmental Monitoring Programme
Chapter 7 : Additional Studies
Chapter 8 : Project Benefits
Chapter 9 : Environmental and Cost Benefit Analysis
Chapter 10 : Environment Management Plan (EMP)
Chapter 11 : Summary and Conclusion
Chapter 12 : Disclosure of Consultants Engaged
Page 1-22
Figures
To Chavakkad To Thrissur
4
54
NH
NH
66
NH 966A
85
Project Site
NH
NH 966B
ARABIAN SEA
NH 66
To Alappuzha Ltd.
L&T-Ramboll
Engineering
L&T
Consulting Engineers Limited

Infrastructure
L&T Infra Engineering

L&T Infrastructure
Engineering Ltd.
To Palakkad
Peri
To Ponnani r y
a
yar
d
n
River u
o
B
m
o
r
f
s
u
i
d
n d a r y
o u
a
B
R
m
ya N
o
r
f
ara
m
mb
k
s
u
a
0
NH-66
Kad
i
1
d
R a
TY
BOLLAND
5 k m
GAT
Chitrapuzha
IS
River
PROJECT SITE
To Munnar
ERNAKULAM NH-85
NH-85
Ern
aku
WILLINGTON
lam
ISLAND Ch
itra
Ch
puz
h aA
an
NH-66 r
ne
l
Eda LEGEND:
KOCHI koc NATIONAL HIGHWAY
hch
i Ka SOUTHERN RAILWAY LINE
yal
To Chertala To Kottayam
Ltd.
L&T-Ramboll
L&T
Engineering

Infrastructure

L&T Infrastructure
Engineering Ltd.
Chapter 2
Project Description
Chapter 2. Project Description

2.1 General
This chapter describes the salient features of the proposed project such as location, land,
surveys and investigations, planning brief, project with process details of Waste to Energy
(WtE) plant components/stages such as delivery of MSW by KMC, Waste Reception Area
including weighbridge, pre-processing, Bio drying & Material segregation including RDF
blending and RDF density control, Gasification system, Power Generation. This chapter will
discuss about the project cost and project implementation schedule.
2.2 Project Location

The Kochi Municipal Corporation (KMC or Authority) has earmarked the land of 8 Ha (~ 20
acres), site (9°59'34.83"N, 76°22'6.46"E) next to their existing waste facility in
Brahamapuram (a suburb of Kochi City), Vadavukode-Puthenkurisu Panchayat,
Kunnathunadu Taluk, Ernakulam District.The location map showing the project boundary
with surrounding features is shown in Figure FD0101. The google image of the project site is
given as Figure 2-1.
Figure 2-1: Google Image of Project Site
2.3 Land for the Project

The Kochi Municipal Corporation (Authority) has earmarked the land of 8 Ha (~ 20 acres)
next to their existing waste facility in Brahamapuram (a suburb of Kochi City). The land area
is available on a long-term 20-year concession agreement on an annual concession fee.
Chapter 2Project Description

Page 2-1
2.4 Surveys and Investigations
2.4.1 Topography
The site is located between Kadambrayar River and River and a canal. The area abutting
river and canal is low lying in nature and gets inundated during monsoon. The water level
reaches around 1.0 m above ground in the area abutting river and canal during monsoon.
The elevation of the Site is varying from +0.11 m to +18.05 m AMSL. The contour map of the
site is shown in Figure FD0201.
2.4.2 Geotechnical Survey

Twenty (20) numbers of Boreholes were proposed for the geotechnical investigations.
Borehole BH1, BH2 and BH3 is in area of Bio drying beds, BH4, BH16, BH17 and BH20 in
the bio-mined waste reception area, BH5, BH14 and BH15 in material recovery facility and
RDF area, BH6, BH7, BH12 and BH13 in gasifier and turbine hall area, BH8 in effluent
treatment plant/water treatment area, BH9 in cooling tower area, BH10 and BH11 in ash
handling unit, BH18 in administration and underground parking area, BH19 in land filling
area. The depth drilled (Termination Depth) is varied from 8.0 m to 14.20 m
From the study of the 20 boreholes noted for the proposed waste to energy plant project it is
noted that the soil profile shows very erratic variations within the project area. Shallow
foundations may be adopted in the area of BH1, BH2, BH3, BH5, BH8, BH9, BH10, BH13,
BH14, BH15, BH16, BH18, BH19, BH20. Since the water table is noted at shallow depth,
suitable systems has to be adopted for dewatering and to prevent the sides from caving,
while excavating for foundations. Typical Safe bearing capacity of footing calculated in the
above borehole location is worked out and given below.
Table 2-1: Results of (Safe Bearing Capacity) Geotechnical Investigations (Set 1)
Borehole No. Depth (m) Width (m) Strata Bearing Capacity (T/m2)
BH1 1 2 Very stiff sandy silty clay 12
BH2 1 2 Medium dense silty clayey sand 14
BH3 2 2 Loose silty clayey sand 11
BH5 2.2 2 Loose clayey silty sand 7
BH8 1 2 Stiff to very stiff sandy silty clay 15
BH9 2 2 Stiff sandy silty clay 8
BH10 1 2 Stiff sandy silty clay 6
BH13 1 2 Loose clayey sand 8
BH14 1.5 2 Medium stiff silty clay 8
BH15 2.2 2 Medium stiff sandy silty clay 8
BH16 2 2 Very stiff sandy silty clay 10
BH18 1 2 Hard sandy silty lateritic clay 15
BH19 1 2 Medium dense silty clayey sand 15
BH20 2.2 2 Medium dense clayey silty sand 12
In BH4 and BH6 areas top soil comprise of soft silty clay. In BH7 and BH11 areas the top 2m
comprise of waste sludge and below this very soft silty clay with organic matter is noted in
BH7 and very loose clayey sand is noted in BH11. Typical safe bearing capacity of footing of
the soil after ground improvement techniques is worked out as and given below.
Table 2-2: Results of (Safe Bearing Capacity) Geotechnical Investigations (Set 2)
Borehole No. Depth (m) Width (m) Bearing Capacity (T/m2)
BH4 2 2 7
BH6 1 2 7
BH7 1 2 7

Page 2-2
Borehole No. Depth (m) Width (m) Bearing Capacity (T/m2)

BH11 2.2 2 5
In BH12 area the top 3m comprise of waste sludge and below this very loose clayey sand is
noted. In BH17 area the top 5m comprise of waste sludge and below this dense to very
dense sand, followed by stiff clay, soft rock and hard rock is noted. In these areas ground
engineering techniques won’t have much effect in increase of bearing capacity and control of
settlement due to the very poor nature of clay/sand and presence of water table at shallow
depths.
For heavy structures, bored cast in situ D.M.C. piles with adequate anchorage into hard rock
strata may be provided. If any weathered rock is noted during the boring operations then the
piles should fully penetrate the weathered rock and should be seated on hard rock. Suitable
precaution has to be adopted in order to prevent the sides from caving while boring through
loose/ medium dense sand layer. Minimum depth of pile should be 3.5m below cut off level.
The depth of pile is likely to be 12.50m, 5.00m, 6.00m, 11.00m, 9.00m, 9.80m, 9.25m,
7.00m, 6.50m, 9.00m, 8.00m, 8.30m, 6.30m, 5.30m, 12.20m, 8.00m, 11.40m, 8.00m,
10.00m and 9.00m in areas of BH1 to BH20 respectively
2.5 Planning Brief
2.5.1 Planning Concept/Design Basis and Capacity Selection

uncontrolled sites. Kochi Municipal Corporation made an agreement with GJ ECO Power
Private Limited for the treatment and disposal of unsegregated MSW at Brahmapuram. The
Concession Agreement details the operational needs and throughput volumes of waste; this
was stated as requiring a design specification of not less than 330 tons per day of
unsegregated MSW waste material, delivered on an average of 150 truckloads per day. The
plant can handle up to a capacity of 500 Metric Tonnes of MSW per day. The balance
capacity will be utilised for processing of waste from existing waste dump.
2.5.2 Type of Industry

This is a Waste to Energy Project using municipal solid waste as fuel to produce 12.65 MW
as gross installed capacity. This project is limited to waste processing, waste to fuel
conversion, fuel usage and ash disposal
2.5.3 Facilities
The following required facilities are designed to deal up to 500 tons per day of MSW. The
MSW will be delivered by Kochi Municipal Corporation to the main gate of project site.
 Material (MSW) Handling which will be done at Waste Reception Area consists of
 Bio drying and Material segregation consists of bio drying area, waste recovery facility,
RDF blending and RDF density control including Bio Mined Recovery Facility
 Gasification system
 Power Generation
2.5.4 Connectivity
The site is accessible to road traffic from the city from Palarivattom via Kakkand-Edachira-
Brahmapuram road. This road has heavy rush during morning and evening and has many

Page 2-3
sharp bends and bottle necks. This is being used by KMC to transport the MSW to the
moving multi-axle trucks.
2.5.5 Transportation
The collected waste from various places will be transported and transferred to the waste
processing facility. On an average ~150 truckloads per day will deliver collected waste to the
facility. The KMC is responsible to deliver the assured 300 Metric Tonnes of MSW to the
facility on a daily basis. The concession agreement includes a condition that requires the
Kochi Municipal Corporation to deliver not less than 255 tons per day, with an expected
average calculated as 300 metric tons of MSW delivered to the main gate each day. The site
is accessible to road traffic from the city from Palarivattom via Kakkand-Edachira-
Brahmapuram road. This is being used by KMC to transport the MSW to the existing landfill
site. Info-park Expressway connecting Seaport-Airport road is wider and fit for moving multi-
axle trucks. The waste from existing waste dump will be transported to the plant through
conveyor.
The power generated will be evacuated to KSEB’s substation at Brahmapuram through a
underground cables, two underground cables are provided from the metering point on
evacuation side to the metering panel at the KSEB substation and an additional underground
cable is also provided as spare to avoid any disruption of continuous export of power.
2.5.6 Employment
The facility will provide employment for up to 200 Persons. The employees will be trained to
international standards and the skills and competency development programme will ensure
security and empowerment of employees. This project will provide apprentice programme to
the local educational institutions and will generate budding professionals for the future.
2.5.7 Population Projection

Kochi is a part of an extended metropolitan region which is the largest urban agglomeration
in Kerala. As per the 2011 census, the population of Kochi is 602,046. The city attracts
approximately 2.5 Lakhs people daily as a floating population/workforce. The Cochin
Corporation catchment area population is expected to grow from 6.0 Lakh to 6.6 Lakhs by
2021, 7.1 Lakhs by 2031 and 7.58 Lakhs by 2041 respectively.
2.5.8 Land Use Planning

The layout showing project facilities are given in Figure 2-2 and Figure FD0202.

Page 2-4
Figure 2-2: Layout of Waste to Energy (WtE) Plant
2.6 Details of Project with Process Details – Waste to Energy (WtE) Plant
The local waste is a very difficult product to process. The main issues tend to be
 The waste has high moisture content, has been recorded at 60% and also as high as
75% (monsoon periods)
 The waste has a very high volume of biodegradable food waste
 Plastics and other high calorific value waste are in relatively low quantities
This makes the handling and processing of this kind of waste very difficult. The production of
a Refuse Derived Fuel is therefore very challenging. A number of projects have failed in the
recent past because the need to pre-treat the waste prior to its use for power generation has
not been completely understood.
The contract was awarded to GJNCE on February 17, 2016 based on the practical
sustainable solution and expertise the company provided through world‘s leading technical
team and technology provider from the UK.
The company‘s core technical and management team has successfully implemented several
MSW projects globally and carry over 200 years of collective hands-on experience in the
Waste to Energy sector. The technical team performed detailed study over the past several
years including the characteristic and variability in Kochi‘s MSW to finalise the technical
solution.
2.6.1 Analysis of Waste/MSW Characterisation Study

GJEP has conducted a detailed daily sampling of the waste and from this data was able to
construct a suitable operational process able to complete the conversion from MSW to RDF

Page 2-5
in a reliable and consistent way. The data collected over the last 2 years has shown a
consistent waste profile and the details are given below.
2.6.1.1 Per Capita Generation

The results from the waste characterization study indicated some patterns in waste
generation among different strata. i.e. High, Medium and Low density areas. The sampling
volumes and procedure were executed with high statistical relevance and the results can be
assumed to be representative of the waste generated in the study area. It was observed that
the average per capita waste generation in High density areas was 0.393 kg, 0.435 kg in
Medium density areas and 0.519 kg in Low density areas. The average daily per capita
waste in all three strata was 0.431 kg. It might be useful to consider these volume differences
while designing the collection system.
2.6.1.2 Composition
From the overall waste composition, organic composition was the highest at 62.6% but the
levels were as expected and 5 other main categories – plastics, paper, textiles, fines and
composites contribute about 31% of the total. These five categories account for over 93% of
the total solid waste and hence the efforts for further sorting can be focused on these
categories.
The chemical analysis reveals a low C:N ratio of about 19:1 for the organic waste of all
streams which is insufficient for composting. Hence if the entire waste is composted,
additional carbon source might be required, otherwise it might lead to Nitrogen losses during
the process due to insufficient biomass growth to fix nitrogen. The ideal C:N ratio required for
composting is 35:1 and the collection stream separately has 29:1. This might be due to

Page 2-6
carbon contribution from other streams such as paper, plastics, etc. which is not suitable for
composting. These values are for pre-composted waste.
The heavy metal values for D2D and street sweeping samples are not conspicuous and
there is less probability of adverse health impact.
2.6.1.3 Moisture Content

Bell Curve Method was used to understand the trend of moisture content, the result shows
that for 84% of the time the values are in the range of 45 to 75% and offer a mean value of
60%.
2.6.1.4 Calorific Values

An analysis to understand the trend of Calorific Value of the MSW sample collected was
performed using the bell curve method; the results show that for 81% of the time the values
are in the range of 5Mj/kg and 10Mj/kg with a mean value of 8.1Mj/kg.
2.6.2 Design Consideration

It is concluded from the analysis of the MSW of Kochi city that because of very high moisture
content, low calorific value (CV) and high level of organic material, the waste was not
suitable as a fuel in its present form. Following are the design conclusions made
 Moisture levels have a major impact on CV of the final RDF product, so a priority addition
in the process design must be made for drying
 The high organic fractions in the unsegregated waste are unsuitable for composting,
have a low CV and need a high level of pre-processing to make them suitable as a
resource of any kind
 Treatment and conversion of the MSW collection stream will require an extended
treatment period (up to 21-28 days) and as such is likely to increase operational costs
accordingly
GJEP has designed a complete end to end solution to overcome each and every one of the
short comings of the MSW material. The GJEP process is a multi-stage process, which starts
on the weighbridge, then waste reception, specialised Bio-Drying system, Material Recovery
facilities, Gasification System and then to a specialised RDF blending system and density
adjustment and so on.
2.6.3 Raw Materials & Product Quantity/Source/Transport

The facility can handle up to a capacity of 500 tons per day of MSW i.e. 1,82,500 t/a, of
which 300 tpd will be delivered by KMC and balance 200 tpd will be extracted from existing
land fill. It is the responsibility of the KMC to not allow any littering or dumping of MSW of
water bodies while collection and transportation of waste. GJEPPL will provide the necessary
awareness for the same to KMC. All design parameters have been made to handle up to 500
tons and equipment selection has been made based on that figure and where appropriate
standard equipment sizes available on the open market have been selected on the basis
they will at least meet the minimum volume flows of 500 tonnes per day. The proposed plant
will have a gross installed capacity of 12.65 MW. The power generated will be evacuated to
KSEB’s substation at Brahmapuram through underground system - two underground cables
are provided from the metering point on evacuation side to the metering panel at the KSEB
substation and an additional underground cable is also provide as spare to avoid any
disruption of continuous export of power.

Page 2-7
2.6.4 Detailed Operation Flow diagram/ Process Flow chart

The detailed operational flow diagram is presented below.
Legend
Green = waste stream
Orange = Recycled materials
Blue = Water treatment
Purple = Chemical storage
Light Blue = Gasification
Brown = Power Generation
Black = Landfill & Emission control
Red = Waste Heat

Page 2-8
2.6.5 Weighbridge
The weighbridge selected is designed to enable a confirmed volume of MSW is delivered
and recorded, the density of the MSW is also determined and this enables to have an ability
to pre-sort the waste. An increase in density allows the identification of construction and
demolition waste materials. These are unsuitable for gasification or use as a fuel. This ability
to step in as soon as the waste is delivered on to the site stops a small amount of unsuitable
waste from contaminating the main waste streams.
A “Trending” solution also ensures GJEPPL are able to predetermine what waste volumes
and composition can expect from each area of the city. The longer this Trending record is
operated the more precise the waste data it is able to predict/deliver. It is estimated that by
the second year of waste operations GJEPPL will be able to “trend” delivery volumes and
composition up to 6 months in advance. This ability will aid operations, manpower and waste
volume predictions, storage and shortfall requires and average energy values expected.
Two weighbridges each with a weigh bed of 16 metres long by 3 metres wide and able to
record up to 50 tonnes has been selected (to handle Type 2 SA and Type 3 vehicles as per
IRC: 3-1983).
Figure 2-3: Image of Weighbridge
2.6.6 Waste Reception Area and Pre-processing of the Waste

This area is one of the most difficult areas. As the waste is delivered it gives off some very
unpleasant odours. This area is constructed in an air controlled environment. A natural wood
chip filtration process is operated during all delivery times, this draws new air into the plant
building area and existing air is drawn out over the wood chips, the odours are captured by
the wood and a pleasant natural tree scent odour is released in its place.
The waste reception building and equipment system design required the ability to accept and
process all kinds of unsegregated MSW and the collection, redirection, storage and safe
handling of any and all resulting leachate run off.

Page 2-9
This is the first of the segregation processes; here obvious unsuitable materials are removed
from the waste stream. The balance of the waste is then selected and processed, sized and
its bulk increased to aid the next stage of the process.
This stage ensures that all items delivered are suitable for either recovery or conversion to
RDF. A pre-selection process ensures undesirable materials do not enter the waste
processing stream. Such items in the past have included large tree stumps, car engines,
drums of unknown chemicals and fluids etc.
Following pre-sorting (removal of dangerous and unacceptable elements which may cause
equipment damage or failure), the pre-shredder resizes the incoming stream.
As much as possible multiple truck loads are mixed together in this process and then all the
material is sent to a pre-shredder to ensure it is all uniformly sized (<250mm or less in any
two directions) and ready for the waste drying area.
The Pre-shredder equipment is sized based on the volume throughput requirements and the
identified operational needs of the incoming waste materials. This area is required to have
two separate delivery points, one for low-density waste and those truckloads identified as
carrying high density waste material.
The Waste Reception building is 66m by 60m x 15m high and it is designed to be divided in
to three different areas; The first is two separate delivery points, one for loads identified as
low-density waste and those truckloads identified as carrying high density waste material.
(66m x 15m x 15m). The second area is the waste storage area 66m x 10m x 12m, this area
is designed to enable waste to be stored over the whole area and to a maximum height of
6m.This ensures at least three days deliveries can be accepted in the event of a mechanical
breakdown or fault in any of the following biological and mechanical processes that follow
receipt of the MSW. The third area is the Pre-shredder and hopper system, this area is 10m
x 10m and here the MSW is sized and fed by conveyor belt to the next stage. The waste
delivered to the site is known to have extremely high moisture content (MC). As such this
area will be subjected to an amount of water run-off from the waste during the tipping,
handling and pre-shredding activities. The floor of the building is designed to ensure this is
contained and collected in two areas (underground storage tanks). These tanks have been
designed to ensure they are able to handle the expected run off and also take in water used
during daily operations for truck or wheel wash down, daily housekeeping including end of
day wash and clean down activities. Solid matter filtration is used, to reduce the levels of
suspended solids passing to the water storage tanks and possible creating an issue in the
waste water filters. The tanks are level controlled and the system is tied directly into the full
facility control system. That way Central Control can monitor levels and ensure that the
automatic empty process is fully operational and override the system as/if and when
required. Each storage tank has a pump, water settlement and water filtration system fitted.
Following processing the leachate is returned to the bio drying slabs for further use to
decrease the drying time needed to reduce the moisture down to the required 25-20% mark.
Odour control system is proposed for the waste reception building with wood chip filtration
process.

Page 2-10
Figure 2-4: Waste Reception Area
2.6.7 Bio-drying of the Waste

The waste material is delivered to the gate at an average of 60% moisture. The Bio-drying
technology selected is able to use the latest in natural biological drying processes. The
system works by using the power of naturally occurring bacterial activity.
Raw waste will be delivered by trucks and tipped onto the reception area slab. Here front
loaders will push material towards a grab which will pre-sort material, in order to remove any
large hazardous items that can’t go through the pre-shredder. The grab will load the hopper
of the nearby pre-shredder, which shreds the waste to less than 250mm. This falls through
the pre-shredder onto a belt conveyor and is transported to a ‘handover’ area. Front loaders
will then transport the shredded material to the bio-drying slabs.
The waste is stored in specially designed areas and covered with a special membrane
material that only allows water vapour to pass through it. Once the waste is completely
encapsulated and sealed in, GJEPPL introduce a controlled flow of oxygen into the system
which increases bacterial activity. The oxygen also increases the bacterial count within the
waste which in turn generates heat; the natural heat is used to dry the waste material. The
aeration fan system used is low energy systems operating for only 40% of the time and at an
average power consumption of just 3 Kwh for each drying bay.
The drying process can take as low as 18 days (dry season) and up to 28 days (Monsoon
season) before the waste is dry enough to be moved to the next stage of the process. Once
the moisture has been lowered to the desired levels (28% by weight) the heat is allowed to
increase to the point where the waste is hot enough to kill all bacterial, virus and pathogens.
This makes the waste sanitised, odour free and safer for staff to handle the waste material.
Total 20 slabs have been calculated where bio drying will take place. Each slab will be 8m
wide by 50 metres long (density of MSW will be around 0.450 kg/m 3). The maximum
allowable storage height in this system is 3 metres, the waste will be placed in an area in two
(02) piles heaped at the centre points of each pile which would give an average storage
height will be 3.0 m.
The whole of the bio drying area is under cover of a roof structure, this is a single roof span
of 180m x 54m x 16m. This roofing area also forms part of the rainwater harvesting system.
A number of leachate collection points are inbuilt into the structure along with a large number
of air intake ducts. The captured leachate is stored in an underground tank and then pumped
directly to treatment processes on the project site.

Page 2-11
Bio drying is a well-proven, internationally acknowledged, technology that has been adopted
for the treatment of raw MSW waste in over 120 countries with over 700 operational bio-
drying plants installed around the world.
Bio-drying has many advantages over other methods of treating raw MSW:
 There is a very low electrical requirement with bio drying technologies, as the mesophyllic
and thermophyllic bacteria’s present in the municipal organic waste stream generates
high exothermic heat when excited in an oxygen rich atmosphere. A small fan controls
the oxygen levels injected into the MSW heaps through an aerated channel floor
 Control of the temperature inside the membrane allows for heat levels to increase,
allowing rapid gaseous exchange of moisture laden air, which can pass freely through the
membrane, whereas odours, bio-aerosols and viruses are retained within the mass
beneath the membrane
 Bio dried materials are sterilized and virus free following elevated temperature
stabilization and pass a 3 day culture test to show the material is totally biologically
inactive
 The MSW mass is dried down over a period of time, with negligible organic mass loss –
the main losses being water, which passes through the membrane as a gaseous vapour
or steam
 Typically, this technology can remove large amounts of water (over a controlled period of
time) from the MSW mass delivering a dried, friable material that lends itself to far more
effective mechanical separation treatment post bio-drying.
 Allows the simple separation of inerts, fine materials and metals from the process mass
Figure 2-5: Bio-drying of Waste Figure 2-6: Dry odour free RDF prior to
Segregation of Recoverable Materials
2.6.8 Material Recovery Facility

Materials recovery facilities (MRFs) are specialised facilities that receive separate and
prepare recyclable materials. In the context of the Kochi project, the MRF receives bio-dried
waste to remove material not suitable for fuel (metals, PVC, glass etc.). The segregated
materials can be sold into appropriate recycling markets.
The separation produces:
 Plastic Fuel/recycled
 Glass Recycled
 Metal Recycled

Page 2-12
 Textiles Fuel/recycled
 Paper Fuel/recycled
 Cardboard Fuel
 Bio-dried Organics Fuel
The sorting process used in an MRF depends on the characteristics of the material, such as:
 Weight
 Optical density
 Magnetism
MRF equipment will make use of these characteristics wherever possible. For example,
weight is used to separate paper and glass from plastic. To sort different types of plastic,
optical density technologies are used. The optical sorter measures the plastic composition of
a material and then determines where that piece should go. This is done by either letting the
plastic fall on to the conveyor below or by blasting it with a jet of air so that it is moved on to
another conveyor. For metals, magnetism is used to sort the materials.
Within all of these processes there will be a degree of human sorting, typically in a conveyor
type operation. This is done to ensure that there are no residual impurities before the
material is stored.
At MRF the dried sanitised waste is separated in to its different material fractions. All the
suitable plastics, glass, metals, paper, cardboards and aggregate materials are segregated
and stored in different packaging areas and made ready for sale. Once the recoverable items
have been removed, left out material will be a dry high quality RDF material.
Saleable items available from this section include- Plastics, Glass, Paper and card, Ferrous
and nonferrous metals, Construction and demolition waste, Secondary products produced
from the waste material.
The recovered materials upon mixing with the ash discharge from the gasifier can be used as
raw materials needed to make new by-products from the waste. These can include but are
not limited to blocks, tiles, road aggregate, foundation material and decorative patio surfaces.
The majority of the ash/inert recovered is not actually sent through the gasification process.
Items such as the Construction and Demolition waste will be separated out during the
Material Recovery Process. Despite this the recovered material is still referred to as ash, as it
does not burn.
The best secondary products available to be made from this ash are the construction of
building blocks and floor tiles. The majority of the bottom ash and the concrete (C&D Waste)
recovered are suitable for this manufactured product. It is estimated that enough ash will be
produced to enable approximately 36 tons per day of aggregate and secondary materials for
sale to companies requiring the material to make bricks and concrete blocks could be
produced using this ash discharge.
Any surplus recovered ash materials will be used as a foundation aggregate and backfill
material. This inert organic free material will be used to establish a drainage channel area
immediately adjacent to the landfill membrane.
Approximately 7.0 tons of waste ash material not suitable for recycling will go to the landfill
area for disposal for each operational day. As required by the current SWM Rules 2016, this
material does not contain any organic fractions and will not produce greenhouse gas
discharges or biological leachate run off.

Page 2-13
The MRF has been sized and the relevant equipment selected to ensure it is capable of
processing the volumes required in each area of the separation process.
The following diagram shows the operational elements of the MRF process
Bio Mined materials
Figure 2-7: Operational Elements of MRF Process
2.6.8.1 Landfill Bio-Mining and Bio Mined Recovery Facility

The adjacent waste disposal site is currently approximately 100 acres of land area, of this an
estimated 60 acres has been filled with waste over the last 15 years of operation. Theoretical
calculation of the waste is based on 60 acres of land with 12-meter height has been carried
out considering this as the lowest quantity of waste as a worse case estimate. Based on
these assumptions, the total quantity of waste dumped at Brahamapuram site is around 1.4

Page 2-14
MT. This waste will be excavated and pre-processed on the landfill site using trommel
screens, separators and hoppers. The desired recoverable materials and suitable fuel waste
(low grade plastics) will be sent to the Bio mined building known as Bio-Mined Waste
Reception (BMWR) area which is designed to accept up to 250 tonnes per day of waste for
further selection and processing.
Area selected for the Bio-Mined Waste Reception (BMWR) area is 58m x 40m x 12m with
total floor area is 2320 m2. The waste from the landfill has been buried for up to 15 years and
as such it is expected that the majority of the organic material will have bio degraded down to
compost. The site is expected to be left with only high volumes of non-biodegradable
materials such as plastics, glass, metals and inert materials. The waste will be screened and
the unwanted rejected material will be left at the source point, with high levels of plastic and
other high CV materials sent to the BMWR. This is expected to be an average of 200 tonnes
per day. In the second segregation within the BMWR and during the separation process the
losses are estimated to be in the range of 20% (recovered materials and metals).
After that it will pass the material to the Material Recovery Facility for final stage processing
and fuel conversion. The moisture content of this waste is estimated at 10%, so the material
will not require treatment in the bio drying area. The CV of this incoming material is expected
to be more than 20 MJ/Kg.
This will produce approximately 144 tonnes of RDF with an expected CV of over 20 MJ/Kg.
2.6.9 Material Balance
2.6.9.1 Mass Balance – Material Flow in the Site

The annual MSW and percentage breakdown for the output from the site is expected as
given in Table 2-3and shown in Figure 2-8.
Table 2-3: Material Flow in the Site
Item Percentage (%) Quantity (t/a)
MSW Input into the Facility – Total Waste Processed 100.0 182,500
Ferrous Material (FE) 1.2 2,133
Non-ferrous Material (NF) 0.6 1,142
RDF 46 84,117
Rejects 5.4 9,882
Process Losses (moisture) 47 85,226

Page 2-15
Figure 2-8: Mass Balance

Page 2-16
2.6.10 RDF Blending System

Apart from the high moisture (60%), a secondary issue with Indian waste is the high levels of
food and organic waste; this adds dramatically to the ash production and this combined with
the high moisture can reduce the Calorific Value of the RDF stream. As there is no way to
control the quality of the MSW waste matter delivered, GJEPPL must blend each truckload to
ensure to get as balanced and constant CV as possible in the waste stream.
Now that the RDF has been produced GJEPPL can use a process controlled by sensors and
a computerised blending system. This process ensures that the pre-mixing (done at Waste
Reception before pre-shredding) has had the desired effect. As the RDF material is passed
along the conveyor belt towards the fuel bunker storage area, an analyser is used to select
the different CV values of the RDF. The scanner is able to estimate the average CV of each
square metre of RDF passing under it. The computer than directs the different CV streams to
different storage bunkers. Four different CV selections are made:
 Low (4-8 MJ/kg) (usually Organic material)
 Middle (9-11 MJ/Kg) (usually Paper and Cardboard)
 Upper (12-16+ MJ/Kg) (usually combustible items like wood etc.)
 High (16-35+ MJ/kg) (usually low grade plastics)
The system’s computer has tracked and recorded each selection delivery and knows the
average MJ/kg value in each of the 4 bunkers. It is now possible for this information to be
used to form a predictable fuel blend set at the correct MJ/kg level for the gasification
process to be able to always operate at its optimum efficiency.
2.6.11 RDF Density Control

The RDF must not only be of the right moisture level, the right Calorific Value, it must also be
at the correct density per cubic metre. If the fuel stock is too dense, the burn rate will be
longer and therefore the dwell time in the gasifier is extended, this reduces flow and
therefore energy outputs, (More fuel in, more power out). If the density is too bulky (loose),
the fuel will burn too quickly and a lot of energy will be lost, so again less power production.
After blending the RDF, we then send it from the bunkers directly to a specialised metering
bin. Here the RDF is taken in and condensed (if required) into the correct feed rates and
optimum specific density required for a constant gasification process and a stable power
outage level.
2.6.12 Gasification System

The gasifier system is supplied by Bio Mass Power Ltd of Stafford, England and they
produce only three (03) specifications of gasification units i.e. 20 MWt, 40 MWt and 60 MWt.
Two (02) 20MWt systems which would be able to accept upto and including 6.5 tph RDF
feed rates per unit. This system comes as a complete end to end solution which controls
everything from fuel metering input right up to and including ash discharge systems and all
boiler/super-heaters, CEMS (Constant Emission Monitoring System) and other associated
equipment.
Following the fuel preparation, the RDF will be utilized within the energy production facility.
The technology is an advanced thermal technology using gasification with the syngas
produced being utilised in a conventional steam cycle to produce electricity. The flow chart
for the gasification process is shown in Figure 2-9.

Page 2-17
Water Boiler Feed

Deaerator
Storage Pumps
ID fan &
Chimney
Condenser
Boiler/
Steam Flue Gas
Economiser/
Turbine Cleaning
Superheater
ECLECTRICITY Generator
Fly Ash
Primary Secondary
Fuel Storage
Combustion Compustion
Bottom Ash

Page 2-18
Figure 1: Biomass Gasification System Flow Diagram
Inclined feed &

Fuel to gasifier RDF reception weight belt
delivery system and fuel handling conveyor Screw, slat or
system chain conveyors
Electrical Main Metering

distribution box Fuel feed control &
Bin Motors & starters
analysiser
Air Compressor Lime storage tanks Urea Storage tanks % Natural Gas supply
r
Primary and Lime injection system Urea injection system Over Gasifier Combustor
secondary Air
injection systems
Gasification Instrumentation,
Air pre-heat System Controls & Monitoring
Fans A/R
systems
Bottom Ash Reactor Natural Gas support

removal/Disposal burners Cyclone fly ash Bag Filter Module
drop out
Air seals chute
Automatic water Flue gas recirculation Emission control &
refill and sump Drag links and monitoring -CEMS
for silt system fixing system Gas
cleaning
tension points Flue gas ducts Fans as treatment
Bed
required
Ash Fan-set to
Silo stack
Activated Carbon Powder and auto load
ducting
systems
/lagging
Tube conveyor
Super heater Slagging screen Boiler
& Ash hoppers Emission
Filter in/out manifold
stack
System
Steam &
De-Superheated Bunker level Rotary
Soot blowers device valve
Auxiliary
Boiler Skid
Water Treatment Module
plant equipment Bunker Sub
Associated Control base designs
& housing
valves & inline room (Civil works)
components & Hardware &
Fire alarm
pipe work Pumps as required DCS Control
system
system &
Network
Turbine &
Generator Control room
fixtures &
fittings
Figure 2-9: Flow Chart for the Gasification Process

The complete plant consists below major components:
 Fuel handling
 Gasifier
 Combustor
 Steam Boiler
 Gas cleaning system
 Ash handling and disposal
 Steam turbine and generator set
Page 2-19
 Water cooled condenser

 Deaerator
 R.O. plant
 Piping
 Wiring
 Instrumentation and controls, and
 Accessories
After the prepared fuel is fed into the metering bin in front of the gasifier, the screw feeders
will then push the feed onto the Gasification Grate. The energy recovery line consists of
TWO gasifier/combustor/boiler modular, each typically with a maximum net thermal input of
20.8Mwt (Operational design values are18.76MWt) and design point steam output of 22,500
kg/h at superheated conditions in each module. A bag filter and a deaerator will be installed
for gas treatment/cleaning and feed water gas-removal. The steam produced is fed into the
steam turbine / generator (STG) set which will be used to convert energy in the steam into
electricity, with a design capacity of 12.65MWe gross in total at the generator terminals.
The gasifier module is equipped with an independent fuel feeding system, a high-chromium
content reciprocal grate for fuel-to-syngas conversion, a main combustion chamber for
air/recirculated flue-gas injection and combustion, and extended combustion chambers to
guarantee complete combustion and SNCR efficiency. Detailed Computational-Fluid-
Dynamic modelling (CFD) of the gasification and combustion process has been carried out to
make sure proper syngas production and complete combustion of the fuels under varying
conditions, and also guarantee the 2 seconds minimum syngas combustion time above
850°C as compliance with current Indian regulations and confirms to the standards as
detailed in Concession Agreement. The boiler system has been specially designed to
process hot gases produced from the gasification and combustion of RDF waste. The boiler
system is a water-tube type and comprises four main sections – slagging screen, super
heaters, convection tubes banks and economiser.
Flue Gas Treatment System consists of Bag house filter, complete with accessories,
Reaction tower, Induced draft fan with speed-controlled electric motor driver, Flue gas re-
circulation system for De-NOx & temperature control and Connections for Continuous Flue
Gas Monitoring system to monitor all dust and gases in accordance with Indian standards.
Flue gas cleaning and pollution control consists of urea injection for De-NOX known as
Selective Non-catalytic Reduction (SNCR), hydrated lime injection for acid gas neutralisation,
and activated carbon powder injection for absorption and removal of heavy metals, dioxins,
VOC and other harmful substances. The Bag filter modular is designed to have the capacity
to remove sub-micron dust particles by having a blowing off line capability and keeping within
anticipated emission level of the waste incineration directive.
The turbine will be fed with superheated steam. A small portion of the steam is extracted to
supply heat to the deaerators and steam ejectors. A water cooled condensers (WCC) are
employed to cool the exhaust steam from turbine exit back to liquid state (condensate).
The ash removal & conveying system will be designed to suit the consistency of the ash that
will be produced by the plant based on its design envelope. This ash will be handled by a
very heavy weight partially submerged drag chain conveyor. The water in this conveyor will
create a seal to the furnace stopping the ingress of air, also stopping the ash exit from the
furnace being of a dusty consistency. This will be topped up with water automatically and
controlled to run as required. On exit from the drag chain conveyor the ash will drop onto a
slatted belt conveyor which will transport the ash into a designated area.

Page 2-20
Classified as Bottom Ash

 Under Grate Ash
 Gasifier Cylinder Ash
 Gasifier Bottom Ash
 Super-Heater, Boiler & Economiser Ash
Classified as APC Residue
 Reaction Tower
 Ash Bag Filter Ash
The production of ash can vary depending on RDF feedstock constituent parts, which in turn
depends on the MSW characteristics. The ash production expected in the gasifier based on
the characteristics of the MSW analysed is 10.95% of the RDF feed i.e., for 292 TPD of RDF
(considering 500 tonnes of MSW and 58.4% conversion) the ash production 32 TPD. Of this
the expected bottom ash production is 24.4 TPD and fly ash production is 7.6 TPD.
The Fly ash generated is analysed and if there are no toxic elements which would affect its
use, GJEPPL mix it with the bottom ash stream and use it in the re-manufacturing area. The
inert other than metals and alloys having no CV value obtained from material recovery facility
(MRF) is blended with the Bottom Ash to produce re-engineered materials (aggregate) which
can be used in manufacture of bricks, paver block, tiles and other value added products.
2.6.12.1 Basic Plant Data (Typical) for proposed two Gasifier/Boiler Steam of
20.8 MWt Unit each
 Process: Advanced conversion technology: Gasification-to-Steam Cycle
 Steam Turbine Generator Sets: 1 off 12.65 MWe unit
 Total gross thermal input: 20.8MWt@25% moisture
 Total net thermal input: 18.76 MWt@25% moisture
 Total gross electrical output: 12.65 MWe
 Total steam rate: 22.5 T/H
 Steam outlet temperature: 405 °C
 Condenser System: WCC / Water Cooled Condenser
2.6.13 Power Generation

The proposed turbine & power generation system for this plant includes Mechanical System
(which consists of Steam Turbine, Gearbox, Couplings, Governing System, Condensing
System, Lubrication System, Accessories, Cooling water System, etc.,), Control &
Instrumentation, Electrical System. The gross power generation capacity will be 12.65 MW.
The steam turbine and power generation system flow chart is shown in Figure 2-10.

Page 2-21
Figure 2-10: Power Generation System
2.6.14 Power Generation Capacity Design (Based on Worst Case of 14.5MJ/Kg)

Energy recovery potential from 500 TPD is estimated as per the following universally
accepted formula. Total MSW quantity (W tonnes) = 500 TPD
The mean calorific value of MSW based on the analysis was found to be 8.1Mj/kg, however
this value had a spread from 4 Mj/kg to 12.2 Mj/kg depending on the waste content and
season.
Net calorific value NCV (Kcal/kg) =1935 Kcal/kg. (8.1MJ/kg)
Energy recovery potential per day (KWh) = NCV x W x 1000/860
= 1.16x NCV x W.
= 1.16 x 1935 x 500.
= 1122300 Kwh.
Power generation potential - Pt (kWh) = 1.16 x NCV x W/24
= 1.16 x 1935 x 500/24.
= 46762
The overall efficiency of the system is 26%
Conversion efficiency - Ƞ = 26%
Gross Generation potential – Pt x Ƞ = 12158 kW
= 12.15 MW
Net Power Generation Capacity Selected – 12.65MWe
2.6.15 Resource Optimization

The following are the other measures considered as a part of the project planning to ensure
that the resources are optimised.

Page 2-22
 Waste as a fuel. The MSW components (Non-recyclable waste having calorific value of
1500 kcal/kg or more shall not be disposed of on landfills and shall only be utilised for
generating energy either or through refuse derived fuel or by giving away as feed stock
for preparing refuse derived fuel) which can be used to prepare RDF and Power
generation are utilised.
 Refused Derived Fuel (RDF) is classified as a renewable fuel source and when
compared to low grade coal, RDF has a higher heat value, lower emission levels, RDF is
not a fossil fuel and does not require the huge investment of mining and the related
carbon expenditure such mining activities create. The annual production of RDF at the
Kochi plant will generate an estimated 84,117 tons of RDF. This will save over 100,000
tons of coal from being mined, transported and burned. The Carbon savings for this
aspect of the project alone is substantial.
 Energy Efficiency/ Saving Through Recycling of the Waste Material.
 The process of drying utilizes a very small amount of power, (air fans only 3 KWH).
 Gasification Technology (advantage) - using the syngas is potentially more efficient than
direct combustion.
 RDF Density control system to achieve the requisite energy outputs. If the fuel stock is
too dense, the burn rate will be longer and therefore the dwell time in the gasifier is
extended, this reduces flow and therefore energy outputs, (More fuel in, more power out).
If the density is too bulky (loose), the fuel will burn too quickly and a lot of energy will be
lost, so again less power production.
 The inert other than metals and alloys having no CV value obtained from material
recovery facility (MRF) is blended with the Bottom Ash to produce re-engineered
materials (aggregate) which can be used in manufacture of bricks, paver block, tiles and
other value added products.
 The leachate collected from various areas such as waste reception area, Bio Drying area,
etc., will be treated and treated water will be reused and hence fresh water consumption
is optimised.
2.6.16 Green Belt/Area

Green belt of ~2.13 ha will be developed around the project site with indigenous trees and
shrubs with perennial canopy. The green belt/area is given as Figure 2-11.

Page 2-23
Figure 2-11: Green Belt/Area
2.6.17 Future Proofing and Waste Heat

While this was seen as a critical element in the design of the MSW conversion facility,
GJEPPL needed to ensure that GJEPPL able to meet the needs of other fuel requirements
and be able to adapt to changes in waste stream values and composition. While GJEPPL are
expecting to use all the RDF produced on its own facility, GJEPPL may find an access and
so this material can be sold to other users, the ability to select a specific CV and density
blend is an important part of this aspect of the design.
The use of waste heat shown in the process diagram is not generally used on the
mechanical waste drying as the Bio drying process is more than able to reduce the moisture
levels to the required settings. It is displayed as a backup process, however, the waste heat
may be used in the secondary product line most likely in the air conditioning needs of the site
or as a means to power a drying oven for the block manufacturing process etc.
2.6.18 Water and Power
2.6.18.1 Water
Water required during construction activity will be met through the through authorised water
suppliers/Kerala Water Authority and bore well. Water requirement during construction
activity will be approximately 0.2 MLD. Water requirement during operation phase will be
approximately 2 MLD, which will be met from nearby water body Kadambrayar/Chitrapuzha.
Application for the same is made with relevant authority (Irrigation Department, Govt. of
Kerala).
Consumption of water and generation of effluent is given below.
Table 2-4: Water Requirement and Wastewater generation
Consumption Cu. m/Hr Cu. m/Hr Cu. m/day
Surface Condenser 3100
Cooling Water
Turbine oil cooler 60

Page 2-24
Consumption Cu. m/Hr Cu. m/Hr Cu. m/day

Generator air cooler 60
Total Cooling Water Demand 3220
Make up requirement -2.3 to 2.5% of
74.06 1777.4
Demand
Total RO Input 3.830
Boiler Water 2.65 2.65 63.6
RO Output
Urea Injection 0.225 0.225 5.4
RO Reject Used for Ash Quenching 0.955 0.955 22.9
Service Water - Plant 14
Service Water
Service Water - Value Added Products 44
Human Consumption 27
Misc Requirement
Gardening & Landscaping 24
Non-
Dosing Water For Gasifier Metering bin Continuous 1
Demand
Non-
Fire Water Continuous 1
Demand
Total 1980.4
Effluent Generation Cu. m/day Remarks
Leachate 30 Daily Avg
Blowdown Water 288 11-12 CUMPH
Sewage 25 Daily Avg
Note: Separate treatment system will be provided for other wastewater runoff from Landfill
areas and contaminated storm water if any during rainy season.
2.6.18.2 Power
The electric power requirement during construction phase will be approximately 600KW
which will be sourced partly through DG Sets and partly from Kerala State Electricity Board
(KSEB).
Electricity requirement during operation phase will be approximately 2000KW which will be
sourced from in house power generation. The evacuation system will be at 33KV voltage
level where the generated voltage level of 11 kV is stepped up using two step up
transformers of rating 3Φ/11 kV/33kV/25MVA.
During operation phase, power back up in form of either Diesel or Gas Gen sets will be
available to the tune of approximately1.5 MVA (1 Nos). In case of Gas Gen, Natural Gas
consumption for the same will be to the tune of 12.3 mmbtu/hr.
2.6.19 Environmental Aspects
2.6.19.1 Air Pollution Control Measures

The flue gas duct system consists of all ducts required for transporting flue gas from the
gasifier/boiler to the reactor, from the Reactor to the dust filter, from the dust filter to the ID-
fan and from the ID-fan to the stack. Flue gas cleaning and pollution control consists of urea
injection for De-NOX known as Selective Non-Catalytic Reduction (SNCR), hydrated lime
injection for acid gas neutralisation, and activated carbon powder injection for absorption and
removal of heavy metals, dioxins, VOC and other harmful substances. The Bag filter modular
is designed to have the capacity to remove sub-micron dust particles by having a blowing off
line capability and keeping within anticipated emission level of the waste incineration
directive.
Page 2-25
The brief summary of the Flue Gas Treatment System is given below:
 Bag house filter
 Reaction tower in which acidic gases are removed by chemical reaction with the injected
lime
 Induced draft fan with speed-controlled electric motor driver and Stack
 Flue gas re-circulation system for De-NOX
 Selective Non-Catalytic Reduction (SNCR) using Urea solution
 Connections for Continuous Flue Gas Monitoring system to monitor all dust and gases in
accordance with Indian standards
Item 3 – Hydrated Lime
Item 1 – Urea Injection Item 2 – Active Carbon Injection
Injection
To control emission of NOx gases Active carbon is used as an adsorption material to Lime is used to control the
into the atmosphere a Selective ensure the capture of dioxins, volatile organic levels of acidity and aid the
Non-Catalytic Reduction compounds (VOCs), furans and heavy metals capture of Hydrogen Chloride
(SNCR) injection system is vapours such as (cadmium, thallium, mercury, tin, (HCI), Sulphur Dioxide (SOx)
installed. The SNCR system arsenic, lead, chromium, copper, cobalt, and Hydrogen Fluoride (HF)
injects urea solution into the gas manganese, nickel, vanadium etc.)
stream, which breaks down to
form ammonia, and reacts with
the NOx gases in the combustion
gas stream to form nitrogen,
carbon dioxide and water.
The injection of urea into the gas
stream occur between 760°C and
1090°C and is injected into the
flue gas outlet from the primary
combustion chamber.
Item 4 - Bag House Filter Item 5 – Recirculating Flue Gas  Item 6 - CEMS
Downstream of the injection of Approximately 50% of the flue gas generated is not The Continuous Emission
Active Carbon and Lime. The released, it is returned to the gasifier. This reduces Monitoring System (CEMS)
fabric filter captures fine the amount of fresh air being drawn in to the system continually sends a signal to
particulates, heavy metals, which results in less atmospheric nitrogen being the Distribution Control
dioxins and furans which cannot added to the gasification process and this in turn System (DCS)
pass through the filter. aids the reduction of the formation of NOx. An
added benefit is the use of the returned flue gas If the flue gas is outside of
APC and Fly ash from both the also helps to ensure the combustion sections are the set parameters, the DCS
Boiler and the Bag House filter is held at the correct operational temperature, this will increase/reduce the
removed by a rotary valve and ensures the likelihood of the generation of dioxins injection of the various flue
conveyed to a storage receiver. and furans is greatly reduced gas cleaning chemicals. If
this fails to correct the
problem, the main Control
System will complete a
controlled shutdown of the
plant.
Additional measures used to reduce emissions pre-ignition:

 Manual segregation and removal of Chlorinated Plastic and other elements unsuitable for
thermal treatment
 Temperature control within combustion/gasification chambers (always above 850 0C)
reduces the manufacture of dioxins and furans
 Multiple combustion/gasification chambers support the complete molecular breakdown
and conversion to gas of all inserted materials

Page 2-26
BAG FILTERS:
The dust laden air and gas enters the filter in a controlled manner at low velocity around the
top of the bag area via ducting from the reactor tower. The air passes through the filter
media, depositing dust on the outside of the bag. The cleaned air passes inside the bag to
the clean air chamber at the top of the unit. The filter is cleaned by a blast of compressed air
into the open bag aperture. Reverse Jet Filter x 6 module. The casing of the filter would be
manufactured from 5 mm mild steel sheet, suitably stiffened to withstand the required
suction. The whole unit would be supported on a structure complete with access ladder and
hand railing.
It is proposed that the gas inlet and outlet are on opposite sides of the bag filter to mitigate
any risk of filter bypass.
The filter will encompass all the latest design features of the modern Dust Reverse Jet filter.
 High Dust Loading Capabilities
 Blowing offline capacity
 Zones modules for bag replacement on line
 Efficient Internal, Velocity Control
 Improved Filter Bag Design Life
 Baffled Inlet Bag Protection
 Digitally Controlled Programmable Cleaning cycle
 Generous spacing to avoid gases, re-entrainment problems
 Snap-band filter Seal
 Quick release jet tube clamping arrangement
 Manifold Access, complete with quick release doors
Reaction Tower:
A Filter Reaction Tower is located after the economiser & before the bag filter, this unit is
designed to allow a reduced passage velocity of the gasses to allow for a slower reaction,
this unit also contains suitable clean-out access doors plus injection points for hydrated lime
or sodium bicarbonate and activated Carbon.
The reactor system comprises an inlet plenum, a venturi and a riser section. Flue gas is led
through the venturi via the inlet plenum, and into the reactor. In the reactor the pollutants are
removed by chemical reactions with the injected lime. The only purpose of the inlet plenum is
to ensure proper distribution of the flue gas in the venturi. This is done by means of guide
vanes placed in the inlet. In the venturi the cross section of the duct is narrowed in order to
increase the linear flue gas velocity. A dual fluid nozzle is installed in the venturi, and through
this nozzle fresh lime and PAC are dosed into the riser section.
The main part of the flue gas treatment takes place in the riser section due to the intimate
contact between the lime and the flue gas. In this section the lime reacts with the acid
constituents in the flue gases, thus capturing and neutralising them. Because of the very
large reaction surface provided by the Bag Filter, the contact between the lime and the acid
constituents in the flue gas is very efficient, and the degree of acid removal correspondingly
high.
The chemistry in the riser section and bag filter leading to elimination of the acid constituents
is simplified in the following reactions:
2HCI + Ca(OH)2 = CaCl2+ 2H2O
2HF + Ca(OH)2 = CaF2 = 2H2O
Page 2-27
SO2 + Ca(OH)2 = CaSO2 + H2O

CaSO3 + ½O2 = CaSO4 (approx. 10% of removed SO2)
The solids-containing flue gas is led from the reactor to a dust filter. The dust filter provides a
large surface area for contact between the acid gases and sorbant injected
Stack:
A stack of 57 m height (Above Ground Level) with twin flue will be provided to get the better
dispersion of Flue gas in the environment.
Flue Gas Recirculation:
Flue gas recirculation is an important factor in the gasification process. Flue-gas recirculation
to the combustion chamber reduces local hot spots and helps maintain a steady combustion
temperature around 900-950°C. CFD modelling and academic research indicated that NOx
concentrations can be reduced typically by 30-50% via flue-gas recirculation.
Selective Non-Catalytic Reduction (SNCR):
Selective non-catalytic reduction (SNCR) using urea solution to remove the remaining NO x in
the flue gas – this is effected in the end of the final stage of the combustion chamber.
Other aspects to be ensured:
 The above mentioned suitably designed pollution control devices shall be installed or
retrofitted with the gasification to achieve the emission limits as stipulated in SWM rule,
2016.
 Waste to be gasified shall not be chemically treated with any chlorinated disinfectants.
 Chlorinated plastics shall not be placed into the gasifier.
 If the concentration of toxic metals in Gasifier ash exceeds the limits specified Schedule
II: List of waste constituents with concentration limits (leachable concentration limits) in
the Hazardous and Other Waste (Management and Trans boundary Movement) Rules,
2016, the ash shall be sent to Nearest TSDF
 Only low sulphur fuel like LDO, LSHS, Diesel, bio-mass, coal, LNG, CNG, RDF and bio-
gas shall be used as fuel in Combustion. In this current proposal Natural Gas is proposed
to be used.
 The CO2 concentration in tail gas shall not be less than 7%.
 All the facilities in twin chamber gasifiers shall be designed to achieve a minimum
temperature of 8500C in secondary combustion chamber and with a gas residence time
in secondary combustion chamber not less than 2 (two) seconds.
 Gasification plants shall be operated (combustion chambers) with such temperature,
retention time and turbulence, as to achieve total Organic carbon (TOC) content in the
slag and bottom ashes less than 3%, or their loss on ignition is less than 5% of the dry
weight.
2.6.19.2 Water pollution Control Measures

The following diagram shows water and wastewater management on site.

Page 2-28
Figure 2-12: Water and Wastewater Management

The following are the source of wastewater generation in the Waste to Energy Plant.
 Sewage: Admin Buildings, MRF Building, Gasficaion Building, Bio Drying area, Weigh
Bridge area, Waste Reception area etc.,
 Leachate: Bio Drying area, Weigh Bridge area, Waste Reception area and landfill area
also Wash water from MSW storage area and Waste reception areas
 Waste Water from boiler/Cooling tower Blow Down; DM water Neutralization Pit etc.,
WASTEWATER TREATMENT:
Reed beds are used to treat all the wastewater produced on site. Reed beds systems are a
very powerful treatment system which combines three independent elements soil, plants and
bacteria to treat waste water. This is a proven “technology” which harnesses natural
biological methods of cleaning water in highly engineered systems. Water treatment is
achieved through the action of naturally occurring soil bacteria which break down
contaminants in the wastewater. The wastewater shall be passed through a specially
designed system, planted with Phragmites australis. This reed species has a particularly
complex root structure which provides the optimum conditions for the bacterial colonies that
achieve the water treatment.
Both aerobic and anaerobic bacterial degradation can occur because the reeds transport air
down through their root structure and into the surrounding soils. As well as supplying oxygen
to the bacteria, the reeds provide the soil structure needed to maintain the flow of water
through the system. Unlike many other treatment technologies, reed beds are particularly
robust. The soil medium acts as a natural buffer, which can effectively deal with any peaks in
contaminant.

Page 2-29
The Technology being used is the Microbial Soil Based Reed Bed (MSR) System. The
MSR system is bioremediation process of three independent elements soil, plants and
bacteria. Since the early work carried out in the 1970s, reed bed applications have covered a
wide range of domestic and industrial applications and have become accepted as a cost-
effective alternative to conventional treatment methods in a widening circle of industries.
They operate most effectively on relatively concentrated effluent streams, and can be
designed to treat the effluent to conform to strict discharge standards.
The MSR System is based upon the treatment potential of three main elements:
 Soil dwelling microbes
 The physical and chemical properties of the soil and finally
 The plants themselves
Of these, the microbial flora and fauna is the most important constituent. The civil
engineering surrounding a reed bed treatment zone is generally very simple, firstly an
excavated void is lined to prevent seepage of process water to the environment, then this
void is filled with appropriate soil and the reeds are planted into this media. The water is
delivered either over the surface of the system (vertical flow), or via a feeder trench at the
front end of the system (horizontal flow).
Most reed beds in the UK are sub-surface flow systems where the water flows below the bed
surface. Some systems, and commonly those in the USA, are designed for the water to flow
above the surface, where treatment occurs much as it would do in a pond system,
supplemented by some plant activity.
Microbial activity:
Micro-organisms attach themselves to the outside of the soil particles and to the plants and
plant roots. These organisms metabolise polluting chemicals, degrading and mineralising
them. Commonly reed beds are used to degrade sewage, but with higher retention times

Page 2-30
even intractable compounds such as PAH, PCB, dyestuffs, amines cyanides, thiocyanates,
glycols and other complex compounds can be treated.
Choosing Media:
The choice of bed media, gravel, soil or sand, is dependent upon the particular application
requirements. Gravel is less active microbiologically, but allows a faster throughput of water.
For this reason, gravel has commonly been used in secondary and tertiary sewage treatment
applications. Soil has commonly been used for primary and secondary treatment of industrial
effluents. Certain soil minerals actually encourage the deposition of metal ions, phosphate
and sulphate. Soils can therefore be custom-engineered to treat particular effluent streams.
In addition, the ability of clay particles and humic materials to entrap polluting chemicals
means that the soil system can cope with shock loads.
The plants have two main functions: (i) The very extensive root system creates channels for
the water to pass through. (ii) The roots introduce oxygen down into the body of soil. This
creates areas near the roots where aerobic bacteria can thrive. Slightly away from the roots
are oxygen deficient regions which create an environment where anaerobic bacteria can
thrive.
Gaseous Pathways:
These organisms are necessary for the breakdown of many types of compound, in particular
in the oxidation of ammonia to nitrate, the first step in the biological breakdown of this
compound. The plants themselves take up a certain amount of nutrient from the process
water. In the spring and summer, about 15% of the treatment capacity for sewage effluent
occurs through this route. Most degradation of nutrients is, however, undertaken by the
microbes. The plants are also capable of accumulating certain heavy metals.
Many of the reed bed systems in the world have used the common reed, Phragmites
australis, as the main plant in the treatment bed. It is a vigorous and geographically well
spread plant, and has a large number of varieties that vary in their growing habits and
tolerance to particular chemicals. Phragmites australis has the key elements of producing a

Page 2-31
big root mass and root depth to provide ideal system hydraulics and introduce oxygen into
the soil. It also has higher tolerance to toxicity than other wetland plants which is a key
benefit when treating industrial effluents.
In the context of this project the MSR system will treat wastewater produced from:
 Water extracted from the MSW Leachate runoff
 Wastewater produced by staff using amenities at the site
 Wastewater produced from maintenance of boilers etc. from the BPL power unit.
Waste water produced will be stored in an underground tank and then be pumped through
the MSR system. The following diagram illustrates the system. The following figure illustrates
Cross Section of Reed Bed System.
The efficacy of these systems is now well proven.

ADDITIONAL WATER AND WASTE WATER PROCESSES:
The project site will also contain additional water treatment facilities; these are based on
Ultra Filtration and Reverse Osmosis water purification technologies.
Reverse Osmosis is a process in which dissolved inorganic solids (such as salts) are
removed from a solution (such as water). This is accomplished by passing the contaminated
water under pressure through a semipermeable membrane. The reverse osmosis process is
able to remove impurities from the water such as:
 Fluoride
 Lead
 Chlorine & Chloramines
 Pesticides Detergents & more
 Nitrates & Sulphates
 Leachate chemical contaminants
 Salts
 Suspended solids
These systems are used primarily for the treatment and quality of the water required by the
equipment during normal daily operations. The majority of this water is recirculated around
and reused multiple times before it requires additional treatments.

Page 2-32
MSW LEACHATE RUNOFF

The process of moisture removal uses a system called Bio Drying, this process generates a
natural heat source which causes the moisture within the waste to be evaporated off. There
is however a small volume of leachate which drops to the base of the drying platform during
the delivery process and also some small seepage happens for the first 3-6 days of the
drying process.
This is usually in the region of 10% of the total water volume held by the waste. This leachate
is collected in underground channels and fed directly to a large storage tank. The collected
water is then strained to remove any large suspended particles (greater than 150 microns).
The solids and water recovered are returned to the bio drying area and sprayed back on top
of the fresh MSW heap for imitating a faster biological activity thus reducing time for the
drying process. This is an added benefit to the process as the returned solid already have an
established bacterial colony active within the mixture. This enables us to dramatically speed
up the growth of a new colony within the waste matter
STORMWATER and RAINWATER HARVESTING:
In the last 10 year, highest rainfall in 24 hours has been 208 mm of rain. In terms of the
impact on the site this would equate to 6598 m3 of storm-water. The facility will be provided
with storm water drain to collect the surface run off and the same will be stored in the
designated water tank and making it available for reuse in the plant’s daily operations. Rain
Water storage Tank will be designed to capture the rain water from all roof areas, landscape
and hard standing areas. Additionally excess rain water will be diverted to the water
conservation area for storage.
2.6.19.3 Solid Waste and its Management

The ash removal & conveying system will be designed to suit the consistency of the ash that
will be produced by the plant based on its design envelope. This ash will be handled by a
very heavy weight partially submerged drag chain conveyor. The water in this conveyor will
create a seal to the furnace stopping the ingress of air, also stopping the ash exit from the
furnace being of a dusty consistency. This will be topped up with water automatically and
controlled to run as required. On exit from the drag chain conveyor the ash will drop onto a
slatted belt conveyor which will transport the ash into a designated area.
Classified as Bottom Ash
 Under Grate Ash
 Gasifier Cylinder Ash
 Gasifier Bottom Ash
 Super-Heater, Boiler & Economiser Ash
Classified as APC Residue
 Reaction Tower
 Ash Bag Filter Ash
the characteristics of the MSW analysed is 10% of the RDF feed i.e., for 230 TPD of RDF

Page 2-33
use, GJEPPL mix it with the bottom ash stream and use it in the re-manufacturing area. The
inert other than metals and alloys having no CV value obtained from material recovery facility
(MRF) is blended with the Bottom Ash to produce re-engineered materials (aggregate) which
can be used in manufacture of bricks, paver block, tiles and other value added products.
It is expected that approximately 7.0 tons of unusable waste ash material that is not suitable
for recycling will go to the landfill area for disposal. As required by both the Concession
Agreement and the current MSW Rules 2016, this material does not contain any organic
fractions and will not produce greenhouse gas discharges or biological leachate run
off.
Municipal Solid Waste
The quantity of waste generated from canteen and administrative areas is estimated about
100 kg/day, of which 60% will be bio-degradable and 40% non- biodegradable. The same will
be utilised in the waste processing facility.
2.6.19.4 Odour Control

A natural wood chip filtration process which is a well proven technology is operated during all
delivery times at the waste reception area, this draws new air into the plant building area and
existing air is drawn out over the wood chips, the odours are captured by the wood and a
pleasant natural tree scent odour is released in its place. This has ensured that the issue of
odours have been addressed where ever possible.
The incoming waste material has a high level of odours, to combat these smells both the
high and standard density waste streams are delivered to the waste reception area. The
waste reception area is kept at a near negative pressure by forced air extraction fans, so the
surrounding atmosphere is always drawn “INTO THE BUILDING”. Large fans draw the air
from the building and expel it out ensuring the discharge air is passed through an air filtration
system which uses wood chips and naturally occurring bacteria within the wood chip which
consume the odour elements contained within the air stream. Using this process, it is
possible to almost eliminate the impact of the odours outside the building’s immediate area.
(50 m or less). The filtered air now smells of wood and that air is then returned to the building
to help reduce the odour within the building for the staff.
The wood chip filters have a life expectancy of up to 6 years, after which the wood stock has
to be changed. There is a small increase in odour release immediately following these stock
changes, this will usually last no more than three days, during this period the bacterial colony
needed in the filters has to grow to an operational size to enable them to handle the high
volumes of smells contained within the air. GJEPPL does not expect this drop-in control to
impact anyone more than 200m from the reception building.

Page 2-34
During the loading stages, the waste is very wet and fresh, so it does smell. To combat that
issue, GJEPPL proposes to use mobile odour control systems and these machines fire a
very fine mist of water droplets and special chemicals to capture and neutralise the odours in
the air.
The suppression system is designed to provide two-directional coverage to achieve an

excellent odour control and/or dust suppression in both outdoor and indoor environments.
Highly mobile, it can be moved to various locations quickly and is the ideal solution to
variable, localised and emergency odour or dust problems. It is highly effective for the
suppression of dust and when combined with a Surfactant Induced Absorption Technology
proportionally dosed in to eliminate odours in a wide range of environments. These mobile
systems are intended to be used in both the main processing plant and also on the existing
waste dump site during bio mining excavations of the existing waste material from the site to
the processing facility at an expected feed rate of up to 200 tonnes per day. The S.I.A.T.
systems will provide both odour and dust suppression coverage for all operational site needs.
2.6.19.5 Automatic Wheel Washing

Every vehicle leaving the Waste Reception building will be required to drive through an
automated wheel wash system. The system uses high pressure jets to clean wheels and
lower chassis areas. All water used in the process is recycled at the point of use and only top
up water due to vehicle drive away and evaporation needs to be added each day.

Page 2-35
Leachate and water runoff from this equipment is processed at point of use and reused on a
constant basis. However, drainage directly in to the leachate and storm water systems has
been included as an added safety precaution.
2.7 Project Cost

The estimated project cost for the development of Waste to Energy facility will around 295
crores.
2.8 Project Implementation Schedule

 Pre-construction activities – 6 months
 Construction activities – 18 months

Page 2-36
Figures
L&T
Infrastructure Engineering Ltd.
L&T-Ramboll

Engineering Ltd.
L&T Infrastructure
ENVIRONMENTAL CLEARANCE PROPOSAL NO : SIA/KL/MIS/22369/2018 WINDROSE DIAGRAM AZIMUTH ROTATION ANGLE - 19° CLOCKWISE
TOTAL 2 - 3.0m HEIGHT
TOTAL 2 - 3.0m HEIGHT

COCHIN
N
(BARBED WIRE FENCING 0.6m HEIGHT)
(BARBED WIRE FENCING 0.6m HEIGHT)

KADAMBRAYAR CADALAS
RIVER
FACTORY
BRICK MASONRY 1:4 CM
BUILDING No. -1/2 W
5M
2 LEGGED
SUBJECT TO
8 TOR 15CM C/C PERMIT FROM
SER
E
2 LEGGED
8 TOR 15CM C/C IRRIGATION
PR ICE E
GROUND LEVEL
DEP.
V
R2
OP
SCALE 1:25
OS NTRY
3-10TOR
GROUND LEVEL
ED
NATURAL GAS
S
3-10TOR
PIPE LINE
RO 15M W
FROM GAIL / 5M
AD
AD
440/V/3ϕ ADANI INDIAN RO
G
OIL IN
TO IDE
IST
EX
Register
Address:
Date:
Place:
Certified
Kerala
994
Name:
Signature
andPanchayat
the
Number:
that,
that
provisions
the
thebuilding
Building
site plan
contained
plan
is
Rules,
prepared
is in
prepared
2011,
theafter
sanctioned
Kerala
inverification
accordance
Panchayat
Townofwith
Planning
the
Raj ownership
the
1 provisions
Schemes.
document
of the and the site and the measurements shown are found to be correct. (Registered Architect/ Building Designer/ Engineer/ Town Planner/ Supervisor)
CERTIFICATE
ADMIN
I, ________________________________,
Register
Name:
Signature
Address:
Date:
Place: Number: hereby undertake that the building construction/ land development will be carried on/ being carried on / was carried on as per the approved plan and permit in accordance with the rules in force. UNDERTAKING
(Registered Architect/ Building Designer/ Engineer/ Town Planner/ Supervisor) Signature of the Applicant with the name
RRM 1:6 CM
.
15M
ENTRY 1
M.
AD
EXIS E
OAD 15
TING
/EXIT ID SE PRO
RO
ROA W
FRO OX.
D 5M RV PO
5M IC SE
EA EE D
D
INE APPR
M
5M.
SE
AR NT RO
SED R
-TYPICAL SECTION -RANDOM RUBBLE MASONRY FOR HARD SOIL 1 Right to Design, Build,Finance, Operate and Transfer (DBFOT) vide concession agreement
-TYPICAL UNDER REAMED PILES WITH GRADE BEAM LONGITUDINAL SECTION OAD LT RY AD
PO
5M ED R BE 15M TO
POS dated 17th February, 2016.
O
EXISTING AD PRO
N
PIN O 200m
TOTAL LENGTH - 1566 M INCLUDING 4 ENTRANCE GATES EE WI
PR
PROPO
1440
WELL RO GREE
N GR DE
+12.00 Land handed over by Secretary, Kochi Municipal Corporation vide G.O(Ms)
9
BELT
NG
/4
AREA
GL
TI
S .1
5M W +8.00
G No
IDE
IS No.39/2018/revenue dated 03/02/2018.
T
EX
IN G
UG R 175
1708
D IN
Survey sketch counter signed by Tahasildaar and Surveyor (G.O and sketch attached).
I L LD
SERVICE
UE
1174
SECURITY
BU UI
PU
SQ
AKE IVE
1234
+7
CABIN +8.00 Surveyed boundary signed by Deputy Director, Surveys and Land Records, Ernakulam
B
3
.0
M
+4.00
ENTRY
INT YAR R
0
38 M
500
ASSEMBLY
5M WIDE
dated 03/04/2018, compensating the area unfit for use vide decision against agenda No. 2 Cl.
5M
2500
POINT
1688 2500
2000
E
AD
ID
No. 1 of minutes of the 8th meeting of the state level advisory committee on waste
/EXIT
+6.00
A
RO
LIFT LIFT SERVICE LIFT
DUCT LIFT
5M
WA AMBR
+4.00 management held on 7th March, 2018 at KSIDC, Trivandrum is considered in the layout.
LT AREA
NG
EA
1
AR
R
TI
2000
.
ATER
2000
M
E
21 20
+9.00
T
FIRE W OOM
IS
KAD
+6.00
L
15
T
BE
EX
R
PUMP VILLAGE PUTHENCRUZ
AD
ADMIN AND
GREEN BE
U.G. CA
N
ELECTRIC.POST SEPTIC SECURITY
PARKIN R
EE
2 24
RO
TRUCK
DUCT
25 UNDERGROUND TANK 1000 PANCHAYAT VADAVUKODE PUTHENCRUZ
R
KSEB G - 26 CABIN
G
ENTRY /EXIT Car
D
s
E
PARKING AL TALUK KUNNATHUNADU
OS
NATUR 3502
3
20
20
50 20
60 40
40 120
120
120
BOREWELL
OP
100 60 60
60
GAS T
22
60
20 60
DISTRICT ERNAKULAM
GENSE
PR
+8.00
.00 +5.00 NEAREST POLICE STATION INFO PARK POLICE STATION ,KAKKANAD -5KM
PROPOSED
REED BED STACK FOR +4.00
+5
19 NEAREST RAILWAY STATION THRIPUNITURA RAILWAY STATION, DIST- 11 KM
AREA
12
.00
+2.70 +4.00 GENSET 15M
+4.00 GAS SUPPLY
+13.00
+13.00
NEAREST FIRE STATION TRIKAKKARA 7.1 KM (NGO QTRS)
+13
HIGH. SKID
+7.00
THRIKAKARA MUNICIPAL COOPERATIVE HOSPITAL,DIST-5.2 KM
1 NEAREST PUBLIC HOSPITAL
IDE
GR
. M +3.30 +3.30 NEAREST WATERBODY CHITHRA PUZHA RIVER
O7 +3.30
EE
M 6T +2.80 OUT MAN HOLE(TYP)
MW
15 IN
AD CLASSIFICATION OF CPCB
N
+4.00 RED
AD RO
BE
CLASSIFICATION OF CPCB
EA 7
RO ING +3.00 To UG Tank 2000 KL Capacity ` BUILDING TYPE AS PER KPMBR I - HAZARDOUS
LT
IST
D EX
AR
T AR
SE
YTIRUCES
KSEB HT TOWER LINE NUMBER 17
EA
PO
3 +6.00
7M
O
BEL
TOTAL PLINTH AREA 38024 Sqm
18
NIBAC
PR
18 18
W
INE
+3.30 VARIES FROM 20% AND ABOVE IN PLANT AREA,7.87 TO 11% IN
PERCENTAGE OF VENTILATION
ID
EN
001 AREA PROVIDED WITH FORCED VENTILATION AND 6 % FOR AIR
E
G RE
U.G. STORAGE TANK CONDITIONED OFFICE SPACE.
U.G. WATER U.G WATER
21.70M [(18.3+25.1)/2]
BRIDGE
15 MAXIMUM HEIGHT OF BUILDING
TL
WEIGH
STORAGE TANK
weighbridge
STORAGE TANK
CABIN
4192 KW + 800 KW ( HVAC/LIGHTING) = 4992 KW
4 TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD
+3.30
LANDFILL
KV H
PROPOSED GENERATOR CAPACITY 750 KVA + 250KVA
YTIRUCES
ALTERNATE FUEL SOURCE LNG (600 MMBTU)
EXISTING SHED 3 AREA
IDE
NIBAC
ENVISAGED PRODUCTION CAPACITY 12.46 MW
COCHIN +5.00
MW
KADAMBRAYAR RIVER, BORE WELL - 2 NoS, Rain Water
WATER SOURCE
7
A7
66
CORPORATION 002 Harvesting
RE
15
TA
003
HP TOTAL No OF WORKERS - Male - 73 Nos, Female - 26 Nos = 99 Nos
BEL
28
HP
+9.00
+3.00
EN
+3.30 +3.00 RETAINING
E
WALL TOP
GR
6 KL WHEEL
WASH COLLECTION +3.30 +4.00
MAREEHTIHTNAHS
TANK CONTROL
+8.00
00
+3.30
ROOM
+8.00
+8.
MUIROTAMERC
005 006
FIRE WATER
POWER
EVACUATION
ROOM
13
TANK 600 M³ +3.00
SEPTIC 24 +3.30 +3.30 SEPTIC 24 +3.30 +3.00
+3.00
+3.00
D2
TANK TANK
EMERGENCY
STAIR STACK FOR
SAG LARUTAN
TRATS KCALB
+3.00
25 GENSET 15M
UP
HIGH.
12
DOWN
UP
TESNEG
RS1
MIN
MIN
T/G PLC
BOREWELL
VAES-1516-204-ED-SCH
450kg
MAIN
STREAM 2 STREAM 1 GEN MCC MIN
PLC
TURBINE / GENERATOR
T/G MCC
Cubicle Cubicle Cubicle Cubicle Cubicle Cubicle Cubicle Cubicle Cubicle Cubicle Cubicle Cubicle Cubicle Cubicle Cubicle Cubicle Cubicle Cubicle Cubicle Cubicle Cubicle Cubicle Cubicle
Cubicle Cubicle Cubicle
MIN No.20 No.21 No.22 No.23 No.24 No.25 No.26 No.27 No.28 No.29 No.30 No.31 No.32 No.33 No.34 No.35 No.36 No.1 No.2 No.3 No.4 No.5 No.6 No.7 No.8 No.9
Cubicle
No.19
TURBINE
BATTERY ROOM ATT MCC MAINTENANCE
HOD-TRI-TPE-TPR-PID-SLE-0019 HOD-TRI-TPE-TPR-PID-SLE-0026
~27200kg
AREA
EFFLUENT
Cubicle
No.18
TRUCK
400kg 300kg
AVR GCP
SWITCHROOM
Cubicle
NETWORK
SERVER
MIN
COMPRESSOR ROOM
CUBICLE
950kg250kg
No.17
Cubicle
MSP No.16
MIN
TREATMENT
UPS
145kg
UPS
2320kg
FIRE ALARM
8
COMMON COMMON BATTERIES
PANEL
1555kg
BATTERIES
MATERIAL
CHARGER
BATTERY MIN Cubicle Cubicle Cubicle Cubicle Cubicle Cubicle Cubicle Cubicle Cubicle Cubicle Cubicle Cubicle Cubicle Cubicle Cubicle Cubicle Cubicle Cubicle Cubicle Cubicle Cubicle Cubicle Cubicle Cubicle Cubicle
+3.00
No.25 No.24 No.23 No.22 No.21 No.20 No.19 No.18 No.17 No.16 No.15 No.14 No.13 No.12 No.11 No.10 No.9 No.8 No.7 No.6 No.5 No.4 No.3 No.2 No.1
CEMS E STOP
MIN
PLANT BRICK MANUFACTURING UNIT
WALL PANEL
A/C UNIT
PARKING
MIN STREAM
1
STREAM
2
383
AREA RECOVERY
GASIFIER AND TURBINE HALL
10 PRE TREATMENT PLANT 004
FACILITY PLANT MAINTENANCE50 KL EME. STOP
GREEN BELT AREA 5M WIDE

FOR BURNER
9
DEMINERALIZATION PLANT
AND RDF 11 50 KL 27 EMERGENCY
DEMIN SYSTEM
AREA BURNERS
DEAERATOR STAIR
R 25M
WASTE RECEPTION
METERING BIN
CA FAN
PIPE RACK
EME. STOP
1
GA FANS
METERING
BIN AIR DUCTING & FGR
+10.00M AMSL
50 KL PIPE ROUTE LIME SILO REVERSE OSMOSIS PLANT
BIO MINED WASTE AND PRE-SHREDDING
4200
MAIN HEADER
RACK
RECEPTION AREA ECONOMIZER
26
UREA SYSTEM
HT-
+3.00
5 6 23 ASH HANDLING UNIT
BOT
COMBUSTERS SUPERHEATER BOILER
EME. STOP
TOW VATIOMSL
FOR BOILER
SERVICE
ELE 58m A
50.0
+3.00
TOM
BAG FILTER
GASIFIER AND TURBINE HALL +3.00
ER
ENTRY
LIN
2260
TOP
EH
METERING BIN
/EXIT
N
17
EME. STOP
EXISTING
EIG
66 KV HT
SECURITY TOWER +3.00
3 BOTTOM ASH STORAGE
HT
CABIN
1200
0
HT
27.5
V COOLING
66K
16
0
TO E
79 A
TOWER
1
LIN
MSL
EME. STOP
FOR BOILER
R
EME. STOP
FOR BURNER
1000 2800
GASIFICATION PLANT
INE
SIDE WALL CAN BE ELIMINATED DURING DETAILED DESIGN (GRID 0 TO 5)
RDF STORAGE
TL
EXISTING WASTE
ASSEMBLY
VH
HP POINT
+3.00 HP
17 66 KV HT LINE
66 K
+3.00 +3.00 12 (EXISTING)
DUMP
+3.00
+3.00 +2.90 1000
MS STEEL
CHIMNEY 60M 14 HUME
PIPE
+3.00
HIGH +2.80
FILTRATION
00 M SYSTEM
R 2
VATION AREA SURFACE RUN M TOWER
VATION AREA
WATER CONSER OFF TO WATER
CONSERVATION
DISCHARGE FRO D EFFLUENT
BASE AND TREATE
RVATION WATER CONSER
AREA TO WATER CONSE I, ________________________________, hereby declare that, the measurements, specifications and other details and specifications mentioned above are correct, complete and true to the best of my knowledge and belief and that I shall abide by the approved plan and the provisions in the act and rules in undertaking the construction. Signature of the Applicant with the name
AREA
REF. OCCUPANCY
AREA STATEMENT
NO OF
TOILETS WASH/
NO OF
WORKERS % OF
TOTAL
EXISTING WATER COURSE
INFRASTRUCTURES CONNECTED
COURSE
EXISTING WATER
PLINTH AREA CARPET AREA DRINKING
Sl no. SHEET No GROUP IN Sqm IN Sqm-80%(assumed) MALE FEMALE FOUNTAINURINALS BATH MALE FEMALE OPENING LOAD(KW)
COURSE
EXISTING WATER
1 ENTRY & EXIT/ SERVICE/ OFFICE 4 Nos.
2 35,36 E 72.5 m x 20 m x 6.08(AIR

ADMINISTRATIVE BUILDING- B+G 1485+1405=2890 2312 6 5 14 12 NIL 29 12
2 floors CONDITIONED SPACE )
3 SECURITY CABIN -120 Sqm + 9 Sqm x 3 11 4 Nos. 147 117.6 1 NIL NIL NIL NIL 3 NIL 20.13
NVERSION
4 WEIGH BRIDGE CABIN 1 Nos
SE RV ED FO R WET LAND CO FEB 2018
AREA RE 26 TH
NDED OVER ON
VIDE EXTENT HA
5 BIO MINED WASTE RECEPTION AREA 7,8,9,10 I 58.3m x 40.72 m 2374 1899.2 3 NIL 9 12 3 1 NIL 21.2 168
WASTE RECEPTION AND 2 1 NIL NIL 2 6 3 7.87(FORCED
6 12,13,14,15 63 m x 60.72 m 3825 3060 320 LAND HANDED OVER ON 26 TH FEB 2018 VIDE CONCESSION AGREEMENT Dated
PRESHREDDING BUILDING I VENTILATION PROVIDED )
17 th Day of Feb 2016 between Cochin Municipal Corporation and G J Eco Power Pvt ltd.
20
REVIR OT TNALP EGATPES GNITSIXE

MORF EGRAHCSID ROF NOISIVORP
7 BIO DRYING AREA 16,17,18 I 189.5 m x 66.23m 12550 10040 NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL 2 NIL 92 Boundary Surveyed vide decision against Cl. No.1 - Minutes of the 8th meeting of the
11(FORCED State Level Advisory Committee on Waste Management held on 07/03/2018 at KSIDC,
8 MATERIAL RECOVERY FACILITY AND RDF 19,20,21, 90 m x 60.72m 3 3 7 5 1 11 11 918.3 Trivandrum
I 5465 4372 )
22,23 VENTILATION PROVIDED
24,25,26, 99.5m x 60.72m 4 NIL 9 5 2 9 NIL 21.87

9 GASIFIER AND TURBINE HALL G2 6042+990 5626 2092.85
27,28,29 MEZ. FLR 990 Sqm
EFFLUENT TREATMENT PLANT / I NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL 1 NIL NIL
10 34 348 112.04
WATER TREATMENT
11 PLANT MAINTENANCE AREA 30 m x 28 m INCLUDED IN SL No.8
12 CHIMNEY 1 +1+1 60 M+15M+15M HIGH

POWER EVACUATION ROOM, CONTROL ROOM 38 NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL 73.3
13 15 m x 8 m 120 96
BLACK START DG AND STACK 15 M HIGH.
UG RCC HUME PIPE - RAIN WATER
14 RUN OFF, DISCHARGE FROM 2 Nos
EXISTING SEPTAGE PLANT - ON
NORTHERN SIDE AND HT TOWER
15 LAND FILL AREA 37 3914 Sqm NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL
16 COOLING TOWER BASIN 750 KL UG 42 m x 12.3 m=517 100

17 HT TOWER LINE- 66KV (EXISTING)
18 U.G. WATER STORAGE TANK. RWH 2000 5000 KL

KL,PROCESS WATER 2400KL, FIRE 600 KL LAND ALLOCATED- 8 HECTARES
19 O.H WATER TANK 100 KL CLEARANCE FROM 66 KV HT LINE VILLAGE PUTHENCRUZ
20 FIRE WATER PUMP ROOM 235.3 PANCHAYAT VADAVUKODE PUTHENCRUZ
AS PER IE ACT PROPOSED
21 NATURAL GAS GENSET AND STACK 1 No. TALUK KUNNATHUNADU
22 GAS SUPPLY SKID 37 NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL VERTICAL CLEARANCE 3.7+0.3=4M MORE THAN 5M DISTRICT ERNAKULAM
1 No.
23 ASH HANDLING UNIT 30,31,32 G2 71m x 51m 3621 2897 2 NIL NIL NIL 2 11 NIL 11.76 107.05 HORIZONTAL CLEARANCE 1.85+0.3=2.15M MORE THAN 3M NAME OF THE UNIT
24 SEPTIC TANK 3 Nos. Prince P Varughese B Tech,
Chartered Engineer M/s GJ ECO POWER Pvt. Ltd.
PJRA 215, PJ Antony Road,
25 BORE WELL 2 Nos. Palarivattam, Cochin 25. WASTE TO ENERGY PROJECT,
26 UREA DOZING SYSTEM 38 2 Nos.x 50 KL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL TOTAL PLINTH AREA-38024Sqm, OCCUPANT LOAD 38024
30 =1268 Nos.[RULE 61(8)(e)] Ph. 9895054385
Sy. NO. 30,36,37,45 & 56 PART + 38PART ( TO BE ALLOCATED)
DEMIN WATER STORAGE RAIN WATER HARVESTING 38024Sqm x 50 = 1901200 Lts=1901 KL
PUTHENCRUZ VILLAGE,
27 3 Nos.x 50 KL OCCUPANCY-GROUP I(2) SECTION 62:- 61 (8)
IN GASIFICATION PLANT This Document remains the property of GJ Eco Power and is supplied to solely for the purpose it was intended for. This document
GENERAL EQUIPMENTS / Machineries KW HP OCCUPANT LOAD- 1 PER 30 Sqm OF GROSS FLOOR AREA (SECTION 62:-61 (8) ) KUNNATHUNADU TALUK,
28 LEACHATE TREATMENT PLANT 001 WATER CLOSET :- FOR MALE - OCCUPANT LOAD - 845 Nos. FOR FIRST 50 MALES
WEIGH BRIDGE
ADDITIONAL 1 No per 70 PERSONS THERE OF-13 Nos (PROPOSED WATERCLOSET FOR MALE - 21 Nos) BRAHMAPURAM (PO),
29 WHEEL WASH COLLECTION TANK 1 No. 32 ROAD LEVEL 002
WHEEL WASH - SUBMERSIBLE PUMP 11 15 FOR FEMALE - OCCUPANT LOAD - 422 Nos . FOR FIRST 50 FEMALES AND
15
HP ERNAKULAM - 682023.
003
ADDITIONAL ONE FOR 70 PERSONS THERE OF -8 Nos (PROPOSED WATERCLOSET FOR FEMALE - 9 Nos)
30 WHEEL WASH - PRESSURE PUMP 21 28
PIPE RACK 1 No. 28
HP DRINKING WATER FOUNTAIN - ONE FOR EVERY 100 PERSONS - 13 Nos
31 BIO FILTER 1 No. DRAIN INVERT LEVEL
004 BLACK START GENSET 750 KVA URINALS - 9 Nos WASHING FACILITY - ONE FOR 50 PERSONS. - 26 Nos
TRUCK PARKING -21 Nos
(PROPOSED DRINKING FOUNTAIN+WASH - 39 Nos) LAND AREA CONSIDERED
005 EVACUATION TRANSFORMER 11 KV/33KV 10 MVA THE LAYOUT IS A SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION
38024 Sqm CAR PARKING -26 Nos OF THE INFRASTRUCTURE REQUIRED FOR THE
TOTAL 30420 Sqm 21 9 39 34 10 73 26 4992 KW 006 AUX TRANSFORMER 11 KV /11 KV 2 3 MVA
RCC HUME PIPE U.G. WATER STORAGE TANK. PRODUCTION OF 12.46 MW POWER. THE DETAILED
BOILER AND GASIFIER CHIMNEY I.D. FAN 1 500 670.5 ENGINEERING DESIGN AND FINAL LAYOUT
U.H. RWH 2000 KL,PROCESS WATER 2400KL, FIRE 600 KL
35629 38024
HP
COVERAGE - 38024-1405-990= 80000= 44.5 % FAR 80000=0.48

HP
BOILER AND GASIFIER CHIMNEY I.D. FAN 2 500 670.5
TOTAL 1032 1384

WILL BE PREPARED BY EPC CONTRACTOR FOR
EXECUTION.
L&T Infrastructure
Engineering Ltd.
L&T Infrastructure
Engineering Ltd.
Chapter 3
Description of Environment
Chapter 3. Description of Environment

3.1 Introduction
This chapter depicts the existing environmental and social conditions in and around the
proposed Waste to Energy (WtE) plant with an area of around ~20 acres (8 Ha) located in
Brahmapuram (a suburb of Kochi City), Vadavukode-Puthenkurisu Panchayat,
Kunnathunadu Taluk, Ernakulum District.
The primary baseline surveys with respect to Ambient Air, Surface & Groundwater, Soil and
Ambient Noise quality were carried out by M/s. Vison Labs, Hyderabad - a MoEF&CC and
NABL approved Environmental Testing Laboratory. Flora and Fauna Surveys were carried
out by L&TIEL. In addition, relevant secondary data including socio-economic conditions
were collected from authenticated sources and presented in this Chapter. Following are the
various environmental attributes monitored as a part of baseline environmental surveys.
Environmental Components
 Meteorology  Ambient Air Quality
o Temperature o Sulphur Dioxide (SO2)
o Relative Humidity o Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2)
o Rainfall o Particulate matter <10 micron size (PM10)
o Wind Speed & Direction o Particulate matter <2.5 micron size (PM2.5)
 Ambient Noise Levels o Ozone (O3)
o Day equivalent noise levels o Lead (Pb)
o Night equivalent noise levels o Carbon Monoxide (CO)
 Inland Water Quality o Ammonia (NH3)
o Groundwater Quality o Benzene (C6H6)
o Surface Water Quality o Benzo(a)Pyrene(BaP)
 Soil Quality o Arsenic(As)
 Flora & Fauna (Ecology) o Nickel (Ni)
3.2 Study Area

An area covering 10 km radius from WtE plant boundary has been earmarked as study area
for baseline environmental surveys. A map showing the study area is given as Figure
FD0102.
3.3 Study Period

The baseline environmental survey was carried out during Post Monsoon season (October-
December) of year 2017 within the study area.
3.4 Environmentally/Ecologically Sensitive areas

The environmental sensitive areas covering an aerial distance of 10 km from project
boundary is given in Table 3-2.
Chapter 3Description of Environment

Page 3-1
Table 3-1: Environmentally Sensitive Areas within 10 km from Project Boundary

S. Name/ Aerial distance
Area
No. Identity (Within 10 km.)3
Areas protected under international conventions,
 Hill Palace Museum,
1. national or local legislation for their ecological,  ~4.4 km, S
Thiripunithura
landscape, cultural or other related value
Areas which are important or sensitive for
ecological reasons - Wetlands, watercourses or  Vembanad Wetland System
2.  8.3 km, S
other water bodies, coastal zone, biospheres, (Extent)
mountains, forests
Areas used by protected, important or sensitive
3. species of flora or fauna for breeding, nesting, - -
foraging, resting, over wintering, migration
 Vara Puzha
 8.9 km, NW
 Chitrapuzha
 0.8 km, W
 Chitrapuzha Ar
 0.8 km, SW
 Kadambarayar N
 0.1 km, N
 Kaniyapuzha R
4. Inland, coastal, marine or underground waters  4.2 km, WSW
 Pan Ar
 2.7 km, WSW
 Ernakulum Channel
 9.7 km, SW
 Nettur Todu
 8 km, SW
 Vembanad wetland System
 8.3 km, S
(Extent)
5. State, National and International boundaries - -
 NH 66  5.5 km, W
Routes or facilities used by the public for access
6.  NH 85  4.4 km, S
to recreation or other tourist, pilgrim areas
 Southern Railway Main Line  3.5 km, SW
7. Defence installations - -
 Ernakulum/ Kochi Urban
8. Densely populated or built-up area  7.25 km, SW
area
Areas occupied by sensitive man-made land uses
 Ernakulum/ Kochi Urban
9. (hospitals, schools, places of worship, community  7.25 km, SW
area
facilities)
Areas containing important, high quality or scarce
resources, (ground water resources, surface
10. Tourism Activities at Ernakulum (Kochi)
resources, forestry, agriculture, fisheries, tourism,
minerals)
Areas already subjected to pollution or
11. environmental damage. (those where existing Nil (Greater Cochin - critically Polluted Area)4
legal environmental standards are exceeded)
Areas susceptible to natural hazard which could
cause the project to present environmental Earth Quake; Proposed project site falls under Seismic
12.
problems, (earthquakes, subsidence, landslides, Zone III (Moderate Risk Zone) as per IS 1893 (Part I).
erosion or extreme or adverse climatic conditions)
Note: Mangalavanam Bird Sanctuary is located at about 10.1 km west of project site
3
Distances are aerial distances measured from the boundary of project site.
4
Greater Cochin was assessed by CPCB in view of the deterioration of environmental quality due urbanization and the
existence of two industrial clusters and declared under critically polluted category and moratorium on consideration of projects in
this area was imposed by MoEF&CC. Later it was revoked due to improvement achieved in the overall quality index.

Page 3-2
3.5 Land Environment
3.5.1 District Physiographic Profile

Ernakulam district is located between latitudes 9º42’30" and 10º18’00" north and longitudes
76º12’00" and 76º36’00" east. It is bounded on the north by Thrissur district, on the east by
Idukki district and on the south by Kottayam and Alappuzha districts. The Arabian Sea lies all
along the western boundary of the district5.
The district is divided into three well defined parts – high land, midland and the low land
consisting of hills and forests, plain and sea board respectively. The hilly or eastern portion is
formed by a section of the Western Ghats. Muvattupuzha, Kothamangalam and Aluva can be
called the hilly taluks. The midland consists mainly of plain land having natural facilities of
drainage viz., back water and canals. Kochi taluk is divided into two blocks by the Kochin
Azhi, viz., Vaipinkara island on the northern side and the southern portion from Fort Kochi to
Chellanam surrounded on three sides by water. The western portion and part of southern
side of Kanayannur taluk are divided by back waters. Paravur taluk lies in the flat delta region
of the Periyar river intersected by several canals, resulting in the formation of many islands.
District map was given in Figure 3-1.
PROJECT AREA
(Source: CGWB-Kochi, Kerala, 2013)
Figure 3-1: Kerala District Map

The land use of the Project area is shown in Exhibit 3-1 and Exhibit 3-2.
5
Village and Town Directory, Series-33 Part XII-A, District Census Handbook, Ernakulam, Directorate
of Census Operations, Kerala Census of India 2011

Page 3-3
Exhibit 3-1: Vegetation at project site Exhibit 3-2: Grass lands at low lying
areas
The site is located between Kadambrayar River and a canal. The area abutting river and
canal is low lying in nature and gets inundated during monsoon. The water level reaches
around 1.0 m above ground in the area abutting river and canal during monsoon. The RL of
the Site is +0.11m to +18.05 m AMSL. The contour map of the site is shown in Figure
FD0201.
3.5.2 Climatic Conditions

The hot season begins from the month of February. March and April are the hottest months.
During this period the average daily temperature (maximum) is about 300C and minimum
temperature is about 250C in the coastal region and it increases slightly towards the interior.
During the South West Monsoon period from May to September heralded by thunder storms
the temperature is low. But in the post monsoon periods including the North-East Monsoon,
the weather is as hot as in Summer. There will be some rainfall during the north-east
monsoon or retrieving monsoon during October and November. The atmosphere is humid
throughout the year, the relative humidity being generally over 70 percent towards the
interior, this is slightly less.
3.5.2.1 Rainfall
The annual rainfall ranges from 3233 to 3456 mm at different places of the district. The
district has an actual average annual rainfall of 3379.5 mm in 2010-11. The rainfall is less in
the western part of the district and gradually increases towards the east. Maximum rainfall is
received around Neriamangalam area in the eastern part where the normal annual rainfall is
found to be 5883 mm in the western part receives around 3233 mm rainfall annually.
South-west monsoon season contributes nearly 67.4% of total rainfall of the year, followed
by the north-east monsoon which contributes nearly 16.6% and the balance of 16% is
received during the month of January to May as summer showers.
3.5.2.2 Temperature
The mean monthly maximum temperature ranges from 28.10C to 31.40C and the minimum
ranges from 23.2 to 260C. The maximum temperature occurs during March and April months
and the minimum temperature occurs during December and January months.

Page 3-4
3.5.2.3 Relative Humidity

The humidity ranges from 68% to 89% during morning hours and 64% to 87% during evening
hours. The maximum humidity is observed during May to October months.
3.5.2.4 Evaporation
Evaporation is more during summer months of January to April and it is low during the rainy
months May to August. The maximum rate of 4.8 mm per day is recorded in March and the
lowest rate of 2.6 mm is recorded during July.
3.5.2.5 Sunshine Hours

Sunshine ranges from 4.3 to 9.7 hours/day. Maximum sunshine is during the month of
February. The months of June to August record the minimum sunshine due to the cloudy
sky. Generally good sunshine hours are recorded in the months of November to May.
3.5.2.6 Wind
The wind speed ranges from 6.7 km/hour to 10.9 km/hour with mean speed of 9.1 km/hour.
The wind speed is high during the period from March to September.
3.5.2.7 Potential Evapotranspiration (PET)

The PET ranges from 94.5 to 159.2 mm. The maximum PET occurs during March and
minimum occurs during June. The PET is less than the rainfall from May to November
indicating water surplus for recharge into ground water regime.
3.5.3 Natural Resources of Project District
3.5.3.1 Forest Resources

In the Ernakulam district, the forest areas fall in Kothamangalm, Munnar, Malayattoor and
Idukki Wild Life Forest divisions. Kothamangalam, Munnar and Idukki Wild Life Divisions are
partly lying in the district. Under Malayattoor Forest Division there were 617.2411 km2. of
reserve forest in the district. 0.5248 km2 area is also proposed for reserve forest. Hence
617.7659 km2 of forest area falls under Malayattoor Forest Division. Kothamangalam Forest
Division has 36.421 km2 in the district. Under Munnar Forest Division 11.000 km2 of forest
area falls. A portion of Kuttampuzha village of Kothamangalam taluk is covered by Idukki wild
life division.
The integrated afforestation and eco-development project (IAEDP) supported by National
Afforestation and Eco Development Board under the Ministry of Environment and Forest is
under implementation in Kerala from 1998-99 onwards. Eco-preservation and sustainable
management in selected watershed is the ultimate objective of the scheme. Edamalayar and
Illithode watersheds in Ernakulam districts are covered under this scheme.
3.5.3.2 Flora and Fauna

Like the other districts of Kerala the flora and fauna of Ernakulam is characteristically
tropical. The heavy rainfall combined with moderate temperature and fertile soil support
luxuriant vegetation in the district.
The common plants found in the central area are Launaea, Ipomoea, Portulca, Hydrocotyle,
Spinifex, Lippia, Moniera, Cynodon, Digitaria, Cyperus etc. Coconut is extensively cultivated

Page 3-5
throughout. There are many tidal mangrove formations of Rhizophora, Avicennia,

Sonneratia, Acrostichum etc.
The midland region is mainly occupied by coconut cultivation. Plants like Artocarpus, Areca,
Anacaedium, Paddy, Plantains, Tapioca, Sugarcane, Pepper, Pulses etc. are the main
cultivations in this region.
The lower slopes of highland region are under teak and rubber cultivation. Fodder grass and
essential oil yielding grasses, bamboos, ochlandra and cardamom are also grown here.
It has an abundant back water system adjoining which are vast areas of paddy fields which
are subject to inundation and movement of water in accordance with the ebb and flow of the
tides – conditions which favour a large and varied fish population and wading and water
birds. A great portion of the western part of the district is thus naturally low lying, sandy or
clayey and it is only to the eastern stretches that we get hills and forests with their
characteristic fauna as in Moovattupuzha and Thodupuzha. The mammals are represented
by monkeys, carnivores, elephants, bats and insectivores, also tortoises in the backwaters.
3.5.3.3 Agricultural resources

The eastern part of the district is primarily agrarian in nature. Rice is the principal crop
cultivated in the wet lands. The area under paddy cultivation in the district has been
decreasing steadily over the past 3 decades. Ernakulam district is the largest producer of
nutmeg and pineapple in the state. The area of nutmeg cultivation is showing an upward
trend continuously. More than 70% of the total pineapple produced in the state is cultivated in
the district. Pineapple is largely cultivated in Muvattupuzha and Vazhakulam. Rubber is the
most cultivated plantation crop in the district and the district is the second largest producer of
rubber in the state behind Kottayam. The other important crops cultivated in the district are
Tapioca, Black pepper, Arecanut, Coconut, Turmeric, Banana and Plantain.
Rice, coconut, lemongrass, rubber, pepper, ginger, mango, cashew nut etc. are the most
important agricultural products of the district. Usually three crops of paddy are raised
annually – virippu, mundaken and puncha and there is another system called pokkali, which
is peculiar to the district. Under this system only one crop can be taken in a year.
3.5.3.4 Fisheries
Eranakulam district is one of the 9 coastal districts of Kerala. It has a coastal line of 46 Km.
Forming 7.8 per cent of the total length of coast line in the state.
The number of fishermen population in the district during 2009-10 was 80941. The district
has only seventh position in respect of fishermen population in the state. About 30 major
varieties of fish are obtained from the coastal areas of Ernakulam district.
The species-wise composition of fish landing in Ernakulam district in the marine sector
shows that the major landing during 2009-10 were the common varieties of fish such as Oil
Sardine, Mackerel, Prawns, Perches etc. The landing of Oil Sardine was 11167 tonnes in the
district, which was 7.24 percent of the state landing (154136 tonnes). The landing of
Mackerel (2346 tonnes) was 5.17 per cent of the state landing (45405 tonnes). In the case of
Prawn, the landing was (8349 tonnes) 17.25 per cent of the state landing (48401 tonnes).
The fish landing contribution of the district was 43623 tonnes in 2009-10 i.e., 7.65per cent of
the state landing (570013 tonnes).

Page 3-6
3.5.3.5 Mineral Resources

The district can be broadly divided into four belts according to various geological formations
seen there. The belts are all oriented more or less north to south and consists of (i) a belt of
crystalline rock of the Archean group (ii) a belt of residual laterite (iii) a narrow belt of
Warkalai beds of tertiary group and (iv) the western most belt of recent deposits. The
crystalline rocks of Archean formation are made up of pink granite gneisses, gray gneisses
and charnockites. The charnockites show intrusive relationship with the gneisses. The latter
may be considered to be equivalent to the peninsular suite. The residual laterite occurs as a
belt towards the west of Archean crystalline rocks and is the resultant product of in situ
alteration of crystalline rocks. The arkalli formation consists of a succession of variegated
clays and sandstone and at times varying lignite material ranging in age from upper miocene
to pliocene. The coastal belt of recent deposits include marine lacustine and alluvial deposits.
3.5.3.6 Economic Minerals

The economic minerals of the district include magnetic iron ores, glass sand, lime shell,
clays, graphite and building stones. Iron ores are found in isolated patches in Muvattupuzha
and Kunnathunad taluks. They are of little commercial importance. Glass sand occurs at
Eroor, Puthiyakavu, Panangal and neighbouring places and at Palluruthy. Limeshell
exploited from Varappuzha and Kodungallur lakes is used for lime burning. Extensive
deposits of clay suitable for the manufacture of tiles occur in Aluva and Kanayannur taluks
and they are exploited for the manufacture of tile bricks. Fairly good quantity of China clay is
found at Amballur and Mulanthuruthy. Ball clays suitable for the manufacture of stoneware
occur at Irumbanam while graphite occurs in certain patches of Kunnathunad taluk. The
crystalline rocks occurring in many parts of the district are used for building purpose and also
as road metal. Map showing Mineral Resources of the PIA district is as shown in Figure 3-2.

Page 3-7
PROJECT AREA
(Source: Dept. of Mining and Geology, 2005)
Figure 3-2: Mineral Map of Kerala
3.5.4 Land Use and Land Cover
3.5.4.1 Study Area Land Use Pattern (10 km radius)

A 10 km study area from the project site was considered to understand the general land use
of the area around the project site. LU/LC pattern prepared for the entire 10 km study area is
presented in Table 3-2. Graphical representation of LU/LC statistics of study area is
presented in Figure 3-3 and LULC map is shown in Figure 3-4. The major land use classes
observed in the study area are: Builtup-urban (63.49%), Agriculture-Plantation (12.24%),
Agriculture-cropland (13.37%) which covers around 89% of the area and the remaining minor
classes are listed in table below.
Table 3-2: Land Use/Land Cover Statistics of Study Area
S. No LULC Classes Area (Acres) Area (%)
1 Agriculture-Aquaculture 1636.59 2.01%
2 Agriculture-Crop Land 11184.83 13.77%
3 Agriculture-Plantation 9945.13 12.24%

Page 3-8

4 BuiltUp-Mining 1837.96 2.26%
5 BuiltUp-Rural 51580.10 63.49%
6 BuiltUp-Transportation 1420.82 1.75%
7 Wasteland-Sandy Area 3.324 0.00%
8 Wasteland-Water Logged 374.22 0.46%
9 Waterbody-Canal 107.36 0.13%
10 Waterbody-Lakes/Pond 1517.80 1.87%
11 Waterbody-Reservoir/Stream/Drain 1634.70 2.01%
Total 81242.88 100.00%
Figure 3-3: Land Use/Land Cover Statistics of Study Area

Page 3-9
(Source: Sentinel-2 satellite imagery)
Figure 3-4: Land Use Pattern in the Study Area
3.5.4.2 Land Use Pattern in Project Site

The land use/land cover (LULC) of the project site was prepared using Sentinel-2 satellite
imagery with Kharif (2017) & Rabi (2018) season data scenes. The satellite imageries were
classified with supervised classification technique and cross-referred with Survey of India
(SOI) toposheet data of 1:50,000 scale. The land use of the project site is dominated by
wasteland - scrub. LULC pattern for the project site is presented in Table 3-3. Statistics of
Project site is presented in Figure 3-5 and LULC map for Project area is shown in Figure
3-6.
Table 3-3: Land Use Land Cover Pattern of Project Site
1 Agriculture-Plantation 3.17 13.30%
2 BuiltUp-Mining/Industrial 0.48 2.04%
3 Wasteland-Scrub 15.58 65.30%
4 Wasteland-Water Logged 4.62 19.36%
Total 23.87 100.00%

Page 3-10
Figure 3-5: Statistics of land use pattern in project site
Figure 3-6: LULC Map for Project Site

The Project Land abutting existing landfill site and owned by KMC is earmarked for this
activity. No agricultural activity or forest areas were observed. The dry land portion of the site
was cleared of all the valuable timber trees by the owners at the time of transferring the land.
Only uncared poorly yielding coconut trees (Cocos nucifera) and young anjili (Artocarpus
hirsutus), mango (Mangifera indica) form the standing trees. The land is infested with grass,
creepers and thorny bushes. The dry land and paddy land have a fringe distinguished by
vegetation. Abandoned open well is also observed in the area earmarked for development.
3.5.5 Geology
The coastal plain of Kerala around Kochi is of recent geological origin, its formation dating
back to the early tertiary period. The sedimentary formations of the coast are of recent and
sub recent formations.
The geological formations in this region of the West coast are characterized mainly by rocks
of granites and gneissic structures. The underlying geological formations of the area are

Page 3-11
mostly alluvium followed by biotite-granite-gneiss of Archaean age. The typical composition

of this formation is essentially quartz and feldspar with variable amounts of biotite. The biotite
granite is a gray or whitish rock, medium to coarse grained in texture. Dark gray, foliated
gneiss occurs are also observed in the study zone. The gneiss strata is found to be dip in
various directions.
The laterite capping observed through the midland upland regions of this state is in-situ
formations from such rocks. The gneisses are generally of the massive grey type and are
either coarse grained or fine grained. Laterite is found, almost extensively forming low flat-
topped ridges and hills, covering the Archaeans, between the Western Ghats and the
Arabian Sea. The laterite is formed by the decomposition of In-situ rocks. The entire western
part of the study zone is covered by the recent sediments. All along the coast the geological
formations are of recent origin, which date back to early tertiary period. The sedimentary
formations along the coastal plains are recent and sub recent formations. The coastal
stretches that are overlain by recent and sub-recent alluvial deposits consist of sands, sandy
clays, clays and carbonaceous clays. The alluvial formations of the coastal plains extend as
a narrow stretch of low lying land between the sea and the extensive back water system,
running almost parallel to the coast. The width of the land regions varies from a few meters
to few kilometres. Geological and mineral map of Ernakulam District is given in Figure 3-7.
Project site is falling in Archean rocks origin.
PROJECT AREA
Figure 3-7: Geological and Mineral Map of Ernakulum District

Page 3-12
3.5.6 Seismicity
Earth quake of 1341: Moderate tremors have been reported from different parts of Kerala
from the historic past, the earliest one dating back to 1341 AD which is interestingly the same
year that it is generally believed that Cochin port was formed in which heavy floods that took
place in the Periyar River silted up Cranganore Harbour (Kodungallur). As a result of this
catastrophic flood, a number of islands evolved and thereby separating a distinct water body
from the sea with connecting channels at a number of points. It is during this period that the
river Periyar which was opening at Cranganore took a diversion and opened up into the
Cochin Channel. In fact, in one of the earliest reports on the seismic phenomena in British
India, the 1341 AD event caused the formation of Vypin Island.
Occasional incidence of micro earthquakes in Kerala have been reported and interpreted to
be caused by the reactivation of the ancient pre-existing fault. Nevertheless, the study area is
a part of Kochi region which forms a part of the peninsular India and is considered
seismically highly stable. As per the IS: 1893 (Part 1) 2002 of Bureau of Indian Standards
(BIS), the project area and study area fall in Zone III is a moderate risk zone. Occurrences of
seismic activities in Kerala state are shown in Figure 3-8. Seismic Map of Kerala State is
shown in Figure 3-9.
PROJECT AREA
Figure 3-8: Earth quakes/Tremors Events and Seismograph of Kerala State

Page 3-13
Figure 3-9: Seismic Map of Kerala State
3.5.7 Geomorphology
The district can be broadly divided into three physiographical units viz. (1) the Coastal plains
(low lands) (2) the mid lands and (3) the high lands. The general elevation of the coast is less
than 8.0 m.amsl and that of the midlands is between 8.0 and 76 m.amsl. The highlands are
having the general elevation above 76 m with the maximum of around 504 m.amsl. The
entire taluks of Kochi and Parur and major parts of Kanayannur fall under the coastal plain.
The municipalities of Paravur and Tripunithura the township of Kalamasseri and the
corporation of Kochi are located in the coastal plains. All the other taluks except the north-
eastern parts of Kunnathunad taluk fall under the mid land area. The high land belt of the
district is the Malayattoor reserve forest in Koovappady block, which covers about 9% of the
area of the district. Project area falls in Denudational Origin-Pediment-PediPlain Complex
and project influence area falls in Fluvial Origin-Active Flood Plain, Coastal Origin-Younger
Coastal Plain, Anthropogenic Origin-Anthropogenic Terrain and Water bodies6.
3.5.8 Soils
The soils of the district can be broadly divided into coastal sandy soil, coastal alluvial soil, red
sandy soil, laterite and lateritic soil. Red Sandy Soil and Laterite soil are seen along the
midland portion of the district.
Lateritic soil is the most predominant soil type of the district. In Muvattupuzha,
Kothamangalam, Kunnathunadu and parts of Aluva taluks lateritic soil is encountered. These
soils are well drained, low in organic matter and plant nutrients. The major crops grown are
coconut, tapioca, rubber, areacanut, pepper, cashew and spices. Small patches of
6
https://bhuvan-app1.nrsc.gov.in/thematic/thematic/index.php

Page 3-14
hydromorphic saline soil are encountered in the coastal tracts of the district in Kanayannur
and Cochin taluk. The tidal backwaters contribute to the salinity of the soil. Coconut is grown
in these soils.
Brown hydromorphic soil is the second most prevalent soil type of the district and they are
encountered in valley bottoms. The soil is enriched in clay content and plant nutrients. The
soil is suited for paddy cultivation.
Riverine alluvium is restricted to the banks of rivers and their tributaries. They are composed
of sandy to clayey loam and are enriched in plant nutrients. It is suited for a large variety of
crops like coconut, paddy arecanut, pepper, vegetables etc. In Cochin taluk and the western
parts of Paravur and Aluva taluk coastal alluvium is encountered and is composed of sand
and clay. Coconut is the major crop in these soils. Soils of Kerala State are shown in Figure
3-10.
(Source: http://www.keralasoils.gov.in ; Dept. Soil Survey and Soil Conservation, Kerala)
Figure 3-10: Soils of Kerala/Ernakulam District

Page 3-15
3.5.9 Hydrogeology
Due to undulating nature of the land, drainage in the area is fast. Further, due to the typical
geological formation of the area, the groundwater is limited to the cracks and fissures in the
rock. Thus, availability of groundwater is highly unpredictable. At some places water table
occurs at shallow depths, normally 10 to 20 feet from ground level. The water drawn from
these depths is not suitable for potable purpose due to high salinity. Water drawn from depth
exceeding 200 feet and water supplied from rivers is used for potable and domestic purpose
in the Ernakulam PIA district. Groundwater sources are saline and the quality and quantity is
affected by the exploitation of groundwater. Hydromorphology map of PIA district is as shown
in Figure 3-11 as per the map project site falls in laterite soil region where phreatic aquifer
sustaining domestic dug wells yielding 1 to 6 m3/day. Underlain by fractured crystallines
yielding upto 4.0 Ips . Groundwater Resources of Ernakulam district shown in Figure 3-12 it
shows that project site falls in safe category.
The ground water table levels during the Pre-monsoon and Post-monsoon seasons are given
in Figure 3-13 and Figure 3-14. It can be inferred from the images that the depth to water
table levels in Pre-monsoon and Post-monsoon is in the range of 2.0 to 5.0 mbgl for project
location.
(Source: CGWB-Kochi, Kerala, 2013)
Figure 3-11: Hydromorphology map of PIA district

Page 3-16
Figure 3-12: Groundwater Resources of Ernakulam district
Source: CGWB Report, 2012
Figure 3-13: Pre-Monsoon Ground water level map of Project site

Page 3-17
Source: CGWB Report, 2012
Figure 3-14: Post-Monsoon Ground water level map of Project site
3.5.9.1 Ground water resources

Groundwater resources of project are shown in Exhibit 3-3 and Exhibit 3-4.
Exhibit 3-3: An open hand dug well in the Exhibit 3-4: Another view of the same
project area open well

Page 3-18
3.5.10 Drainage & Irrigation
3.5.10.1 Drainage Network

Ernakulam district is drained by the Periyar and its tributaries in the north and Muvattupuzha
River in the south. Periyar River takes almost a straight line course roughly in a North
Western direction and at near Bhuthathankettu dam, it is joined by major tributaries
Cheruthoni and Idamalayar. Further downstream at Aluva, the river bifurcates into two: the
Marthandavarma and the Mangalapuzha branches. The Mangalapuzha branch joins
Chalakkudy river and empties into the Lakshadweep sea at Munambam, and the
Marthandavarma branch flows southwards, through the Udhyogamandal area and joins the
Cochin backwater system (part of Vembanad Lake) at Varapuzha. The Periyar is a perennial
river and is source of drinking water for several major towns.
The Muvattupuzha River is formed by the confluence of Thodupuzha River, Kaliyar River and
Kothamangalam River at Muvattupuzha. These rivers originate from the Thodupuzha reserve
forest. The Muvattupuzha River takes a rough east-west course up to Ramamangalam and
thereafter it flows towards south leaving the districts south of Pazhur. In the upstream areas
the drainage pattern in both Periyar and Muvattupuzha basin are trellis to sub-trellis. In the
lower reaches dendritic pattern of drainage is observed7.
3.5.10.2 Backwaters and Canals

The entire region has a network of canals and backwaters. Vembanad Lake and Periyar
River system are the two major backwaters of the study area. A couple of streams and
rivulets are also outfall into these backwaters.
The Prime Source of water supply in Kochi City Region except Thiruvankulam and
Vadavukodu-Puthenkurisu is the Periyar River. There are two head works and treatment
plants, one at Aluva with a capacity of 225 MLD and supply area from that plant caters to
Kochi Corporation, two Municipalities & 16 panchayats. The other at Chowwara is diverted
for rural water supply schemes in surrounding areas. In Kerala, all major public water supply
systems are under the control of Kerala Water Authority (KWA), the public sector undertaking
for planning, implementing and maintaining water supply and sewerage schemes for
Government of Kerala (GoK). Both urban and rural areas of Kochi City Region have to
depend mainly on protected water supply.
Most of the industries in the region have installed their own private water supply schemes in
the industrial township. These water supply schemes are not protected since a water
purification plant on a limited scale is not economic. River Basins of Ernakulum PIA District is
shown in Figure 3-15 and Watershed Atlas of Ernakulum District is shown in Figure 3-16.
7
Ground Water Information Booklet of Ernakulam District, Thiruvananthapuram, December 2013,
Kerala Region, Central Ground Water Board, Ministry of Water Resources, Government of India

Page 3-19
Figure 3-15: River Basins of Ernakulam PIA District
Figure 3-16: Ernakulum District Watershed Atlas

Page 3-20
3.5.11 Wetlands
In The PIA district (Ernakulum), the wetland area estimated is 25065 Ha which includes 133
small wetlands (<2.25 Ha) in the district. The major wetland types are River/Stream,
Reservoirs/Barrages, Waterlogged and Lagoons. Analysis of wetland status in terms of open
water and aquatic vegetation showed that around 94 and 91% of wetland area is under open
water category during post-monsoon and pre-monsoon respectively. Aquatic vegetation
(floating/emergent) occupies around 5 and 6% of wetland area during post and pre-monsoon
respectively. Qualitative turbidity analysis of the open water showed that low and moderate
turbidity prevail8. The wetland map of Ernakulam PIA district is shown in Figure 3-17.
(Source: National Wetland Atlas: Kerala, February 2010)
Figure 3-17: Wetland Map of Ernakulam PIA District

The drainage pattern in the study area is shown in Figure 3-18.
The Project site and its surrounding are falling in West flowing rivers South of Tapi Basin.
The complete site falls in Periyar and Others Sub Basin. The 10km radius buffer of the
Project site is encompassed in three watersheds – B14PAR23, B14PAR24 and B14PAR25.
The Project site is falling only B14PAR24 watershed.
The Kadambarayar river flows at about 0.1 km North and Chitrapuzha river flows at about 0.8
km west of Project site. No streams are passing through the project area. The Southern
boundary is abutting the streamlet connected to Chitrapuzha river. Therefore, Water
8
National Wetland Atlas: Kerala, February 2010. Space Applications Centre (ISRO), Ahmedabad and Kerala State Remote
Sensing & Environment Centre, Thiruvananthapuram February 2010

Page 3-21
Conservation Area is planned towards Southern Boundary the streamlet will not be
disturbed.
(Source: Processed using Sentinel-2 satellite imagery dated in 2016-17)
Figure 3-18: Drainage pattern in Study area
3.5.11.1 Irrigation
There are three major irrigation projects in the district viz. the Periyar Valley Irrigation Project.
The Muvattupuzha River Valley and the Edmalayar. The Periyar Valley Project was taken up
in 1956 to irrigate an area of 85,600 ha. It consists of a barrage at Bhoothathankotta across
the Periyar river and a system of canals and distributaries to irrigate 32,830 ha. for the first
two crops and 20,000 ha. for the third crop. The command area of the project covers lands
lying on the left bank of the Periyar in Kothamangalam, Muvattupuzha, Kunnathunad, Aluva,
Paravur and Kanayannur taluks. It covers a net area of 36,500 ha. and a gross area of
85,600 ha. The Muvattupzua River Valley Project starred in 1974 (not commissioned)
envisaged the construction of a dam across the Thodupuzha river at Mulankara. It is
expected to irrigate 17737 hectares of net area and 34737 hectares of the gross area. The
tail waters of Idukki Hydro Electric Project irrigated 52,200 ha. (gross) of land lying in
Ernakulam, Kottayam and Idukki districts. Under the Edamalyar project started in 1981 (not
commissioned) the tailrace waters of Edamalayar Hydro Electric Project is utilised by
diverting the water through the barrage of the Periyar Valley Irrigation project at Planchode.
The Edamalayar Project is expected to irrigate a net area of 14394 hectares and gross area
of 29036 hectares. The Chalakudy Irrigation Project in Thrissur district is also providing
irrigation facility to the lands in Angamaly and Parakkadavu blocks of this district.

Page 3-22
3.5.12 Natural Hazards
3.5.12.1 Cyclones & Depressions

Cyclones in India are seasonal phenomena and most places have maximum frequency of
cyclone formation that takes place during late summer and early fall period, which coincides
with period of maximum sea temperature that is idea for cyclone formation. Both east and
west Coast of India are affected by cyclones formed in Arabian Sea and Bay of Bengal.
The frequency of cyclone in Arabian Sea is less than 2% of the total world cyclones and only
25% moves eastward and strikes the west coast of India. The project site holds about 15%
percent of total cyclones making a landfall in the west coast of India.
There had been 23 occasions wherein 5 Cyclonic storms (CS) / 18 Severe Cyclonic Storms
(SCS) affected Kerala region during 1891 to 2007 and out of these, 2 systems formed over
Arabian Sea and struck Kerala coast as SCS. Ernakulam and Malappuram districts are
affected more by storms when compared to other districts. Kerala region in general has
lesser probability of getting affected by the occurrence of cyclonic storm or Severe Cyclonic
storm. Hence Kerala region has been grouped as Category II A (lower vulnerability zone)9.
The coastal area of Kerala comes under the moderate damage risk zone as per the cyclone
hazard map prepared by the Building Materials and Technology Promotion Council
(BMTPC). The wind and cyclone hazard map is given in Figure 3-19. Cochin lies beyond the
cyclone belt and hence the risk of it is negligible. From the history as shown in Table 3-4,
there were only 3 cyclones which passed through the vicinity of Cochin during 1977 and
1978. All these cyclones have occurred in the month of November. The Cyclone Prone Area
of Kerala State is shown in Figure 3-20.
(Source: Building Materials and Technology Promotion Council (BMTPC)
Figure 3-19: Wind and Cyclone Hazard Map of Kerala
9
https://www.imdtvm.gov.in/index.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=34&Itemid=48

Page 3-23
Table 3-4: Cyclonic History of Kerala

Date Details
November 8- Crossed Tamil Nadu (TN) coast within 10 km to south of Nagapattinam early morning of November 12,
12, 1977 1977. Weakened into a cyclonic storm by that evening over interior parts of TN & emerged into
Laccadives off North Kerala coast on the morning of 13th as a deep depression. Maximum wind recorded
was about 120 km/hr (65 kt) on 12th morning at Thanjavur, Tiruchirapalli and Podukottai. 560 people died
and one million people were homeless. 23,000 Cattles perished. Total damage to private and public
property was estimated to be ` 1550 million
November 19- Crossed between Kilakkarai, Rochemary and Ramanatharam District of TN State on 24 th evening as a
24, 1978 severe storm emerged into the Arabian Sea off Kerala coast as a deep depression on 25 th morning.
Batticola of Sri Lanka reported maximum wind speed northerly 145 km/hr. In India, 5,000 huts were
damaged and total damage was estimated to be around ` 50 Million.
November 15- Crossed near Honnavar, Karnataka and had high impact on Kerala coast. Tidal waves were reported to
23, 1977 have damaged 620 fishing vessels.
(Source: IMD, 2012: http://www.imd.gov.in/section/nhac/static/cyclone-history-as.htm)
PROJECT AREA
Figure 3-20: Cyclone Prone Area of Kerala State
3.5.12.2 Floods
Flood in Kerala are highly localised due to undulating terrain features except sandy plan
coastal areas. The western coast of India together with Kerala State is one of the world
highest rain fed regions with 3228.3 mm of annual average rainfall (AAR) for the Kochi
region. This is three times the National average of 1000 mm. Such high density rainfall often
leads to flooding along the rivers and all valley areas towards the coastal areas. Generally,
the low lying areas get flooded during the south west monsoon season but most of the floods
in Kerala recede faster than any other place due to the slope towards the sea.
Beginning in July 201810, severe floods affected the south Indian state of Kerala, worst
flooding in Kerala in nearly a century. Over 483 people died, 14 are missing. At least a million
people were evacuated, mainly from Chengannur, Pandanad, Edanad, Aranmula,
Kozhencherry, Ayiroor, Ranni, Pandalam, Kuttanad, Aluva, and Chalakudy. All 14 districts of
10
http://www.kerenvis.nic.in/WriteReadData/UserFiles/file/Kerala%20Flood%202018%20New.pdf

Page 3-24
the state were placed on red alert. According to the Kerala government, one-sixth of the total
population of Kerala had been directly affected by the floods and related incidents. The
Indian government had declared it a Level 3 Calamity or “calamity of a severe nature”. It is
the worst flood in Kerala after the greater to unusually high rainfall during the monsoon
season. Thirty-five out of the fifty-four dams within the state were opened for the first time in
history. All five overflow gates of the Idukki Dam were opened at the same time, for the first
time in 26 years. Heavy rains in Wayanad and Idukki have caused severe landslides and
have left the hilly districts isolated. The flood prone area map of Kerala state is given in
Figure 3-21. Project area falls in flood prone area.
PROJECT AREA
Figure 3-21: Flood Hazard Map of Kerala

Page 3-25
3.5.12.3 Drought
The State of Kerala experiences seasonal drought conditions every year during the summer
months11. Even in the years of normal rainfall, summer water scarcity problems are severe in
the midland and highland regions. Severe drought conditions often result from the anomalies
in monsoon rainfall combined with the various anthropogenic pressures. During the period
1871- 2000, the State of Kerala experienced 66 drought years, out of which, twelve each
were moderate and severe droughts. Drought Prone Area Map of Kerala State (2012-2013)
is shown in Figure 3-22. Project area falls in the moderate drought prone area.
Figure 3-22: Drought Prone Area Map of Kerala State (2012-2013)
11
State of Environment Report - Kerala 2007 Vol – II, Natural Hazards, Kerala State Council for Science, Technology and
Environment

Page 3-26
3.6 Air Environment
3.6.1 Meteorological Data from Nearest Meteorological Station

The nearest Indian Meteorological Department (IMD) station located to project site is Kochi.
The Climatological data for Kochi (9057’ N and 76016’ E), published by the IMD, based on
daily observations at 08:30 and 17:30 hour IST for a 30 year period. The monthly variations
of the relevant meteorological parameters are presented in Appendix C.
As per the above Climatological table the observations drawn for the study area are given
below
 Daily maximum temperature is 34.00C in the months of March & April and the daily
minimum temperature is 20.00C in the month of January were recorded respectively
 Maximum relative humidity of 91% during the month of July and minimum relative
humidity of 61% in the month of January were recorded
 Maximum and minimum rainfall of 705.8 mm and 23.3 mm was recorded in the months of
June and January respectively
 Total rainfall recorded is 2978.0 mm
 Maximum and minimum Mean wind speed is 4.7 kmph and 2.8 kmph
3.6.2 Meteorological Scenario during Study Period and for the Year 2016
Meteorological scenario in and around the project site is an essential requirement during
study period for proper interpretation of baseline air quality status. Site-specific
meteorological data was collected during the study period. Automatic weather station was
installed at project site to record the meteorological parameters during the study period.
Meteorological parameters recorded include temperature, wind speed, wind direction,
relative humidity and rainfall. For the purpose of carrying out the air quality modelling study,
region specific meteorological data (pre-processed from MM5) for the entire year of 2016
obtained from Lakes Environmental Software, Canada. The overall annual wind pattern is
The wind roses were drawn for the met files obtained on a sixteen-point compass (N, NNE,
NE, ENE; E, ESE, SE, SSE; S, SSW, SW, WSW; W, WNW, NW, and NNW). Wind pattern
representing 24 hours for the entire year of 2016 is discussed. The frequency occurrence of
wind at various speeds was calculated on the basis of total number of observations recorded
in the respective wind speed category. The predominant wind directions observed were from
West, West South West followed by West North West; calm conditions prevailed for 2.41% of
the total time. The average wind speed was observed to be 3.08 m/s.

Page 3-27
Figure 3-23: Annual Wind Rose (2016)
3.6.3 Ambient Air Quality

The selection criteria for monitoring locations are based on the following:
 Topography/Terrain
 Meteorological conditions
 Residential and sensitive areas within the study area
 Representatives of regional background air quality/pollution levels and
 Representation of likely impacted areas.
3.6.3.1 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations

To evaluate the baseline air quality of the study area, Seven (07) monitoring locations have
been identified. A combined map showing the Air monitoring locations are given as Figure
FD0301 and the details of the locations are given in Table 3-5.
Table 3-5: Details of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations
Distance (km) from Azimuth
Station Code Location
Project boundary Directions
AAQ1 Project Site - -
AAQ2 Kakkanad 2.2 NW
AAQ3 Tudiyur 2.5 W
AAQ4 Karimukal 3.0 E
AAQ5 Pinarmunda 1.9 NE
AAQ6 Ambalamedu 2.2 SE
AAQ7 Vadavukod 6.4 ESE

Page 3-28
3.6.3.2 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Techniques and Frequency

Ambient air quality was monitored twice in a week for during study period. All the 12
parameters (Sulphur Dioxide (SO2), Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2), Particulate Matter (PM2.5),
Particulate Matter (PM10), Carbon Monoxide (CO), Ozone (O3), Lead (Pb), Ammonia (NH3),
Benzene (C6H6), Benzo (a) Pyrene (BaP) – Particulate phase only, Arsenic (As) and Nickel
(Ni)) are monitored as per NAAQS. The monitoring and analysis were carried out as per
CPCB standard methods of measurements.
3.6.3.3 Results and Discussions

The variations of PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx, CO, and O3 are compared with National Ambient Air
Quality Standards (NAAQS), MoEF&CC Notification, November, 2009. Ambient Air Quality
Monitoring Data for the study area is given in Appendix D and graphically presented in
Figure 3-24 to Figure 3-28.
Max. Min. Mean 98th Percentile NAAQ Standard for PM10 (µg/m3)
120
Concentration in µg/m3
100
80
60
40
20
Locations
Figure 3-24: Ambient PM10 Levels
Max. Min. Mean 98th Percentile NAAQ Standard for PM2.5 (µg/m3)
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
Locations
Figure 3-25: Ambient PM2.5 Levels

Page 3-29
Max. Min. Mean 98th Percentile NAAQ Standard for SO2 (µg/m3)
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
Locations
Figure 3-26: Ambient SO2 Levels
Max. Min. Mean 98th Percentile NAAQ Standard for NO2 (µg/m3)
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
Locations
Figure 3-27: Ambient NO2 Levels
Max. Min. NAAQ Standard for O3 (µg/m3)

120
100
80
60
40
20
Locations
Figure 3-28: Ambient O3 Levels

Page 3-30
3.6.3.4 Observations
Maximum concentrations of Sulphur Dioxide (SO2), Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2), Particulate
Matter (PM2.5), Particulate Matter (PM10), Carbon Monoxide (CO), Ozone (O3), Ammonia
(NH3), Lead (Pb), Benzene (C6H6), Benzo (a) Pyrene (BaP) – Particulate phase only, Arsenic
(As), Nickel (Ni), are well within the National Ambient Air Quality Standards for Residential
areas at all monitoring locations during the study period.
 PM10 ranged between 21.3 µg/m3 to 69.9 µg/m3. NAAQ stipulated standard for PM10 for
24 hr. average is 100 µg/m3.
 PM2.5 values varied from 11.7 µg/m3 to 39.1 µg/m3. NAAQ stipulated standard for PM2.5 for
24 hr. average is 60 µg/m3.
 SO2 ranged between 3.5 µg/m3 to 9.0 µg/m3. NAAQ stipulated standard for SO2 for 24 hr.
average is 80 µg/m3.
 NO2 ranged between 10.0 µg/m3 to 28.0 µg/m3. NAAQ stipulated standard for NO2 for 24
hr. average is 80 µg/m3.
 O3 ranged between 2.1 µg/m3 to 4.6 µg/m3. NAAQ stipulated standard for O3 for 8 hr.
 CO, NH3, Pb, C6H6, BaP, As, and Ni were observed below detectable limits.
3.7 Ambient Noise Levels

Ambient noise levels have been established by monitoring noise levels at Eight (08) locations
in the study area during study period using precision noise level meter. The noise monitoring
locations in the study area were selected after giving due consideration to the various land
use categories. Noise levels were recorded on an hourly basis for one complete day at each
location using pre- calibrated noise levels. A combined map showing the Noise monitoring
locations is given as Figure FD0302 and the details of the sampling locations are given in
Table 3-6.
Table 3-6: Day and Night Equivalent Noise Levels
Distance (km) from Project Azimuth
S. No Location Environmental Setting
boundary Directions
1. Project site - - Industrial
2. Tudiyur 2.5 W Commercial
3. Ambalamedu 2.2 SE Commercial
4. Karimukal 3.0 E Residential
5. Kakkanad 2.2 NW Residential
6. Mapranam 0.7 WNW Commercial
7. Irumbanam 2.0 SW Residential
8. Brahmapuram 0.3 N Residential
3.7.1 Results and Discussions

Based on the recorded hourly noise levels at each monitoring location, the day equivalent
(Ld) and night equivalent (Ln) were calculated considering the following;
 Ld: Average noise levels between 6:00 hours to 22.00 hours.
 Ln: Average noise levels between 22:00 hours to 6.00 hours.
The comparison of day equivalent noise levels (Ld) and night equivalent noise levels (Ln)
with the respective CPCB stipulated noise standards for various land use categories are
given in Appendix E and presented in Figure 3-29 to Figure 3-30.

Page 3-31
80.0
Leq Day dB(A) CPCB Standards Leq Day dB (A)
70.0
60.0
50.0
40.0
30.0
20.0
10.0
0.0
N1 N2 N3 N4 N5 N6 N7 N8
Locations
Figure 3-29: Ambient Day time Noise levels
Leq Night dB (A) CPCB Standards Leq Night dB (A)
70.0
60.0
50.0
40.0
30.0
20.0
10.0
0.0 L…
N1 N2 N3 N4 N5 N6 N7 N8
Locations
Figure 3-30: Ambient Night equivalent Noise levels
3.7.1.1 Observations
It is observed that the day and night equivalent noise levels at all locations are well within the
prescribed CPCB standards.
 Day equivalent noise levels (Ld) reported as 43.92 dB(A) for Industrial areas
 Day equivalent noise levels (Ld) ranged between 56.44 dB(A) to 57.32 dB (A) for
Commercial areas
 Day equivalent noise levels (Ld) ranged between 44.5 dB(A) to 51.99 dB (A) for
Residential areas
 Night equivalent noise levels (Ln) reported as 31.86 dB(A) for Industrial areas.
 Night equivalent noise levels (Ln) ranged between 41.96 dB(A) to 43.06 dB (A) for
Commercial areas.
 Night equivalent noise levels (Ln) ranged between 32.74 dB(A) to 41.01 dB (A) for
Residential areas.

Page 3-32
3.8 Water Environment

The water quality sampling was carried out during the Post Monsson season of 2017 and the
results are presented below. However, considering the Industrial activities of the region,
water quality monitoring during Construction phase was suggested as a part of
Environmental Monitoring Programme with a frequency of Once in Four Months to cover
other seasons in the year to understand the variations in the water quality before start of
Operations.
3.8.1 Groundwater Quality

Total Five (05) ground water monitoring locations were identified for assessment in different
villages around the project site based on the usage of ground water by the settlements/
villages in the study area. The groundwater results are compared with the desirable and
permissible water quality standards as per IS: 10500 (2012) for drinking water. Groundwater
quality monitoring locations are given in Table 3-7. A combined map showing the
Groundwater and surface water quality monitoring locations are given as Figure FD0303.
Table 3-7: Details of Ground water Quality Monitoring Locations
Distance (km)
Station Azimuth Sampling
Location from Project Water Utilities
Code Directions Source
boundary
GW1 Project Site
GW2 Ambalamedu 2.2 SE
Bore and Open
GW3 Karimukal 2.4 E Drinking, Washing and Bathing
Well
GW4 Mapranam 0.7 WNW
GW5 Irumbanam 2.0 SW
3.8.1.1 Results and Discussion on Groundwater Quality

The analytical results of groundwater parameters are presented in Appendix F.
A summary of analytical results are presented below:
 Electrical Conductivity (EC) varied between 152 µmhoS/cm and 442 µmhoS/cm
 pH varied between 4.88 to 6.69
 Total dissolved solids ranged between 104 mg/l and 312 mg/l
 Total solids ranged between 106 mg/l and 314 mg/l
 Total alkalinity (as CaCO3) varied between 20 mg/l and 120 mg/l
 Total hardness (as CaCO3) ranged between 30 mg/l and 130 mg/l
 Calcium (as Ca) ranged between 8 mg/l and 32 mg/l
 Magnesium (as Mg) ranged between 2.4 mg/l and 12 mg/l
 Chlorides (as Cl-) ranged between 20 mg/l and 45 mg/l
 Fluorides as (F-) ranged between 0.12 mg/l and 0.28 mg/l
 Sulphates (as SO4) ranged between 8.9 mg/l and 36.7 mg/l
 Nitrates (as NO3) ranged between 1.9 mg/l and 15.1 mg/l
 Sodium (as Na) ranged between 14.9 mg/l and 38.1 mg/l
 Potassium (as K) ranged between 0.9 mg/l and 2.7 mg/l
 Zinc (Zn) ranged between 0.054 mg/l and 0.082 mg/l
 Residual free chlorine, Total Nitrogen, Total phosphorus, Free Ammonia (NH4), Phenolic
compounds, Copper (Cu), Cadmium (Cd), Chromium (Cr+6), Arsenic (As), Cyanides (CN),
Mercury (Hg), Nickel, Anionic Detergents, Lead (Pb), Manganese (Mn) and Selenium
(Se) are observed to be well below the desirable limits. Coli forms are not detected.

Page 3-33
It is inferred that groundwater samples are within the desirable limits specified for drinking
water quality standards as per IS: 10500 (2012) except pH at Karimukal and Irumbanam
where due to non-usability and stagnation reflected in slightly acid nature of the samples.
3.8.2 Surface Water Quality

Six (06) Surface water bodies were identified during the survey period. Surface water
monitoring locations were identified for assessment based on the usage of surface water in
the study area.
Water sample analysis with respect to physico-chemical, nutrient, demand and
bacteriological parameters having relevance to public health and aesthetic significance are
selected to assess the water quality status with special attention. Standard methods
prescribed for surface sampling and analysis were adopted. Surface water quality monitoring
locations and results are given in Table 3-8. A combined map showing the surface water
quality monitoring locations is given as Figure FD0303.
Table 3-8: Details of Surface water Quality Monitoring Location
Station Distance (km) from Azimuth
Location Remarks
Code Project boundary Directions
SW1 Kadambarayar Upstream 0.2 N
Stream Connecting
SW2 1.4 N
Kadambarayar N
SW3 Chitrapuzha Ar 3.4 S Washing and Irrigation
SW4 Chitrapuzha River 1.5 W
SW5 Ambalamedu Lake 1.1 SE
SW6 Water Body South of Project Site 0.1 S
3.8.2.1.1 Results and Discussion on Surface Water Quality

The analytical results of surface water parameters are presented in Appendix G.
Summary of analytical results
 Surface water is slightly alkaline in nature, as pH ranged between 6.3 and 6.74
 Electrical Conductivity (EC) varied between 38 µmhoS/cm and 484 µmhoS/cm
 Total dissolved solids ranged between 26 mg/l and 334 mg/l
 Total solids ranged between 32 mg/l and 350 mg/l
 Total alkalinity (as CaCO3) varied between 8 mg/l and 90 mg/l
 Total hardness (as CaCO3) ranged between 8 mg/l and 130 mg/l
 Calcium (as Ca) ranged between 1.6 mg/l and 32 mg/l
 Magnesium (as Mg) ranged between 0.96 mg/l and 12 mg/l
 Chlorides (as Cl-) ranged between 7 mg/l and 60 mg/l
 Fluorides as (F-) maximum of 0.2 mg/l
 Sulphates (as SO4) ranged between 1.3 mg/l and 56.6 mg/l
 Nitrates (as NO3) maximum of 4.7 mg/l
 Sodium (as Na) ranged between 3.7 mg/l and 47.4 mg/l
 Potassium (as K) ranged between 0.2 mg/l and 2.7 mg/l
 Zinc (Zn) maximum of 0.014 mg/l
 Copper (Cu) maximum of 0.082 mg/l
 COD ranged between 10 mg/l and 24 mg/l
 BOD ranged between 4 mg/l and 8 mg/l
 DO ranged between 4.8 mg/l and 5.3 mg/l
 Coli forms ranged from 220 MPN/100ml to 300 MPN/100ml
 Faecal Coli forms ranged from 26 MPN/100ml to 70 MPN/100ml

Page 3-34
 Residual free chlorine, Total Nitrogen, Total phosphorus, Free Ammonia (NH4), Phenolic
compounds, Cadmium (Cd), Chromium (Cr+6), Arsenic (As), Cyanides (CN), Mercury
(Hg), Nickel, Anionic Detergents, Lead (Pb), Manganese (Mn) and Selenium (Se) are
observed to be well below the desirable limits
It is inferred that all the parameters for surface water sample are within the limits as per ISI-
IS2296-1982 Class C (Drinking water source with conventional treatment followed by
disinfection) Standards for use based Classification of Surface Water except BOD.
3.9 Soil Quality

In order to assess the quality of soil at different locations in the study area, various land use
categories were taken into account. Soil sampling was carried out at Five (05) locations in
the study area. Soil analysis was carried as per IS: 2720 methods. Soil quality monitoring
locations are given in Table 3-9. A combined map showing the soil monitoring locations is
given as Figure FD0304.
Table 3-9: Details of Soil Quality Monitoring Locations
Station Code Location Distance (km) from Project boundary Azimuth Directions
S1 Project site/ Brahmapuram - -
S2 Karimukal 2.4 E
S3 Ambalamedu 2.2 SE
S4 Mapranam 0.7 WNW
S5 Irumbanam 2.0 SW
3.9.1 Results and Discussions

Soil Quality analytical data is given in Appendix H and Summary of analytical results are
presented below
 pH of soils ranged between 6.25 and 6.72
 Electrical Conductivity varied between 68 µmhoS/cm and 124 µmhoS/cm
 Sand varied between 14 % and 39 %
 Silt varied between 25 % and 58 %
 Clay varied between 28 % and 43 %
 Nitrogen (N) varied between 315 mg/100 gm and 347 mg/100 gm
 Potassium (K) varied between 104 mg/100 gm and 148 mg/100 gm
 Phosphorus (P) varied between 38 mg/100 gm and 42 mg/100 gm
 Infiltration Rate ranged between 34 mm/h and 52 mm/h
 Water Holding Capacity varied between 46 % and 55 %
 Permeability ranged between 4.2 cm/sec and 5.6 cm/sec
 Porosity ranged between 50 % v/v and 58 % v/v
 Bulk density varied between 1.23 gm/cc and 1.38 gm/cc
 Cation exchange capacity varied between 6.5 meq/100gr and 8.6 meq/100gr
 Alkali Metals varied between 2.1 mg/kg and 5.6 mg/kg
 Zinc (Zn) varied between 3.2 mg/kg and 3.9 mg/kg
 Iron (Fe) varied between 0.42 mg/kg and 0.71 mg/kg
 Manganese (Mn) varied between 0.04 mg/kg and 0.08 mg/kg
 Copper (Cu) varied between 0.02 mg/kg and 0.09 mg/kg
 Cadmium (Cd), Chromium (Cr), Lead (Pb) and Nickel (Ni) were reported <0.001

Page 3-35
3.10 Biological Environment (Flora and Fauna)
3.10.1 General Description of the Study Area

For better understanding of the habitat setup and identification of impacts, the study was
carried in both Core Zone and Buffer Zone.
Core Zone study: Quantification has been done for the trees, shrubs, herbs and grasses in
the core area. Status of natural vegetation, plantation type, soil type and associated services
were also recorded. Maximum effort has been taken to assess the impact (if any) caused by
the activity in the core zone and to suggest appropriate implementable conservation action
plan (if required).
Buffer zone/PIA study: The following habitats are investigated in the study area.
 Vegetation type (Agriculture, Plantation types, Avenue plantations and Riparian
vegetation )
 Terrain type (Plain & Undulating)
 Aquatic Habitat (lentic and lotic)
3.10.2 Methodology for Ecological Survey

The methodology we adopted was divided into data collection and data analysis.
3.10.2.1 Data Collection

Secondary data is collected from Range Officer, Mangalavanam Bird Sanctuary, Kerala
Forest Department, Forest Survey of India reports, ENVIS, Avibase portals,
Reserve/Protected forest boundary are extracted from Survey of India Toposheets, Bhuvan
portal and relevant scientific publications.
The primary data was collected by visual observational sampling as well as by discussion
with local people. These observations were supplemented by published literature and data
including the reports, records and working plans of the forest department.
Methodology for study of Flora & Fauna consisted of detailing taxonomic accounts based on
direct visual enumeration of plant species was carried out to generate data on flora. With
regards to fauna, circumstantial evidence based on foot prints, feathers, skin, hair, hooves
etc. and the habitat features, information from locals especially the local residents.
Flora: Phyto-sociological aspects of the study were carried out by perambulating and
sampling through quadrat sampling method. Sample plots were selected in such a way to get
maximum representation of different types of vegetation and plots were laid out in different
parts of the areas. Accordingly, quadrats of 10 m x 10 m for the trees, 3 m x 3 m for shrubs
and 1 m x 1 m for herbs. The plants were identified using state floras and also by using
updated check list from www.theplantlist.org
Fauna: Surveys were conducted by using transect method of 500 to 1000 m in all major
habitats and recorded the species through direct and indirect evidences. Species were
identified using standard field guides like mammals by Vivek Menon (2003), Reptiles by
Whitaker and Captain (2004), Amphibians by Daniel (2005), Birds by Grimmet et.al (1998)
and Butterflies by Isaac Kehimkar (2008). Scheduling of species is made as per the Indian
Wildlife Protection Act (1972) and IUCN to check the Rare Endangered Endemic and
Threatened (REET) species. For fauna no quantitative assessment is made as it can be
done through a detailed species specific and seasonal survey. Migratory paths for the birds

Page 3-36
and mammals were discussed with locals and forest department. Habitats used for foraging,
nesting, breeding and other ecological parameters were ascertained.
3.10.2.2 Data Analysis

The primary data recorded on number of individuals of a species and girth was analysed for
secondary attributes like density and frequency following standard phyto-sociological
methods of Mishra (1968). Relative values were calculated by following Philips (1959).
Important Value Index (IVI) was calculated by adding up the three relative values of relative
frequency, relative density and relative dominance (Curtis, 1959).
Species Diversity Index: The species indices were calculated to know variations of flora in
different areas. The species diversity indices were calculated by using Shannon-Wiener
Index (H`) & Simpson Index (l) (Kerbs 1972 & Magurran 1988)
The authenticity of field observations are confirmed through discussions with local people
and based on secondary data collected from different Government offices like Forest
Department, Wildlife Department and Fisheries Department etc.
3.10.3 Status of Flora

The field investigation and aerial drone survey data show that the study area is open scrub
with coconut, arecanut and mango plantations and a riparian habitat which is influenced by a
canal flowing south of the project site.
3.10.3.1 Core Area

The core area is mostly with coconut, banana, tapioca and rubber plantation. Trees such as
Cocos nucifera (Thengu), Artocarpus heterophyllus (Chakka) and are distributed all along the
north east and north west side of the project site. Photographs of the study are presented in
Exhibit 3-5 to Exhibit 3-8
Exhibit 3-5: Coconut plantations in the core

Exhibit 3-6 Plantation in core area
area

Page 3-37
Exhibit 3-7 Riparian influenced grass in the Exhibit 3-8 Mixed plantation in the core
core area area
The plant resources in core area consist of 57 species. The life forms include trees with
14sp. followed by Shrubs with 9 sp., Herbs 17 sp., Climbers 7 sp., Grasses 5 sp., and
Hydrophytes with 5 species. Detailed checklist for flora and fauna was presented in
Appendix I. Out of the 14 tree species reported at the project site, the percentage
occurrence of tree are shown in the Figure 3-31.
1.20 0.45 0.30 0.30 0.30

1.65 0.15
1.80 Cocos nucifera
Areca catechu
3.61
Terminalia catappa
6.47 Ailanthus excelsa
Acacia auriculiformis
39.25
7.82 Phoenix sylvestris
Macaranga peltata
Mangifera indica
10.23 Artocarpus altilis
Delonix regia
Tamarindus indica
Artocarpus heterophyllus
26.47 Alstonia scholaris
Artocarpus hirsutus
Figure 3-31: Percentage Occurrence of Tree Species in the Core Area
3.10.3.2 Phyto-sociological studies in Core Zone

Among trees species Cocos nucifera showed highest IVI (45.39) followed by
Areca catechu (35.21) and Terminalia catappa (34.10). These three-tree species were
significant in occupying majority of space and resources being representing sampled area.
Among shrub species Abutilon indicum showed highest IVI (54.31) followed by Chromolaena

Page 3-38
odorata (45.10) and Phyllanthus reticulatus (37.99). Among herbaceous species

Alternanthera sessilis (38.88), Acalypha indica (23.41) and Tribulus terrestris (20.20) showed
highest IVI in the core area. Details are presented in Appendix I.
3.10.3.3 Species Diversity Index in Core area

There are two important indices to denote the diversity such as Shannon Wiener Index (H’)
and Simpson Index (λ). The trees in core area showed Shannon Wiener Index (H’) value as
0.99 and Simpson Index (λ) values as 0.13. The shrubs in core area showed Shannon
Wiener Index (H’) value as 0.90 and Simpson Index (λ) values as 0.14. The herbs in core
area showed Shannon Wiener Index (H’) value as 1.22 and Simpson Index (λ) values as
0.08. The species diversity interprets low diversity in plant composition due to the occurrence
of monoculture plantation like coconut and arecanut plantation.
The proposed site does not encounter with any kind of forest types like Reserve Forest,
Protected forest or un-classed Forest (declared Protected under “The Indian Forest Act,
1927”) and “Forest (Conservation) Act, 1980 with Amendments Made in 1988”. There are no
REET (Rare, Endemic, Endangered & Threatened) species recorded/observed in the Project
site.
3.10.3.4 Buffer Area/PIA Area

The buffer area, i.e. 10 km radial distance from the project site, comprises mostly of built-up
area, followed by midlands consists of undulating land, mostly under cultivation with different
kinds of crop/plantation. Heavy rainfall combined with moderate temperature and fertile soil
support luxuriant vegetation of Coconut, Jackfruit & Arecanut plantation, water bodies and
river front vegetation. Photographs of the buffer area presented in the Exhibit 3-9 to Exhibit
3-12
The plant resources of the buffer area account about 254 plants species. The predominant
life forms includes Trees (86 sp.), Shrubs (31 sp.), Herbs (78 sp.), Climbers (24 sp.), Grasses
(14sp.) and Hydrophytes (21 sp.) Detailed checklist of flora represented in both core and
buffer area are enclosed as Appendix I.
Exhibit 3-9: Avenue plantation in buffer area Exhibit 3-10: Mixed vegetation

Page 3-39
Exhibit 3-11: River front vegetation near Exhibit 3-12: Undulating terrain near
Vembanad lake at 10 km Kakkanad at 10 km © Jaseem Hamza
© Sabukeralam wings of charity
Number of plant species recorded in the study area is shown in Figure 3-32
Figure 3-32: Zone wise number of plant species recorded in the study area
3.10.3.5 Phyto-sociological studies in Buffer Zone

Among trees species Cocos nucifera showed highest IVI (23.18) followed by
Hevea brasiliensis (18.22), Areca catechu (14.23) and Artocarpus heterophyllus (13.98).
These three-tree species were significant in occupying majority of space and resources
being representing sampled area. Among shrub species Senna alata showed highest IVI
(27.68) followed by Chromolaena odorata (20.86) and Mimosa hamata (20.54). Among
herbaceous species, Synedrella nodiflora (13.57), Sida acuta (12.50) and Anisomeles
malabarica (12.49) showed highest IVI in the core area. Details are presented in Appendix I.

Page 3-40
3.10.3.6 Species Diversity Index in Buffer area

The trees in Buffer area showed Shannon Wiener Index (H’) value as 1.80 and Simpson
Index (λ) values as 0.05. The shrubs in Buffer area showed Shannon Wiener Index (H’) value
as 1.24 and Simpson Index (λ) values as 0.60. The herbs in Buffer area showed Shannon
Wiener Index (H’) value as 1.53 and Simpson Index (λ) values as 0.30.
The species diversity in the buffer area interprets moderate diversity in plant composition due
to the presents of Southern dry mixed deciduous vegetation, costal plantation and riparian
habitats. Zone wise species diversity in the study area is shown in Figure 3-33
1.8
1.8
1.53
1.6
1.4 1.22 1.24
1.2 0.99 0.9
1
0.8 0.6 Trees
0.5
0.6 Shrubs
0.14 0.3
0.4
0.13 0.08 Herbs
0.2
0
Shannon Simpson Shannon Simpson
Diversity Diversity Diversity Diversity
Index Index Index Index
Core Area Buffer Area
Figure 3-33: Zone Wise Plant Species Diversity in the Study Area
Coastal Vegetation:
Sea cost is situated at 15.10 km from the project site, however in 10 km radius coastal
vegetation is dominated by Coconut plantation followed by soil binding herbaceous flora like
Alternanthera sessilis, Boerhavia diffusa, Chloris barbata, Glinus oppositifolius,Ipomoea pes-
caprae, Launaea sarmentosa, Leucas aspera and Spinifex littoreus etc. No mangrove
species were noted in the coastal belt of the study area.
3.10.4 Status of Faunal Diversity

Core Zone: In the core zone only two species of mammals were recorded namely Common
Indian Mongoose and Little Indian Field mouse are commonly sighted. Whereas in birds 15
species were recorded, species such Cattle Egret, Common Myna, House crow, White-
breasted Kingfisher and Black Kite are the occasional species which are encountered during
the survey period. In Herpeto fauna 4 species were recorded namely Fan throated lizard,
Indian rat snake, Asian Common Toad and Common Tree Frog. Invertebrates include only
six species, common species includes Paper wasp, Peacock Pansy, Tawny Coster and
Common Clubtail are the common species. Detailed check list is enclosed as Appendix I.
Buffer Zone: During the study period, there is no direct evidence of major wild animal
observed due the major portion is of urban area. However more resources were available for
the local birds. Detailed check list is enclosed in Appendix I.

Page 3-41
Mammals: A total of 8 species of mammals belonging to 5 families were recorded. The

species includes Common Indian Mongoose (Herpestes javanicus), Bonnet macaque
(Macaca radiata) and Indian flying fox (Pteropus giganteus).
Birds: Among the birds, 63 species were recorded. The common bird species of the area
include Spotted Dove (Streptopelia chinensis), Rose ringed Parakeet (Psittacula krameri),
Red vented bulbul (Pycnonotus cafer), Racket tailed drongo (Dicrurus paradiseus), Purple
rumped Sun bird (Nectarinia zeylonica), Asian pied starling (Gracupica contra), Small green
bee-eater (Merops orientalis) and Black Kite (Milvus migrans).
Herpetofauna: The herpetofauna represented with 9 species. Species includes Fan throated
lizard, Common Indian cobra and Indian rat snake
Invertebrates: 24 species of invertebrates were recorded. Among which Peacock Pansy,
Common castor Common Mormon and Lemon Pancy are common to the area.
Among the fauna in study area the Species richness was high in birds (63 sp.) followed by
Invertebrates (24sp), Herpetofauna (9sp.), Mammals (8 sp.), and Fishes with 8 sp. This
clearly indicates the moderate representation of species composition with moderate levels of
energy transfer, predation, composition and niche availability.
3.10.5 Endangered/Threatened/Protected species

Flora: Among the 254 plant species reported in the study area no IUCN listed species are
recorded.
Fauna: Among the 112 fauna species reported, two species were categorized under IUCN
threatened species namely Darter and Oriental White Ibis which are water birds
Table 3-10: IUCN listed Fauna species reported in 10 km buffer
S. No Scientific Name Common Name IUCN IWPA Schedule
1 Anhinga melanogaster Darter Near Threatened IV
2 Threskiornis melanocephalus Oriental White Ibis Near Threatened IV
No schedule I species are recorded in the study area.

As the IUCN listed species reported are located at Vembanad lake at 8.3 km from the project
site from the core area, no direct impact on the species of interest was envisaged.
Vembanad Wetlands, which is a listed wetland under the RAMSAR Convention List of
Wetlands of International Importance.
3.11 Socio-Economic Profile (Geography and Demography) of the Project

Influence Area
3.11.1 Brief Profile of Ernakulam District
Ernakulam district is situated almost at the middle of Kerala State and on the coast of the
Arabian Sea. It has the credit of being the economic nerve centre of the State. It is the most
industrially advanced and flourishing district of Kerala compared to the other districts. The
district headquarters is at Kochi, which is a palm green commercial city endowed with one of
the finest natural harbours in the world. Kochi is the commercial capital and the most
cosmopolitan city of Kerala. The harbour is the nucleus around which Kochi and surrounding
regions have grown and has become the “Queen of the Arabian Sea”. The hinterlands of the
district lying in every direction also have been contributing to its fast trade and industrial
developments.

Page 3-42
Ernakulam district is constituted of territories which formed part of the erstwhile Princely
States of Cochin and Travancore and Malabar district of then Madras Presidency. The
history of Ernakulam district, therefore, represents the history of the three regions. Major
portion of the Cochin and Kanayannur taluks belonged mostly to the erstwhile Cochin State,
Paravur, Aluva, Muvattupuzha and Kothamangalam taluks, excluding a few areas, belonged
to the erstwhile Travancore state and Fort Cochin belonged to the old Malabar district of
Madras Presidency. But the history of the district is cantered mainly on the rise and growth of
Kochi which coincides with the history of Cochin State. The history of Ernakulam district
synchronized with the history of Cochin State.
According to the 2011 census Ernakulam district has a population of 3,282,388. The district
has a population density of 1,072 inhabitants per square kilometre (2,780/sq. mi). Its
population growth rate over the decade 2001–2011 was 5.69%. Ernakulam has a sex ratio of
1027 females for every 1000 males, and a literacy rate of 95.89%.
This district is listed as the "most advanced" district in Kerala. Hindus accounts for the largest
community, followed by Christians and Muslims. A small population of Jains, Jews and Sikhs
are also residing in Kochi. Also, Ernakulam district has the highest number of Christian
population in India. It also houses the headquarters of Jacobite Syrian Church, at Puthencruz
and also Syro Malabar Church, at Kakkanad.
The district consists of two revenue divisions, 7 taluks and 124 villages. The two revenue
divisions are Muvattupuzha revenue division consisting of 53 villages of Kothamangalam,
Muvattupuzha, Kunnathunad taluks and Fort Kochi revenue division consisting of 71 villages
of Aluva, Paravur, Kochi and Kanayannur taluks.12
3.11.2 District Highlights - 2011 Census

 Ernakulam District was formed on the 1st April, 1958.
 The District headquarters is at Kochi.
 Sankaracharya, the great Advaita philosopher, was born at Kalady in the District.
 Ernakulam was the first District in the Country having cent per cent literacy. Its present
literacy rank is 3rd in the State.
 With 3,282,388 persons, Ernakulam District ranks the 3rd in population among districts.
 Ernakulam District has 3rd rank in male and the 7th rank in female work participation rate
among the districts.
 The District has the 3rd position in urban work participation rate (37.21%) in the State.
 The District holds the 14th rank in marginal work participation rate (15.04%) and in
percentage of non-workers (61.94%).
 The District has the 1st position in the percentage of main workers (84.96%), literacy rate
(95.89%) and urban density (2415).
 The District has the 12th position in sex-ratio (1027) and 8th position in sex ratio of 0-6
population (961).
 In Scheduled Caste population, the District has the 6th position while in Scheduled Tribe
population the District stands at the 9th place.
 Ernakulam District may well be called the hub of industrialization in Kerala.
 India’s first private Air Port at Nedumbassery and the seat of High Court is in the District.
 Kodanad - one of the largest elephant training centres in South India and Thattekkadu
Bird Sanctuary are located in the District.
 It is one of the Coastal Districts of Kerala.
12
http://censusindia.gov.in/2011census/dchb/3208_PART_B_DCHB_ ERNAKULAM.pdf

Page 3-43
 Indian Naval Base is located in the District.

 It is the only District in the State with a Jewish Synagogue.
 Fort Kochi in Ernakulum District is the oldest settlement area of Jews.
 The District is famous for Chineese fishing net – Huge cantilevered fishing net.
 Veegaland, an amusement park for children, is located in the District.
 The only UA i.e., Kochi UA with more than a million population is located in the District.13
3.11.3 Economy Profile of Ernakulum District14

District-wise distribution of Gross State Value Added (GSVA) at the basic price at current
prices shows that Ernakulum District continues to have the highest income of Rs.74,86,789
lakh in 2017-18 as against 69,04,548 lakh in 2016-17, registering a growth rate of 8.43 per
cent. At constant (2011-12) prices, this amounts to Rs.56,82,082 lakh in 2017-18 compared
to Rs.54,35,176 lakh in 2016-17.
The analysis of District-wise per capita income reveals that Ernakulum District continues to
stands first with the per capita income of Rs.1,66,996 at constant (2011-12) prices in 2017-
18 against Rs.1,60,625 in 2016-17.
District-wise analysis of revenue collection for the year 2017-18 shows that Ernakulum
District had the highest collection of Rs.33.6 crore (22.1 per cent of total revenue) followed
by Rs.19.6 crore (12.9 per cent) in Palakkad and Rs.14.3 crore (9.4 per cent) in
Thiruvananthapuram. The least revenue collection of Rs.2.1 crore (1.4 per cent) was from
Wayanad.
3.11.4 Demographic Profile of the Study Area

The socio economic profile of the 10.0 km is studied and analysed based on secondary data
i.e., Census of India 2011. In the 10.0 km project area is falling in one district of Kerala which
is Ernakulum District. The total 27 revenue census towns and villages including hamlets are
falling in four taluks. The brief profile is discussed in the following sections.
3.11.5 Study area Taluks

The villages and Taluks falling in the study area are Kunnathunad, Aluva Paravur, and
Kanayannur taluks of Ernakulum District. The census summary of the taluks is summarized
in Table 3-11.
Table 3-11: Taluk Census Summary
Name Ernakulum (Dist.) Kunnathunad Aluva Paravur Kanayannur Total
No of Households 814011 115490 115905 102472 216544 550411
Total Population 3282388 469164 468408 410571 851406 2199549
Male Population 1619557 233156 231105 200612 418609 1083482
Female Population 1662831 236008 237303 209959 432797 1116067
Under 6yrs Population 304242 45412 44837 37799 75904 203952
Male Under 6yrs 155182 23037 22796 19283 38579 103695
Female Under 6yrs 149060 22375 22041 18516 37325 100257
SC Population 268411 52416 39385 38984 63536 194321
SC Male 131573 25720 19246 19069 31125 95160
SC Female 136838 26696 20139 19915 32411 99161
ST Population 16559 1974 1356 1727 3402 8459
ST Male 8349 997 667 835 1719 4218
ST Female 8210 977 689 892 1683 4241
13
http://censusindia.gov.in/2011census/dchb/3208_PART_B_DCHB_ ERNAKULAM.pdf
14
http://spb.kerala.gov.in/images/pdf/whats_new/Vol1_E.pdf

Page 3-44
Name Ernakulum (Dist.) Kunnathunad Aluva Paravur Kanayannur Total

Total Literacy 2855676 401887 401703 357415 753139 1914144
Male Literacy 1425723 203358 201377 176586 373304 954625
Female Literacy 1429953 198529 200326 180829 379835 959519
Total Illiteracy 426712 67277 66705 53156 98267 285405
Male Illiteracy 193834 29798 29728 24026 45305 128857
Female Illiteracy 232878 37479 36977 29130 52962 156548
Total Workers 1249343 182447 177174 148889 324640 833150
Male Workers 913249 131289 128015 111362 234319 604985
Female Workers 336094 51158 49159 37527 90321 228165
Main Work Population 1061388 149510 143772 123066 290294 706642
Male Main Workers 812754 113310 110761 97413 215287 536771
Female Main Workers 248634 36200 33011 25653 75007 169871
Total Marginal Workers 187955 32937 33402 25823 34346 126508
Male Marginal Workers 100495 17979 17254 13949 19032 68214
Female Marginal Workers 87460 14958 16148 11874 15314 58294
Total Non-Workers 2033045 286717 291234 261682 526766 1366399
Male Non-Workers 706308 101867 103090 89250 184290 478497
Female Non-Workers 1326737 184850 188144 172432 342476 887902
(Source: Census 2011 Data and Government Websites)
3.11.6 Villages Falling in the Study Area

In the study area of 10.0 km Radius covers 27 revenue census towns and villages including
hamlets of four taluks of Ernakulum District Kerala. The Table 3-12 represents the villages
falling in the study area. The study area has been divided into four parts i.e., 0-1 km from
project boundary; 1-5 km from project boundary and 5-10 km from project boundary.
Table 3-12: Village Falling in Taluk-wise (10KmR)
Kunnathunad Taluk Aluva Taluk Paravur Taluk Kanayannur Taluk
Pattimattom Aluva (M) Kochi (M Corp. + OG) (Part) Thrikkakara North (Part)
Kizhakkambalam Edathala (CT) Kadungalloor (CT) Kalamassery (M)
Aikaranad North Eloor (CT) Kochi (M Corp.) (Part)
Aikaranad South Thrippunithura (M)
Thiruvaniyoor Kakkanad (CT)
Vazhakulam (CT) Vazhakkala (CT)
Kunnathunad (CT) Cheranallur (CT)
Puthencruz (CT) Thiruvankulam (CT)
Kanayannur (CT)
Kureekkad (CT)
Maradu (CT)
Kumbalam (CT)
Manakunnam (CT)
Mulamthuruthy (CT)
3.11.7 Village Census Secondary Data
Socio-economic assessment of the study area villages was carried out by interpreting
Census of India and District Census Handbook of Ernakulam (PART XII-B) data along with
various other statistical sources of Kerala governments. The study covers around 27 revenue
census towns and villages including hamlets of 10km radius from the proposed project site.
The details of the assessment are provided below.
3.11.7.1 Census Population
In the study area, the population is 11,39,114 of which males are 49.28% and females are
50.72%. The sex ratio of the study area is 1029 females over 1000 males. In the in 1-5km

Page 3-45
village’s sex ratio is the highest and 0-1 km the sex ratio is the least. In Figure 3-34 the
population graph is given in which the female population percentage is more than 50% when
compared to the total study areas population. The highest female population is of 50.98% in
the 1-5km area which is slightly higher than the total female population percentage of the
study area which is 50.72%. The total households and population details are given in Table
3-13.
Table 3-13: Households and Population of Study Area
Boundary (in Km) No. Households Population Male Pop Female Pop Sex Ratio
0 to 1 17979 71069 35144 35925 1022
1 to 5 48199 192026 94124 97902 1040
5 to 10 220428 876019 432044 443975 1028
Total 286606 1139114 561312 577802 1029
Figure 3-34: Total Population graph of study area
3.11.7.2 Population of Below 6 years Children

The category wise assessment of population - Child (aged 0-6), Schedule Caste and
Schedule Tribe was carried out. In the study area, the total Child population is 105023 which
are around 9.22% of total population in study area. The child sex ratio of the study area is
970 females over 1000 males. In 1-5 km sex ratio is the highest and 0-1 km the sex ratio is
the least. Table 3-14 and Figure 3-35 shows population along with gender and sex ratios in
relative aspects of distance from the project site.
Table 3-14: Population of <6 Years Children
Particulars < 6 yrs. Pop % < 6 yrs. Male % < 6 yrs. Female % Ratio
0 to 1km 6342 8.92 3271 51.58 3071 48.42 939
1 to 5km 17619 9.18 8847 50.21 8772 49.79 992
5 to 10km 81062 9.25 41190 50.81 39872 49.19 968
Total 105023 9.22 53308 50.76 51715 49.24 970

Page 3-46
Figure 3-35: Population of <6 Years Children
3.11.7.3 Population of Schedule Caste

The Schedule Caste population of the study area is 96038 which constitute to be 8.43% of
total population in study area. The sex ratio of the SC population is 1041 females over 1000
males. In the 5-10 km village’s sex ratio is the highest and 1-5kms sex ratio is the least.
Table 3-15 and Figure 3-36 shows population along with gender and sex ratios in relative
aspects of distance from the project site.
Table 3-15: Population of Schedule Caste
Particulars SC Population % SC Male % SC Female % Ratio
0 to 1km 12746 17.93 6262 49.13 6484 50.87 1035
1 to 5km 18962 9.87 9326 49.18 9636 50.82 1033
5 to 10km 64330 7.34 31477 48.93 32853 51.07 1044
Total 96038 8.43 47065 49.01 48973 50.99 1041
Figure 3-36: Population of Schedule Caste

Page 3-47
3.11.7.4 Population of Schedule Tribe

The Schedule Tribe population is 5032 which aggregate to 0.44% of total population in study
area. The sex ratio of the ST population is 990 females over 1000 males. In 0-1km area
village’s sex ratio is the highest and 5-10 km the sex ratio is the least. Table 3-16 and Figure
3-37 shows population along with gender and sex ratios in relative aspects of distance from
the project site.
Table 3-16: Population of Schedule Tribe
Particulars ST Population % ST Male % ST Female % Ratio
0 to 1km 377 0.53 173 45.89 204 54.11 1179
1 to 5km 620 0.32 309 49.84 311 50.16 1006
5 to 10km 4035 0.46 2047 50.73 1988 49.27 971
Total 5032 0.44 2529 50.26 2503 49.74 990
Figure 3-37: Population of Schedule Tribe
3.11.7.5 Literacy & Illiteracy Population of Study Area

The literate population in the study area is 9,96,887 which constitute to be 87.51% of the
total population of the study area given in Table 3-17 and Figure 3-38. The total percentage
of male literate population accounts to 49.80% and total female percentage of literate
population is 50.20%. The sex ratio of the Literacy population is 1008 females over 1000
males.
Table 3-17: Population of Literate in the Study Area
Literacy
Particulars % Male Lit, % Female Lit % Ratio
Population
0 to 1km 61671 86.78 30906 50.11 30765 49.89 995
1 to 5km 168223 87.60 83503 49.64 84720 50.36 1015
5 to 10km 766993 87.55 382012 49.81 384981 50.19 1008
Total 996887 87.51 496421 49.80 500466 50.20 1008

Page 3-48
Figure 3-38: Population of Literate in the Study Area

The illiterate population in the study area is 1,42,227 which constitute to be 12.49% of the
total population of the study area given in Table 3-18 and Figure 3-39. The total percentage
of male illiterate population accounts to 45.62% and total female percentage of illiterate
population is 54.38%. The sex ratio of the Illiteracy population is 1192 females over 1000
males, which is high in need of female education. This indicates that female population
progress is at a slow pace and can be ascertained that higher education prospects are low
among the iilliterates.
Table 3-18: Population of Illiterate in the Study Area
Illiteracy
Particulars % Male Illiteracy % Female Illiteracy % Ratio
Population
0 to 1 9398 13.22 4238 45.09 5160 54.91 1218
1 to 5 23803 12.40 10621 44.62 13182 55.38 1241
5 to 10 109026 12.45 50032 45.89 58994 54.11 1179
Total 142227 12.49 64891 45.62 77336 54.38 1192
Figure 3-39: Population of Illiterate in the Study Area

Page 3-49
3.11.7.6 Working & Non-Working Population

The working population in the project area are 4,29,988 out of which working population
constituted to 37.75% and male working population is 72.64% and female working population
is 27.36% which is detailed in Table 3-19 and Table 3-20 and Figure 3-40. The working ratio
of the population is 606 for 1000 non-workers. And the working population of study area in
the 1-5kms is higher and 5-10kms area is least. The overall working population needed to be
increased by providing skill development program and etc. in the study area.
The non-working population of the project is 7,09,126 of which males constitute to be
35.11% and females account to be 64.89%. The overall non-working population is 62.25% of
study area which implies that there is requirement of encouragement and skill development
programs within the 10km Radius for employment for decreasing dependency in the area.
The non-working ratio of the population is 1649 for 1000 workers. And the non-working
population of study area in 5-10km area is higher and in 1-5km area is least.
The female working population needs to be increased as well as uplifted with some
measures such as encouraging them for higher studies and skill training. These steps will
help in making them financially independent, increase the decision making participation at
households and community level. These measures will help in increasing the working
population among females and become an equivalent earning member of the family.
Table 3-19: Working & Non-Working Population Profile
Working Non-Working Working Non-Working
Particulars % %
Population Population Ratio Ratio
0 to 1km 27235 38.32 43834 61.68 621 1609
1 to 5km 74122 38.60 117904 61.40 629 1591
5 to 10km 328631 37.51 547388 62.49 600 1666
Total 429988 37.75 709126 62.25 606 1649
The Figure 3-40 represents the working and non-working profile of the study area. The
working profile is maximum in the site and least in the 1-5 km. and overall working population
of the study area is above 37.75% which means that the dependency members are higher
than the other places. The non-working population is 62.25% which includes children,
unemeployed, old aged people, physically or mentally challenged persons.
Figure 3-40: Working & Non-Working Population Profile

Page 3-50
The working population has been further categorized into male and female which is
represented under Figure 3-41.
Table 3-20: Working & Non-Working (Male and Female) Population Profile
Particul Work Work Non Work Non Work
% % Ratio % % Ratio
ars Male Female Male Female
0 to 1km 19369 71.12 7866 28.88 406 15775 35.99 28059 64.01 1779
1 to 5km 52478 70.80 21644 29.20 412 41646 35.32 76258 64.68 1831
5 to
240500 73.18 88131 26.82 366 191544 34.99 355844 65.01 1858
10km
Total 312347 72.64 117641 27.36 377 248965 35.11 460161 64.89 1848
Figure 3-41: Working & Non-Working (Male and Female) Population Profile
3.11.7.7 Main & Marginal Workforce Type

The total working population has been categorised into two types as 1) Main Working
Population - in which a person works for more than 6 months 2) Marginal Working Population
- in which a person works for less than 6 months.
Main-Working population in the study area are 3,81,354 which accounts to be 88.69% and
the categorical sex ratio is 337 females for 1000 males. Marginal-Working population in the
study area is 48,634 which accounts to 11.31% and the categorical sex ratio is 800 females
for 1000 males. The details relative to distance are presented in Table 3-21 and Table 3-22.
Table 3-21: Main & Marginal Working Population Profile
Particulars Main Work % Marginal Work %
Site 7118 81.23 1645 18.77
0 to 1km 15950 86.35 2522 13.65
1 to 5km 65001 87.69 9121 12.31
5 to 10km 293285 89.24 35346 10.76
Total 381354 88.69 48634 11.31

Page 3-51
Table 3-22: Main & Marginal (Male & Female) Working Population Profile
Main Work Marginal Work
Particulars
Male % Female % Ratio Male % Female % Ratio
0 to 1km 16883 73.19 6185 26.81 366 2486 59.66 1681 40.34 676
1 to 5km 47502 73.08 17499 26.92 368 4976 54.56 4145 45.44 833
5 to 10km 220936 75.33 72349 24.67 327 19564 55.35 15782 44.65 807
Total 285321 74.82 96033 25.18 337 27026 55.57 21608 44.43 800
The male work force is segregated into main work population and marginal work population
with respect to total work force male. Main male & Female work force is represented in
Figure 3-42 . It is a positive sign that the work occupancy is more as main work force.
Figure 3-42: Main Working (Male & Female) Population Profile
3.11.8 Archeological Sites in the study area

List of monuments identified by the Archaeological survey of India around 10.0 km from the
project site are, Hill Palace Museum . The development is expected to boost the tourism
industry due to arrival of more people as the cleanliness of the city will improve further.
A. Hill Palace15
Hill Palace is the largest archaeological museum in Kerala, located at Tripunithura, Kochi. It
was the imperial administrative office and official residence of Cochin Maharaja. Built in
1865, the palace complex consists of 49 buildings in the traditional architectural style,
spreading across 54 acres (220,000 m2). The complex has an archaeological museum, a
heritage museum, a deer park, a pre-historic park and a children’s park. The campus of the
museum is home to several rare species of medicinal plants. Presently the palace has been
converted into a museum by The Kerala State Archaeology Department and is open to
public. The palace is about 10 kilometres (6.2 mi) from the city centre and is approachable by
road and rail.
15
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hill_Palace,_Tripunithura

Page 3-52
The Centre for Heritage Studies (CHS), an autonomous research and training institute set up
by the Department of Cultural Affairs, Government of Kerala also functions at the site. CHS is
designated as the ‘Manuscript Conservation Centre’ (MCC) and Manuscript Resource Centre
(MRC) by the National Mission for Manuscripts.
Main Tourist Attractions in the Ernakulum
 Indo Portuguese museum
 Chinese fishing nets
 Fort Kochi/beach
 Promenade with fresh sea breeze
 Dutch Cemetery
 Southern Naval Command Maritime Museum
 Cochin Thirumala Devaswom
 Sree Gopalakrishna Devaswom Temple (The Only Daivajna Brahmin Temple in Kerala)
 Koonan Kurish Old Syrian Church
 St. Francis Church
 Santa Cruz Basilica
 Bishop's House
 Fort Emmanuel
 Jewish Synagogue
 Mattancherry Palace
 Jain Temple
Synagogue: The Synagogue is near Fort Kochi, about 10 km from Ernakulum town, central
Kerala and was built or constructed in 1568.
Vasco da Gama Square: Kochi, the commercial capital of Kerala, the last port of Vasco Da
Gama, where you will find synagogues, mosques, churches and temples side by side, is a
place with a fascinating.
The Antique Sellers of Jew Street: Location: About 10 km from Ernakulum town it’s almost
a walk down the lanes of antiquity. The Jew Street is lined with shops that sell curios, antique
pieces of crockery, carved wooden furniture.16
Fort Kochi (Portuguese: Cochim de Baixo “Lower Kochi”) is a region in the city of Kochi in
the state of Kerala, India. This is part of a handful of water-bound regions toward the south-
west of the mainland Kochi, and collectively known as Old Kochi or West Kochi. Adjacent to
this is Mattancherry. In 1967, these three municipalities, along with a few adjoining areas,
were amalgamated to form the Corporation of Cochin. Fort Kochi can be accessed from
Ernakulam city through roadways and water ways. Private buses and government transport
buses travel from different parts of the city to Fort Kochi. Due to the high volume of tourists
visiting the place dedicated low floor Volvo buses were introduced to this route by the
government. Such buses are in use on the popular routes such as Cochin International
Airport (CIAL), Vytila Mobility Hub and Kakanad Info Park.
3.11.9 General Amenities in and around the Study Area
3.11.9.1 Infrastructure Facilities

Spread over 3608 Sq.km, with eight Municipalities and seven Taluks, Ernakulum is the most
populated district in Kerala. Vypeen Island formed in AD 1334 is today a fast developing
16
http://www.locateindia.com/ernakulam/monuments-ernakulam.html

Page 3-53
region where all the modern amenities are available to its inhabitants. In February 1987,
electricity began to be generated in the Edamalayar dam close to Kothamangalam.
Brahmapuram Thermal Power Station started on 5th June 1997. A total of seven generators
from both provide the requisite electricity to the domestic and developmental activities of the
district. Health centres and facilities of telecommunication are aplenty in the district.17
A. INDUSTRIES
Ernakulum District is the industrial capital of Kerala due to the presence of large, medium
and small scale industries. The existing as well as booming industries have facilitated the
faster growth of the district. The availability of infrastructure facilities like electricity, water,
transportation via road, rail, water and air, long coastal line, banking facilities, proximity to
Kochi Port, international airport etc. contributed substantially for the industrial growth of the
district. Ernakulum district has the maximum number of Micro Small Medium Enterprises,
Large and Medium units in public sector/private sector, in Kerala.
Cochin Export Processing Zone renamed later as Special Economic Zone (SEZ) at
Kakkanad near the Civil Station is one of the seven such Zones under the Government of
India. The Zone facilitates production and processing of export-oriented goods. Forty-two
companies operate in this Zone which employs a total of 10,000 workers.
The Ernakulum Chamber of Commerce came into existence on 12th May 1951. It was the
brainchild of merchant Kochunni Sahib who brought together six trade groups very much
alive in the city. He then became the President of the Chamber. From 1957 the Chamber is
part of the International Chamber of Commerce. In December 1970 it was affiliated to All
India Commercial Federation. It has played a significant role in the developmental activities
of Ernakulum. Indian Chambers of Commerce is yet another institution that controls the
trade-related activities in West Kochi. The Cochin Stock Exchange was set up in Kaloor in
1978. Various companies have been enlisted in it. CSE functions under the Securities &
Exchange Board of India.
B. FINANCE
In the financial year 2017-2018, the district broke a new record both in revenue recovery and
land tax. The target amount of revenue recovery was Rs.92.14 crores. The collected amount
reached Rs.127.75 crores. The increase in amount compared to the previous financial year
is Rs.57.97 crores. The target amount of land tax was Rs.55.33 crores. And the amount
collected in the financial year 2017-2018 is Rs.57.11 crores. The increase in the amount
received as land tax compared to the previous financial year is estimated as Rs.12.34 crores.
Both in revenue recovery and land tax, the maximum contribution were from the
Kanayannoor Taluk.
C. EDUCATION
Ernakulum District commands the distinction of having some quality educational institutions.
The district houses nearly 1037 schools, 144 colleges and 68 universities/Research
development institutions. The Cochin University of Science & Technology, Kalamassery,
started functioning in 1971, is considered to be one of the best in the country offering post
graduate programmes in Computer Science, Electronics, Industrial Fisheries, Marine
Sciences, Ship Technology, Environmental Science, Polymer Science, Rubber Technology
so on and so forth. The University also offers advanced study in basic science, law and
languages. Sree Sankaracharya Sanskrit University started in 1994 offers advanced courses
17
https://ernakulam.gov.in/infrastructure/

Page 3-54
in Sanskrit & other Indian languages, Philosophy, Vedic studies, ancient & modern Indian
Theatre, Indian classical dance etc.
It is a matter of pride for Ernakulum that some of the eminent persons from all walks of life
had their education from the renowned schools, colleges and universities of the district.
D. TRANSPORTATION COMMUNICATION NETWORK18
a. Cochin International Airport
The first airport in Kochi located in the vicinity of the Naval Base was close to the Wellington
Island. As a small airport, it failed to cater to the needs of the ever-expanding Cochin city. In
the early 1990’s the then Chief Minister of Kerala, K. Karunakaran took the initiative to build a
new airport with all modern amenities in view of the multilevel developments gathering
momentum within the District. In March 1994, a public limited company named Kochi
International Airport Ltd with a capital of 90 crores was registered. V.J. Kurien, the then
District Collector, was appointed as its Managing Director. One hundred and thirty acres of
land in the Nedumbassery village, 26 KMs away from the City, was set apart for the
construction of the international airport. On the 25th of May 1999, his Excellency, Sri. K R
Narayanan, Honourable President of India, announced the historic opening of Cochin
International Airport, in the presence of Sri. Sukhdev Singh Kang, Honourable Governor of
Kerala, Sri. E K Nayanar, Honourable Chief Minister of Kerala, Late. Shri. Ananth Kumar,
Honourable Union Minister of Civil Aviation and several other dignitaries.
The airport has the capacity to accommodate 20,000 tonnes of cargo. In 2017-2018, a new
Block was constructed to house the increasing number of international flights and
passengers. Air India flights and all the private aircraft operate from the domestic terminal
helping passengers reach and return from major Indian cities within hours. Passengers can
fly directly to the Gulf countries, Malaysia and Singapore from the international terminal.
b. Ernakulum Railway Station
Railway Junction in Ernakulum south is a busy station from where people travel to all the
different cities in the country. Trains that come via Alappuzha invariably pass through the
South Railway Station. There are two major entrances to the Station one from the west and
the other from the east. Ernakulum Town Station is located in the north part of the city from
where most of the trains from Thiruvananthapuram pass via Kottayam. The passengers can,
besides private buses and KSRTC, avail the services of the Kochi Metro as there is a stop
named “Lisi” pretty close to the Station. In the district, the two other main Railway Stations
are ‘Aluva’ and ‘Ankamaly.’
c. Kochi Metro
Kochi Metro is an under-construction metro system for the city of Kochi in Kerala, India. The
first phase is being set up at an estimated cost of 51.81 billion, A 13.4 km section of the line
from Aluva to Palarivattom was opened to passengers on 17 June 2017 by Narendra Modi,
the Prime Minister of India. A second 5 km (3.1 mi) section from Palarivattom to Maharajas
College Stadium was inaugurated on October 3, 2017. Every Kochi Metro station is designed
on a specific theme around Kerala culture and geography.
d. KSRTC Ernakulum
KSRTC is one of the oldest modes of public transportation in Ernakulum. The Bus Station is
located in the heart of the Ernakulum city. The Station is close to Ernakulum Junction which
is located in the south part of the city. Buses are available from the Station round the clock to
18
https://ernakulam.gov.in/ksrtc-ernakulam/

Page 3-55
distant destinations such as Thiruvananthapuram, the capital city, Kollam, Kottayam,

Kottarakkara, Thrissur, Palakkad, Kozhikode, Kannur, and Sultanbatheri. Inter-State services
are also provided by KSRTC mostly to Coimbatore, Mysore, Pollachi, Pazhani, and
Bangalore. Low Floor AC buses offer comfortable journey to passengers who can afford to
pay more for the tickets. The services of KSRTC are invaluable to common people.
e. Vyttila Mobility Hub
Vyttila Mobility Hub is an integrated transit terminal in the city of Kochi. It is designed as a
converging point of various forms of public transportation, such as local and long-distance
buses, metro rail and inland water transport. It is planned over an area of 37 acres in Vyttila.
Private buses are aplenty in Ernakulum for short distance travels. People have been making
use of the bus-services from Ernakulum to Alwaye, Kakkanad, Eloor, Parur, Fort Kochi,
Mattancheri, Thevara, Aroor, Tripunithura, Vaikom, Perumbavoor, and Pukkattupadi.
f. Highways and Roads19
Kochi is part of the North-South Corridor of India's National Highway System via the NH 47.
NH 66, the seventh longest highway in India, connects Kochi with Mumbai, via Kozhikode
and Mangalore on the western coast of India. The NH 47 originating from Salem connects
Kochi with cities like Coimbatore via Thrissur and Palakkad and also connects with state
capital Thiruvananthapuram and terminates at Kanyakumari. NH 49 is another highway,
connecting Kochi with Dhanushkodi in Tamil Nadu via Munnar and Madurai. Two smaller
national highways, NH 47A connecting to Willingdon Island and NH 47C, connecting NH 47
to Vallarpadom from Kalamassery. NH 47 has a 17-kilometre-long (11 mi) bypass road
connecting Aroor to Edappally junction. The city is also connected with several state
highways like SH 15, SH 16, SH 41, SH 63, and SH 66. The state government has
constructed an expressway called Seaport-Airport Road running parallel to NH 47 bypass
road at Maradu junction to Kalamasserry junction. Phase II, proposed an alternative road to
directly to Airport. A second 2-kilometre-long (1.2 mi) four-lane road called Info Park
Expressway has been constructed from Airport-Seaport road to Info Park, which is planned
to develop into a 15-kilometre-long (9.3 mi) east–west corridor in the future. The ever-
increasing traffic congestion has necessitated the construction of flyovers at many key
junctions on the national highways in Kochi.
g. Water Transport
The Cochin Harbour is the single major harbour of Kerala. In the flood of 1341 AD, the
estuary of the harbour widened. It was Robert Bristo who opened the harbour for ships in
1930-31. He was its architect too. On 1st August 1936, Kochi was made into a major harbour.
Bristo was the first Director of the Harbour Administration. The Cochin Port Trust came into
being in 1965.
The waterway from Kottapuram to Kollam (168 KMs) was declared National Water Way 3 in
1993. The other national waterways are Kottapuram-Kochi (30 KMs) and Kochi-Alapuzha
(30-92 KMs). Ernakulum city has two boat-jetties. One is close to Subhash Park and the
other is adjacent to the High Court. Hundreds of passengers including foreign tourists make
use of the two Jetties for travel to Fort Kochi, Mattancherry, Vypeen, Bolgatty Palace,
Mulavukadu, and Vallarpadam. The recently built Goshri Bridge and the Varapuzha Bridge
have considerably lessened the pressure of passengers in the Jetties. For the tourists, boat
19
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Transport_in_Kochi

Page 3-56
cruise in the backwaters is an elevating experience as the sights and sounds of nature
embrace them through and through. The network connectivity is shown in Figure 3-44.
Figure 3-43: Transport Network of Ernakulam District
3.11.9.2 Public Health Institution

A Health facility is, in general, any location where health care is provided. Health facilities
range from small clinics and doctor's offices to urgent care centres and large hospitals with
elaborate emergency rooms and trauma centres. The number and quality of health facilities
in a country, region, District, Taluk, village, is one common measure of that area's prosperity
and quality of life. Medical facilities may be owned and operated by various organizations for-
profit businesses, non-profit organizations, governments, and in some cases by individuals,
with proportions varying. The government medical facilities are given in Table 3-23 and
Table 3-24.
Table 3-23: List of Medical Facilities
Villages having Medical institutions
Sr. Primary Primary Maternity and
Name of Taluk Community T.B. Hospital-
No. health health sub child welfare
health centre clinic allopathic
centre centre centre
1 Kunnathunad 5 8 13 9 2 1
2 Aluva 1 6 6 6 0 0
3 Paravur 1 1 1 1 0 0
4 Kochi 1 3 3 4 0 1
5 Kanayannur 1 3 0 4 1 0
6 Muvattupuzha 5 12 8 15 2 1
7 Kothamangalam 2 6 6 6 1 1
Total 16 39 37 45 6 4

Page 3-57
Table 3-24: List of Medical Institute

Villages having Medical institutions (contd.) …
Mobil Famil Medical Medical
Sr. No
Hospital- Disp Veterinar e y practition practition
No Name of Taluk Medicin Other medic
alternative ensa y healt welfar er (with er (with
. e shop s al
medicine ry hospital h e MBBS other
facility
clinic centre Degree) degree)
1 Kunnathunad 0 10 11 1 8 15 11 15 1 0
2 Aluva 0 5 7 0 6 7 3 7 0 0
3 Paravur 0 1 2 0 1 2 1 2 0 0
4 Kochi 1 4 5 0 3 5 0 5 0 0
5 Kanayannur 1 5 4 0 3 5 2 5 0 0
6 Muvattupuzha 1 12 14 1 12 17 8 17 0 0
7 Kothamangalam 0 6 8 0 6 10 6 10 1 0
Total 3 43 51 2 39 61 31 61 2 0
3.11.9.3 Educational Institution

Educational Amenities: The type of different educational facilities available in the village is
given in numbers. Government and private educational facilities / institutions are considered
for this-purpose. If there are composite schools like Middle schools with Primary classes, or
Secondary schools with middle classes, these are included in the number of Primary and
Middle schools respectively. The lists of educational institutes are given in Table 3-25 and
Table 3-26.
Table 3-25: List of Educational Institutes
Villages having educational institutions
Degree
Senior
Sr. Pre- college of Degree
Name of Taluk Primary Middle Secondary secondary Medical
No. primary arts college of
school school school school college
school science & engineering
(SS)
commerce
1 Kunnathunad 15 15 15 15 11 3 3 1
2 Aluva 7 7 7 7 5 0 2 0
3 Paravur 2 2 2 2 1 0 0 0
4 Kochi 5 5 5 5 4 0 0 0
5 Kanayannur 5 5 4 2 2 1 1 1
6 Muvattupuzha 17 17 17 17 15 5 2 0
7 Kothamangalam 10 10 10 10 9 1 1 1
Total 61 61 60 58 47 10 9 3
Table 3-26: List of Management Institutes
Villages having educational institutions (contd.)
Non- Special
Sr. Vocational No
Name of Taluk Management formal school Others
No. Polytechnic training educational
institute training for (specify)
school /ITI facility
centre disabled
1 Kunnathunad 2 0 3 0 3 2 0
2 Aluva 1 1 2 0 1 1 0
3 Paravur 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
4 Kochi 0 0 1 0 2 0 0
5 Kanayannur 1 2 1 1 0 0 0
6 Muvattupuzha 3 0 2 0 3 1 0
7 Kothamangalam 1 1 4 1 4 1 0
Total 8 4 13 2 13 5 0

Page 3-58
3.11.9.4 Other Amenities20

The type of different amenities and facilities available in the village is given in numbers.
Drinking water, post, telegraph, roads and etc. are considered for this-purpose. List of
amenities are given from Table 3-27 to Table 3-30.
Table 3-27: List of Villages Having Drinking Water
Well water Tube No
Tap water Tank/
Sr. (covered/ Hand well/ River/ drinking
Name of Taluk (treated/ Spring pond/ Others
No. uncovered pump bore canal water
untreated) lake
well) well facility
1 Kunnathunad 15 15 12 15 4 15 15 2 0
2 Aluva 7 7 6 7 1 6 7 1 0
3 Paravur 2 2 1 2 1 1 2 0 0
4 Kochi 5 5 2 2 0 3 3 0 0
5 Kanayannur 5 5 4 4 1 2 5 0 0
6 Muvattupuzha 17 17 16 17 10 17 16 1 0
7 Kothamangalam 10 10 9 9 7 10 9 2 0
Total 61 61 50 56 24 54 57 6 0
Table 3-28: List of Villages Having Post and Telegraph
Villages having Post & Telegraph
Sr. Sub Post & Phone Public Mobile Internet cafes/
Name of Taluk Post
No. post telegraph (land call phone Common
office
office office lines) office coverage service centre
1 Kunnathunad 15 12 7 15 12 15 9
2 Aluva 7 5 5 7 6 7 5
3 Paravur 2 1 0 2 2 2 2
4 Kochi 5 2 5 5 4 5 3
5 Kanayannur 5 3 2 5 5 5 5
6 Muvattupuzha 17 15 8 17 14 17 12
7 Kothamangalam 10 9 4 10 10 10 8
Total 61 47 31 61 53 61 44
Table 3-29: List of Villages Having Transport
Villages having transport
Village Navigable water
Sr. Auto/ Taxi
Name of Taluk roads- Bus service Railway ways
No. modified & Tractors
pucca (public/private) station (river/canal/sea
autos vans
road ferry service)
1 Kunnathunad 15 15 0 15 15 0 5
2 Aluva 7 7 1 7 6 0 2
3 Paravur 2 2 0 2 2 0 2
4 Kochi 5 5 0 5 5 0 5
5 Kanayannur 5 5 2 5 5 0 2
6 Muvattupuzha 17 17 1 17 16 0 6
7 Kothamangalam 10 10 0 10 10 0 3
Total 61 61 4 61 59 0 25
20
http://censusindia.gov.in/2011census/dchb/KerlaTables.html

Page 3-59
Table 3-30: List of Villages Having other Amenities

Credit
Banks Villages having recreation facility
societies
Sr.
Name of Taluk Commercial Agricultural Cinema / Public Availability
No. Public
& co- ATM credit video reading of news
library
operative societies halls rooms paper
1 Kunnathunad 15 9 11 11 14 14 15
2 Aluva 7 5 6 4 7 7 7
3 Paravur 2 0 2 1 1 2 2
4 Kochi 5 3 2 5 5 5 5
5 Kanayannur 5 4 5 4 5 5 5
6 Muvattupuzha 17 6 12 11 15 14 17
7 Kothamangalam 10 3 5 9 7 10 10
Total 61 30 43 45 54 57 61

Page 3-60
Figures
r y
a
d
n
u
o
B
m
o
r
f
s
u
i
d
n d a r y
o u
a
B
R
m
o
r
f
m
k
s
u
0
i
A5
1
d KAKKANAD
R a
A2 PINARMUNDA
5 k m
KARIMUKAL
A3 A1 A4
TUDIYUR PROJECT SITE
VADAVUKOD
A6 A7
AMBALAMEDU
AAQ MONITORING LOCATIONS

DISTANCE
LOC VILLAGE NAME (km) DIRECTION
A1 PROJECT SITE - -
LEGEND:
A2 KAKKANAD 2.2 NW
AIR MONITORING LOCATION
A3 TUDIYUR 2.5 W
A4 KARIMUKAL 3.0 E
A5 PINARMUNDA 1.9 NE
A6 AMBALAMEDU 2.2 SE
A7 VADAVUKOD 6.4 ESE
Ltd.
L&T-Ramboll
L&T
Engineering
L&T Infrastructure
Infrastructure

Engineering Ltd.
r y
a
d
n
u
o
B
m
o
r
f
s
u
i
d
n d a r y
o u
a
B
R
m
o
r
f
m
k
s
u
0
i
1
d KAKKANAD
R a
N5
BRAHMAPURAM
5 k m
MAPRANAM
N8 KARIMUKAL
TUDIYUR N6 N4
N2 N1
PROJECT SITE
N3
N7 AMBALAMEDU
IRUMBANAM
NOISE MONITORING LOCATIONS

DISTANCE
N1 PROJECT SITE - -
N2 TUDIYUR 2.5 W
LEGEND:
N3 AMBALAMEDU 2.2 SE
NOISE MONITORING LOCATION
N4 KARIMUKAL 3.0 E
N5 KAKKANAD 2.2 NW
N6 MAPRANAM 0.7 WNW
N7 IRUMBANAM 2.0 SW
N8 BRAHMAPURAM 0.3 N
Ltd.
L&T-Ramboll
L&T
Engineering
L&T Infrastructure
Infrastructure

Engineering Ltd.
r y
a
d
n
u
o
B
m
o
r
f
s
u
i
d
n d a r y
o u
a
B
R
m
o
r
f
m
k
s
u
0
i
1
d SW2
R a
MAPRANAM KARIMUKAL
5 k m
GW4 SW1
GW3
SW4
GW1 PROJECT SITE
SW6
SW5 GW2
GROUND WATER SAMPLING LOCATIONS
GW5 AMBALAMEDU
DISTANCE
IRUMBANAM LOC VILLAGE NAME (km) DIRECTION
GW1 PROJECT SITE - -
SW3 2.2 SE
GW2 AMBALAMEDU
GW3 KARIMUKAL 2.4 E
GW4 MAPRANAM 0.7 WNW
GW5 IRUMBANAM 2.0 SW

SURFACE WATER SAMPLING LOCATIONS
SW1 Kadambarayar Upstream 0.2 N
LEGEND: Stream Connecting
SW2 1.4 N
Kadambarayar N
GROUNDWATER SAMPLING LOCATION
SW3 Chitrapuzha Ar 3.4 S
SURFACEWATER SAMPLING LOCATION
SW4 Chitrapuzha River 1.5 W
SW5 Ambalamedu Lake 1.1 SE
Water Body South of
SW6 - -
Project Site
Ltd.
L&T-Ramboll
L&T
Engineering
L&T Infrastructure
Infrastructure

Engineering Ltd.
r y
a
d
n
u
o
B
m
o
r
f
s
u
i
d
n d a r y
o u
a
B
R
m
o
r
f
m
k
s
u
0
i
1
d
R a
5 k m
MAPRANAM S4 S2
KARIMUKAL
PROJECT SITE/ S1
BRAHMAPURAM S3
S5 AMBALAMEDU
IRUMBANAM
SOIL SAMPLING LOCATIONS

DISTANCE
LEGEND: PROJECT SITE/
SOIL SAMPLING LOCATION S1 BRAHMAPURAM - -
S2 KARIMUKAL 2.4 E
S3 AMBALAMEDU 2.2 SE
S4 MAPRANAM 0.7 WNW
S5 IRUMBANAM 2.0 SW
Ltd.
L&T-Ramboll
L&T
Engineering

Infrastructure

L&T Infrastructure
Engineering Ltd.
Chapter 4
Anticipated Environmental
Impacts and Mitigation
Measures
Chapter 4. Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation

Measures
4.1 General
The potential impacts on the environment from the proposed Waste to Energy (WtE) plant
are identified considering the nature and extent of the activities associated with the Project
implementation and operation.
In this chapter, likely impacts of activities on environmental attributes have been identified,
assessed and presented. In order to mitigate likely environmental impacts during
construction and operation phases due to proposed development suitable mitigation
measures are framed and incorporated as a part of planning process. The impacts have
been assessed both quantitatively and qualitatively for various environmental components
and impact specific mitigation measures are proposed.
4.2 Land Environment
4.2.1 Potential Impact due to Location
4.2.1.1 Impacts due to Land Acquisition

There are no existing settlements in the site and hence there will be no Resettlement or
Rehabilitation (R&R).
4.2.1.2 Impacts on Nearby Settlements

polluted category. Later it was revoked due to improvement achieved in the overall quality
index. The present site is within the continuum of the Ambalamugal industrial cluster and
adjacent to Brahmapuram Diesel Power Plant.
The current situation in the city of Kochi is that the existing waste disposal process is limited
to just collection and surface dumping of the waste into uncontrolled sites. The environmental
damage and risks to human health this activity creates are escalating on a daily basis.KMC
put efforts to set up facilities for the collection, transport and disposal of MSW and finally a
site was selected at Brahmapuram outside the limits of the corporation in nearby
Puthenkurisu-Vadavukode Panchayath. The windrow composting facility not able to process
all the waste received and, the site became a dump site. This finally led to agitations and
public interest litigations.
The existing waste dump is a major pollution contributor, there are no controls or processing
systems in place and contaminates and leachate are able to flow freely off the site into
surrounding rivers, ponds, streams, the surrounding ground water table is polluted and this is
impacting on the quality of the land and people in and around the existing waste dump. The
odours emanating from the site can impact the population up to 2 km away and its proximity
to the new Smart City is already having a very negative impact on that development. This
Chapter 4Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures

Page 4-1
project will prevent such uncontrolled waste dumps in the city and will support collection and
removal of existing waste dumps to generate power
The proposed project development is the one of the very important solution to the above
problem of degradation of environment quality of the region and management of city solid
waste such as Reduction in Green House Emissions & it’s environmental benefits, Carbon
Footprint, Benefits to adjoining municipalities – HUB concept, Reduction in Land fill, Health
benefits, Reduction in Air/Soil/Water Contamination etc.
The power generated will be Green energy preventing significant amount of methane and
CO2 generation from the existing MSW dumping site. The design of the plant will ensure no
odour from the waste is released into the surrounding areas. The inbuilt emission treatment
system is supported by emission controls and systems which fully complies with the both the
Indian and more stringent EU emission and pollution control guidelines. The leachates and
the ash residues from the process will be treated within the facility and controlled.
4.2.1.3 Impacts due to changes in Land Use Pattern

The Project site is Abutting Existing landfill site (owned by KMC), No agricultural activity or
forest areas were observed. The present land use of the site is uncared poorly yielding
coconut trees and young anjili, betel palm, mango form the standing trees. The land is
infested with grass, creepers and thorny bushes. No agricultural activity or forest areas were
observed. The dry land and paddy land have a fringe distinguished by vegetation. As part of
concession the government has allotted 20 acres of land for the project. In those 20 acres
allotted, 6.36 acres was pooradam (residential) and balance 13.64 acres was nilam (paddy).
The state government vide notification (GO (M.S) NO 39/2018/ revenue) converted the land
use for the 13.64 acres which was nilam (paddy). As a part of this conversion under Kerala
wetland and paddy land (Amendment act 2018), 10% of the converted land has to be kept
aside for water conservation, accordingly 1.36 acres of land allotted was to be maintained as
water conservation area and no construction could be carried out in this area. Additionally
2.36 acres of land was unsuitable for construction has the neighbouring water body had
change cause and is now flowing through this area in lieu of land reduced for construction in
the initially allotted 20 acres, state government vide notification (GO (MS) NO
108/2018/LSGD) allotted an additional 3.43 acres of land for the project (Appendix J).
Abandoned open wells and One Transmission Tower and tower line (66KV Capacity) at
present not in use proposed for dismantling by KSEB is also observed in the area earmarked
for development. The land use of the existing area will be changed to Industrial which results
into clearance of vegetation and cutting of trees. Clearance of vegetation and cutting of trees
will be done as per the approval obtained from forest department (Appendix K). The project
proponent has also obtained the layout approval from Chief Town Planner,
Thiruvananthapuram and the same is enclosed as Appendix L. Also it will have impact on
the existing drainage pattern if the development is not properly planned.
4.2.1.4 Mitigation Measures

 The change in land use pattern shall be as per requirement of the proposed Project
development plan which is for industrial use
 The planning shall be in accordance with the standard landscape planning concepts
adequate provision for green areas
 The development shall be carried out in such a way to ensure proper drainage by
providing surface drainage systems from the development parcels and connecting to
storm water network

Page 4-2
 Construction along the existing Transmission line corridor will be restricted
4.2.2 Potential Impact due to Construction
4.2.2.1 Impact due to Site Grading/Levelling

The site has undulating terrain sloping from the North to South with topography of the site
varies from 0.11 m to 18.05 m.During the construction phase site levelling would be required
which involves site preparation work, the soil and rock debris etc., achieved as cut material
from the higher gradient shall be utilized to elevate the low level areas within project
premises. Excess material if required will be sourced from an approved quarry in the nearby
areas or excess debris generated from site levelling may also be utilized in the region for
other developmental activities. The Proposed site will be levelled to +3.00 AMSL. Cut
quantity is estimated as 16,923 CUM and fill quantity is estimated at 1,96,503 CUM.
The land disposal of solid wastes such as construction rubble, camp site garbage and
discarded topsoil may impact soil quality. There might be a temporary phase of dumping the
construction materials and wastes in the project site marring the aesthetics of the site. The
landscape changes are expected with the changed land use. Apart from the localized
construction impacts confined to the site, the impact is likely to be insignificant and no long
term adverse impacts on topography are envisaged.
The Southern boundary is abutting the streamlet connected to river. Therefore, Water
Conservation Area is planned towards Southern Boundary and One Transmission Tower and
tower line (66KV Capacity) at present not in use proposed for dismantling by KSEB present
in the project site will not be disturbed.

 Cut and fill quantities shall be minimised by adopting appropriate engineering design of
facilities based on the elevation requirements
 The earth material generated during the site preparation shall be used to within the
project site. Hence the reduction in transportation/conveyance of earth material to and
from the site is envisaged. Excess materials for site levelling shall be sourced from
approved quarries.
 Proper disposal of construction waste has to be planned with temporary dump storage
near to the site
4.2.2.3 Impact on Local Infrastructure

Transportation of Construction Material: Transportation of huge quantities of construction
material (quarry material, gravel, stone, aggregate, sand, bricks, cement, steel bitumen, paint
bricks, etc.) during construction phase of the project results in use of public infrastructure like
roads, railways, drainage, water and power supply which in turn results in extra burden on
the existing infrastructure..
Construction Workers Camp: During the construction phase of the project there will be
large-scale short term employment generation in the form of skilled and semi-skilled labours.
It is expected to generate employment to 100 persons other than indirect employment for a
period of ~18 months. The daily wage unskilled labours employed locally will get job only for
less than half of the construction period. Also, majority of the works will be sub-contracted.
As the construction period is anticipated to span nearly ~18 months, temporary workers
camps are planned to be set up for semi-skilled labourers in the project area. This level of

Page 4-3
short-term employment opportunities would have a positive impact on the local economy and
on regional unemployment.

 Existing roads will be used for transportation of construction material. The site is
accessible to road traffic from the city from Palarivattom via Kakkand-Edachira-
Brahmapuram road. This road has heavy rush during morning and evening and has
many sharp bends and bottle necks. This is being used by KMC to transport the MSW to
the existing landfill site. Info-park Expressway connecting Seaport-Airport road is wider
and fit for moving multi-axle trucks.
 Construction material shall be sourced from nearby approved and licensed quarries
 Trucks with construction material susceptible for fugitive suspension will be covered with
tarpaulin covers during transport of construction materials
 Transportation management will be adopted for movement of dumpers transporting
quarry stones and construction materials and traffic will be regulated
 Vehicles deployed will confirm to emit norms of CPCB and have valid Pollution Under
Control (PUC) certificates
 Very old vehicles (more than 20 years) will not be allowed for use at site
 Dumpers and trucks will comply with standards for exhaust emissions and noise levels
 To avoid/minimise impact/strain on the existing infrastructure, the worker camps will be
self-sufficient and would not rely on any local resource. This would help to avoid any
conflict with the local population. To mitigate impacts from health hazards, sanitation
facilities will be provided. Further, the worker camp siting will be planned away from
habitations.
Following additional mitigation measures shall be followed:
 The camps will be adequately equipped with all the necessary facilities such as water
supply, LPG supply, power supply, wastewater collection, solid waste collection and
sanitation.
 The domestic wastes generated from the camps will be disposed at approved disposal
sites.
 Periodic health check-ups will be undertaken for early detection and control of
communicable diseases.
 Medical facilities including first aid will be available in the workers camps for injured
workers.
4.2.3 Potential Impact due to Operation
4.2.3.1 Discharge on Land

The wastewater generated in the proposed Waste to Energy (WtE) plan will be collected and
treated in REED BED system known as Microbial Soil Based Reed Bed (MSR)
System.Waste water produced will be stored in an underground tank and then be pumped
through the MSR system. The project site will also contain additional water treatment
facilities; these are based on Ultra Filtration and Reverse Osmosis water purification
technologies. This leachate generated during Bio Drying process is collected in underground
channels and fed directly to a large storage tank. The collected water is then strained to
remove any large suspended particles (greater than 150 microns). The solids and water
recovered are returned to the bio drying area and sprayed back on top of the fresh MSW
heap for imitating a faster biological activity thus reducing time for the drying process. There

Page 4-4
will not be any significant impacts due to contamination of soil, ground and surface waters in
and around the project site as the Project is designed to follow recycle and reuse options.

 Periodic maintenance and check of wastewater conveyance pipelines
 Attempt to restore by replacing a part or putting together the torn or broken parts of the
conveyance pipeline in case of any leakage is detected.
 Necessary preventive measures for spillage from pipelines, such as surface RCC
channels along the pipelines shall be adopted
 Lining of all treatment units tanks
 Treated water will be reused and hence fresh water consumption is optimised.Treated
wastewater quality shall be ensured as per standards before using for greenbelt or any
other application.
4.2.3.3 Soil Contamination

Potential impacts on land environment are envisaged due to hazardous and non-hazardous
wastes generated due to operations of Waste to Energy (WtE) plant. Sludge, used & waste
oil slurry, batteries, fly ash, bottom ash etc. are the source of hazardous waste. The Fly ash
generated is analysed and if there are no toxic elements which would affect its use, GJEPPL
mix it with the bottom ash stream and use it in the re-manufacturing area. The inert other
than metals and alloys having no CV value obtained from material recovery facility (MRF) is
blended with the Bottom Ash to produce re-engineered materials (aggregate) which can be
used in manufacture of bricks, paver block, tiles and other value added products. Poor
management of such materials/wastes from the operations is a potential risk of soil
contamination.

 Excavated soil will be stockpiled in a corner of the site in bunded area to avoid run off
with storm water
 Excavated stock piled top soil will be reused for horticultural/agricultural/Greenbelt
purposes.
 Good housekeeping and best practices of waste handling shall be adopted to
eliminate/minimise the risks of soil contamination.
 Only covered trucks will be allowed to enter the site for unloading of municipal solid
waste
 The hazardous wastes generated if any will be stored in temporary storage facility for a
period of 90 days
2016, the ash shall be sent to Nearest TSDF.
 Waste generated from canteen and administrative areas will be utilised in the waste
processing facility. Hazardous waste will be sent to nearby TSDF and management shall
be done as per Hazardous and Other Waste (Management and Transboundary
Movement) and amendment thereof, 2016. Common Treatment, Storage and Disposal
Facilities (TSDF) in Kerala Enviro Infrastructure Ltd (KEIL), TSDF Project, Inside FACT –
CD Campus, Ambalamedu - 682303 is a public limited Company functioning at the
industrial hub of Ambalamedu. This facility was established on the directive of the

Page 4-5
Supreme Court Monitoring Committee on hazardous waste for treatment and disposal of
hazardous waste generated from industries in the State ofKerala.
4.3 Water Environment
4.3.1 Potential Impact due to Location
4.3.1.1 Impacts on Existing Water Resources

Water required during construction activity will be met through the through authorised water
suppliers/Kerala Water Authority and bore well. Water requirement during construction
activity will be approximately 0.2 MLD. Water requirement during operation phase will be
approximately 2 MLD, which will be met from nearby water body Kadambrayar/Chitrapuzha.
Application for the same is made with relevant authority (Irrigation Department, Govt. of
Kerala).
Groundwater withdrawal during construction and operation phases of the project shall be
limited to allocation to be received from ground water department.

As withdrawal of groundwater is envisaged as a part of proposed development, the following
measures are proposed as a part of development to improve the ground water scenario.
 The facility will be provided with storm water drain to collect the surface run off and the
same will be stored in the designated water tank. Rain Water storage Tank will be
designed to capture the rain water from all roof areas, landscape and hard standing
areas. Additionally excess rain water will be diverted to the water conservation area for
storage.
 To step up the present level of rain water harvesting and conservation in the study area,
the measures such as renovation/revamping of existing rain water harvesting structure
 Proposed to create awareness among farmers in the study area on advanced
management methods in utilizing the ground water for irrigation and other purposes
 Monitoring of water quality and ground water level variations in and around the Project
site
4.3.2 Potential Impact during Construction
4.3.2.1 Impacts due to Wastewater Generation

During Construction phase of the proposed project, sewage will be generated from
construction workers camp and from the Project site. Wastewater generation at construction
site includes surface runoff also which may contain pollutants and traces of solvents, paints,
metal compounds etc. which may impact the groundwater and nearby surface water
resources if not managed properly. The impact is short term until the Construction phase is
completed as infrastructure for wastewater conveying network and treatment plants will be
available.

 Water quality of nearby villages as well as nearby water bodies
(Kadambarayar/Chitrapuzha) will be monitored during construction phase
 An adequate drainage system will be provided at the site with separate collection streams
to segregate the storm run-off from roads, open areas, material storage areas, vehicle

Page 4-6
wash water and other wastewater streams. Suitable measures will also be taken to
prevent the washing away of construction materials into the drainage system.
 Sewage generated at site and at construction workers camp will be collected in holding
tank and periodically transferred to temporary Sewage Treatment Plant (STP) or mobile
STP or septic tank with soak pits shall be provided.
 No wastewater shall be disposed directly on land or on existing surface water resources
without appropriate treatment
4.3.2.3 Impacts on Existing Drainage Pattern

The drainage pattern of the Study Area and Project Site is shown in Figure 4-1.
The Project site and its surrounding are falling in West flowing rivers South of Tapi Basin.
The complete site falls in Periyar and Others Sub Basin. The 10km radius buffer of the
Project site is encompassed in Three watersheds – B14PAR23, B14PAR24 and B14PAR25.
The Project site is falling only B14PAR24 watershed.
The Kadambarayar river flows at about 0.1 km North and Chitrapuzha river flows at about 0.8
km west of Project site. No streams are passing through the project area. The Southern
boundary is abutting the streamlet connected to Chitrapuzha river. Therefore, Water
Conservation Area is planned towards Southern Boundary the streamlet will not be
disturbed.
Figure 4-1: Drainage Pattern of Study Area

Due to the proposed Project, there will not be any disturbance to the natural drainage
pattern. Probable low lying area where flooding is experienced during rainy season has been
avoided and Water Conservation Area is planned. .

Page 4-7

 Storm water drainage arrangement/network is proposed to ensure the adequate drainage
system within the site
 Storm water will be collected and will be made available for reuse in the plant’s daily
operations
 Grading within the project site will be planned in such a way that there shall be negligible
impacts on the existing natural drainage system/pattern
 The development within the project site shall be carried out in such a way to ensure
proper drainage by providing surface drainage systems including storm water network,
etc. and all the altered drainage in the footprint area need to be properly connected to the
existing natural drainage system of the region
 To step up the present level of rain water harvesting and conservation in the study area,
the measures such as renovation/revamping of existing rain water harvesting structure
 Monitoring of water quality and ground water level variations in and around the Project
site
4.3.2.5 Storm Water Management

4.3.3 Potential Impact during Operation
4.3.3.1 Impact on Water Quality due to Inert’s Landfill Leachate

off.
Mitigation Measures
The liner system is comprised of multiple layers and is over 1 metre thick. It is the barrier
system that separates the Inert materials from the surrounding environment. The Liner
system construction involves laying of liner followed by covering the liner using a large
volume of the inert/ash recovered products which are manufactured into a “Re-engineered
Material”. This product is produced on site using waste a collection of recovered materials, it
protects the liner against damage during the compaction stages and also aids the drainage
of storm water runoff. This will be done from the second cell of the Landfill once the plant
generates enough reengineered materials.
A landfill cap is similar to the liner system. It is comprised of multiple layers of soil and
geotextiles. Landfills, or portions of landfills, are capped when MSW will no longer be placed
in a certain area. The caps are designed and constructed to reduce storm water infiltration
into the landfill.

Page 4-8
Figure 4-2: Lining of Proposed Inert Landfill during Construction and Capping
Preventive Measures for Safety of Inert landfill Dyke
The following are the preventive measure proposed to be adopted
 Adequate free board shall be maintained to prevent overtopping. Overtopping leads to
breach.
 The slope shall be maintained as per the drawings.
 Periodical inspection of dyke shall be done to detect weakness signs if any.
 Protect downstream slope to prevent erosion due to rain cuts.
 Provide slope drains to guide the rain water falling on dyke top to the toe drain.
 Regular maintenance of the dyke with turfing will prevent the possibility of rain cuts,
Gullies if any shall be back filled with earth and covered with Grass turfing.
 Water logging at the downstream side shall be avoided to prevent subsidence/instability
of the dyke
The leachate collection system is constructed as part of the landfill liner. There are no
organic materials in the landfill area, only inert material is sent to landfill. Leachate is only the
run off of rainfall water and this is caught on the liner and drains through the gravel layer
(formed using the “Engineered Materials produced from ash and inert matter within the
facility) on top of the liner towards a sump where it is collected, directed to the REED Bed
treatment system and made safe prior to reuse on the site.
4.3.3.2 Impact due to Wastewater Generation

The following are the source of wastewater generation in the Waste to Energy Plant.
 Sewage: Admin Buildings, MRF Building, Gasficaion Building, Bio Drying area, Weigh
Bridge area, Waste Reception area etc.,
 Leachate: Bio Drying area, Weigh Bridge area, Waste Reception area and landfill area
also Wash water from MSW storage area and Waste reception areas
 Waste Water from boiler/Cooling tower Blow Down; DM water Neutralization Pit etc.,
treated in REED BED system known as Microbial Soil Based Reed Bed (MSR)
System.Waste water produced will be stored in an underground tank and then be pumped
through the MSR system. The project site will also contain additional water treatment
facilities; these are based on Ultra Filtration and Reverse Osmosis water purification
technologies. This leachate generated during Bio Drying process is collected in underground
channels and fed directly to a large storage tank. The collected water is then strained to
remove any large suspended particles (greater than 150 microns). The solids and water
recovered are returned to the bio drying area and sprayed back on top of the fresh MSW
heap for imitating a faster biological activity thus reducing time for the drying process.

Page 4-9
The estimated quantities of wastewater generation from various sources are given in Table
4-1.
Table 4-1: Wastewater Generation
Effluent Generation Cu. m/day Remarks
Leachate 30 Daily Average
Blowdown Water 288 11-12 m3/hr
Sewage 25 Daily Average
Note: Separate treatment system will be provided for other wastewater runoff from Landfill
areas and contaminated storm water if any during rainy season.
4.3.3.3 Mitigation Measures/Wastewater Management

 Complete water system has been designed based on zero discharge concepts. The
treated waste water will be reused and reutilized.
 Microbial Soil Based Reed Bed (MSR) System is proposed for the treatment of
wastewater
 Additional water treatment facilities such as Ultra Filtration and Reverse Osmosis water
purification technologies are proposed
 Minimise the consumption of water used in the process and equipment cleaning
 Ensure untreated wastewater is not discharged in to the surrounding water bodies/drains
 Water Quality Monitoring in and around the project site shall be carried out. Storm water
runoff will be directed as per the storm water drainage network planned considering the
existing drainage pattern
 Groundwater should be monitored periodically by taking samples from monitored well
4.4 Air Environment

The construction phase will involve movement of construction materials to the project area,
site clearing, vehicular emissions, emissions from the construction machinery, etc. which in
turn could influence the ambient air quality in the region through build-up of dust levels
andgaseous emission levels. The build-up of pollutants in the ambient air during the
constructionphase is temporary in nature and will be localised. DG sets will usedduring
construction and operation phase of the project in emergency condition. Emissions from DG
sets likelyimpact the air quality. During Operation Phase there will be emissions from the
Stacks due to the combustion of RDF for Power generation. The Impacts and mitigation
measures during construction and operation phase on the Air Environment is provided in this
section.
4.4.1.1 Impact due to Transportation of Construction Material

Transportation of construction material results in use of public infrastructure like roads and
during material transportation, there is a possibility of impact on air quality along the route
due to exhaust emissions, fugitive dust suspension and traffic congestion. The windblown
dust during the material movement could impact the road users and also habitations en-
route. Fugitive dust could arise during material unloading. This can contribute towards slight
build-up of pollutant concentration over the baseline levels. In case of requirement of quarry
material, same will be sourced from approved/licensed quarries; the environmental
management at the quarry site will be taken care by the quarry agencies.

Page 4-10
4.4.1.2 Emissions during Construction at Site

During the construction activities, the sources of potential impacts on the air quality at the
construction site can be categorised as:
 Exhaust emissions from diesel run engines, construction machinery and vehicles
 Dust suspension during site preparation, construction, trenching and material transport
 Soil grading and compaction will be involved as part of site preparation by using
mechanical shovels and earthmovers for site clearance, cut & fill and other site levelling
activities.
These activities could generate dust particles and affect the ambient air and noise quality.
Area development will involve developing the internal roads, utilities, services and buildings,
etc. Fugitive dust is expected particularly during dry weather conditions due to the site
preparation and movement of transport vehicles for materials and personnel. Emissions from
diesel power generators, construction equipment and transport vehicles will affect the air
quality within the work areas, if not adequately managed. Movement of materials such as
cement, steel, sand, etc. will cause disturbance to the adjoining communities/communities
en-route.
The baseline concentrations of Particulate Matter (PM10 and PM2.5), SO2, NO2 ,CO and other
parameters are well within the 24-Hour Time weighted average limits of NAAQS stipulated by
CPCB based on the monitoring carried out for the study period (One Season). It is to be
noted that though the Particulate Matter (PM10) concertation’s are well within the 24-Hour
Time weighted average limits of NAAQS but exceeds Annual Time weighted average limits
of NAAQS at (02) two locations namely Brahmapuram and Kakkanad areas. With the
present background concentrations of air quality parameters, it is expected that there will
only be a mild build-up of air pollutants.
The impacts during construction are short-term in nature and will cease on completion of the
construction. Further, adoption of suitable mitigation measures will ensure that these impacts
are rendered insignificant.
4.4.1.3 Mitigations Measures

 Equipment and vehicles will be regularly maintained in accordance with the
manufacturer's recommendations to maximise fuel efficiency and help minimise
emissions and also will use fuel that has low sulphur content of 0.1%.
 A strict Project speed limit of 30 km/hr will be enforced for vehicles using un-metalled
tracks and the RoW.
 Water spraying the running track within the ROW and/or the surface of the access road
with water
 Vehicles transporting soil and aggregate to be covered (example: using tarpaulins or
covers) that prevent the escape of dust, and prohibiting such vehicles from stopping near
settlements
 Keeping site roads and approaches to watercourse crossings free from deposits of mud
and silty material
 Using windbreaks, netting screens or semi-permeable fences to reduce dust emissions
from working areas close to sensitive, residential or agricultural locations or natural
habitats.
 In order to ameliorate the fugitive dust suspension, the surfaces near the proposed site
and transport roads will be sprinkled with water to reduce dust generation.

Page 4-11
 The earth material generated during excavation will be used in levelling, making
embankments and landscaping the area.
 On-site vehicle speeds will be controlled to reduce excessive dust suspension in air and
dispersion by traffic. However, such an impact can be minimized by restricting entry only
to PUC certified vehicles. The construction equipment and transport vehicles will be
periodically washed to remove accumulated dirt.
 Alignment connecting the construction material procurement site and the project site shall
be selected to ensure that the impacts on the receptors en-route the material movement
are minimised to a large extent.
 The baseline data will be used as reference to aid in selection of the least
environmentally damaging alignment.
 To reduce impacts from exhausts, emission control norms will be enforced/ adhered.
 Adequately sized construction yard will be identified at the site for storage of construction
materials, equipment tools, earthmoving equipment, etc.
 Fuel tanks adequately designed to minimize fugitive emissions and welding gas cylinders
will be stored in a secluded area within project site.
 Welding personnel will be properly trained and will wear necessary Personal Protection
Equipment
4.4.2 Potential Impact due to Operation

The impact on air environment due to the operation of Kochi Waste to energy plant has been
predicted based on air quality modelling studies.
The AAQ model studies were carried out covering the following:
 Point source - Gasifier/Boiler stack of Kochi Waste to Energy plant
 DG set of the plant which will be used only in emergency conditions
4.4.2.1 Line Sources

The site is accessible to road traffic from the city from Palarivattom via Kakkanad-Edachira-
axle trucks. The KMC is responsible to deliver the assured 300 Metric Tonnes of MSW to the
facility on a daily basis.
Corporation to deliver not less than 255 tons per day, with an expected average calculated
as 300 metric tons of MSW delivered to the main gate each day. On an average ~150
truckloads per day will deliver collected waste to the facility. In addition, the waste from
existing waste dump will be transported to the plant through conveyor. So the collected
waste from various places will be transported and transferred to the waste processing facility
As the trucks plying (~100-150 Nos) to the existing waste processing facility will be diverted
to the GJEPPL Waste to Energy Plant which is abutting the existing waste processing facility,
there will not be any additional significant increase in number of trucks. Hence no additional
generation of truck traffic envisaged for the proposed Kochi Waste to Energy plant. Also the
existing traffic (line source) emissions are covered in baseline air quality data. As there no
significant additional traffic is envisaged from the proposed WTE facility Line sources are not
considered for Air quality modelling.

Page 4-12
4.4.2.2 Sources of Emission considered for Air Quality Modelling

Following emissions are envisaged as a part of proposed development of Kochi Waste to
Energy plant as per the design feature considering the pollution abatement measures
proposed and considered in the air quality modelling study (Scenario 1: Based on Actual
Emissions as Envisaged from WTE Plant ).
Table 4-2: Point Source Emissions as per design features
Stack Stack
Stack Exit PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NO2
Stack No. Height Velocity
Dia. (m) Temp K (g/s) (g/s) (g/s) (g/s)
(m) (m/s)
S1 57 22.7 1.414 398.15 0.367 0.183 1.84 5.51
For estimating the worst case scenario, the emissions were calculated by considering the
emission standard as per Municipal Solid Waste Management Rules, 2016 (Scenario 2:
Based on Emissions calculated as per SWM Rule 2016 Standards).
Table 4-3: Point Source Emissions as per MSW rules 2016 (Standard emissions)*
PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NO2
(g/s) (g/s) (g/s) (g/s)
1.31 0.53 5.26 10.52
*As per MSW Rules 2016, the emission from incinerators /thermal technologies in Solid
Waste treatment/disposal facility shall meet the following standards, namely:-
Parameter Emission Standard
Particulates 50 mg/ Nm3
SO2 200 mg/ Nm3 Standard refers to half hourly average value
NOx (NO and NO2 expressedas NO2 ) 400 mg/ Nm3
4.4.2.3 Emissions from DG Set

The DG Set emissions are estimated considering 1.5 MVA capacity of DG Set to meet the
minimal Power requirements of the plant during emergency. This DG will be operated during
power failure only.
The emission details from DG set of Kochi waste to Energy plant are given in Table 4-4.
Table 4-4: DG Set Emissions from Waste to Energy plant
Stack Details Emissions Details
Stack Stack Exit
Stack Velocity PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NO2
Stack Code Height Diameter Temp.
(m/sec) (g/s) (g/s) (g/s) (g/s)
(m) (m) (°K)
DG1 30 22 0.4 754 0.028 0.011 0.352 1.952
Though DG will be operated during power failure only, All the above emissions are
assumed to be continuous in nature; these are considered for Air Quality Modelling
for prediction of impacts.
Other Emissions
Other emissions include fugitive emissions from handling, storage and transfer operations
etc. Fugitive emissions can be controlled by selecting suitable equipment/Storage,
appropriate handling methods etc., and hence no emissions were considered.
4.4.2.4 AERMOD Model

AERMOD is a ‘near-field, steady-state’ Gaussian model. It uses boundary-layer similarity
theory to define turbulence and dispersion coefficients as a continuum, rather than as a

Page 4-13
discrete set of stability classes. Variation of turbulence with height allows a better treatment
of dispersion from different release heights. AERMOD requires Surface as well as Upper Air
data as meteorological input.
4.4.2.4.1 Model Assumptions

The following are the assumptions for the air quality modelling:
 Stack-tip downwash
 Model assumes receptor on flat terrain
 Uses calms processing routine
 Uses missing data processing routine
 No exponential decay
 No Dry and Wet Deposition
Input Data: The following technical details are considered for Air Quality Modelling studies:
 Point Source: The Point source inputs (Both process and DG Sets) are given in Table
4-2 to Table 4-4.
4.4.2.4.2 Meteorological Data Considered

For the purpose of carrying out the air quality modelling study, site specific meteorological
data (pre-processed from MM5) for the year of 2016, obtained from Lakes Environment was
used. The raw met data have been processed in AERMET view to create surface and upper
air data which was used as inputs to AERMOD.
4.4.2.4.3 Wind Speed and Wind Direction

The wind roses were drawn for the met files obtained on a sixteen-point compass (N, NNE,
NE, ENE; E, ESE, SE, SSE; S, SSW, SW, WSW; W, WNW, NW, and NNW). Wind pattern
representing 24 hours for the entire year of 2016 is discussed. The frequency occurrence of
wind at various speeds was calculated on the basis of total number of observations recorded
in the respective wind speed category. The overall wind pattern recorded for 24 hours during
the year 2016 is given in Figure 4-3. The predominant wind directions observed were from
West; calm conditions prevailed for 2.41% of the total time. The average wind speed was
observed to be 3.08 m/s.

Page 4-14
Figure 4-3: Annual Wind Rose Diagram (December 2017 – December 2018)
4.4.2.5 Receptors Locations
The details of the receptors which are monitored for the baseline data as a part of EIA Study
and other Sensitive Receptors within 10.0 km radius of the boundary of Kochi waste to
Energy plant are given in Table 4-6.
Table 4-5: Receptor Details
Location No. Receptors Distance (km) Azimuth Directions
I Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations
AAQ1 Brahmapuram 1.6 NW
AAQ2 Kakkanad 2.2 NW
AAQ3 Tudiyar 2.5 W
AAQ4 Karimukal 3.0 E
AAQ5 Pinarmunda 1.9 NE
AAQ6 Ambalamedu 2.2 SE
AAQ7 Vadavukod 6.4 ESE
II Other Sensitive Receptors in the Study Area Considered for AQM
S1 Hill Palace Museum 4.4 SSW
S2 Vembanad Lake 9.3 SW
Note: Distances and Directions have been taken from the project boundary

Page 4-15
4.4.2.6 Model Results

Scenario 1: Based on Actual Emissions as Envisaged from WTE Plant
The 1st highest 24 hour and the resultant concentrations and annual average incremental
concentrations for PM10, PM2.5, SO2 and NO2 for AAQ monitoring locations for Cumulative
impacts covering the Process and DG sets emissions of Kochi Waste to energy plant are
given in Table 4-6 to
Table 4-10.
Table 4-6: 1st 24-hour Average and Resultant Concentration of PM10
1st 24 Hour Average Baseline Resultant NAAQ
S. No Location Name Incremental Concentration Concentration Standards
Concentration (µg/m3) (µg/m3) (µg/m3) (µg/m3)-24 Hour
AQ1 Brahmapuram 0.0772 33.60 33.68
AQ2 Kakkanad 0.1103 69.90 70.01
AQ3 Tudiyar 0.1094 61.20 61.31
AQ4 Karimukal 0.0515 30.40 30.45 100
AQ5 Pinarmunda 0.0316 30.40 30.43
AQ6 Ambalamedu 0.1261 47.80 47.93
AQ7 Vadavukod 0.0473 30.50 30.55
Table 4-7: 1st 24-hour Average and Resultant Concentration of PM2.5
AQ1 Brahmapuram 0.0366 18.50 18.54
AQ2 Kakkanad 0.0540 39.10 39.15
AQ3 Tudiyar 0.0530 35.50 35.55
AQ4 Karimukal 0.0251 16.70 16.73 60
AQ5 Pinarmunda 0.0154 16.40 16.42
AQ6 Ambalamedu 0.0619 27.70 27.76
AQ7 Vadavukod 0.0228 16.80 16.82
Table 4-8: 1st 24-hour Average and Resultant Concentration of SO2
AQ1 Brahmapuram 0.5238 4.30 4.82
AQ2 Kakkanad 0.6286 9.00 9.63
AQ3 Tudiyar 0.6591 8.20 8.86
AQ4 Karimukal 0.3008 5.00 5.30 80
AQ5 Pinarmunda 0.1883 4.90 5.09
AQ6 Ambalamedu 0.7039 8.30 9.00
AQ7 Vadavukod 0.2918 5.00 5.29
Table 4-9: 1st 24-hour Average and Resultant Concentration of NO2
AQ1 Brahmapuram 2.1470 13.10 15.25
AQ2 Kakkanad 2.2024 28.00 30.20
AQ3 Tudiyar 2.4422 25.20 27.64
AQ4 Karimukal 1.5624 15.80 17.36 80
AQ5 Pinarmunda 0.6901 15.30 15.99
AQ6 Ambalamedu 2.4115 26.00 28.41
AQ7 Vadavukod 1.1048 15.70 16.80

Page 4-16
Table 4-10: Annual Average Incremental Concentrations of pollutants

Annual Average Incremental Concentration (µg/m 3)
Location No.
Receptors PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NO2
AQ1 Brahmapuram 0.0102 0.0048 0.0700 0.2886
AQ2 Kakkanad 0.0069 0.0033 0.0447 0.1763
AQ3 Tudiyar 0.0096 0.0046 0.0640 0.2593
AQ4 Karimukal 0.0072 0.0034 0.0471 0.1877
AQ5 Pinarmunda 0.0039 0.0019 0.0243 0.0933
AQ6 Ambalamedu 0.0181 0.0088 0.1064 0.3855
AQ7 Vadavukod 0.0061 0.0030 0.0358 0.1298
The 1st highest 24 hour and annual average incremental concentrations for PM10, PM2.5, SO2
and NO2 for the sensitive receptors in the study area are given in Table 4-11.
Table 4-11: 1st 24-hour Average and Annual Average Incremental Concentration of
Sensitive Receptors
Annual Average Incremental
1st 24 Hour Average Incremental
Location Receptors Concentration
Concentration (µg/m3)
No. (µg/m3)
PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NO2 PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NO2
S1 Hill Palace Museum 0.0333 0.0159 0.2146 0.8842 0.0025 0.0012 0.0158 0.0607
S2 Vembanad Lake 0.0238 0.0114 0.1553 0.6189 0.0014 0.0007 0.0086 0.0330
Scenario 2: Based on Emissions calculated as per SWM Rule 2016 Standards

The 1st highest 24 hour and the resultant concentrations and annual average incremental
concentrations for PM10, PM2.5, SO2 and NO2 for AAQ monitoring locations for Cumulative
impacts covering the Process and DG sets emissions of Kochi Waste to energy plant are
given in Table 4-6 to
Table 4-10.
Table 4-12: 1st 24-hour Average and Resultant Concentration of PM10
AQ1 Brahmapuram 0.2295 33.60 33.83
AQ2 Kakkanad 0.3681 69.90 70.27
AQ3 Tudiyar 0.3531 61.20 61.55
AQ4 Karimukal 0.1701 30.40 30.57 100
AQ5 Pinarmunda 0.1027 30.40 30.50
AQ6 Ambalamedu 0.4259 47.80 48.23
AQ7 Vadavukod 0.1504 30.50 30.65
Table 4-13: 1st 24-hour Average and Resultant Concentration of PM2.5
AQ1 Brahmapuram 0.0927 18.50 18.59
AQ2 Kakkanad 0.1488 39.10 39.25
AQ3 Tudiyar 0.1427 35.50 35.64
AQ4 Karimukal 0.0688 16.70 16.77 60
AQ5 Pinarmunda 0.0415 16.40 16.44
AQ6 Ambalamedu 0.1722 27.70 27.87
AQ7 Vadavukod 0.0608 16.80 16.86

Page 4-17
Table 4-14: 1st 24-hour Average and Resultant Concentration of SO2

AQ1 Brahmapuram 1.0759 4.30 5.38
AQ2 Kakkanad 1.5637 9.00 10.56
AQ3 Tudiyar 1.5429 8.20 9.74
AQ4 Karimukal 0.7291 5.00 5.73 80
AQ5 Pinarmunda 0.4463 4.90 5.35
AQ6 Ambalamedu 1.7912 8.30 10.09
AQ7 Vadavukod 0.6658 5.00 5.67
Table 4-15: 1st 24-hour Average and Resultant Concentration of NO2
AQ1 Brahmapuram 2.9558 13.10 16.06
AQ2 Kakkanad 3.5722 28.00 31.57
AQ3 Tudiyar 3.7368 25.20 28.94
AQ4 Karimukal 1.6978 15.80 17.50 80
AQ5 Pinarmunda 1.0680 15.30 16.37
AQ6 Ambalamedu 4.0042 26.00 30.00
AQ7 Vadavukod 1.6526 15.70 17.35
Table 4-16: Annual Average Incremental Concentrations of pollutants
Annual Average Incremental Concentration (µg/m 3)
Location No.
Receptors PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NO2
AQ1 Brahmapuram 0.0302 0.0122 0.1424 0.3947
AQ2 Kakkanad 0.0213 0.0086 0.0968 0.2527
AQ3 Tudiyar 0.0288 0.0116 0.1338 0.3615
AQ4 Karimukal 0.0220 0.0089 0.1008 0.2664
AQ5 Pinarmunda 0.0122 0.0049 0.0546 0.1376
AQ6 Ambalamedu 0.0591 0.0239 0.2552 0.6036
AQ7 Vadavukod 0.0198 0.0080 0.0857 0.2029
The 1st highest 24 hour and annual average incremental concentrations for PM10, PM2.5, SO2
and NO2 for the sensitive receptors in the study area are given in Table 4-11.
Table 4-17: 1st 24-hour Average and Annual Average Incremental Concentration of
Sensitive Receptors
Annual Average Incremental
1st 24 Hour Average Incremental
Location Receptors Concentration
Concentration (µg/m3)
No. (µg/m3)
PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NO2 PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NO2
S1 Hill Palace Museum 0.1026 0.0414 0.4659 1.2133 0.0080 0.0032 0.0357 0.0897
S2 Vembanad Lake 0.0729 0.0294 0.3332 0.8774 0.0043 0.0017 0.0191 0.0484
4.4.2.7 Isopleths
The Isopleths (Pertaining to Scenario 1) for 1st incremental 24-hour Average Concentration of
all the parameters due to the emissions from Point sources for Kochi Waste to Energy plant
for design conditions are given in Figure 4-4 to Figure 4-7.

Page 4-18
Kakkanad Pinarmunda
Tudiyur Karimukal
Brahmapuram Ambalamedu
Vadavukod
Vembanad Lake
Hill Palace Museum
Figure 4-4: Isopleth for 1st 24-Hr Average Incremental Concentration of PM10
Kakkanad Pinarmunda
Tudiyur Karimukal
Brahmapuram
Ambalamedu
Vadavukod
Vembanad Lake
Hill Palace Museum
Figure 4-5: Isopleth for 1st 24-Hr Average Incremental Concentration of PM2.5

Page 4-19
Kakkanad Pinarmunda
Karimukal
Tudiyur
Brahmapuram
Ambalamedu
Vadavukod
Vembanad Lake
Hill Palace Museum
Figure 4-6: Isopleth for 1st 24-Hr Average Incremental Concentration of SO2
Kakkanad Pinarmunda
Karimukal
Tudiyur
Brahmapuram
Ambalamedu
Vadavukod
Vembanad Lake
Hill Palace Museum
Figure 4-7: Isopleth for 1st 24-Hr Average Incremental Concentration of NO2

Page 4-20
4.4.2.8 Observations at Receptors

The 1st highest 24 hour average and resultant concentrations of PM10, PM2.5, SO2 and NO2
for AAQ monitoring receptors locations are found to be well within the National Ambient Air
Quality Standards (NAAQS), 2009 for the entire scenarios considered.Also, Annual average
for PM10, PM2.5, SO2 and NO2 for AAQ monitoring receptors locations are found to be well
within the National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS), 2009 for the entire scenarios
considered except PM10 at two locations namely Kakkanad, Tudiyur, as the baseline air
quality itself exceeded the standard. It is pertinent to mention that the annual predicted
incremental concentration at Kakkanad, Tudiyur due to the proposed waste to Energy Plant
is 0.0069 and 0.0096 µg/m3 (Scenario - 1) respectively. Considering the other immense
benefits interms of Improvements in Hygienic conditions, Reduction in Green House
Emissions, Carbon Footprint, Benefits to adjoining municipalities, Reduction in Land fill,
Health benefits and Reduction in other Air/Soil/Water Contamination etc., the impact due to
little increase in Annual PM10 concentration need not to be considered as significant.
Kerala State Pollution Control Board (KSPCB) has issued Consent to Establishment under
Section 21 of the Air (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 vide Consent No.:
PCB/HO/EKM-2/ICE/04/2018 dated 30.08.2018 for taking up construction/development work
of the proposed site and is given as Appendix M. Also, stack height approval from Airports
Authority of India (AAI) is given as Appendix N.
Also, incremental concentration at the sensitive receptors is well below the National Ambient
Air Quality Standards (NAAQS), 2009.

 Adequate air pollution control measures shall be provided before commissioning of the
industry. Additional facilities required, if any, to achieve the standards laid down by the
statutory authority shall also be made along with.
 As the waste delivered gives off very unpleasant odour, Odour control system is
proposed for the waste reception building with wood chip filtration process.
 Ambient air quality monitoring shall be carried out regularly at selected locations in the
predicted maximum impact zone in order to check and compare the predicted
concentrations with the measured concentrations.
 Provision of avenue plantation along the roads and greenbelt development along the
layout boundary
 Provisions of adequate green buffers between facilities and utilities/common areas
 All the vehicles and other equipment will be periodically checked to ensure compliance to
the emission standards.
 Kochi Waste to Energy Plant can reduce its carbon footprint by ensuring energy
consumption is kept at the minimum operating level.
4.4.2.10 Air Pollution Control Measures proposed in the plant

The flue gas duct system consists of all ducts required for transporting flue gas from the
gasifier/boiler to the reactor, from the Reactor to the dust filter, from the dust filter to the ID-
fan and from the ID-fan to the stack. Flue gas cleaning and pollution control consists of urea
injection for De-NOX known as Selective Non-Catalytic Reduction (SNCR), hydrated lime
injection for acid gas neutralisation, and activated carbon powder injection for absorption and
removal of heavy metals, dioxins, VOC and other harmful substances. The Bag filter modular
is designed to have the capacity to remove sub-micron dust particles by having a blowing off

Page 4-21
line capability and keeping within anticipated emission level of the waste incineration
directive.
lime
Item 3 – Hydrated Lime
Item 1 – Urea Injection Item 2 – Active Carbon Injection
Injection
To control emission of NOx gases into the Active carbon is used as an adsorption Lime is used to control the
atmosphere a Selective Non-Catalytic material to ensure the capture of dioxins, levels of acidity and aid the
Reduction (SNCR) injection system is volatile organic compounds (VOCs), capture of Hydrogen Chloride
installed. The SNCR system injects urea furans and heavy metals vapours such as (HCI), Sulphur Dioxide (SOx)
solution into the gas stream, which breaks (cadmium, thallium, mercury, tin, arsenic, and Hydrogen Fluoride (HF)
down to form ammonia, and reacts with the lead, chromium, copper, cobalt,
NOx gases in the combustion gas stream to manganese, nickel, vanadium etc.)
form nitrogen, carbon dioxide and water.
The injection of urea into the gas stream
occur between 760°C and 1090°C and is
injected into the flue gas outlet from the
primary combustion chamber.
Item 4 - Bag House Filter Item 5 – Recirculating Flue Gas  Item 6 - CEMS
Downstream of the injection of Active Approximately 50% of the flue gas The Continuous Emission
Carbon and Lime. The fabric filter captures generated is not released, it is returned to Monitoring System (CEMS)
fine particulates, heavy metals, dioxins and the gasifier. This reduces the amount of continually sends a signal to
furans which cannot pass through the filter. fresh air being drawn in to the system the Distribution Control
which results in less atmospheric nitrogen System (DCS)
APC and Fly ash from both the Boiler and being added to the gasification process
the Bag House filter is removed by a rotary and this in turn aids the reduction of the If the flue gas is outside of
valve and conveyed to a storage receiver. formation of NOx. An added benefit is the the set parameters, the DCS
use of the returned flue gas also helps to will increase/reduce the
ensure the combustion sections are held injection of the various flue
at the correct operational temperature, this gas cleaning chemicals. If
ensures the likelihood of the generation of this fails to correct the
dioxins and furans is greatly reduced problem, the main Control
System will complete a
controlled shutdown of the
plant.

 Manual segregation and removal of Chlorinated Plastic and other elements unsuitable for
thermal treatment
 Temperature control within combustion/gasification chambers (always above 850 0C)
reduces the manufacture of dioxins and furans
 Multiple combustion/gasification chambers support the complete molecular breakdown
and conversion to gas of all inserted materials

Page 4-22
BAG FILTERS:
The dust laden air and gas enters the filter in a controlled manner at low velocity around the
top of the bag area via ducting from the reactor tower. The air passes through the filter
media, depositing dust on the outside of the bag. The cleaned air passes inside the bag to
the clean air chamber at the top of the unit. The filter is cleaned by a blast of compressed air
into the open bag aperture. Reverse Jet Filter x 6 module. The casing of the filter would be
manufactured from 5 mm mild steel sheet, suitably stiffened to withstand the required
suction. The whole unit would be supported on a structure complete with access ladder and
hand railing.
It is proposed that the gas inlet and outlet are on opposite sides of the bag filter to mitigate
any risk of filter bypass.
The filter will encompass all the latest design features of the modern Dust Reverse Jet filter.
 High Dust Loading Capabilities
 Blowing offline capacity
 Zones modules for bag replacement on line
 Efficient Internal, Velocity Control
 Improved Filter Bag Design Life
 Baffled Inlet Bag Protection
 Digitally Controlled Programmable Cleaning cycle
 Generous spacing to avoid gases, re-entrainment problems
 Snap-band filter Seal
 Quick release jet tube clamping arrangement
 Manifold Access, complete with quick release doors
Reaction Tower:
A Filter Reaction Tower is located after the economiser & before the bag filter, this unit is
designed to allow a reduced passage velocity of the gasses to allow for a slower reaction,
this unit also contains suitable clean-out access doors plus injection points for hydrated lime
or sodium bicarbonate and activated Carbon.
The reactor system comprises an inlet plenum, a venturi and a riser section. Flue gas is led
through the venturi via the inlet plenum, and into the reactor. In the reactor the pollutants are
removed by chemical reactions with the injected lime. The only purpose of the inlet plenum is
to ensure proper distribution of the flue gas in the venturi. This is done by means of guide
vanes placed in the inlet. In the venturi the cross section of the duct is narrowed in order to
increase the linear flue gas velocity. A dual fluid nozzle is installed in the venturi, and through
this nozzle fresh lime and PAC are dosed into the riser section.
The main part of the flue gas treatment takes place in the riser section due to the intimate
contact between the lime and the flue gas. In this section the lime reacts with the acid
constituents in the flue gases, thus capturing and neutralising them. Because of the very
large reaction surface provided by the Bag Filter, the contact between the lime and the acid
constituents in the flue gas is very efficient, and the degree of acid removal correspondingly
high.
The chemistry in the riser section and bag filter leading to elimination of the acid constituents
is simplified in the following reactions:
2HCI + Ca(OH)2 = CaCl2+ 2H2O
2HF + Ca(OH)2 = CaF2 = 2H2O

Page 4-23
SO2 + Ca(OH)2 = CaSO2 + H2O

CaSO3 + ½O2 = CaSO4 (approx. 10% of removed SO2)
The solids-containing flue gas is led from the reactor to a dust filter. The dust filter provides a
large surface area for contact between the acid gases and sorbant injected
Stack:
A stack of 57 m height (Above Ground Level) with twin flue will be provided to get the better
dispersion of Flue gas in the environment.
Flue Gas Recirculation:
Flue gas recirculation is an important factor in the gasification process. Flue-gas recirculation
to the combustion chamber reduces local hot spots and helps maintain a steady combustion
temperature around 900-950°C. CFD modelling and academic research indicated that NOx
concentrations can be reduced typically by 30-50% via flue-gas recirculation.
Selective Non-Catalytic Reduction (SNCR):
Selective non-catalytic reduction (SNCR) using urea solution to remove the remaining NO x in
the flue gas – this is effected in the end of the final stage of the combustion chamber.
Other aspects to be ensured:
 The above mentioned suitably designed pollution control devices shall be installed or
retrofitted with the gasification to achieve the emission limits as stipulated in SWM rule,
2016.
 Waste to be gasified shall not be chemically treated with any chlorinated disinfectants.
 Chlorinated plastics shall not be placed into the gasifier.
2016, the ash shall be sent to Nearest TSDF
 Only low sulphur fuel like LDO, LSHS, Diesel, bio-mass, coal, LNG, CNG, RDF and bio-
gas shall be used as fuel in Combustion. In this current proposal Natural Gas is proposed
to be used.
 The CO2 concentration in tail gas shall not be less than 7%.
 All the facilities in twin chamber gasifiers shall be designed to achieve a minimum
temperature of 8500C in secondary combustion chamber and with a gas residence time
in secondary combustion chamber not less than 2 (two) seconds.
 Gasification plants shall be operated (combustion chambers) with such temperature,
retention time and turbulence, as to achieve total Organic carbon (TOC) content in the
slag and bottom ashes less than 3%, or their loss on ignition is less than 5% of the dry
weight.
4.4.2.11 Odour Control

pleasant natural tree scent odour is released in its place. This has ensured that the issue of
odours have been addressed where ever possible. The details are provided in the Section
2.6.19.4 Chapter 2.

Page 4-24
4.5 Nosie Environment

Generally, the activities which tend to impact the air environment also equally impact the
noise levels.

Construction activities increase ambient noise levels. There would be impact on noise levels
due to the following:
 Vehicles transporting construction material
 Handling of construction material
 Diesel run engines of construction machinery such as excavation machines, concrete
mixer etc.,
 Welding and cutting operation of metal
 Pile driving activities during construction of heavy structure
Noise is an inherent part of construction activity and response of species / communities
would be either attracted or diverted away from the region. Noise generated from diesel
engines etc. could result in movement of mobile faunal species away from area of operation.
The present site is within the continuum of the Ambalamugal industrial cluster and adjacent
to Brahmapuram Diesel Power Plant and Waste processing and dumping site and already
acclimatised with these activities.
Noise generated from construction activities will be predominantly confined within the project
site area and will impact construction workers at site. Impacts due to these activities would
be short-term in nature and localised.

The following mitigation measures will be followed to minimise the noise generation and the
associated impacts:
 Exercise of route selection as well as measures such as traffic regulation, timings of
transportation, etc. will be followed to avoid congested built up areas
 During construction, noise levels will be maintained below threshold levels stipulated by
Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) by selecting appropriate equipment, machinery
and using enclosures. Procurement of machinery/construction equipment will be done in
accordance with specifications conforming to source noise levels less than 75 dB (A)
 Only well-maintained construction equipment; which meets the regulatory standards for
source noise levels, will be used. Any equipment producing high noise, wherever
possible, will be oriented so that the noise is directed away from sensitive receptors
 Noise attenuation will be practised for noisy equipment by employing suitable techniques
such as acoustic controls, insulation and vibration dampers. The attenuation devices will
be properly maintained throughout the construction period
 High noise generating activities such as blasting, piling and drilling will not be scheduled
during night time to minimise noise impacts
 Time bound noisy construction activities will be carried out; so as to avoid concurrent
effect from the construction site
 Personnel exposed to noise levels beyond threshold limits will be provided with protective
gears such as earplugs, muffs, etc. especially construction personnel involved in pile
driving operations. Rotation of personnel will also be adopted
 Temporary noise barriers will be used to break the propagation of sound from the
construction site

Page 4-25
 Periodic maintenance of the equipment to be used in the developmental works will be

carried out. Worn out parts will be replaced and rotating parts will be lubricated to
minimise noise emissions
 Ambient noise levels will be monitored at regular intervals during construction phase of
the project
 All haul roads (for truck transport and other vehicles) within the boundary and outside will
be sealed and maintained properly to avoid excessive noise levels from Engine
acceleration and deceleration
 Drivers need to be captioned or trained to avoid frequent horning unless otherwise it is
required and educated for Silent zones and off hours between midnight and 6 am
 Poorly trained drivers who have the habit of horning at frequent intervals even if not
required, even in front of Silence zones and even in sleeping hours in the midnight will
not be employed
 Adequate PPE for noise mitigation need to be used for labours that are exposed to high
noise.
4.5.1.2 Impact due to Vibration

During the construction activities, vibrations may be envisaged. The vibrations could be
result of activities like excavation, piling and movement of heavy equipment, etc.
4.5.1.3 Vibration – Mitigation Measures

 The machinery equipped with latest vibration-reduction technology shall minimise the
vibrations
 The effects of vibrations will be minimised by ensuring construction works take place
during daytime and weekdays

During the operation phase, noise might be generated due to industrial activities involved in
handling, transporting, processing of solid waste or RDF and generation of electricity and
same will be felt upon work personnel and nearby settlements. Impacts are evaluated
qualitatively taking into consideration the noise generating sources together with
environmental conditions and the receptors in the project influence area.
Major sources of noise generation in the proposed Waste to Energy (WtE) plant are
handling, transporting, processing of solid waste or RDF and generation of electricity units
during operational phase and are classified into two categories:
 Stationary sources due to operation of heavy duty machinery at the project site like Fuel
handling and feeding systems, Gasification Systems, Boiler and steam generation
system, Steam turbine generator, Flue gas cleaning systems, Compressors, Pumps,
Cooling Towers, Ancillary equipment including hydraulics, compressed air supply etc.
 Mobile sources corresponding to mainly vehicular traffic for staff mobilization, solid waste
transportation etc.
Vibrations are expected to be generated by various activities associated with the proposed
units during operational phase. The impact of vibrations beyond the site would be negligible
during normal operation phase. However, the impacts on workers engaged in the plant area
would be considerable due to occupational exposure.

Page 4-26

 The major noise generating equipment will be enclosed in an acoustic enclosure
designed for an insertion loss of 25 dB (A) and silencers to other equipment etc
 Major noise generating equipment will be designed with 85 dB (A) ensuring cumulative
noise at 1.0 m remains at 85 dB (A)
 The occupational noise exposure to the workers in the form of eight hour timely weighted
average will be maintained well within the prescribed Occupational Safety and Health
Administration (OSHA) standard limits
 Acoustic silencers will be provided in equipment wherever necessary
 Acoustic design with sound proof glass panelling will be provided for critical operator
cabins / control rooms of individual modules as well as central control facilities
 Use of personal protective devices such as ear-muffs, ear plugs, etc. will be strictly
enforced for the workers engaged in high noise areas
 Periodic maintenance of the equipment to be used in the developmental works will be
carried out. Worn out parts will be replaced and rotating parts will be lubricated to
minimise noise emissions
 Implementation of greenbelt for noise attenuation will be undertaken: shrub plantation;
landscaping with horticulture; and Tree plantation at vehicle parking areas and along
approach roads
 Ambient noise levels will be monitored at regular intervals during operational phase of the
project
 Low vibration generating machines/equipment will be selected to meet international
standards and foundations will be so designed to minimise vibrations and secured
properly
 Vibration generating sources and their platforms should be maintained properly to
minimize vibrations and related impacts.
 Various standards pertaining to vibrations are formulated by statutory bodies like Bureau
of Indian Standards (BIS), which is being practiced would be continued to mitigate the
workers’ health effects due to vibrations
 Vibration dampers shall be provided around the source of generation
 Transportation Management Plan will be prepared and the transportation of MSW will be
planned in line with the same
4.6 Solid Waste Management
4.6.1 Potential Impact due to Construction
4.6.1.1 Impact due to Solid Waste Generation

Solid waste is likely to be generated in significant amount during the construction phase of
the development. Appropriate measures therefore need to be taken to cater for the adequate
disposal of such solid wastes. Improper solid waste disposal may also lead to skin diseases.
Moreover solid waste will attract vermins, rats and deteriorate the general aspect of the site
and its surroundings. Organic wastes will comprise mainly of domestic refuse like food and
garden debris such as fallen leaves. During the construction phase, the inorganic waste likely
to be generated will include:
 Concrete rubbles and blocks  Blocks, rocks, boulders
 Cement sheets  Broken tiles, glass debris
 Wooden and metallic beams  Metal debris, cans and tins
 Paper, plastic, cartons  Wood, straw and timber remains

Page 4-27
Organic waste generated during the construction stage will be minimal and shall include
leaves, branches, food consumed by workers on site.
Poor construction procedures that generate excessive wastes increase construction costs
and results in disposal of otherwise valuable resources. The solid waste generated during
construction phase may impact soil quality, water quality and public health if not regulated
properly. Appropriate measures therefore need to be taken to cater for the adequate disposal
of solid wastes generated during construction phase of the project.

 Construction waste shall be collected and segregated between concreted, soil and others
 Construction waste shall not be mixed with other waste (such as solid waste) and is
stored and disposed separately
 No littering or deposition of Construction waste so as to prevent obstruction to the traffic
or the public or drains
 Construction waste will be re-used within Project site for filling of low lying areas. Other
wastes which can be re-cycled will be sold through approved KSPCB vendors or used as
an aggregate for the manufacturing of value added products like blocks. bricks etc.
 Excavated soil will be stockpiled in a corner of the site in bunded area to avoid run off
with storm water
 Excavated stock piled top soil will be reused for horticultural/ agricultural purposes
 General refuse generated on-site will be collected in waste skips and separated from
construction waste
 A local authorised waste handler will be employed to remove general refuse from the site,
separately from construction waste and municipal wastes, on regular basis to minimise
odour, pest and litter impacts.
 The burning of refuse at construction sites will be prohibited. Appropriate fence should be
used to prevent propagation of the debris via strong winds
4.6.1.3 Hazardous Material Management

 Hazardous materials such as lubricants, paints, compressed gases, and varnishes etc.,
will be stored as per the prescribed/approved safety norms.
 Hazardous wastes will be disposed through approved KSPCB vendors.
 Hazardous materials will be stored as per prescribed safety norms in locations with
restricted entry and with fire-fighting facilities
4.6.2.1 Impact due to Solid Waste Generation

the characteristics of the MSW analysed is 10.95% of the RDF feed i.e., for 292 TPD of RDF
use, GJEPPL mix it with the bottom ash stream and use it in the re-manufacturing area. If the
concentration of toxic metals in Gasifier ash exceeds the limits specified Schedule II: List of
waste constituents with concentration limits (leachable concentration limits) in the Hazardous
and Other Waste (Management and Trans boundary Movement) Rules, 2016, the ash shall
be sent to Nearest TSDF

Page 4-28
The inert other than metals and alloys having no CV value obtained from material recovery
facility (MRF) is blended with the Bottom Ash to produce re-engineered materials (aggregate)
which can be used in manufacture of bricks, paver block, tiles and other value added
products.
The quantity of waste generated from canteen and administrative areas is estimated about
100 kg/day, of which 60% will be bio-degradable and 40% non- biodegradable. The same will
be utilised in the waste processing facility.
Other than this there will be generation of hazardous and non-hazardous wastes generated
due to operations of Waste to Energy (WtE) plant such as sludge, used & waste oil slurry,
batteries etc. are the source of hazardous waste. Apart from those listed, E-waste is also
expected to be generated in Waste to Energy (WtE) plant.
4.6.2.2 Solid Waste Management during Operation Phase

Batteries Waste
Storage:
Even used batteries can have some electric energy remaining. A short-circuit could cause a
fire; the battery could fall over and crack resulting in an electrolyte leak; or an open flame
could ignite the gas remaining inside the storage battery and cause an explosion. To prevent
these incidents, batteries should be stored where they cannot be tampered with and care
should be taken to prevent their falling.
Particularly when the batteries are stacked, do not place the batteries or the pallet directly on
the items sticking out of the top of the batteries such as the terminals, vent plugs and catalyst
plugs to protect the batteries from short-circuit and damage. To prevent soil contamination,
the floor should be waterproof construction and the batteries should be protected from the
rain. If storage batteries are already broken and are expected to leak electrolyte, they should
be stored in a container to prevent the electrolyte from escaping.
Information regarding the handling in case of accidents:
All personnel must be informed in advance about what to do in the event that electrolyte gets
in the eyes or on the skin or spills on the road or on a vehicle (have neutralising agents on
hand etc.)
Used batteries will be collected, stored and transported to authorised recyclers to ensure that
used batteries are disposed in a proper manner.
Hazardous and Other Waste
 Temporary storage facility shall be provided within the Premises
 Storage period of not more than 90 days and records of the same shall be maintained
 Necessary measures in the Temporary Storage Areas:
o Storage area shall be designed to withstand the load of material stocked and any
damage from the material spillage.
o Storage area shall be provided with flameproof electrical fittings and it will be strictly
adhered to.
o Automatic smoke, heat detection system shall be provided in the sheds. Adequate fire
fighting systems shall be provided for the storage area, along with the areas in the
facility.
o Loading and unloading of wastes in storage sheds will only be done under the
supervision of the well trained and experienced staff.

Page 4-29
o Fire break of at least 4 meter between two blocks of stacked drums shall be provided
in the storage shed. One block of drum should not exceed 300 MT of waste.
o Minimum of 1 meter clear space shall be left between two adjacent rows of pallets in
pair for inspection.
o The storage and handling shall have at least two routes to escape in the event of any
fire in the area.
o Doors and approaches of the storage area shall be of suitable sizes for entry of fork lift
and firefighting equipment
o The exhaust of the vehicles- used for the purpose of handling, lifting and transportation
within the facility such as forklifts or trucks, will be fitted with the approved type of
spark arrester
o In order to have appropriate measures to prevent percolation of spills, leaks etc. to the
soil and ground water, the storage area will be provided with concrete floor or steel
sheet depending on the characteristics of waste handled and the floor must be
structurally sound and chemically compatible with wastes
o Measures will be taken to prevent entry of runoff into the storage area. The Storage
area shall be designed in such a way that the floor level is at least 150 mm above the
maximum flood level
o The storage area floor will be provided with secondary containment such as proper
slopes as well as collection pit so as to collect wash water and the leakages/spills etc.
o All the storage yards will be provided with proper peripheral drainage system
connected with the sump so as to collect any accidental spills in roads or within the
storage yards as well as accidental flow due to firefighting.
 Necessary measures for the Storage Drums /Containers:
o The container shall be made or lined with the suitable material, which will not react
with, or in other words compatible with the hazardous wastes proposed to be stored.
o The stacking of drums in the storage area shall be restricted to three high on pallets
(wooden frames). Necessary precautionary measures will be taken so as to avoid
stack collapse. However, for waste having flash point less than 65.50 C, the drums will
not be stacked more than one height
o No drums shall be opened in the storage sheds for sampling etc. and such activity will
be done in designated places outside the storage areas
o Drums containing wastes stored in the storage area will be labelled properly indicating
mainly type, quantity, characteristics, source and date of storing etc.
 Transportation to the TSDF Site - The loading of collection vehicles shall take place in
either of the following ways:
o Waste stored in large-capacity tanks are either drained or pumped into collection
vehicles
o Waste stored in sealed drums or sealed containers are loaded by hand or by
mechanical equipment onto trucks
o Loading and unloading operation to ensure no waste spill
o In case of accidental spill all transport vehicles will be equipped with suitable materials
or equipment to contain, manage and remove accidental spillages
E-waste
 It shall be ensured that e-waste generated is channelized through collection center or
dealer of authorized producer or dismantler or recycler or through the designated take
back service provider of the producer to authorized dismantler or recycler
 It shall be ensured to keep the records of e-waste generated and sending out to
authorized agencies

Page 4-30
4.7 Biological Environment

The core area is mostly with coconut, banana, tapioca and rubber plantation. Trees such as
Cocos nucifera (Ten), Artocarpus heterophyllus (Chakka), Artocarpus altilis (Kadachakka),
Ficus benghalensis (Ala) and Mangifera indica(Manga) are distributed all along the north east
and north west side of the project site. No IUCN/IWPA listed flora and fauna are recorded in
the core area.

The impacts caused by construction activities include the following:
 Removal of tree and existing vegetation
 Removal of top soil
 Exhaust emissions from diesel run engines, construction machinery and vehicles
 Dust suspension during site preparation, construction and material transport
 Noise caused by vehicles transporting construction material
 Noise caused by handling of construction materials
 Noise & exhaust emissions from diesel run engines of construction machinery
During construction the transport of construction material will cause dust emission, emission
of exhaust gases from vehicles such as CO2, CO and NOx. The fugitive dust may coat the
leaves of plants and trees. Fauna that occur in the project area and surroundings may be
disturbed by the sound of vehicles, construction and construction equipment.

Spraying of water during handling of construction materials like sand and gravel will minimise
dust emission. Properly maintained vehicles will produce reduced noxious emission. And the
temporary labour camps must have proper sanitation facilities. The impacts caused by
construction to fauna are temporary and not long term and most (if not all) the observed and
documented flora and fauna of the project area will adapt to these impacts.
Impacts on Flora
There are no national parks, wildlife sanctuaries or biosphere reserves within 10 km radius
from the project site.
Baseline status of vegetation clearly suggests that project area is mainly open land mainly
consists of Coconut, Arecanut and mango plantations. The proposed project construction
activities may involve removal or thinning of some vegetation. Under the Greenbelt
development plan suitable species of native tree and herbs will be used for plantations based
on “Guidelines for Developing Greenbelt” published by Central Pollution Control Board
(CPCB) by involving local forest department or local community people.
Impacts on Fauna
In the project area small mammals like Common Indian Mongoose and Little Indian Field
mouse are commonly sighted. Whereas in birds such Cattle Egret, Common Myna, House
crow, White-breasted Kingfisher and Black Kiteare the occasional species which are
encountered during the survey period.
The large scale construction activities in the proposed core area and related roads and
transmission lines would involve movement of vehicle and people, digging of soil, material
loading, and erection of towers and stringing of conductors, etc. will create an impact of the
local nesting birds and arboreal animals by shifting the nesting sites.

Page 4-31
4.7.1.2 Mitigation measures

 Since water canal is running beside the project site, it will be taken utmost precautions
not to do any activities which disturb the natural habitat by dumping solid wastes,
garbage or any other form of material solid or municipal waste, constructing of temporary
construction camps in to the surrounding forest lands. As these aspects are considered,
Project activities will not have any significant impacts on the forest vegetation.
 Preservation of top fertile soil which is used in green belt management
 The dust pollution must be reduced by sprinkling of water on the roads used for vehicular
movement for construction activity
 No construction work during night time will be carried out, which helps the small
mammals, nocturnal birds to move freely
 Passage to waterholes must be safeguarded
 Ensure no pollutants discharged into water bodies, No power lines be laid near or over
water bodies
 Discharge of wastes/wastewater without treatment into the water bodies during the
construction and operation would not be allowed
 Awareness will be given to workers about the importance and conservation of terrestrial
ecology and biodiversity
 It is therefore recommended that power transmission lines shall be laid carefully. It is
suggested that maximum precautions should be taken during construction phase and as
well as during operational phases
 On the periphery of the canal bank and reservoir short term green belt management shall
be raised to improve the green cover. Native perennial shrubs and soil binders such as
perennial grasses shall be planted.

During the Operation phase, movement of vehicles may cause the fauna to flee because of
the noise. In addition to the above; dust from vehicles may be respired by the fauna, if not
handled properly.

It is proposed that all the vehicles in handling the goods will conform to Pollution under
Control (PUC) norms and vehicles will be driven on paved surface throughout the access
road.
 Dust suppression, wind break, noise attenuation, prevention of soil erosion and
desertification- Tall and broad leaved plant communities will be selected in green belt
plantation for effective mitigation of the impact
 The dust pollution must be reduced by sprinkling of water on the roads used for vehicular
movement for construction activity.
 Planting fruit/flower bearing trees to attract small mammals and local bird on the green
belt plantation at site
 Erection of artificial nests for hole nesting birds in the site as well as surrounding areas

Page 4-32
Chapter 5
Analysis of Alternatives
Chapter 5. Analysis of Alternatives

5.1 Site Alternatives
the present site at Brahamapuram was finalized.
The following are advantages of selected site:
 Abutting existing Brahamapuram MSW facility and hence no new route requirement for
transport of MSW
 The site is more than 100 meter away from river, 200 meter from Pond Highway,
Habitations, Public Parks and land fill location is more than 200 m from water supply
wells and 18 km away from Airport and 11 km from Naval Airbase
 No CRZ areas
 No critically habitat area within 10 km. Mangalavanam Bird Sanctuary is >10.0 km
 Land is under possession with KMC and is allotted to GJ ECO Power Private Limited
 No Rehabilitation &Resettlement is required
 Improve the Environmental Quality of Greater Kochi Industrial Area (Ambalamughal)
5.2 Waste Processing Technologies Alternatives
5.2.1 Incinerators
The typical waste incineration facility flow chart is shown on Figure 5-1.
Figure 5-1: Waste Incineration Facility

The following operations are involved in the waste incineration facility:
Chapter 5Analysis of Alternatives

Page 5-1
 Waste storage and feed preparation;

 Combustion in a furnace, producing hot gases and a bottom ash residue for disposal;
 Gas temperature reduction, frequently involving heat recovery via steam generation;
 Treatment of the cooled gas to remove air pollutants, and disposal of residuals from this
treatment process, and
 Dispersion of the treated gas to the atmosphere through an induced-draft fan and stack.
There are many variations to the incineration process, but these unit operations are common
to most facilities. The usual process entails the common waste storage, waste staging, feed
preparation and feeding practices for municipal solid-waste, hazardous-waste, and medical-
waste incinerators. These practices are highly waste-and facility-specific.
Proper design and operation of these “front-end” plant operations are important for several
reasons:
 While the plant is operating, the potential for worker exposure to hazardous materials is
the greatest in this part of the facility. Without appropriate engineered and administrative
controls, including personnel protective equipment, operators can be exposed to
hazardous dust and vapours;
 This part of the plant is the highest potential source of fugitive dust and vapour emissions
to the environment, and the greatest potential fire hazard, and
 Without proper waste preparation and feeding, the furnace combustion performance may
be impaired.
For one or more of the reasons above the incineration process was disregarded as a
possible solution for the Kochi project.
5.2.2 Anaerobic Digestion

Anaerobic digestion is the natural breakdown of organic materials into methane and carbon
dioxide gas and fertiliser. This takes place naturally, or in an anaerobic digester. A typical
anaerobic digester is a sealed vessel, or series of vessels, in which bacteria act without
oxygen. The organic material contents need to be fully mixed and warmed, usually to blood
temperature. Biogas is the name given to the mixture of gases formed during the anaerobic
digestion of organic wastes. Biogas consists of methane (c70%) and carbon dioxide (c30%).
The process is slow and usually unable to deal with large volumes of waste which is not
exclusively food/organic waste matter. High levels of plastics and other non-biodegradable
materials always work against anaerobic digestion. The Anaerobic Digestion process is

Page 5-2
Figure 5-2: Anaerobic Digestion Process

For all the reasons above the Anaerobic Digester process was disregarded as a possible
solution for the Kochi project.
5.2.3 Gasification
Gasification is a process that converts organic or fossil fuel based carbonaceous materials
into carbon monoxide, hydrogen and carbon dioxide. This is achieved by reacting the
material at high temperatures (>800 °C), without combustion, with a controlled amount of
oxygen and/or steam. The resulting gas mixture is called syngas (from synthesis gas or
synthetic gas) or producer gas and is itself a fuel. The power derived from gasification and
combustion of the resultant gas is considered to be a source of renewable energy if the
gasified compounds were obtained from biomass.
The advantage of gasification is that using the syngas is potentially more efficient than direct
combustion of the original fuel because it can be combusted at higher temperatures or even
in fuel cells, so that the thermodynamic upper limit to the efficiency defined by Carnot's rule is
higher or (in case of fuel cells) not applicable.
Gasification can also begin with material which would otherwise have been disposed of such
as biodegradable waste. In addition, the high-temperature process refines out corrosive ash
elements such as chloride and potassium, allowing clean gas production from otherwise
problematic fuels. Gasification of fossil fuels is currently widely used on industrial scales to
generate electricity.
It is for this reason that the Biomass Power Ltd Gasification technology was selected
as the technology of choice for the Kochi project.
A detailed investigation of the gasification processes currently available resulted in the
selection of a system designed and manufactured by a company called Biomass Power Ltd
(BPL) of Stafford, England. The system was tailor made for the kind of RDF fuel which could
be made from the waste streams collected in the Kochi area

Page 5-3
5.3 “No Project” Scenario

Scientific management of municipal solid waste is one of challenges being faced in Kochi.
SWM Rule 2016 also states that “only the non-usable, non-recyclable, non-biodegradable,
non-combustible and non-reactive inert waste and pre-processing rejects and residues from
waste processing facilities to go to sanitary landfill”.In compliance to the provisions of the
said rules, Kerala State and KMC has taken a serious view and considers it imperative to
minimize the wastes going to landfill through processing of MSW using appropriate
technologies. The processing will not only generate revenue and new products from waste,
but also improve public health and quality of life of people.
Accordingly this Waste to Energy Project is proposed with Gasification technology with all
essential pollution abatement measures at next to the existing waste facility in
Kunnathunadu Taluk, Ernakulam District.
If this project is not taken up, then
 Accumulation of waste at places, roads and public places with waste litters, polluted
water bodies, stagnant contaminants, eutrophication of lakes and water ways etc.,
adversely affects the aesthetic appearances and hygienic environment.
 The extremely bad “Odour issue: in the region will remain
 The people of this area will suffer from various diseases or Increase in Health issues
 Effect on Tourism and related activities
 With more and more dumping of waste, the situation will be worsening year after year
 Possibility of more and more Fire incidents at existing dumping area which happen
recently.
 Increase in Green House Emissions & it’s environmental benefits
 Increase in Land fill
 Increase in Air/Soil/Water Contamination
A ‘no project’ scenario would lead to magnification of the problems related to waste handling
and management. It will lead to development of unhygienic conditions in the area due to
unplanned accumulation of waste and shall become breeding grounds for mosquitoes and
other indirect health hazards. With high organic content, the municipal waste is highly
putrescible and tends to decompose rapidly and unless carefully controlled, decomposes
with the production of unpleasant odour which will lead to pollution and contamination.
Hence, this alternative is undesirable.

Page 5-4
Chapter 6
Environmental Monitoring
Programme
Chapter 6. Environmental Monitoring Programme

In this chapter, environmental monitoring programme for the proposed GJEPPL Waste to
Energy Plant is formulated. Environmental Monitoring Programme is an important component
during environmental management of the project. The institutional mechanism to implement
the planned mitigation and monitoring measures during all stages of the project is discussed
in Chapter 9. The project management especially the Environmental Management Cell
(EMC) (described in Chapter 9) should always go for a rational approach with regards to
environmental monitoring. This includes judicious decision making in consultation with
institutional stakeholders e.g Kerala Pollution Control Board (KSPCB) or reputed
environmental consultants for appropriate changes in the monitoring strategy, i.e., changes
in the sampling frequency, sampling location, monitoring parameters and any new/additional
requirements.
6.1 Environmental Monitoring Programme

The following are the main objectives of the environmental monitoring program:
 Ensure complete recycle/ reuse of treated wastewater from Wastewater Treatment
System (Microbial Soil Based Reed Bed (MSR))
 Provide information for documentation of monitoring of mitigation measures and impacts
 Tool for the statutory authority of unanticipated adverse impacts or sudden changes in
the environmental condition due to the proposed project
 Provides information that could be used for evaluating the effectiveness of implemented
mitigation measures
 Provides information that could be used to verify predicted impacts and thus validate
impact prediction techniques
 The efficacy of the mitigation measures being followed during construction and
operational phases can be assessed and the measures can be revised, made more
stringent and reinforced based on the monitoring results
 Environmental Monitoring can also serve a basic component of a periodic environmental
regulatory auditing program for the proposed project
 Coordination with local bodies with regards to solid waste management
The following programme as detailed in the Table 6-1 for construction as well as operation
phases shall be implemented by GJEPPL authority. Besides the monitoring, the compliances
to all environmental clearance conditions and regular permits from KSPCB/SEIAA, KL shall
be monitored and reported periodically. The likely significant impacts and mitigation
measures will also be monitored.
The environmental attributes to be monitored during construction and operational phases of
the project, specific description along with technical details of environmental monitoring
including the monitoring parameters, methodology, sampling locations and frequency of
monitoring are presented in Table 6-1 .
Chapter 6Environmental Monitoring Programme

Page 6-1
Table 6-1: Environmental Monitoring Programme

Environmental Parameters to be Frequency of
No. of Sampling Locations Standards Methods for Sampling & Analysis Compliance
Attributes monitored Monitoring
Construction Phase
PM10, PM2.5, SO2,
NO2, CO, O3, Pb, National Ambient Air Quality
NH3, C6H6, BaP, Once a month As per standard methods of measurement as Standards released during
As, Ni, and VOCs during construction suggested in NAAQS (2009). November, 2009 is given as
Seven (07) Appendix O
 Project site/Brahmapuram
Special Parameters:  Kakkanad
HCl, Total Organic
 Tudiyur
Air Quality Carbon, HF, Total
 Karimukal
dioxins and furans,
 Pinarmunda
Cd + Th + their
 Ambalamedu Sampling and analysis by using standard Shall be used as a baseline data
compounds, Hg and Half yearly Once
 Vadavukod methods during Operation Phase.
its compounds and
Sb + As + Pb + Cr +
Co + Cu
+ Mn + Ni + V + their
compounds
Eight (08)
 Project site
 Kakkanad
 Tudiyur National Ambient Noise
Day and night noise  Karimukal Once a month
Noise Levels Portable hand-held noise level meter. Standards is given as Appendix
levels during construction
 Ambalamedu P
 Mapranam
 Irumbanam
 Brahmapuram
Groundwater (05) IS10500:2012 drinking water
 Project site standards for Groundwater is
Physical, Chemical  Ambalamedu given as Appendix Q
Once a Four Sampling and analysis by using standard
Water Quality and Biological  Karimukal
months methods.
 Mapranam Designated Best Use
 Irumbanam Classification of Inland Surface
Surface water (06) Water of National Rivers
Page 6-2

 Kadambarayar Upstream Conservation Directorate,
 Stream Connecting MoEF&CC for Surface Water is
Kadambarayar N given as Appendix R
 Chitrapuzha Ar
 Chitrapuzha River
 Ambalamedu Lake
 Water Body South of Project
Site
Six (06)
Soil texture, type,  Project site
electrical  Karimukal Baseline data, Soil standards by
Once a year during Collection and analysis of samples as per IS
Soil conductivity, pH,  Ambalamedu Indian Council of Agricultural
construction 2720
infiltration, porosity,  Mapranam Research is given as Appendix S
etc.,  Irumbanam
 Brahmapuram
Wind speed, wind
Hourly
direction, rainfall,
Meteorology Project Site measurement IMD/CPCB manual -
temperature,
during construction
humidity.
Drinking Water supply Source
Drinking Water Physical, Chemical IS10500:2012 drinking water
within Project Site (at Construction Periodic Grab Sampling and Analysis
Supply and Biological standards
Site if any)
One (01)
Groundwater Once a year during
Ground water level  Project site (Near Inert Standard methods -
Table construction
Landfill)
Operation Phase
PM10, PM2.5, SO2, Seven (07) National Ambient Air Quality
NO2, CO, O3, Pb,  Project site/Brahmapuram As per standard methods of measurement as
Weekly Twice Standards released during
NH3,C6H6, BaP,  Kakkanad suggested in NAAQS (2009).
November, 2009
As, Ni, and VOCs
 Tudiyur
Air Quality Special Parameters: Once in Three
 Karimukal Shall be compared with baseline
HCl, Total Organic Months.
 Pinarmunda Sampling and analysis by using standard data proposed to be generated as
Carbon, HF, Total (frequency may be
 Ambalamedu methods a part of Construction Phase
dioxins and furans, increased based on
 Vadavukod monitoring
Cd + Th + their the concentration

Page 6-3

compounds, Hg and levels reported if
its compounds and any in consultation
Sb + As + Pb + Cr + with KSPCB over
Co + Cu period of time)
+ Mn + Ni + V + their
Compounds and
Odour
Particulates, HCI,
SO2, CO, Total
Organic Carbon, HF
NOx (NO and NO2
expressed as NO2),
Standards for Incineration as
Total dioxins and
Each Flue of the Stacks shall be Periodic/Continuous Standard Stack emission monitoring and stipulated in the SWM Rule, 2016
Stack Emissions furans, Cd + Th +
Monitored by using CEMS. analysis methods by using CEMS is given as Appendix T
their compounds, Hg
and its compounds
and Sb + As + Pb +
Cr + Co + Cu + Mn +
Ni + V+ their
compounds
Emission limits for new diesel
PM10, PM2.5, SO2,
DG Stack Standard Stack emission monitoring and engine up to and more than 800
NO2, NMHC (as C) At Emergency DG sets Stack Periodic
Monitoring analysis methods kW for generator set is given as
and CO
Appendix U.
Ten (10)
 Project site (03) locations
namely waste reception area,
bio mining area and BTG
area.
Day and night noise  Kakkanad National Ambient Noise
Noise Levels  Tudiyur Once a month Portable hand-held noise level meter.
levels Standards
 Karimukal
 Ambalamedu
 Mapranam
 Irumbanam
 Brahmapuram
Page 6-4

Groundwater (05)
 Project site
 Ambalamedu
 Karimukal
 Mapranam IS10500, 2012 drinking water
standards for Groundwater
 Irumbanam
Physical, Chemical
Surface water (06)
and Biological Once a Three Sampling and analysis by using standard Designated Best Use
Water Quality  Kadambarayar Upstream
months methods. Classification of Inland Surface
 Stream Connecting Water of National Rivers
Kadambarayar N Conservation Directorate,
 Chitrapuzha Ar MoEF&CC for Surface Water
 Chitrapuzha River
 Ambalamedu Lake
 Water Body South of Project
Site
Six (06)
Soil texture, type,  Project site
electrical  Karimukal
Collection and analysis of samples as per IS
Soil conductivity, pH,  Ambalamedu Once a year Baseline data
2720
infiltration, porosity,  Mapranam
etc.,  Irumbanam
 Brahmapuram
Wind speed, wind
direction, rainfall, Hourly
Meteorology Project Site IMD/CPCB manual -
temperature, measurement
humidity.
Shall be based on the Treated
 REED BED Treatment
water reuse applications
System Inlet
requirements. As portion of water
 REED BED Treatment
Treated Wastewater Physical, Chemical Sampling and analysis by using standard is proposed to use for Green Belt
System Outlet Daily
Quality and Biological methods. (Land Disposal), the standard for
 UF/RO System Inlet
land disposal as stipulated in the
 UF/RO Treatment System SWM rule is given as Appendix
Outlet V
Drinking Water Physical, Chemical Drinking Water supply Source IS10500:2012 drinking water
Periodic Grab Sampling and Analysis
Supply and Biological within Project Site standards
Page 6-5

One (01)
Groundwater Once a year during
Ground water level  Project site (Near Inert Standard methods -
Table construction
Landfill)
Inert materials One (01)
Heavy Metals and
proposed for Daily Standard Methods -
Landfill
Organic Fractions  Inert Disposal Point
SS, TDiS, pH,
Ammonical N, One (01) To Understand the characteristics
Kjeldahl N, BOD,  Leachate Collection and of the generated leachate.
Once in Three Sampling and analysis by using standard
Leachate Quality COD, Ar, Hg, Pb, Cd, Recirculation System (from However, all the leachate
Months methods.
Cr, Cu, ZN, Ni, CN, Waste Reception + Bio Drying generated will be used at the Bio-
Cl, F and Phenolic Area+ Weigh Bridge area) Drying Area
Compounds
Fugitive Methane and non Two (02) Daily Gas detection System Shall be compared with Baseline
emissions methane  Near NG Metering and adhere as required by codes,
hydrocarbons Station standards and specifications for
 In WTE Combustion safety.
Areas
In addition to above, the health of the REED BED Plants (Phragmites australis of any other equivalent) system is suggested to monitor
periodically for effective reduction of pollutants present incoming wastewater to the treatment system.

Page 6-6
6.2 Compliance Reports

As a part of environmental monitoring programme, following compliance reports shall be
submitted to KSPCB and SEIAA, KL:
COMPLIANCE REPORTS SCHEDULE
Half yearly compliance report  On 1st June and 1st December of every calendar year
Environmental statement  For the financial year ending 31st March to KSPCB on or before 30th
September every year
Annual Returns of Hazardous  In Form 4 as per Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management and Trans-
waste boundary Movement) Rules, 2016 on or before 30th June
Format for maintaining records of  In Form 3 as per Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management and Trans-
hazardous waste boundary Movement) Rules, 2016.
Safety data sheet  For hazardous chemicals shall be maintained as per schedule 9 of MSIHC
rules, 1989 (amended 2000)
Format for maintaining  Of major accident in schedule 6 as per MISHC rules, 1989 (amended 2000)
notification
Half yearly return of used  In Form VIII as per Batteries (Management and Handling) Rules, 2001 and
Batteries amendment
Format for maintaining records of  In Form 2 as per E-Waste (Management) Rules, 2016
e-waste
6.3 Plantation Monitoring Programme

Environmental Management team will monitor the following activities of greenbelt and
landscape development:
• Development of nursery • Fencing of plantation area
• Treatment and sowing of seeds • Weeding and soil working
• Watering • Pruning (trimming of plant)
• Transport of seedlings • Replacement/Inter planting
• Planting of seedlings • Watch and ward of plantation
During operation phase periodic monitoring of plantation growth, manuring, watering,
pruning, and replacement will be performed in order to properly maintain vegetation,
greenbelt, landscape and green cover.
6.4 On-site Mock Drills Requirements

On-site mock drills are very important as it helps employees to be aware of the safety
procedures and how to react during the time of crisis. Conducting mock drills at regular
intervals enhances preparedness and checks the viability of environmental/disaster
management plan. Mock drills are essential for the following reasons:
 Helps in revising/improving the environmental/disaster management plan
 Helps to evaluate whether the responsible officials are trained efficiently for the
unforeseen event
 Helps in evaluating whether the emergency equipment are being maintained at GJEPPL
Waste to Energy Plant premises
To ensure efficient environmental/disaster management, GJEPPL authority/EHS
department/EMP cell shall conduct periodic on-site mock drills in case of occurrence of the
following activities:
 Fire, Natural calamities (cyclones, floods, earthquakes)
 Break down
 Accidents/Spill of Hazardous materials if any
 Bomb threats; War alerts/terrorist attacks

Page 6-7
Mock drills should also involve fire department, police, municipal authorities, hospitals and
other department/agencies that are mandated to provide emergency support. Documenting
the outcome of mock drills is an important aspect as this helps in revising the existing plan
more efficiently. In all safety programmes the right personnel need to be employed and this is
of utmost importance.

Page 6-8
Chapter 7
Additional Studies
Chapter 7. Additional Studies

7.1 Public Consultation
As per EIA notification 2006 (as amended), the WtE plant proposed at Brahmapuram has
been categorised as ‘B’ under Common Municipal Solid Waste Management Facility
(CMSWMF), the project shall undergo public hearing. This draft EIA report has been
prepared and submitted for public hearing. The details of Public Hearing, queries raised and
the project proponent responses will be provided in the Final EIA/EMP report.
7.2 Risk Analysis

A systematic Risk Analysis will help in identification of the hazards and associated risk. This
study assesses risks associated with the construction and operation of the proposed WtE
plant. A risk analysis shall be updated by considering the hazards associated with handling
of different chemicals or hazardous materials which will be used as per requirement during
operation phase based on the Plants Heat and Mass Balance as well as Other inventories
are frozen.. Material specific chemical protection programs shall be developed and
implemented. Worker shall be protected from exposure to MSW process and chemicals
including but not limited to acids, bases, solvents and sludge etc. Risks associated with
handling storage of paints/chemicals/equipments at proposed WtE plant are considered and
accordingly mitigation measures are suggested. This study provides inputs for formulating
the onsite Disaster Management Plan (DMP) at WtE plant. The Risk Analysis has been
broadly divided into three categories.
 Hazard Identification
 Failure Frequency
 Risk Reducing Measures
7.2.1 Hazard Identification

A classical definition of hazard states “hazard is in fact the characteristic of system/ plant/
process that presents potential for an accident.” Hence, all the components of a system such
as process, storage of chemicals, handling, etc., need to be thoroughly examined to assess
their potential for initiating or propagating an unplanned event/ sequence of events, which
can be termed as an accident.
Identification of hazards is of primary significance in the analysis, quantification and cost
effective control of accidents. Potential Hazards identified in the proposed WtE plant have
been broadly classified as below:
 Hazards during Construction Phase
o Mechanical Hazards
o Transportation Hazards
o Physical Hazards
o Storage and Handling of Hazardous Materials
 Hazards during Operation Phase
o Material Hazards
o Mechanical Hazards
o Handling, Storage and Transportation Hazards
o Plant Hazards
 Hazards due to Natural Calamities
o Earthquake
Chapter 7Additional Studies

Page 7-1
o Tsunami
o Cyclone/Flood
7.2.1.1 Hazards during Construction Phase

Mechanical Hazards: Mechanical hazards during the construction phase arise due to the
moving parts in the machinery, especially the belts and bolts of the construction equipment,
which are heavy and pose a threat to the work personnel. Other hazards include falling
(during working at heights), falling objects like hand held tools, etc., failure of slips and traps
created for scaffolding; and due to faulting of electrical equipment.
Navigation/ transportation Hazards: The planning of access/ egress to the construction
site also plays a significant role in minimizing the associated hazards such as vehicles etc.,
Physical Hazards: The noise and vibrations generated during the construction phase may
affect the worker’s health, hinder effective communication and may jeopardise sensitive
organs. In addition to noise and vibration, hot works also pose a considerable hazard to the
workers.
Storage and handling of hazardous materials: During the construction period, storage of
hazardous materials like fuel for the engines, lubricants, paints and other flammable
materials is likely to pose a fire and explosion risk. Due care shall be taken in locating these
materials away from the work place, free of any influence of temperature or sparks or fire.
Proper wiring of the electrical appliances like lights, exhausts, etc., would be made to ensure
that there are no live wires causing short circuits to ignite these materials.
7.2.1.2 Hazards during Operation Phase

Material Hazards: During operation, Municipal Solid Waste (MSW), Refuse Derived Fuel
(RDF) after processing MSW, Syngas (CO+H2), Natural Gas and other material/chemicals
such as urea, hydrated lime in APC control system; acidic and basic chemicals in water
treatment plant will be handled at WtE plant. Incoming MSW by virtue of high moisture
content (~60%) and short storage period at Waste Reception Area (3 days) is not susceptible
for auto ignition, dust explosion and toxic gas formation. Also, RDF will be stored in closed
enclosure and different bins based on the Calorific value, therefore, chances of fire in the
same are minimal.
Mechanical Hazards: Injuries may be caused to working personnel due to the following
operations like cutting, lifting, crushing, centrifugation and rotating machinery.
Handling, Storage and Transportation Hazards: The hazards related to MSW handling,
transport and unloading may be due to accidents of vehicles, breaking of unloading
equipment, failure in mechanical transmission components etc., The Handling hazards
include:
 Workers may be exposed to contaminants and degradation products of contaminants.
Exposure may occur via inhalation/ingestion/skin contact routes of exposure during
loading, unloading, pre-processing, processing etc.,
 Failure to use appropriate control measures and Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)
 Use of expired/ worn Personal Protective Equipments (PPE's)
 Workers may be exposed to a wide array of biological hazards, including snakes, bees,
wasps, massive fly hatches, ticks, hornets, and rodents which get attracted to the waste
Storage and Handling of Chemicals: A storage and Handling of Hazardous chemicals in an
industry is inevitable, they carry inherent characteristic risk to the employees due to the

Page 7-2
properties of chemicals such as fire, toxicity and flammability. Accident due to fire and
explosion by flammable substances are possible in any industry. The disastrous effect of fire,
explosion and release of toxic fumes in storage and production area is due to inappropriate
design, improper storage, improper handling, poor maintenance or deficiencies in the
operation in the industry. Chemical in any form can be stored, handled and used if their
physical, chemical and hazardous properties are thoroughly understood and necessary
precautions are taken. Each chemical has its specific character. Hence, chemicals do not co-
exist. They need their independent space, while storing. When two chemicals come in
contact, they may react by generating heat and by-product gases. Ambient temperature and
moisture can trigger the reaction.
Chemicals are handled in standard containers like MS, HDPE, GI Drums, PVC Carboys, etc.
All the chemicals are to be arranged and stored in accordance with their compatibility, dry,
well ventilated, with flameproof electrical equipment’s and lighting. All the chemicals are to be
provided with identification labels. Eye wash/Drench shower is to be provided at a strategic
location for emergency purpose. Chemical Safety Data Sheets and handling procedure, First
Aid measures are to be prepared and displayed for information and safety of the working
personnel.
The ratings for a large number of chemicals based on flammability, reactivity and toxicity are
given in NFPA (National Fire Protection Association) Codes and Material Safety Data
Sheets. The same shall be displayed in the appropriate handling places and the kept with the
HSE department.
The indicative list of major plant/industrial hazards and their details are given in Table 7-1.
Table 7-1: Details of Major Plant/Industrial Hazards
Plant/Industrial Hazards Details
Fracture: Breaking open of a containment system by the propagation of a crack
Puncture: a perforation or hole in a containment system as a result of impact
Relief device stuck open
Leaks/ruptures
Seal/gasket/flange failure
Corrosion/erosion
Flow surge or hydraulic hammer
Incorrect actions or inactions by people Operator opens a valve, etc.
Over/under pressuring
Over heating
Exceeding process limits
Over cooling
Over filling
Sensors
Logic solver
Final elements
Control system failure
Communication interface
Field wiring
Power source
Runaway reactions
Reactivity Air ingress
Inadvertent mixing of chemicals
Equipment support
Foundations/floor
Structural Failure
Cyclic loading
Pressure fluctuations
Electricity
Instrument air
Utility failure
Plant nitrogen
Cooling water

Page 7-3
Plant/Industrial Hazards Details

Steam
Vehicle impacts
Human external events
Dropped objects from lifting devices
Incident in adjacent processes
Knock-on effects
Incident with process
Combinations of equipment failures
Combinations of human failure
Multiple failure
Combinations of external events
Combination of any of these
Boiler Hazards: The Preliminary Hazard Analysis (PHA) is carried out initially to identify the
major hazards associated with the generation of power in Waste to Energy (WtE) plant.
Finally the vulnerable zones are identified for which risk reducing measures are deduced.
Table 7-2: PHA for TPPs
Equipment Process/Operation Potential Hazard Provision
Turbine Converts Heat Energy into Mechanical and fire Layout of equipment/machinery is
mechanical energy hazards being done in accordance to
factory and electrical inspectorate.
Generator Converts mechanical energy Mechanical hazards and As above
into electrical energy fire hazards in
 Lube oil system
 Cable galleries
 Short circuits
Power Step-up or step down of  Fire and Explosion. All electrical fittings and cables are
Transformers voltage  Electrical short circuit to be provided as per the specified
standards.
Switch Yard/ 33 KV switch yard/ outgoing  Fire Layout of equipment/machinery is
Outgoing Bay bay  Electrical short circuit. being done in accordance to
factory and electrical inspectorate
Switch Yard/ - Fire in cable galleries and As above
Outgoing Bay switchyard.
Control Room
Syngas Gasification to Combustor Fire & Explosion Superior Design Practices
Natural Gas Transportation of Natural Gas Fire & Explosion HC leak detectors are to be
pipeline from metering station to provided.
combustor/boiler
The major materials/chemicals to be handled in WtE plant are given in Table 7-3.
Table 7-3: Flammable and Toxic Properties of Chemicals
Flammability Limits, vol% Toxic data TLV/LC10 (5min)
Chemical Name Flash point, oC
LEL UEL ppm
Hydrogen 4.0 75 - Flammable gas
Carbon Monoxide 12.5 74 - Flammable gas
Natural Gas 4.8 15.0 - Flammable gas
LEL – Lower Explosive Limit; UEL – Upper Explosive Limit
Fire and Explosion Indices

Dow's Fire and Explosion Index is a step-by-step objective evaluation of the realistic fire,
explosion and reactivity potential of process equipment and its contents. The quantitative
measure employed is based on historical loss data, the energy potential of the material under
study and the extent to which loss prevention practices are currently applied. This is helpful
in identifying high-risk process areas needing more detailed hazard analysis to ensure that
the facilities do not pose unacceptable risks.
The steps involved in this technique are shown in Figure 7-1.

Page 7-4
Select Pertinent
Process Unit
Determine Material Factor
Calculate F1 Calculate F2
(General Process Hazards) (Special Process Hazards)
Determine Hazard Factor

F3=F1 x F2
F3 x Material Factor =
F & E Index
Determine Exposure
Area
Figure 7-1: Steps Involved in Fire and Explosion Index Calculation

Once the pertinent process unit is selected, the Material Factor (MF) for the material in the
unit is estimated. This depends on the flammability, reactivity and operating temperature.
Factor for general process hazards (F-1) takes into account the nature of the reaction,
ventilation of the unit, accessibility of the unit, drainage facilities etc. Factor for special
process hazards (F-2) takes into account toxicity of the material, operating pressure,
operation near flammable range, quantity of material, joints and packing, use of hot oil
exchange system, etc.
F & EI is determined based on the procedure shown above and the relative hazard rating is
done as per the following criteria:
Table 7-4: Degree of Hazard with respect to F & E Index
S. No. F & E Index Range Degree of Hazard
1. 1 – 60 LIGHT
2. 61 – 96 MODERATE
3. 97 – 127 INTERMEDIATE
4. 128 - 158 HEAVY
5. 159 and more SEVERE

Page 7-5
Toxicity Index (TI)

The TI value is computed from Maximum Allowable Concentration (MAC), General Process
Hazard (GPH) and Special Process Hazard (SPH) by use of DOW's hazard classification
guide. The scale for TI is given in Table 7-5.
Table 7-5: Degree of Hazard with respect to Toxicity Index
TI Range Degree of Hazard
0-6 Light
6 - 10 Moderate
Above 10 High
7.2.1.3 Hazards due to Natural Calamities

In case of natural disasters such as earthquake, cyclone, flood etc., occurring at the
proposed WtE plant, may result in fire and explosions/toxic gas release due to failure of
equipment. The damage consequences will be similar whether the damage is because of
man-made disaster or natural calamity for the worst cases.
7.2.2 Enumeration of Potential Accidents

Effective management of risk analysis requires enumeration and selection of
incidents/accidents, and a formal means for tracking the incidents and incident outcomes.
The key point of risk analysis is to broadly identify the incidents/accidents that need to be
addressed. Potential accidents associated with WtE plant can be divided into two categories:
 There is a possibility of failure associated with each mechanical component of the
Industrial Unit (gasification chamber, boiler, turbine, vessels, pipes, pumps or
compressors). These are GENERIC failures and can be caused by such mechanisms as
corrosion, vibration, overpressure or external impact. A small event (such as a leak) may
escalate to a bigger event, by itself causing a larger failure.
 There is also a likelihood of failures caused by SPECIFIC operating circumstances. The
prime example of this is human error, however it can also include other accident due, for
example, to reaction runaway or the possibility of ignition of leaking tank gases due to hot
work.
In general, the following typical types of failures can be considered during WtE plant
operation:
 Rupture for vessels
 Full bore rupture for pipes
 Large leaks (mainly connection failures), 100 mm equivalent diameter
 Small and Very small leaks (due to corrosion, impact and other such cases), 25 and 5
mm equivalent diameter leaks respectively.
The possible accident scenarios in WtE plant are divided into following categories according
to their physical state/phase:
 Release of a gas (flammable or toxic or both)
 Release of a liquid (flammable or toxic or both)
The major credible generic hazards pattern of release, nature of dispersion, physical effects
and damage; and accounting for all the significant possible outcomes are as follows:
 BLEVE
 Tank fires
 Pool/bund fires

Page 7-6
 Jet flames/fires
 Vapour cloud explosions /Flash fires
 Toxic Gas Dispersion
7.2.3 Damage Criteria

The nature of damage and extent of damage resulting from an accidental release of a
chemicals in proposed WtE plant depends on several factors like nature of material, storage
conditions, release conditions, atmospheric conditions etc. The sequence of probable events
following the release of a chemical is schematically shown in Figure 7-2.
Figure 7-2: Sequence of probable events

The accidental release of hazardous chemicals during the operation of industries in the
proposed WtE plant leads to subsequent events, which actually cause the damage. The
damages are caused by
 Heat radiation
 Over pressure effects from explosions and
 Toxic effects
These events are applicable in case of any industrial units handling flammable materials and
Toxic materials.
7.2.3.1 Thermal Radiation

The damages that may be caused due to heat radiation effect are given in Table 7-6.

Page 7-7
Table 7-6: Damage due to Incident Radiation

Radiation level within the Fire (kW/m2) Degree of injury
37.5 Severe damage to unprotected plant
12.5 Initiation of secondary fires
4.0 Injury to people
1.75 Pain threshold reached after 60 seconds
0.7 Exposed skin reddens and burns on prolonged exposure
7.2.3.2 Over Pressure

When a flammable vapour cloud ignites, under certain conditions it may result in deflagration
thus causing damage due to over pressure effects. The damage depends on the level of
over pressure as indicated in Table 7-7.
Table 7-7: Effect of Over Pressure
Over pressure Damage
0.3 bar Heavy structure damage
0.1 bar Repairable structure damage
0.03 bar Major glass damage
0.01 bar 10% glass damage
7.2.3.3 Impact of Toxic Effects

A material may be considered as toxic or poisonous, when a small quantity can cause
injurious effect on an average normal adult human being. There are several ways of
expressing the severity of the toxic nature of the chemicals. These are:
 TLV - Threshold Limit Value.
 IDLH -Immediately dangerous to life and health
 LDLO - Lethal dose low
 LD50 -Median lethal dose
The Immediately Dangerous to Life and Health (IDLH) value which is a limit for personal
exposure to a substance defined by the United States National Institute for Occupational
Safety and Health (NIOSH), normally expressed in parts per million (ppm) can be considered
as the reference concentration. In general, it is observed from earlier studies, that the
toxicgas (such as Chlorine) dispersion hazards shall have offsite impacts compared to heat
radiation and over Pressure effects.
7.2.4 Typical Failure Frequencies

The hazardous material release scenarios can be broadly divided into two categories (i)
catastrophic failures which are of low frequency and (ii) ruptures and leaks which are of
relatively high frequency. Vapour or liquid releases from failure of gasket, seal and rupture in
pipe lines and storage tanks fall in second category whereas catastrophic failure of storage
tanks and full bore rupture of pipelines, etc. fall into first category. Typical failure frequencies
are given in Table 7-8 and Table 7-9.
Table 7-8: General failure frequencies
Item Mode of failure Failure Frequencies
1x10-4/ yr
Atmospheric vessel Serious leak catastrophic
5x10-6/ yr
Pressure vessel Serious leak 1.0 x 10-5/yr
Catastrophic 3x10-6/yr
Process pipe lines
=50 mm dia Full bore rupture 8.8 x 10-7/m.yr

Page 7-8
Item Mode of failure Failure Frequencies

Significant leak 8.8 x10-6/m.yr
> 50 mm = 150 mm dia Full bore rupture 2.6 x 10-7/m.yr
Significant leak 6x10-5 /m.yr
> 150 mm dia Full bore rupture 8.8 x10-8 /m.yr
Significant leak 6x10-6 /m.yr
Hoses Rupture 3.5 x10-2/yr
Check valve Failure on demand 1x10-4/demand
Motor operated valve Failure on demand 1x10-3/demand
Flange Leak 3 x10-4/yr
Gasket failure Failure 5 x 10-5/yr
Pump seal Leak 5 x10-3/yr
Process Safety Valve Lifts heavily 4 x10-3/yr
Blocked 1 x10-3/yr
Lifts lightly 2 x10-2/yr
Ref: 1) Loss Prevention in the Process Industries -Frank P.lees.Vol.2 & 3, 2nd edition.
2) TNO communication
Table 7-9: Failure Frequencies for Pipe Work

Failure Rates (per meter per year) for Pipe work diameter (mm)
Leak Size
0 - 49 50 - 149 150 - 299 300 - 499 500 - 1000
3 mm Dia. 1 x 10-5 2 x 10-6
4 mm Dia. 1 x 10-6 8 x 10-7 7 x 10-7
25 mm Dia. 5 x 10-6 1 x 10-6 7 x 10-7 5 x 10-7 4 x 10-7
1/3 Pipe work Dia. 4 x 10-7 2 x 10-7 1x 10-7
Guillotine/ Full Bore Rupture 1 x 10-6 5 x 10-7 2 x 10-7 7 x 10-8 4 x 10-8
Ref: Health & Safety Executive, U.K
7.2.5 Health Risks

There are many factors that determine whether MSW management facilities are viewed as
safe and acceptable. Risk assessment is an objective means of evaluating potential health
hazards, but the acceptability of facilities often hinge on their performance and perception.
MSW conversion facilities will be substantial industrial installations, combining the
characteristics of facilities that handle and process MSW with those of chemical
manufacturing (in the production of syngas) and electricity. Thus, the ability of MSW
conversion technologies to maintain an acceptable public image depends not only on
achieving low emissions and environmental impacts, but also on practical diligence and
implementation.
Table 7-10 is a qualitative summary of possible contaminant releases from Kochi WTE
Project. Many of the Table 7-10 scenarios are expected to be mitigated through process
design and controls and issues will arise if neglected. Based on this qualitative analysis, it is
likely that project-specific risk assessment applications will find insignificant risks to human
health, and will help to demonstrate that MSW conversion processes will operate in an
environmentally acceptable manner.
Table 7-10: Qualitative Health Risk Assessment of Kochi WTE
Potential Potential
Design Likely Significance of
Release Type Contaminants exposure
Mitigation Potential Health Risk
of Concern pathways
Fugitive emissions of Use of negative
Very low if odor control
waste handling & VOCs Inhalation pressure in waste
is effective
processing odors handling building

Page 7-9
Potential Potential
Design Likely Significance of
Release Type Contaminants exposure
Mitigation Potential Health Risk
of Concern pathways
PPE, Bio Drying to
produce sanitized stream Very Low if Bio drying is
Bacteria/Virus Dermal/Inhalation
for Material Recovery effective
Facility.
Hydrogen
Syngas immediate
Fugitive emissions of sulfide, and Low unless leaks are
Inhalation burning;
syngas and VOCs various significant
Odor and leak monitoring
VOCs
Low – preliminary data
Polychlorinated
Inhalation and are comparable or
dibenzo(p)dioxins
Stack emissions of ingestion Combustion practices and lower than a modern
and Furans
combustion byproducts (foodweb) air pollution controls WTE facility; facility-
(PCDD/PCDF)
specific data are
important
7.2.6 Risk Mitigation Measures

 Consider feasibility of substitution of hazardous chemicals such as solvent based paints
with less hazardous alternatives. Label chemicals with appropriate, internationally
recognised, hazard symbols.
 Chemicals with different hazard symbols should not be stored together - clear guidance
on the compatibility of different chemicals can be obtained from the Materials Safety Data
Sheets (MSDS) which should be readily available from the manufacturer and on site.
 Store chemicals in a dedicated, enclosed and secure facility with a roof and a
paved/concrete floor. Chemical tanks should be completely contained within secondary
containment such as bund
 Install devices to prevent spills and overfills, e.g. alarms to warn of overfilling and
automatic shut-off devices or secondary spill containment
 Maintain and inspect storage units regularly
 Consider installation and use of groundwater monitoring points on site to check for
contamination. Implement a Solvent/Hazardous Materials Management Plan to monitor
and control the use of solvents and hazardous materials on site
 Necessary arrangement of firefighting facility as per various National and International
codes for the facilities to avoid any major incident
 To identify the hazards present in the system, a hazard identification study such as a
Hazard and Operability study (HAZOP) should be undertaken. All hazards identified
should be examined and appropriate mitigating measures developed and implemented
 For all the tanks where there is a single in/outlet line, a Remotely Operated Vehicle
(ROV) (or an equivalent design to allow isolation of the tank from the line in an
emergency) should be provided.
 First aid equipment and manpower resources are at place to deal with emergencies, in
consultation with emergency services to rescue any personnel, trapped or immobilized by
an accident scenario
 Implement and maintain appropriate safety management systems to control the
managerial and organizational factors that can impact on the overall risk associated with
the hazardous materials
 Carryout regular checks/maintenance and testing of instruments, valves and flange joints
as per strict schedule. Pipelines, flanges and valves require special attention to minimize
the failure rate
 Prevention of potential ignition sources such as:

Page 7-10
– Proper grounding to avoid static electricity build up and lightening hazards (including
formal procedures for the use and maintenance of grounding connections)
– Use of intrinsically safe electrical installations and non-sparking tools.
– Implementing permit systems and formal procedures for conducting any hot work
during maintenance activities, including proper tank cleaning and venting.
 Facilities should also be equipped with Fire Detection and suppression equipment such
as Fire tenders, all types of fire extinguishers like DCP, CO 2, water CO2 foam types in
adequate numbers, Fire Hydrant and monitor system as per TAC guidelines to take care
of any fire hazard.
 Fire Detection/alarm system to be provided for Control Rooms, cable Galleries,
Transformers area and Administrative building and these may be of ionization, optical
and heat sensing type.
 All fire systems should be located in a safe area of the proposed facility
 Firefighting equipment shall be provided as per applicable standards and guidelines.
 Consider linking foam and fire water system. Considerations should be given to directly
inject AFFF (Aqueous Film Forming Foam) compound into the respective fire mains (at 6
percent strength), which can act as a vehicle to transport foam solution to user points on
either site for mobile response foam branches / cannons.
 Facilities should be properly equipped with fire suppression equipment that meets
internationally recognized technical specifications for the type and amount of flammable
material stored at the facility.
 Preparation of a fire response plan supported by the necessary resources and training,
including training in the use of fire suppression equipment and evacuation. Procedures
may include coordination activities with local authorities or neighbouring facilities.
 Provision of fire safety training and response as part of workforce health and safety
induction/training, including training the use of fire suppression equipment and
evacuation, with advanced fire safety training provided to a designated firefighting team.
 It is recommended that all electrical fittings in the system should confirm to
flame/explosion proof regulations.
 It is recommended to carryout regular maintenance and testing of instruments, valves
and flange joints as per strict schedule. Pipelines, hoses require special attention to
minimise the failure rate.
 Pipeline should be protected against external / internal corrosion
 Do’s and Don’ts shall be displayed prominently in the site near the pipelines and at all
workplaces. Regular maintenance shall be carried out under the supervision of an
authorized person.
 Important telephone numbers of emergency shall be displayed prominently in bold letters
in the plant site and administration building.
 Caution boards shall be displayed for all working person.
– No smoking signs
– No flames or pilot lights or electrical gadgets.
– Emergency contact numbers.
 All electrical equipment shall be provided with proper earthing. Earthed electrode should
be calibrated, periodically tested and maintained.
 Emergency lighting shall be available at all critical locations including the operator’s room
to carry out safe shut down of the plant, ready identification of firefighting facilities such
as fire water pumps and fire alarm stations.
 All electrical equipment shall be free from carbon dust, oil deposits, and grease.

Page 7-11
 Use of approved insulated tools, rubber mats, shockproof gloves and boots, tester, fuse
tongs, discharge rod, safety belt, hand lamp, wooden or insulated ladder and not wearing
metal ring and chain is insured.
 Flame and shock detectors for fire safety shall be provided.
 Danger from excess current due to overload or short circuit is prevented by providing
fuses, circuit breakers, thermal protection.
 Carbon dioxide or dry chemical fire extinguishers shall be provided for electrical fires
 The toxic gas storage building to be provided with leak detection system and in case of
any leak the scrubber system to be activated with suction of leaking pipeline/cylinder. It is
also recommended to have Emergency Leakage Kit for diverting leaking cylinder to the
scrubber
 Buried Natural gas pipeline should be provided with suitable coating, wrapping and
cathodic protection system for corrosion control and pipe casing of suitable size &
material.
 Natural gas Pipeline marker sign should be placed in ROW. Ground patrolling by walking
in ROW should be done regularly by personal survey to reduce chances of sabotage of
pipeline.
 Install hydrocarbon detectors in the Natrual gas Metering Station and Plant area for any
leakage from the flanges / valves
7.3 Disaster Management Plan

A disaster is a terrible situation in which suddenly, people are plunged into helplessness and
suffering and as a result, need protection, clothing, shelter, medical & social care and other
necessities of life.
The Disaster Management Plan (DMP) is aimed to ensure safety of life, protection of
environment, protection of installation, restoration of production and salvage operations in
this same order of priorities. For effective implementation of DMP, it should be widely
circulated and a personnel training is to be provided through rehearsals/drills. To tackle the
consequences of a major emergency at the project location or its immediate vicinity, a DMP
has to be formulated.
The objective of the DMP is to make use of the combined resources of the WtE Plant and the
outside services to achieve the following:
 Effective rescue and medical treatment of casualties
 Safeguard other people
 Minimize damage to property and the environment
 Initially contain and ultimately bring the incident under control
 Identify any dead
 Provide for the needs of relatives
 Provide authoritative information to the news media
 Secure the safe rehabilitation of affected area
 Preserve relevant records and equipment for the subsequent inquiry into the cause and
circumstances of the emergency
7.3.1 Causes of Disaster

 Natural: Flood, Earthquake, Lightning, Cyclonic winds
 System failure, design deficiency, bad operating practice, sabotage resulting in
o Fire
o Explosion
o Release of toxic/ inflammable gases

Page 7-12
DMP for proposed WtE Plant shall be formulated with an integrated approach to address
entire zones of WtE Plant. The DMP shall include onsite and offsite emergency plan for WtE
Plant as a whole. A broad framework of DMP is presented in this Chapter.The zone specific
team where the emergency has arisen would be in charge of the situation while the other
teams would assist them as and when required.
7.3.2 Categorisation of Emergency

Any emergency situation has to be first categorised as an onsite emergency or an offsite
emergency, the difference being that the effects of the onsite emergency are confined within
the premises while those of an offsite emergency spill over beyond the WtE Plant premises
or even beyond the project site premises. Thus, the onsite and offsite emergency plans are
detailed below:
7.3.2.1 Onsite Emergency Plan

The plan would have the following components:
 Formulation of Disaster Management Plan and Emergency Services
 Organization Structure
 Roles and Responsibilities of Emergency Teams
 Communication
 Emergency Control Centre
 Alarm Systems & Assembly Points
 Mutual Aid Scheme
 Onsite Emergency Plan and Rehearsals
 Spillage & Contingency Plan
 Formulation of Disaster Management Plan for Floods
7.3.2.2 Offsite Emergency Plan

The components of an offsite emergency plan outlined in would include:
 Identification of location of hazardous or dangerous substances, personnel and
emergency control rooms
 Technical information such as chemical and physical properties, dangers, etc.
Background information, past accidents, control techniques and effects of hazardous
materials of relevance
 Identification of facilities and transport routes for toxic materials
 Contact for further advice such as meteorological information, transport, temporary food
and accommodation, first aid and hospital services, water etc.
 Establishing communication links including firefighting materials, damage control and
repair items
 Detailing emergency response procedures
 Notification to public at large
 Evacuation arrangements
 Press / media handling
 Addressing longer term environmental clean-up

Page 7-13
7.3.3 Onsite Emergency Plan
7.3.3.1 Formulation of Disaster Management Plan and Emergency Services

The assessment of the risks and hazards leads either to improvements being made at the
installation in the form, for example, of additional safeguards or better procedures, or the
decision being taken that the risk is sufficiently small to be accepted.
The Disaster Management Plan must be related to the final assessment and it is the
responsibility of the WtE Plant management to formulate it. The plan will include the following
elements.
 Assessment of the magnitude and nature of the events foreseen and the probability of
their occurrence
 Formulation of the plan and liaison with outside authorities, including the emergency
services
 Procedures for raising the alarm and communication both within and outside the WtE
Plant
 Appointment of key personnel and their duties and responsibilities (organizational
structure)
 Emergency Control Centre
 Action on site and Action off site
7.3.3.2 Organization Structure

The first few minutes after the incident / accident are invariably the most critical period in
prevention of escalation. Therefore, the personnel available at or near the incident site (and
often responsible for or carrying out that particular activity) and on a round the clock basis
play a vital role in an emergency. This concept is made use of in nominating the KEY
PERSONS.
In each hazardous location it is necessary to nominate a functionary as the "Incident
Controller" who is invariably in charge of the facility. The Incident Controller tackling the
emergency in real terms requires support from various other services e.g. fire & safety,
medical services, security, engineering, administration, technical services covering
communication, transport and personnel functions etc. A KEY PERSON for each one of
these services, therefore, should be nominated.
The "SITE MAIN CONTROLLER" (SMC) will be the Unit In-charge. The various controllers
selected to carry out the work will co-ordinate with the SMC through the functional KEY
PERSONS at the incident site. The KEY PERSONS will generally be at the site of incident
and the CONTROLLERS will report at the EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTRE.
The duties and responsibilities of various KEY PERSONS AND CONTROLLERS will be
written down ensuring no grey areas or overlapping responsibilities. Various Controllers will

Page 7-14
be drawn from the organisation and clear-cut responsibilities will be spelt out for the following
controllers:
 Operation Controller
 Maintenance Controller
 Fire and Safety Controller
 Communication Controller
 Environment Controller
A succession chart will be developed as above nominating second-line controller who would
act as controller in the absence of any of the above officials. An emergency organisation
chart is as follows:
EMERGENCY DECLARER
INCIDENT CONTROLLER
OPERATION/MAINTENAN FIRE & SAFETY COMMUNICATION RESCUE COMBAT MEDICAL

CE CONTROLLER CONTROLLER CONTROLLER TEAM TEAM TEAM
7.3.3.3 Roles and Responsibilities of Emergency Team

Site Main Controller (In-charge)
 To assess the extent and magnitude of the damage and by maintaining communication
with the Site Incident Controller (SIC)
 To determine how far the emergency control plan can be extended
 Prepare action for monitoring and controlling the emergencies
 To decide whether any section / process / area to be shut down / isolated in the event of
any accident
 To finalise the means of evacuation and explore the possibilities of taking help from
offsite sources
 Review the firefighting operations in consultation with Safety Coordinator
 Co-ordination with the safety officer regarding evacuation and shelter rehabilitation
aspects
 Arrange for restoration and normalcy in consultation with Incident Controller
 Announcement of conclusion of emergency
 Issuance of authorised statements and ensures that all evidences of the incident are
preserved.
Site Incident Controller (Shift in-charge/Unit In charge)
 Establish Emergency Control Centre and inform SMC
 Ensure availability of Controllers/Team members
 Priority decisions for strategy for development of resources for incident control
 Periodic assessment of actual disaster zone and resource deployment (own / external)
 Periodic status report of SMC
 Seek help for:
o Fire Fighting

Page 7-15
o Medical Aid
o Rescue
o Transport
o Traffic Arrangement
o Law and Order
Inform the following authorities about the incident through zonal/sector authorities:
 District Collector
 Superintendent of Police
 District Environmental Engineer
 District Health Officer
 Inspector of Factories
 Neighbouring Installations
Establish contacts with the following, through controllers:
 Superintendents of nearby hospitals
 Chief Fire Officer of nearby fire services
 Insurance Company
 Establish First Aid Centre through Safety Coordinator
 Establish Information Centres
7.3.3.4 Emergency Co-ordinators

Logistics Coordinator: The duties and responsibilities in the event of any emergency
include:
 Report at the affected area to the SMC & SIC
 Arrange to attend all maintenance jobs as instructed by SIC
 Ensure that all essential services like power, water etc. are maintained without
interruption
 Ensure adequate manpower availability at the affected area
 Reporting all the incidents to SIC
 Arrange for all the tools, materials at the site of emergency
Communication Coordinator: Responsibilities include:
 Report to SMC & SIC
 Removal of non-essential personnel from the emergency area in consultation with SIC
 Contact with SIC and arrange for necessary facilities
 Control over entry and maintain law & order and arrange for police help in consultation
with SMC
 Liaison with external agencies in consultation with SMC
 Co-ordination of transportation requirements for moving personnel for first aid,
evacuation, rehabilitation etc.
 Maintenance of inventory systems in the Emergency Control Centre
Safety Coordinator: Responsibilities include:
 Immediate Reporting to SIC
 Co-ordination with Security officer and security personnel
 Ensure availability of all safety equipment at site
 Co-ordination of all rescue operations
 Co-ordination of availability of first aid to all injured personnel

Page 7-16
 Advice to SIC on firefighting operations

 Ensure availability of necessary antidotes/medicines in case of toxic release
7.3.3.5 Communication
An essential component of any emergency preparedness programme is the communication
links for gathering information needed for overall co-ordination e.g. emergency control centre
with in-house as well as outside emergency services. Too much reliance on the telephone
system, fixed lines/mobile phones is risky as it can soon be overloaded in an emergency
situation. A computer with internet and printer facility and photocopying machine with
scanner, wireless networks, fax and intercom units are recommended for higher reliability.
Help line numbers will be setup for emergency related queries.
The description of the tasks and responsibilities, reporting place, etc. for each key
functionary will be, as far as possible, so drafted as to reduce the communication needs
between the interacting groups and permit good mutual understanding and well-co-ordinated
independent actions to tackle emergency situations.
7.3.3.6 Emergency Control Centre

The emergency control centre shall be established for WtE Plant and shall be equipped with
the following:
 An adequate number of external telephones. If possible, one should for outgoing calls
only, in order to bypass jammed switchboards during an emergency
 An adequate number of internal telephones, Radio equipment/pager system
 A layout plan of the facility showing.
o Location of possible spillage/fire points
o Sources of safety equipment and other fire-fighting system elements
o Escape Routes
 A nominal role of employees at the facility
 A list of KEY PERSONNEL with addresses, telephone numbers, etc.
 An adequate number of personnel protective/safety equipment available on site / back
up in warehouse or with other member groups of mutual aid programme
 Locations of various firefighting arrangements at the facility
7.3.3.7 Alarm Systems

The emergency (due to fires or spillages) should be initiated by the first person noticing it by
activating the fire alarm from the nearest call-point or by contacting the fire control room
immediately on the internal telephone in case of any emergency.
If in the opinion of the shift in-charge/In charge in consultation with the fire safety officer, the
severity of the emergency is such that it can primarily be coped with by available own
resources (aided by firefighting appliances from the fire brigade, if required) the siren code
for ONSITE CRISIS will be sounded through the hooter. The siren codes for distinguishing
between an ONSITE & OFFSITE CRISIS will be clearly established. The onsite/ offsite siren
codes should be informed to the neighbouring population of the facility.
7.3.3.8 Mutual Aid Scheme

Assistance in terms of equipment and manpower will be taken from the neighbouring
installations under a Mutual Aid Scheme / Zonal Disaster Management Plan.

Page 7-17
7.3.3.9 Onsite Emergency Plan and Rehearsals/Mock Drills/ Training

Once the emergency programme is finalised, it should be made known to all personnel so
that each one knows his or her role in the event of an emergency. The plan will be regularly
tested through the rehearsals, at a regular frequency and updated accordingly.
Mock drills on the overall emergency response plan may be carried out once in 6 months to
ensure continued familiarity of the Key Personnel with the emergency procedure and to
check if the hardware infrastructure provided for emergency management is in good
Emergency Operations centre once in every three months, to familiarize him/herself with the
facilities available.
The key personnel will be required to undergo a special in – plant training programme to
understand clearly their role in On-site emergency management and to develop the skills
required for the purpose.
Most of the employees are to be given “Basic Fire Fighting” training, for operating portable
extinguishers in an emergency. The rest of the employees including supervisory and
management personnel will be required to undergo this course. Also, the emergency
response team members will be required to undergo annual training including refresher
courses on the following areas:
 Use of specialized protection equipment including practical drills
 Emergency communication
 Firefighting using equipment like fire hydrant, portable pumps, monitors etc.
 Any other specialized training commensurate with the defined role
 Information on the extent of spill of materials
 Measures to contain spill to a limited area
 Measures to remove spilled materials
 Measures to dispose the spilled materials
 Mock drills will be carried out to test the effectiveness of the contingency plan
7.3.3.10 Evacuation plan for Emergency and Assembly Points

In order to manage emergencies more effectively, decision makers may benefit from having
in-place evacuation plans for scenarios which are most likely to happen, even though real-
time design or re-evaluation of evacuation plans may be required after the disaster strikes.
Based on the disaster scenarios, pre-warning for sudden/onset of disasters can leave
enough time for evacuations prior to the event. In the case of natural disasters is the
probability of their occurrence and effects is one of the influential factor. Seasonal disasters,
even if sudden, pose lesser problems than non-seasonal disasters so though evacuation
plans can be in place for either situation.
Building Evacuation:
As soon as the pre-warning is given the first step is to evacuate the buildings. The
Evacuation action plan which includes following steps to follow during a disaster,
 On the sound of an alarm, begin immediate evacuation
 In case of fire, activate the nearest pull station and call Emergency
 Evacuate via the nearest stairwell or grade level exit.
 Go to your pre-determined Evacuation Assembly Point/Shelter Area.

Page 7-18
 If trapped by smoke, stay low, cover your mouth with wet cloth, stay near a window,
Open it but do not break it, hang something out the window to let fire personnel know you
are there and put something in cracks around the door, phone emergency if possible.
 The layout maps showing exit routes will be placed at all important places also pamphlets
indicating same will be placed with the First Aid Kit.
 Be familiar with the location of first aid kits, fire alarms, and extinguishers, as well as
persons with first aid skills.
 Do not use the elevators.
Site Evacuation:
The process involved in the evacuation from the source is as follows,
 Identify the area vulnerable to disasters to which the evacuation plan will be applied
 Identify number of shelters surrounding the source of origin
 Identification and choice of the evacuation routes
A map showing the Emergency Assembly Points and the road network connecting each
Emergency Assembly point is prepared and shown in Figure 7-3 which is based on the
location of the nearest main exit route and some assumptions made based on its criticality.
There are two more entry/exit in addition to the main entry/exit point which can be used for
easy evacuation during emergency situation.
Figure 7-3: Emergency Evacuation Plan and Location of Assembly Points
7.3.3.11 Spillage and Contingency Plan

The purpose of this plan is to identify, prevent and control all probable spillages in the WtE
plant area for safe and healthy working of personnel and machinery.
Probable materials for spillage:
 Electrical equipment area (Transformer oil and cable filling compounds)

Page 7-19
 Oil system area (Lubricant oil, Hydraulic oil and control oil), etc.
 Water and Wastewater treatment chemicals
 Other chemicals
Spillages in the plants can lead to:
 Causing loss of property
 Interfaces with safe moving of personnel
 Damage to equipment when left unattended
 Health hazard i.e., toxic when released in air or mixes with town drain
 Fire hazard
Prevention of spillage:
Routine checks of the system have to be made to ensure that no leak or spill starts. Any
minor leakage has to be reported to the concerned person (Shift In-charge, Operation &
Maintenance team member). Leakage has to be arrested in the shortest possible time.
Necessary arrangements have to be made to collect the leakage and to store in proper
place.
In case of spillage the following measures would be adopted:
 Oil spill on the land should be properly cleaned using absorbents, cotton waste, sand,
saw dust, etc.
 The collected oil is disposed to KSPCB/CPCB authorized agency
7.3.4 Management Plan for Natural Hazards

WtE plant shall develop a customised Disaster Management Plan (DMP) to cope during
disasters from natural calamities such as floods/cyclones and earthquakes, etc. Proper
planning can reduce the potential damage from disasters in terms of losses to human lives,
assets and environmental damage and rehabilitation costs. The proposed WtE plant is
located in Ernakulam District. As per the IS:1893 (Part-1) 2002 of Bureau of Indian
Standards (BIS), the project study area falls in Zone III of Earthquake Hazard Map, which is
categorised as a Moderate Damage Risk Zone.
The average annual rainfall of the district is 2978 mm, which ranges from 23.3 mm rainfall in
January and 705.8 mm in June. June and July are the wettest months of the year.
7.3.4.1 Disaster Management Plan for Floods

The site is located between Kadambrayar River and a canal. The area abutting river and
canal is low lying in nature and gets inundated during monsoon. The water level reaches
around 1.0 m above ground in the area abutting river and canal during monsoon. Probable
low lying area where flooding is experienced during rainy season has been avoided. The
2018 incident of heavy rain lashing the district and the rise in water level in Periyar had a
major impact on the flood situation of the district. Flood waters marooned many houses and
commercial establishments of the district. The site will be levelled to 3.0 m AMSL which will
ensure the safety of Site from Flooding. Some aspects of flood planning and response are:
 Issuing warnings at the local levels
 Participating in flood fighting by organizing work parties to repair
 Embankments or clear debris from drainage areas, pile sandbags
 Stockpile needed materials
 Facilitating agricultural recovery
 Planning emergency supplies of flood and clean drinking water

Page 7-20
 To conduct trainings on search and rescue for Search and Rescue

 Terms formed at District, Taluka and Village level from time to time
The rough weather operations will be controlled in three stages:
 Green Status – The operations will be carried out as planned.
 Yellow Status – This is an alert stage indicating possibility of rough weather. Still
operations can be continued with all emergency precautions
 Red Status – Emergency situations or rough weather; operation will be suspended.
The main components of the DMP for Flood will include the following:
 Pre-Disaster (or Pre-/Flood) Plan
 On (or During Flood) Disaster Plan
 Post (or After Flood) Disaster Plan
Pre-Flood Measures: The proposed WtE plant will maintain and exchange information
continuously with the local IMD authorities for continuous updates of meteorological
conditions in general and emerging / predicted weather phenomenon such as rainfall in
particular. Upon issue of a flood warning by the IMD, the management would immediately
initiate the Pre-/flood Measures.
Pre-Flood Exercise: On signalling of a Flood alert, the Control Room will be manned 24
hours a day for disaster management. The ‘Weather Signals’ depending on the data
available about the Flood and it’s threat perception will be informed to all personnel. The
different personnel of WtE plant would assume their roles and responsibilities as previously
identified for disaster management. The standby arrangement for power supply will be
checked. Pre-identified ‘Rescue Centres’ will be kept ready. A pre-alert will be issued
regarding suspension of all operations in case of emergency and to await instructions
regarding the same. Communication system including standby arrangement will be tested for
working condition. Vehicles involved in rescue operations will be checked for working
condition.
The following Flood warning messages will also be given:
 Flood Alert – Flooding is possible
 Flood Warning – Flooding of homes, businesses and main roads is expected
 Severe Flood Warning – Severe flooding may cause Imminent danger
 All Clear – No Flood Alerts or Warnings are in force
 When a flood warning message is received, an Emergency team In-charge shall alert
relevant agencies. The following advice shall be given to the Public:
o Flood warning: 'GO IN, STAY IN, TUNE IN'
o Stay calm
o Ensure that neighbours know of the warning, and be prepared to help them
o Monitor local radio
o Make a flood kit: medications, warm clothing, sealed food, blankets, matches,
candles, flashlights, portable radio, spare batteries, rubber gloves, personal
documents.
During Flood Plan: The emergency alarm siren will be raised as per the ‘Alarm System’. All
personnel will be evacuated except essential operational personnel and personnel dealing
with disaster management. Power supply will be disconnected and alternative power supply
will be restored in essential operational areas. Depending upon the scale of potential
flooding, the following steps shall be taken:

Page 7-21
 Care of evacuated, hurt or homeless people

 Protecting of utilities
 Availability of transport
 Flood alleviation e.g. clearing blocked culverts and drains
 Providing emergency health advice
 Providing road barriers and signs
 Coordinating emergency support
Post Flood Plan: This would be the rescue and rehabilitation stage after passing of the
floods. The damages would be assessed and rehabilitation work initiated to restore
operations at the earliest. The records of the events during the flood will be maintained and
reviewed for possible enhancements to the DMP.
The important Do’s and Don’ts after Flood
 There is a possibility of spread of water borne diseases after flood, and hence medical
treatment should be taken immediately.
 Do not go near the riverbank even after the floodwater has receded.
 Sprinkle medicines in the stagnant dirty water.
 Check properly all the electric circuits or electric like motor pump etc. Check whether any
inflammable or explosive item has not entered along with the floodwater.
 Switch off the main electric supply, if any damage is noticed to the electric equipment.
 Sewerage system should be checked and any damage should be repaired immediately
so as to curtail spread of diseases.
 Check gas leakage which can be known by smell of gas
 Rescue work should be undertaken immediately after flood situation as per the
instruction. Do not follow any shortcut for rescue work.
The probability of occurrence of Cyclone is reported low for this region and Cyclone if any
occurs, the above mentioned management plan as appropriate shall be implemented.
7.3.4.2 Earthquakes
Proposed site falls under Zone-III (Moderate Damage Risk Zone), the site is moderately
sensitive to earthquakes. Apart from all design & structural measures following are important
for management of earthquakes:
Before Earthquake:
 All employees shall be familiar with the location of first aid kits, fire alarms, and
extinguishers, as well as personnel with first aid skills.
 Site evacuation plan and emergency assembly points shall be available at all locations.
During Earthquake:
 Do not panic
Inside a Building:
 Take cover immediately under a desk, table, or chair, in a corner away from windows,
along a wall in a hallway, or in a structurally strong location such as a hall by a pillar.
 Watch for falling objects such as light fixtures, bookcases, cabinets, shelves, and other
furniture that might slide or topple. Stay away from windows. Do not run outside.
 Do not dash for exits since they may be damaged and the building's exterior brick, tile,
and decorations may be falling off.
 Do not use the elevators.

Page 7-22
 If fire breaks out, drop on the floor and crawl towards the exit
Outside a Building:
 Remain outside, preferably in a vehicle.
 Stay clear of electrical wires, poles, trees, or anything that might fall.
After a MAJOR Earthquake:
 Listen to radio -TV and other media for Government Announcement
 Examine walls, floors, doors, staircases and windows to make sure that the building is
not in danger of collapsing
 Do not enter into the unsafe or risky houses or buildings
The site emergency controller shall:
 Check for injuries to personnel in the area. Do not attempt to move seriously injured
persons unless they are in immediate danger. Render first aid assistance if required.
 Check for fires or fire hazards, spills of flammable or combustible liquids, or leaks of
flammable gases. These activities must not significantly delay departure from the building
or put the Evacuation Warden in danger.
 For small isolated spills, use spill clean-up procedures as outlined in Standard Operating
Procedures (SOPs). If SOP or chemical spill (if any) clean up kit is not available, then
evacuate personnel and notify authorities. For larger spills, evacuate building and notify
authorities.
 Turn off ignition and heat sources if properly trained and it is safe to do so.
 Shut off all gas sources if trained to do so.
 Exit the building, if possible, and go to the EAP to report on injuries, damages, and
potentially hazardous conditions. Take emergency/first aid kit and personal belongings.
 Switch off all electric lines
7.3.4.3 Thunderstorm and Lightning strikes

Thunderstorm is invariably accompanied by lightning. A single stoke of lightning has
125,000,000 volts of electricity. That’s enough power to light a 100 watt light bulb for more
than three months or enough to seriously hurt or kill someone. Knowing what steps to take in
the event of an oncoming thunderstorm or lightning can save lives. Better management
practices such as grounding connections, turnoff electric transmission, supply etc. shall be
followed.
7.3.5 Fire Protection Facilities
7.3.5.1 Fire Protection Facilities

In order to provide the best facilities to fight the hazards related to fire, the following fire
protection services with automated response system are conceived:
 Dedicated firefighting water network
 Fire stations strategically located within WtE plant
In addition to this, the statutory requirements (as per Development Control Rules) for
firefighting provisions within plots to be enforced as a part of the development guidelines. As
per this, each zone should have storage tank + fire pumps + hydrants.
Fire mitigation system consists of Fire station, firefighting facilities, fire water storage and
Distribution system is proposed in WtE plant.

Page 7-23
7.3.5.2 Fire Detection and Alarm System

Fire detection and alarm system can be provided for the entire area which will be
microprocessor based Intelligent Analog Addressable type. The system will consist of central
monitoring station located in unit control room. A comprehensive fire detection and protection
system will be envisaged for the complete power station. This system will generally conform
to the recommendations of TAC and NFPA (latest edition).
7.3.5.3 Automated Response System

An automated firefighting system for the WtE plant will be conceived to respond to fire
outbreak without any delay in response time. The automated system mainly includes means
of detection, actuation and delivery. The fire detectors could be operated mechanical or
electrical means as explained below:
 Mechanical detection uses fusible-link or thermo bulb detectors that are designed to
separate at specific temperatures and thus actuate alarm system
 Electrical detection uses heat detectors equipped with self-restoring, normally open
contacts which close when a predetermined temperature is reached. These detectors are
connected to alarm systems which activate the delivery system.
The fire detectors along with an alarming system shall continuously monitor facilities
throughout the project site in case of a fire outbreak. The fire detection devices (smoke
detector, thermal detector, infrared flame detector, manual alarm, limit switch, flow switch,
etc.) to be placed at identified locations. Signals are then transferred by local fire control
panels to the main fire control. The main control room/ fire stations are alerted of the need for
fire-fighting or evacuation efforts once the signal has been processed by software in the main
fire control panel.
The delivery system will be accomplished by means of piping and nozzles or sprinkler
system. Though commonly water is used as the exclusive fire suppression agent, it still has
its limitations. Different extinguisher types along with water and firefighting media are given in
the Table 7-11.
Table 7-11: Fire Extinguishing Agents – Forms and Ranges of Application
Extinguish Agent Extinguish Device Extinguish Effect Typical Application
Water extinguishers Cooling effect Small fires
House steams Cooling effect Small and large fires
Preventing the spread of openings
Water curtains Cooling effect
Water and cooling exposed surfaces
Sprinkler systems Cooling effect Controlling fires at early stage
Where very rapid development and
Deluge systems Cooling effect
spread of fires to be expected
Aqueous film forming Fixed and mobile extinguish Smoothing effect and Flammable liquid fires and covering
agent system cooling effect large fires
Foam - high density Portable extinguishers and Cooling effect and
Flammable liquid fires
foam fixed extinguishers systems smoothing effect
Foam- medium Portable extinguishers and Cooling effect smoothing
Flammable liquid fires
density foam fixed extinguishers systems effect
Smoothing effect minor
High expansion foam Fixed extinguishers systems Fire in storage tanks
cooling effect
Portable extinguishers and
Anti-catalytic effect, I.E,
Dry chemical fixed and mobile extinguishers Small and large fires
oxidation reaction stopped
systems
Fires involving electrical and
Gas Portable extinguishers Displacement of oxygen/ air
electronics equipment, flammable

Page 7-24
Extinguish Agent Extinguish Device Extinguish Effect Typical Application

liquid fires
Fixed and mobile
Co2 Smoothing effect electronics equipment, flammable
extinguishers systems
liquid fires
Portable fixed and mobile
Halons Anti-catalytic effect electronics equipment, flammable
extinguishers systems
liquid fires
Portable extinguishers and
Vaporizing liquids fixed and mobile extinguishers Cooling and smoothing Small to large fires
systems
Portable extinguishers, fixed &
Wet chemical agents Cooling and smoothing Small to large fires
mobile extinguishers systems
7.3.6 Offsite Emergency Plan

Under the Environmental Protection Act, the responsibility of preparation of Off-Site
Emergency plan lies with the State Government. The Collector/Deputy Collector is ordinary
nominated by State Government to plan Off-Site Emergency Plan. The District Collector or
his nominated representative would be the team leader of planning team, who shall conduct
the planning task in a systematic manner.
The members of planning team for off-site emergencies are Collector/Deputy Collector,
District Authorities in charge of Fire Services and police and members drawn from Medical
Services, Factory Inspectorate, Pollution Control Board, Industries and Transport. In addition
to these members, there are Co-opted Members also from district authorities concerned, civil
defence, publicity department, Municipal Corporation, and non-official such as elected
representative (MPs, MLAs, voluntary organization, non- governmental organizations, etc.).
Offsite emergency plan for proposed WtE plant shall be prepared based on consultation with
district authorities, district Disaster Management Plan. Off-site emergency plan would follow
the on-site emergency plan. When the consequences of an emergency situation go beyond
the proposed WtE plant boundaries, it becomes an off-site emergency. Off-site emergency is
essentially the responsibility of the public administration. However, the WtE plant
management will provide the public administration with the technical information relating to
the nature, quantum and probable consequences on the neighbouring population.
The components of an offsite emergency plan would include:
 Identification of locations of hazardous or dangerous substances, personnel and
emergency control rooms.
 Technical information such as chemical and physical properties, dangers etc.
Background information, past accidents, control techniques and effects of hazardous
materials of relevance.
 Identification of facilities and transport routes for toxic materials if any.
 Contact for further advice such as meteorological information, transport, temporary food
and accommodation, first aid and hospital services, water, etc.
 Establishing communication links including firefighting materials, damage control and
repair items.
 Detailing emergency response procedures.
 Notification to public at large.
 Evacuation arrangements.
 Press/media handling.
 Addressing longer term environmental clean up

Page 7-25
7.3.6.1 District Crisis Management Group and Action Plan

The district crisis management group and action plan is given in Figure 7-4.
District Collector/ADM, CPC, SP(R) Divisional Fire officer,
Incident Controller of the Factory
Commissioner Sr. Joint Director of RTO,KWA,KSEB ADM,ADC,

Divisional District Medical
of Police, Factories &Boilers DTO-KSRTC Tahsildars
Fire Officer Officer
Kochi city Chief Env:Engg,KSPCB Railways Village Officers
Controller of Explosive Door Darshan Sec-Local Bodies
NEERI etc AIR Dist Supply Officer
Duties Duties Duties Duties Duties Duties
Inform other
Fighting the fire First aid Provide
agencies
and preventing it Provide Proper necessary Arrange for
Provide support
Stopping Gas and Medical Technical Provide rehabilitation of
to
chemical leakages Attention to Assistance necessary evacuees
service agencies
to reduce effect of Victims during as support service Arrange for
Control traffic
toxic Transportations required by as food etc
and mob
gas and fumes Medical Treatment service required Maintain Service
Arrange for
Rescue and of workers agencies to by other facilities and
evacuation
salvage and people investigate service agencies working
of people
operations affected the cause of conditions
on advice from
Assist evacuations by the mishap disaster etc
chairman,
Figure 7-4: Crisis Management Group and Action Plan
7.3.7 Conclusion
The Disaster Management Plan (DMP) is prepared in conjunction with and taking into
consideration all technical reviews and suggestions as per acceptable norms. These details
shall be considered as guidelines for preparation of detailed DMP based on detailed risk
analysis.
7.4 Storm Water and Rainwater Harvesting

7.5 Transportation Management

axle trucks. The KMC is responsible to deliver the assured 300 Metric Tonnes of MSW to the
facility on a daily basis.

Page 7-26
Corporation to deliver MSW to the main gate each day. On an average ~150 truckloads per
day will deliver collected waste to the facility. In addition, the waste from existing waste dump
will be transported to the plant through conveyor. So the collected waste from various places
will be transported and transferred to the waste processing facility
As the trucks plying (~100-150 Nos) to the existing waste processing facility will be diverted
generation of truck traffic envisaged for the proposed Kochi Waste to Energy plant. Also the
existing traffic (line source) emissions are covered in baseline air quality data.
7.6 Social Impact Assessment
7.6.1 Social Impacts during Construction Phase
7.6.1.1 Land Acquisition

There are no existing settlements in the site and hence there will be no Resettlement or
Rehabilitation (R&R).
7.6.1.2 Impacts on Nearby Settlement

polluted category. Later it was revoked due to improvement achieved in the overall quality
index. The present site is within the continuum of the Ambalamugal industrial cluster and
adjacent to Brahmapuram Diesel Power Plant.
The current situation in the city of Kochi is that the existing waste disposal process is limited
to just collection and surface dumping of the waste into uncontrolled sites. The environmental
damage and risks to human health this activity creates are escalating on a daily basis. KMC
put efforts to set up facilities for the collection, transport and disposal of MSW and finally a
site was selected at Brahmapuram outside the limits of the corporation in nearby
Puthenkurisu-Vadavukode Panchayath. The windrow composting facility not able to process
all the waste received and, the site became a dump site. This finally led to agitations and
public interest litigations.
removal of existing waste dumps to generate power
The proposed project development is the one of the very important solution to the above
problem of degradation of environment quality of the region and management of city solid
waste such as Reduction in Green House Emissions & it’s environmental benefits, Carbon

Page 7-27
Footprint, Benefits to adjoining municipalities – HUB concept, Reduction in Land fill, Health
benefits, Reduction in Air/Soil/Water Contamination etc.
CO2 generation from the existing MSW dumping site. The design of the plant will ensure no
odour from the waste is released into the surrounding areas. The inbuilt emission treatment
system is supported by emission controls and systems which fully complies with the both the
Indian and more stringent EU emission and pollution control guidelines. The leachates and
the ash residues from the process will be treated within the facility and controlled.
7.6.1.3 Construction Worker Camps

Construction of WtE plant requires work force. To ensure that there is no strain on the
existing infrastructure, worker camps will be self-sufficient and would not relay on local
resource. This would also ensure that there will be no conflict with the local population.
Further the worker camp will be located well within the project boundary. The basic
infrastructure facilities like water supply, sanitation, power supply etc., will be provided in the
workers camp.
7.6.1.4 Employment Potential

The Total employment generation due to the proposed project can be primarily divided into
two categories, direct employment and indirect employment. During the construction phase
of the project there will be large-scale short term employment generation in the form of
skilled and semi-skilled labours. It is expected to generate employment to 100 persons other
than indirect employment. The local employment could be higher for semi-skilled and
unskilled labour due to the availability of this category at local level.
7.6.2 Social Impacts during Operation Phase
7.6.2.1 Employment Potential

During the operation phase the WtE plant is expected to bring 200 persons of direct
employment during the Operation phase.
7.6.2.2 Public Health and Safety

The following required facilities are designed to deal up to 500 tons per day of MSW. The
MSW will be delivered by Kochi Municipal Corporation to the main gate of project site.
Suitable safety/mitigation measures and procedures will be followed during the operation of
these industries/facilities.
lime

Page 7-28

off.
treated in REED BED system known as Microbial Soil Based Reed Bed (MSR) System.
The project site will also contain additional water treatment facilities; these are based on
Ultra Filtration and Reverse Osmosis water purification technologies. This leachate
generated during Bio Drying process is collected in underground channels and fed directly to
a large storage tank. The collected water is then strained to remove any large suspended
particles (greater than 150 microns). The solids and water recovered are returned to the bio
drying area and sprayed back on top of the fresh MSW heap for imitating a faster biological
activity thus reducing time for the drying process.
use, GJEPPLmix it with the bottom ash stream and use it in the re-manufacturing area. If the
concentration of toxic metals in Gasifier ash exceeds the limits specified Schedule II: List of
waste constituents with concentration limits (leachable concentration limits) in the Hazardous
and Other Waste (Management and Trans boundary Movement) Rules, 2016, the ash shall
be sent to Nearest TSDF. The inert other than metals and alloys having no CV value
obtained from material recovery facility (MRF) is blended with the Bottom Ash to produce re-
engineered materials (aggregate) which can be used in manufacture of bricks, paver block,
tiles and other value added products.
GJEPPL has obtained the approval (Appendix W) from District Medical Officer (Health),
Ernakulam district on public health point.

Page 7-29
Chapter 8
Project Benefits
Chapter 8. Project Benefits

Environmental sound management of MSW is a need of today. Scientific processing of waste
will prevent several health hazards to the public. When considering the relative
environmental benefits of landfill and energy from waste, the most important factor is their
potential contribution to climate change. Different amounts of greenhouse gases would be
released if the same waste was buried. The current situation in the city of Kochi (Kerala,
South India) is that, the existing waste disposal process is limited to just collection and
surface dumping of the waste into uncontrolled sites and the existing treatment system at
Brahamapuram is not functioning properly.
Energy from waste is therefore better than landfill, providing the residual waste being used
has the right renewable content and is matched with a plant that is efficient enough at turning
the waste to energy. These considerations have been at the heart of the GJEP proposal.
The benefits of this WtE includes,
 Environmental benefits
 Social and economic benefit
 Employment
 KMC (Local body) cost savings and financial benefits
 Health benefits
 Reduced use of other fossil fuels such as Coal etc.,
 Energy Efficiency/ Saving Through Recycling of the Waste Material
 Waste as fuel
 No resettlement and rehabilitation (R&R)
Hence, the proposed project will therefore immensely add to the social economic value of the
region.
Kochi waste to energy project provides an excellent cost benefit to KMC and to the public in
the following key areas:
8.1 Environmental benefits

CO2 generation from the existing MSW dumping site. Studies have proven that methane is
the third largest contributing factor towards hazardous GHG and is emitted out of untreated
waste dump yards/landfills in India. MSW waste if dumped, without proper waste
management can produce and release Methane (CH4) in huge quantities. Methane is> 20
times more harmful than CO2.
The design of the plant will ensure no odour from the waste is released into the surrounding
areas. The inbuilt emission treatment system is supported by emission controls and systems
which fully complies with the both the Indian and more stringent EU emission and pollution
control guidelines. The plant is designed to ensure a world-class emission standard in Kochi
through this project. The emission levels from the plant will comfortably meet all Indian
standards. The leachates and the ash residues from the process will be treated within the
facility and controlled, wherever possible a Zero Liquid Discharge policy will be used and
only safe disposal and release standards will be used, ensuring the minimum impact on the
local communities and wildlife.
Chapter 8Project Benefits

Page 8-1
removal of existing waste dumps to generate power. The lack of appropriate waste
processing capability restricts KMC ability to minimise the development of such waste dumps
across city until now.
8.2 Reduction in Land fill

The advanced gasification technology creates very limited quantity of fly ash for landfill
disposal (7.0 tonnes per day) compared to other waste processing technologies. This project
will prevent the requirements of further landfills in Kochi. Over the years the plant will be able
to utilise the existing landfill quality of waste and can support the reclamation of the current
precious land for KMC.
8.3 Social and Economic Benefit

Kochi city has been selected to be part of the Smart City initiative by the Government of India
and waste management is of paramount importance to achieve this Smart City status. The
increase in population, mushrooming multi-storey residential culture and extensive
infrastructure development created an alarming MSW volume increase and the lack of
scientific solutions at the current MSW dumping facility creating a polluted environment,
contaminated water bodies, health & safety issues and public outrage. This project will place
Kochi in the world map as a leader in the adoption and use of proven scientific initiatives for
carbon reduction through sustainable MSW management solution.
The current waste dump at Brahmapuram is creating a significant public outrage due to the
odour, insects, stray dogs and water contaminations. The colleges, schools and other
prominent business facilities within the vicinity of existing waste dumps are suffering due to
its adverse impact.
This sustainable MSW solution will enable the city of Kochi to close the existing waste dump
and to match world class standards and this will prevent or reduce a number of social and
health concerns including stray dogs, food borne diseases, insect and rodent proliferation.
The cleanliness of the city will be a step change in its profile outlook and will leverage a
significant boost in investments and tourism. One of the key criteria enabling the city’s
change of fortune will be its cleanliness and this project will enable Kochi to achieve this
target.
The value stream improvement of business facilities and properties will be enhanced through
a clean city initiative.
The industrial scale recycled material generation, commercially valuable aggregates and the
value adding ash produced from the facility will enable employment and entrepreneurial
options for local communities.

Page 8-2
8.4 Employment
The facility will provide employment for up to 200 People. The employees will be trained to
international standards and the skills and competency development programme will ensure
security and empowerment of employees. This project will provide apprentice programme to
the local educational institutions and will generate budding professionals for the future.
8.5 Local Body Cost Savings and Financial Benefits

Significant cost savings will be achieved by KMC through this project. Currently KMC spend
a significant amount on waste management and disposal at the existing dumping facility on a
daily basis. There is the ever-present danger of fire because of the uncontrolled method of
dumping, which creates additional costs in firefighting and legal fees. The clearance of the
waste from the existing dump site will enable the recovery and freeing up of up to 100 acres
of high value commercial property at Brahmapuram.
During the operations of the facility, KMC will receive a payment of Rs 1.2 Cr per annum
through land lease throughout the life of the project.
8.6 Health Benefits

The scientific processing of waste will prevent several health hazards to the public. The
collection and removal of plastics from the streets and dumping grounds will prevent public
incineration of plastic material, reducing the generation of dioxins and other toxic fume at
street level.
The leachates and exposed organic waste act as a source of contagious bacterial infections.
These contaminants can be exposed to the public through infectious aerosols and cross
contamination through manual handling. The residential areas, public spaces and market
areas will be free from such organic waste accumulation because disposal will be possible
through an effective waste processing system and efficient waste collection mechanism.
The extremely high levels of rodents, insects and stray dog currently found on the
unmanaged waste dumps is a direct health hazard impact. The impact this facility will have
will add significant support to minimising all these concerns.
Waste generated contamination into waterbodies and underground water table will be
minimised through the project. The hidden danger of heavy metals and microbial
contamination into the water supply is reduced by the use of the appropriate waste
management system.
8.7 Reduced use of Fossil Fuels

India has a huge market for low grade coal as a fuel source used in a large number of small
to medium businesses. Coal is a dirty fuel with a high level of CO 2 released during its
combustion. Also high levels of Sulphur, Mercury and Lead are released into to the
atmosphere each time it is burned.
Refused Derived Fuel (RDF) is classified as a renewable fuel source and when compared to
low grade coal, RDF has a higher heat value, lower emission levels, RDF is not a fossil fuel
and does not require the huge investment of mining and the related carbon expenditure such
mining activities create.
Given the difference in heat output between low-grade coal and RDF, the use of one ton of
RDF will eliminate the emissions of two tons of coal.

Page 8-3
The annual production of RDF at the Kochi plant will generate an estimated 84,117tons of
RDF. This will save over 100,000 tons of coal from being mined, transported and burned.
The Carbon savings for this aspect of the project alone is substantial.
The largest user of RDF products manufactured from waste is the cement industry
worldwide. Their fuel specification requirements are very high, but with the correct pre-
processing of the MSW material, it is possible to meet and even exceed these specifications.
Their specifications require a higher than standard Calorific Value, a very low ash content
(Product is used almost exclusively for combustion). Waste elements such as all inert
materials such as concrete, soil, rubble as well as high ash elements such as paper and
cardboard, laminated wooden resin bonded materials etc. are all removed from the RDF
profile during the waste screening process. The removal of all high ash content from the
feedstock prior to blending of the final RDF enables the production of an RDF product within
the specification criteria required by the end user.
Energy generation through the process of gasification using waste as a raw material:
gasification is the thermochemical decomposition of organic material at elevated
temperatures. It creates combustible gases for further use by using organic waste. The
process to be installed in this project is designed to support the production of RDF with an
ash level of between 20% and 25% (actual expected target is 20% ash production. However,
this target is dependent on the KMC meeting its target as detailed in the concession
agreement, namely to supply the MSW to the plant with the agreed maximum level of
Construction and demolition waste materials not exceeding 5%. If this level of Construction
and demolition waste volumes are exceeded and accepted for processing by the facility, then
the production of ash will also raise accordingly.
8.8 Energy Efficiency/ Saving through Recycling Of the Waste Material

It is always useful to recycle the waste material. Recycling process consume about half of
the energy to produce same quantity of products which would have been otherwise made
from the virgin material.
There is often concern that energy from waste discourages greater recycling. Most
Government’s goal is to move waste up the hierarchy. Throughout Europe there are
examples where energy from waste co-exists with high recycling, ultimately delivering low
landfill.
At the more local level the risk that energy from waste can compete with, not complement,
recycling does exist. However, it is an avoidable risk if contracts, plants and processes are
flexible enough to adapt to changes in waste a risings and composition. The current tests
clearly show the level of recyclable materials in the Kochi waste collections are very low and
as such it is felt they will not negatively impact on the recycling volumes.
Waste infrastructure has a long lifetime and care needs to be taken at the start to ensure
systems can adapt to potential long term change and drive waste up the hierarchy, not
constrain it. Flexibility of the overall approach to future change has therefore be another key
consideration in any proposal.

Page 8-4
8.9 Importance of Waste to Energy Plants in the National and State

Context
Urban India is facing an ever increasing challenge of providing for the incremental
infrastructural needs of a growing urban population. With this increasing population,
municipal solid waste management (MSWM) in the country has emerged as a challenge not
only because of the environmental and aesthetic concerns, but also because of the huge
quantities of municipal solid waste (MSW) generated every day. In recent years,
technologies have been developed that not only help in generating substantial quantity of
decentralized energy but also in reducing the quantity of waste for its safe disposal. The
Ministry is promoting all the Technology Options available for setting up projects for recovery
of energy from urban wastes. Energy in the form of biogas, heat or power is seen as a
bonus, which improves the viability of such projects. While incineration and biomethanation
are the most common technologies, pyrolysis and gasification are also emerging as preferred
options.
The processing will not only generate revenue and new products from waste, but also
improve public health and quality of life of people. The Swachh Bharat Mission has launched
the “waste-to-wealth scheme” for which steps have been taken for commissioning of waste-
to-energy plants.
Kerala State Policy on SWM 2018 gives the guiding principles, objectives and strategy to
achieve the vision of the policy wherein “promoting modern centralised waste processing
facilities in major cities using state of art technologies” is one among the strategy.
8.10 Target Beneficiaries

The target beneficiaries due to the project are as follows.
 Local Community
 Kochi District and State of Kerala
 Government of India
 Ministry of Urban Development
 GJECO Power Private Limited
 Financial Investors and Lenders
8.11 Corporate Environment Responsibility (CER)

As per the OM F. No. 22-65/2017-IA.III dated May 01, 2018, Impact Assessment division,
MoEF&CC, GoI, on Corporate Environment Responsibility, the project of Greenfield or
brownfield have to invest in the CER with the investment fund. Table 8-1 shows the cost to
be incurred for Corporate Environment Responsibility as per the OM F. No. 22-65/2017-IA.III
dated May 01, 2018.
Table 8-1: Cost for CER as per OM dated May 01, 2018
Brownfield Project- %
Capital Investment/ Additional Capital Investment (in Greenfield Project -%
S. No of Additional Capital
INR) of Capital Investment
Investment
1. Less than or equal to INR 100 crores 2.0% 1.0%
2. > 100 crores to less than or equal to INR 500 Crores 1.5% 0.75%
3. > INR 500 Crores to Less than or equal to 1000 Crores 1.0% 0.5%
From INR 1000 Crores to Less than or equal to 10000
4. 0.5% 0.25%
Crores
5. Greater than 10000 Crore 0.25% 0.125%

Page 8-5
The CER for the proposed project will fall under the CER category of Serial No. 2. The
budget for the CER will be 1.5% of the project cost as it is a Greenfield project which is
worked out to INR 4.425 Crores.
As such the project (Waste to Energy) itself a Solid waste Management facility for the Kochi
area which is one of the CER activities suggested in the aforesaid OM.
As the Project region is having well developed Infrastructures such as Drinking water supply,
Health facilities, Education facilities, electrification etc., again more focus on Solid waste
Management and Sanitation is provided in the project planning stage itself. Accordingly the
following are the areas/activities identified under Corporate Environment Responsibility.
 The adjacent waste disposal site is approximately 100 acres of land area, of this an
estimated 60 acres has been filled with waste over the last 15 years of operation. These
dumped waste are creating severe environmental issues such as Air/Water/Soil
contamination, Odour issues, Health issues, Fire accidents followed by Air Pollution etc.,
Hence, the Waste to Energy Plant capacity is planned not only for the waste that are
being generated but also for the already dumped waste at existing Brahamapuram site.
 Imparting Knowledge and Providing Technical Assistance to KMC to implement effective
Solid Waste Management.
 Conducting workshops and awareness campaigns on Best Solid waste management
practices for Various Stockholders.
In addition, Contribution to Disaster Management Fund is also considered.
The above identified activities may be revised based on the concerns which will be raised
during the public hearing according to its merits and priority.

Page 8-6
Chapter 9
Environment COST BENEFIT
ANALYSIS
Chapter 9. Environment Cost Benefit Analysis

9.1 Project Description
The salient features of the Kochi Waste to Energy Plant are given in Table 9-1.
Table 9-1: Salient Features of Kochi Waste to Energy Plant
S. No. Item Description
1 Name Kochi Waste to Energy Plant
2 Area KMC has earmarked the land of 8.0 hectares (~ 20 acres)
3 Greenbelt/Green Area ~2.13 ha
4 Design Aspects  Plant Capacity can handle up to 500 Tons per day
 Power Generation Capacity (Gross)-12.65 MW
 Total concession period-20 years
5 Water Requirement Construction:
 0.2 MLD, met from authorised water suppliers/Kerala Water Authority and bore well
Operation:
 2 MLD, met from nearby water body Kadambrayar/Chitrapuzha and bore well
9.1.1 Process
The Kochi WTE Plant involves the following process
The schematic representation of the process is given in Figure 9-1.
Figure 9-1: Schematic of Kochi WTE Plant Process
Chapter 9Environment Cost Benefit Analysis

Page 9-1
9.1.2 State of Art Technologies Proposed
9.1.2.1 Bio Drying

Bio drying is a well-proven, internationally acknowledged, technology that has been adopted
for the treatment of raw MSW waste in over 120 countries with over 700 operational bio-
drying plants installed around the world.
Bio-drying has many advantages over other methods of treating raw MSW:
 There is a very low electrical requirement with bio drying technologies, as the mesophyllic
and thermophyllic bacteria’s present in the municipal organic waste stream generates
high exothermic heat when excited in an oxygen rich atmosphere. A small fan controls
the oxygen levels injected into the MSW heaps through an aerated channel floor
 Control of the temperature inside the membrane allows for heat levels to increase,
allowing rapid gaseous exchange of moisture laden air, which can pass freely through the
membrane, whereas odours, bio-aerosols and viruses are retained within the mass
beneath the membrane
 Bio dried materials are sterilized and virus free following elevated temperature
stabilization and pass a 3 day culture test to show the material is totally biologically
inactive
 The MSW mass is dried down over a period of time, with negligible organic mass loss –
the main losses being water, which passes through the membrane as a gaseous vapour
or steam
 Typically, this technology can remove large amounts of water (over a controlled period of
time) from the MSW mass delivering a dried, friable material that lends itself to far more
effective mechanical separation treatment post bio-drying.
 Allows the simple separation of inerts, fine materials and metals from the process mass
9.1.2.2 Material Recovery Facility (MRF)

Materials recovery facilities (MRFs) are specialised facilities that receive separate and
prepare recyclable materials. In the context of the Kochi project, the MRF receives bio-dried
waste to remove material not suitable for fuel (metals, PVC, glass etc.). The segregated
materials can be sold into appropriate recycling markets.
The separation produces:
 Plastic Fuel/recycled
 Glass Recycled
 Metal Recycled
 Textiles Fuel/recycled
 Paper Fuel/recycled
 Cardboard Fuel
 Bio-dried Organics Fuel
The sorting process used in an MRF depends on the characteristics of the material, such as:
 Weight
 Optical density
 Magnetism
MRF equipment will make use of these characteristics wherever possible. For example,
weight is used to separate paper and glass from plastic. To sort different types of plastic,
optical density technologies are used. The optical sorter measures the plastic composition of

Page 9-2
a material and then determines where that piece should go. This is done by either letting the
plastic fall on to the conveyor below or by blasting it with a jet of air so that it is moved on to
another conveyor. For metals, magnetism is used to sort the materials.
Within all of these processes there will be a degree of human sorting, typically in a conveyor
type operation. This is done to ensure that there are no residual impurities before the
material is stored.
At MRF the dried sanitised waste is separated in to its different material fractions. All the
suitable plastics, glass, metals, paper, cardboards and aggregate materials are segregated
and stored in different packaging areas and made ready for sale. Once the recoverable items
have been removed, left out material will be a dry high quality RDF material.
Saleable items available from this section include- Plastics, Glass, Paper and card, Ferrous
and nonferrous metals, Construction and demolition waste, Secondary products produced
from the waste material.
The recovered materials upon mixing with the ash discharge from the gasifier can be used as
raw materials needed to make new by-products from the waste. These can include but are
not limited to blocks, tiles, road aggregate, foundation material and decorative patio surfaces.
9.1.2.3 Gasification
The gasification is a thermo-chemical process in which materials with organic or fossil origin
are converted to carbon monoxide, hydrogen, carbon dioxide, and others. This process is
initiated at high temperatures with tiny amount of oxygen and vapor in a controlled manner
without combustion taking place. The gas obtained from this method is called syngas
(synthesis gas). The purpose of gasification of waste is to minimize emissions and to
maximize the gain and quality of recyclable products.
The controlled RDF from the blending process will be fed through the automated Gasifier to
generate syngas ‘which will be utilized as a fuel source in the Boiler and Steam power
generator. Gasification has a proven operational history for over 40 years globally and is
considered a robust method in the MSW to Energy generation process. The Biomass Power
Gasifier is a new generation Gasifier with higher efficiency and operational robustness
9.1.2.4 Emission Treatment System

The inbuilt emission treatment system is supported by an advanced emission controls
system, which fully complies with both Indian and the much stringent EU emission and
pollution control guidelines. The plant is designed to set world-class emission standards in
Kochi through this project. The emission levels from the plant will comfortably meet all Indian
standards. The leachates and the ash residues from the process will be processed and
treated within the facility and no further land, air and water pollution will be induced from this
plant. Each element of the technology and its providers were carefully selected to meet
Kochi‘s unique MSW requirements by technical experts.
The typical Schematic of the Flue gas treatment system is given in Figure 9-2.

Page 9-3
Figure 9-2: Typical Schematic of Flue gas Treatment System
9.2 Environmental Benefit Analysis
9.2.1 Current Scenario’s Environmental Risk and Damages

Scientific management of municipal solid waste is one of challenges being faced in Kochi.
corporation in nearby Puthenkurisu-VadavukodePanchayath. The windrow composting
If this project is not taken up, then
 Accumulation of waste at places, roads and public places with waste litters, polluted
water bodies, stagnant contaminants, eutrophication of lakes and water ways etc.,
adversely affects the aesthetic appearances and hygienic environment.
 The extremely bad “Odour issue: in the region will remain
 The people of this area will suffer from various diseases or Increase in Health issues
 Effect on Tourism and related activities
 With more and more dumping of waste, the situation will be worsening year after year
 Possibility of more and more Fire incidents at existing dumping area which happen
recently.
 Increase in Green House Emissions & it’s environmental benefits
 Increase in Land fill
 Increase in Air/Soil/Water Contamination
9.2.2 Environmental Aspects of Kochi WTE Plant

The following are the Environmental Protection Measures proposed for the Kochi WTE Plant.

Page 9-4
Figure 9-3: Environmental Aspects of Kochi WTE

1 Wastewater (Effluent and Source Cu. m/day Remarks
Sewage) Leachate 30 Daily Avg
Blowdown water 288 11-12 CUMPH
Sewage 25 Daily Avg
2 Air Pollution Control The brief summary of the Flue Gas Treatment System is given below:
Measures  Bag house filter
 Reaction tower in which acidic gases are removed by chemical reaction
with the injectedlime
 Connections for Continuous Flue Gas Monitoring system to monitor all
dust and gases inaccordance with Indian standards
 Manual segregation and removal of Chlorinated Plastic and other
elements unsuitable forthermal treatment
 Temperature control within combustion/gasification chambers (always
above 850 0C)reduces the formation of dioxins and furans
 Multiple combustion/gasification chambers support the complete
molecular breakdownand conversion to gas of all inserted materials
3 Wastewater Management  Wastewater generated in the proposed Waste to Energy (WtE) plan will
be collected and treated in REED BED system known as Microbial Soil
Based Reed Bed (MSR) System.Waste water produced will be stored in
an underground tank and then be pumped through the MSR system.
 Additional water treatment facilities based on Ultra Filtration and Reverse
Osmosis water purification technologies.
 Leachate generated during Bio Drying process is collected in
underground channels and fed directly to a large storage tank. The
collected water is then strained to remove any large suspended particles
(greater than 150 microns). The solids and water recovered are returned
to the bio drying area and sprayed back on top of the fresh MSW heap for
imitating a faster biological activity thus reducing time for the drying
process.
 No untreated Waste Water will be sent out
 Storm Water Drainage System
4 Solid Waste Management  Fly ash generated is analysed and if there are no toxic elements which
would affect its use, we mix it with the bottom ash stream and use it in the
re-manufacturing area. If the concentration of toxic metals in Gasifier ash
exceeds the limits specified Schedule II: List of waste constituents with
concentration limits (leachable concentration limits) in the Hazardous and
Other Waste (Management and Trans boundary Movement) Rules, 2016,
the ash shall be sent to Nearest TSDF
 Inert other than metals and alloys having no CV value obtained from
material recovery facility (MRF) is blended with the Bottom Ash to
produce re-engineered materials (aggregate) which can be used in
manufacture of bricks, paver block, tiles and other value added products.
 Waste generated from canteen and administrative areas is estimated
about 100 kg/day, of which 60% will be bio-degradable and 40% non-
biodegradable. The same will be utilised in the waste processing facility.
5 Odour control management  Odour control by natural wood chip filtration process which is a well
proven technology is operated during all delivery times at the waste
reception area
 During the loading stages, the waste is very wet and fresh, so it does
smell. To combat that issue, GJEPPL proposes to use mobile odour
control systems and these machines fire a very fine mist of water droplets

Page 9-5

and special chemicals to capture and neutralise the odours in the air.
9.2.3 Environmental Benefits

Considering the above current scenario of Kochi and proposed WTE Plant with essential
pollution control measures, the following qualitative analysis on Environmental Benefit was
made.
Table 9-2; Environmental Benefit Analysis
Linkages to
Assigned Weightage
Environmental Benefit
Percentage benefit
Conceptual benefit
Removal of waste
New Employment
S.
Quality of Life
Parameters
Reduction In
No
Very high
Very low
pollution
medium
High
1 Low
2 3 4 5 % (Yes is '1' and No '0')
1 Need of Waste to Energy Project Very High √ 100 1 1 1 1
Reduction in Odour Compared to
√ 80 0 0 1 1
2 Existing Practices High
3 Improved Quality of City life High √ 80 1 1 1 1
4 Reduction in Water Pollution High √ 80 1 1 1 1
5 Improved Solid Waste Management High √l 80 1 1 1 1
6 Improved Overall Social Benefit Very high √ 100 1 1 1 1
7 Local Land Appreciation Medium √ 60 1 1 1 1
8 Local Property appreciation (e.g Flat) Medium √ 60 1 1 1 1
9 Benefit to Kochi Municipal Corporation High √ 80 1 1 1 1
10 Benefit to Government of Kerala High √ 80 1 1 1 1
Reduction in insects and other
√ 80 1 0 1 1
11 Biological negatives High
12 Improved Workers Safety Very High √ 100 1 1 1 1
13 Reduction in local Vector diseases High √ 80 1 0 1 1
Introduction of new Patented
√ 100 1 1 1 1
14 technology Very High
15 Climate Change Benefit Very High √ 100 1 1 1 1
Low Carbon Foot Print/Reduction in
√ 100 1 1 1 1
16 Fossil Fuel Consumption High
17 Increased Employment Generation Medium √ 40 1 1 1 1
Improvements in Waste Handling
√ 80 1 1 1 1
18 Techniques High
Decrease In Waste Dumping In Water
√ 80 1 0 1 1
19 Bodies and Open Areas high
20 Recycling Benefit (Blocks And Bricks ) High √ 80 1 1 1 1
Improvement In Regional Hygiene And
√ 60 1 1 1 1
21 Health High
Reduction Of Environmental Risks Like
√ 60 1 1 1 1
22 Recent Fire At Dumping Yard Medium
23 Positive Impact On Tourism High √ 80 1 1 1 1
Support to Kochi - A Smart City Action
√ 100 1 1 1 1
24 Plan Very High

Page 9-6
Linkages to
Assigned Weightage
Environmental Benefit
Percentage benefit
Conceptual benefit
Removal of waste
New Employment
S.
Quality of Life
Parameters
Reduction In
No
Very high
Very low
pollution
medium
High
Low
1 2 3 4 5 % (Yes is '1' and No '0')
25 Reduction In Public Outrage Very High √ 100 1 1 1 1
9.3 Cost Benefit Analysis

Municipal solid waste landfill can represent a source of main environmental impacts closely
linked to the potential emission of leachate and landfill gas, which cause groundwater
pollution, soil contamination and global warming effects (Pantin et al., 2013). Non-
engineering landfill has caused many environmental negative impacts such as the
destruction of the environment, reduction of general hygiene, socioeconomic impacts,
emission of methane, carbon dioxide, nitrogen, hydrogen, and other harmful gases. Methane
is the most principal gas produced by decomposition of the waste in the landfills. In case the
methane is not controlled, it will have detrimental environmental effects. To solve the million-
dollar problem of landfill, a large number of municipalities in U.S. have turned to gasification.
This method is environmentally friendly and converts the energy inside the waste to
beneficial products such as electricity.
Old incinerators that were known for their high pollution and environmental impact have been
replaced by modern Waste-to-Energy facilities that have very advanced pollution control
systems. Some of case study conducted on Incineration Versus Gasification reveals that the
results of the cost-benefit analysis of the two commercially viable gasification technologies
indicate that gasification can be an environmentally superior and more cost competitive
option than incineration.
Quantifying benefits is usually more difficult than estimating and predicting costs. The
objective of the benefit valuation process is to develop assumptions and present a reasoned
prediction of the benefit's value.
The cost benefit analysis of any project would not be complete without understanding the
socio-cultural and environmental impacts of the project, though small and unquantifiable they
may be. WTE is a waste management facility that is considered a renewable energy
technology. Any means of energy production and waste management impacts the
environment in some way, and WTE is no different. The magnitudes of many of these
impacts are very subjective and depend on the specific tests employed. The above sections
described some of these environmental, social, and economic impacts.
Table 9-3 and Table 9-4 summarize the Major environmental, social and economic impacts
that need to be taken into consideration in any WTE project assessment and that could not
be monetized for this analysis. Nevertheless, their magnitude has been scored based on
subjective analysis and literature review

Page 9-7
Table 9-3: Non-Quantifiable Costs

Kind of Cost/Impact Nature of Cost Major Stakeholders Scores
Environmental Odour Neighbourhood **
Air Pollution KSPCB/ MoEF&CC and Health Department ****
Noise Neighbourhood **
Social Landuse Community Groups, Ngihbouhood, **
Enviornmental NGOs
Aesthetic Value Community Groups and Nearby Citizens *
Traffic Neighbourhood **
Economic Real Estate Value Neighbourhood **
Key: Significant Cost **** Some Cost** Insignificant Cost*

Table 9-4: Non-Quantifiable Benefits
Kind of Cost/Impact Nature of Cost Major Stakeholders Scores
Environmental Reducing the waste up to KMC, MoUD, etc., ++++
90%
Clean Energy Production Ministry of Power, Ministry of Renewable ++
Energy, etc.,
Emission Reduction KSPCB/ MoEF&CC and Health Department ++++
Social Aesthetic Value Community Groups and Nearby Citizens +
Economic Employment Manufacturers of WTE Plant Components ++
such as Gasifiers,Turbine, Generators,
Water Treatment Plant etc.,
people seeking employment,
Government
Key: Significant benefit ++++ Some benefit ++ Insignificant Benefit +
9.3.1 Projected WTE Plant Cost
9.3.1.1 Capital Cost

The capital cost of the proposed Kochi WTE plant is estimated at INR 295 Crores. This
estimate was done on the basis of similar capacity of recently built plants, assuming that the
WTE technology has a high quality design with Bio Drying and Gasification with flue gas
cleaning and a 57 m stack. Since capital costs are very dependent on steel price and on
various local factors, the estimate is expected to be within +/- 20% accuracy
9.3.1.2 Operational Cost

The estimated operating costs (also within plus or minus 20% accuracy) are of INR 15.95
Crores per year. This estimate assumes O&M Charges as 5% of Project Cost as well as
Concession Fee to be paid to Corporation for the land allotted for the Project.
9.3.2 Projected WTE Plant Revenues

The following are the projected WTE Plant major revenues in the cost benefit analysis.
 The sale of electricity
 Revenue from Blocks
 Revenue from Recycled Plastic
 Revenue from Metal Plastic
9.3.2.1 Other Revenue from Carbon Credit

Combusting MSW in WTE plants instead of landfilling it, decreases carbon emissions in
approximately 0.5 to 1 ton of carbon dioxide equivalent (depending on the type of landfill, and

Page 9-8
the efficiency of landfill gas recovery systems). In Kohi, since the business as usual scenario
for the waste would be to be disposed Brahamapuram landfill (as the waste processing not
functioning to the requirements), which not recover landfill gases, 1 ton of CO 2e would be
avoided per ton of waste incinerated. Therefore, the proposed Kochi WTE plant could
receive an additional income from carbon credits, depending on the price of Certified
Emission Reductions (CERs).
Carbon credits are difficult to originate due to all the stringent requirements and long
scrutiny processes that the project has to go through. Therefore, it would not be
realistic to assume that the plant is certain to receive an income from carbon credits.
However, in this analysis Scenario including revenues from carbon credits is not
considered. Only scenarios with the revenue from sale of electricity, recyclables and
without the revenues from Caro Credit have been considered as a pessimistic
approach and the summary of the analysis presented below.
9.3.3 Summary of Financial Analysis

Building a WTE plant in Kochi would help the city, and the country, advance in sustainable
waste management. KMC has guaranteed the daily delivery of 300 TPD of wastes to the
WTE plant. Kochi WTE plant is proposed with 500 TPD considering the future growth as well
as the availability of dumped waste in the Brahamapuram Site. The best-suited technologies
such as bio drying, gasification have been considered based waste characterization
suggested by well experienced technology provider.
The cost-benefit analysis of building a Waste-to-Energy facility in Kchi was conducted, and
the capital cost was estimated to be INR 295 Crores. This facility would be privately owned,
with a capital structure of 30% equity and 70% debt, paid at an 11.5% interest rate for 12
years. Based on capital cost, O&M cost and Revenue estimated the financial analysis was
made and arrived the positive Net Present value (NPV) of INR 71.30 Crore with an Interest
Rate of Return (IRR) of 15.09%. Potential profit streams such as carbon credits has been
ignored The details are presented below with assumptions.
Table 9-5: Assumptions in Financial Analysis
Assumption Parameter
S.No Sub-head Sub-head(2) unit Comments
head Value
1 Power Capacity Installed Capacity Gross MW 12.65
Generation Net Electricity Limit kWh/ton 250 Concession
Agreement
Parasitic Load % 15%
Plant Load Factor 1st year % 75%
Plant Load Factor 2st year % 90%
Plant Load Factor 3rd year % 90%
onwards
useful life years 18
2 Project cost Capital cost Project cost Rs Cr 280
Capital subsidy, if any Rs Cr nil
Interest during construction Rs Cr 15.00 Derived figure
based on actual
loan disbursal
Net Capital Cost Rs Cr 295.00
3 Financial Tariff period years 18.5 As per
Assumptions Concession
Agreement

Page 9-9
head Value
Construction period months 18 As per
Concession
Agreement
Total Concession period years 20 As per
Concession
Agreement
Debt: Equity debt % 70%
Equity % 30%
total debt amount Rs Cr 206
total equity amount Rs Cr 89
Debt loan amount Rs Cr 206
component moratorium period years 2
repayment period years 12
Loan Repayment Rs Cr 17.17 Derived figure
interest rate % 11.5%
Equity equity amount Rs Cr 89
component return on equity % p.a 18%
discount rate % 10.81% WACC
Depreciation depreciation rate for first 12 years Rs Cr 17.17 Derived figure
depreciation rate 13th years Rs Cr 13.69 Derived figure
onwards
4 Operation &
Maintenance Land Lease Concession fee paid per year to Rs Cr 1.2 As per
corporation for land alloted for Concession
project Agreement
O&M O&M Charge as 5% of Project Rs Cr 14.75
expenses per Cost
annum
Total O&M Rs Cr 15.95
expenses
escalation % 5.75%
factor for
O&M
expense
5 Working O&M months 2
capital Expense
Maintenance (% of O&M cost) % 15%
spare
Receivables months 2
Interest on % p.a 12.0%
working
capital
6 Project Project WPI-2004-05 Base 100
Revenue Escalation WPI - August 2015 176.7
Assumption Factor
Assumption WPI Escalation CAGR % 3.95% Concession
Agreement
Allowed Indexation % 60% Concession
Agreement
Increase in Base Tariff % 2.37%

Page 9-10
head Value
Quoted Tariff Quoted Base Year Tariff - Dec Rs/kWh 15.00 Concession
For Net 2014 Agreement
Electricity
Limit Tariff 1st year of Operation Rs/kWh 15.00 year 2022
Levelised Tariff for Excess Electricity Rs/kWh 6.17

Tariff
determined
by KSERC
Other Income Block Manufactured (000) 1400 4000 blocks per
day
Margin from Block sale Rs /block
10
Revenue from Blocks Rs Cr 1.40 Derived figure
Recycled Plastic Quantity in a MT 1825 1 % of MSW
year
Recycled Plastic Rate Rs/MT 7000
Revenue from Recycled Plastic Rs Cr 1.28 Derived figure
Recycled Metal Quantity in a year MT 2737.5 1% of MSW
Recycled Metal Rate Rs/MT 15000
Revenue from Metal Plastic Rs Cr 4.11
Total Revenue from Recyclable Rs Cr 6.78 Derived figure
Income Tax % 33%
8 Revenue Excess Electricity % 20% Concession
Sharing Agreement

Page 9-11
Table 9-6: Summary of Financial Analysis

OPERATION
YEAR unit 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 18.5
Ne: Generation MU 70.64 84.77 84.77 84.77 84.77 84.77 84.77 84.77 84.77 84.77 84.77 84.77 84.77 84.77 84.77 84.77 84.77 84.77 42.39
Net Electricity
@250kWh/ton
(NE) MU 27.38 27.38 27.38 27.38 27.38 27.38 27.38 27.38 27.38 27.38 27.38 27.38 27.38 27.38 27.38 27.38 27.38 27.38 13.69
Excess
Electricity (EE) MU 43.27 57.40 57.40 57.40 57.40 57.40 57.40 57.40 57.40 57.40 57.40 57.40 57.40 57.40 57.40 57.40 57.40 57.40 28.70
Quoted Tariff - RS/k
First 250 units Wh 15.00 15.36 15.72 16.09 16.47 16.86 17.26 17.67 18.09 18.52 18.96 19.41 19.87 20.34 20.82 21.31 21.82 22.34 22.87
Revenues
Revenue from
Sale of Net
RS Cr
Electricity
@250kWh/ton 41.06 42.05 43.03 44.05 45.09 46.15 47.25 48.37 49.52 50.70 51.90 53.13 54.39 55.68 56.99 58.34 59.73 61.16 31.30
Revenue from
Excess
RS Cr
Electricity less
KMC Share 21.36 28.33 28.33 28.33 28.33 28.33 28.33 28.33 28.33 28.33 28.33 28.33 28.33 28.33 28.33 28.33 28.33 28.33 14.17
Revenue from
Sale of
RS Cr
Recycled
Material 6.78 6.78 6.78 6.78 6.78 6.78 6.78 6.78 6.78 6.78 6.78 6.78 6.78 6.78 6.78 6.78 6.78 6.78 3.39
Total 69.20 77.16 78.15 79.16 80.20 81.27 82.36 83.49 84.64 85.81 87.02 88.25 89.51 90.80 92.11 93.45 94.85 96.27 48.86
Expense
O&M Expense RS Cr 14.75 15.60 16.50 17.44 18.45 19.51 20.63 21.81 23.07 24.40 25.80 27.28 28.85 30.51 32.26 34.12 36.08 38.16 20.17
Land lease RS Cr 1.20 1.23 1.26 1.29 1.32 1.35 1.38 1.41 1.45 1.48 1.52 1.55 1.59 1.63 1.67 1.71 1.75 1.79 0.91
Depreciation RS Cr 17.17 17.17 17.17 17.17 17.17 17.17 17.17 17.17 17.17 17.17 17.17 17.17 13.69 13.69 13.69 13.69 13.69 13.69 6.85
Interest on term
loan RS Cr 23.69 21.72 19.74 17.77 15.79 13.82 11.85 9.87 7.90 5.92 3.95 1.97 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
interest on
working capital RS Cr 1.94 2.14 2.19 2.25 2.31 2.37 2.43 2.50 2.57 2.64 2.72 2.80 2.89 2.97 3.07 3.17 3.27 3.38 1.74
Total 58.75 57.85 56.85 55.92 55.03 54.21 53.45 52.77 52.15 51.61 51.15 50.78 47.02 48.80 50.69 52.69 54.79 57.01 29.68
Page 9-12
Gross Profit RS Cr 10.46 19.31 21.30 23.25 25.17 27.06 28.91 30.72 32.49 34.21 35.87 37.47 42.49 42.00 41.42 40.76 40.06 39.26 19.19
Tax paid @33% RS Cr 3.45 6.37 7.03 7.67 8.31 8.93 9.54 10.14 10.72 11.29 11.84 12.37 14.02 13.86 13.67 13.45 13.22 12.95 6.33
Cash Flow
-
295.0
Net Cash Flow 0 47.86 51.82 51.18 50.51 49.82 49.11 48.38 47.62 46.83 46.01 45.15 44.25 42.16 41.83 41.44 41.00 40.53 39.99 19.70
15.09
IRR %
NPV 71.30
Debt Schedule
Opening
Balance 206.0 188.8 171.6 154.5 137.3 120.1 103.0 85.83 68.67 51.50 34.33 17.17
RS Cr 0 3 7 0 3 7 0
Loan
Repayment RS Cr 17.17 17.17 17.17 17.17 17.17 17.17 17.17 17.17 17.17 17.17 17.17 17.17
Interest
RS Cr 23.69 21.72 19.74 17.77 15.79 13.82 11.85 9.87 7.90 5.92 3.95 1.97
Closing
Balance 188.8 171.6 154.5 137.3 120.1 103.0 85.83 68.67 51.50 34.33 17.17 -
RS Cr 3 7 0 3 7 0
Working Capital Schedule
O&M Charge Rs, Cr 2.46 2.6 2.75 2.91 3.07 3.25 3.44 3.64 3.84 4.07 4.3 4.55 4.81 5.08 5.38 5.69 6.01 6.36 3.36
Spares RS Cr 2.21 2.34 2.47 2.62 2.77 2.93 3.09 3.27 3.46 3.66 3.87 4.09 4.33 4.58 4.84 5.12 5.41 5.72 3.03
Receiveables RS Cr 11.53 12.86 13.02 13.19 13.37 13.54 13.73 13.91 14.11 14.3 14.5 14.71 14.92 15.13 15.35 15.58 15.81 16.05 8.14
Total WC Loan RS Cr 16.2 17.8 18.24 18.72 19.21 19.72 20.26 20.82 21.41 22.03 22.67 23.35 24.06 24.79 25.57 26.39 27.23 28.13 14.53
WC Interest RS Cr 1.94 2.14 2.19 2.25 2.31 2.37 2.43 2.5 2.57 2.64 2.72 2.8 2.89 2.97 3.07 3.17 3.27 3.38 1.74

Page 9-13
Chapter 10
Environmental Management
Plan (EMP)
Chapter 10. Environmental Management Plan

The Environmental Management Plan is basically a project specific Environmental Protection
Plan (EPP) is developed to outline the proposed environmental protection measures,
mitigation measures and commitments to be undertaken by Project Proponent, its
contractors and subcontractors, during construction and operation to avoid or reduce
potential adverse environmental effects. This chapter presents an overview of Environmental
Management Plan.
The main objectives of Environmental Management are to:
 Identify key environmental issues envisaged to be encountered during construction and
operation phases of the project
 Provide guidelines for appropriate mitigation measures
 Establish systems and procedures for implementing mitigation measures
 Ensure the mitigation measures are being implemented
 Monitor the effectiveness of mitigation measures
 Institutional framework includes the responsibilities for environment management as well
as responsibility for implementing environmental measures
 Take necessary prompt action when unforeseen impacts occur
The anticipated environmental impacts and mitigation measures for each likely impact on the
prevailing environment have been discussed in detail at the respective sections in Chapter
4. The Environmental Monitoring Programme for implementation of proposed mitigation
measures have been discussed in Chapter 6. In this chapter the following specific
Environmental Management Plan/measures are discussed:
 Administrative and Technical Setup for Environmental Management
 Greenbelt development plan
 Solar power harnessing potential
 Rainwater harvesting potential
 Odor Management Plan
 Occupational Health and Safety
 Institutional arrangements/framework for Environment Management
 Summary of project activities, associated impacts and mitigation measures
 Budgetary provisions for environment management
10.1 Administrative and Technical Setup for Environmental Management

Well qualified personnel in the respective discipline with experience in relevant field shall be
considered in the organisation setup of Environmental Management. However the right
person for the right job with right attitude needs to be the focus criteria while selecting such
personnel as qualification criteria alone has the potential to fail because of lack of concerns
and negative attitude towards Environmental Management. The responsibilities of the
Environmental Management Team/Cell shall be as follows:
 Identify Environmental aspects, normal, abnormal and emergency conditions
 Ensure implementation of standard operating procedures as updated from time to time
 Evaluate any non-conformity to the Environmental standards, as stipulated by different
regulatory agencies
 Ensure and implement necessary corrective actions
Chapter 10Environmental Management Plan

Page 10-1
 Establish procedures for reporting, document and record control

 Establish and implement procedures for incident and near miss reporting, investigation
and root cause analysis and prescribe corrective action
10.2 Greenbelt Development

Trees play a vital role in the Environment in preventing the horizontal dispersion of the
pollutants to the surrounding areas. Trees are very suitable and effective for detecting,
recognizing, reducing and controlling air pollution, minimising noise pollution and will also
check soil erosion, make the ecosystem more complete and functionally more stable and
conducive. Owing to their large surface area besides their bio-aesthetical values trees are to
be used as indicators of biological effects of pollutant.
During the development of the greenbelt within the project area, it has to be emphasized that
those native plant species should be planted which are having ornamental value and are fast
growing with excellent canopy cover.
10.2.1 Objectives of Greenbelt Plan

The objectives of Greenbelt development are as follows:
 Prevention of land degradation due to activities during construction phase
 Mitigation of Fugitive Emissions and improve ambient air quality
 Provide a shelter belt around the project area for dust absorption and noise reduction
 Enhancement of the overall Environmental quality
 Conserve soil quality and improve moisture level in ambient atmosphere
 Provide adequate shelter and habitat to the local fauna
 Enhancing the ecological equilibrium of the area
 Increase aesthetic value
 Create awareness for Environmental conservation and tree planting.
 Compliance of the conditions stipulated in the Environment clearance
 Protect human health and prevent pollution
 Generate employment for the local people
10.2.2 Greenbelt Development Plan

The Greenbelt development plan for the proposed WtE plant is based on “Guidelines for
Developing Greenbelt” published by Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB).
Green belt of ~2.13 (26.62%) ha will be developed around the project site with indigenous
trees and shrubs with perennial canopy. Emphasis shall be on native plant species on the
basis of air pollution tolerance index of tree.
10.2.2.1 Design of Green Belt

Green belt will be developed as per CPCB guidelines with concept of three tier greenbelt
development with tall, medium and short height in general.
A survey was conducted with respect to existing forest types and vegetation diversity in the
study area for development of greenbelt around project components. The following
guidelines will be considered in green belt development.
 The spacing between the trees will be maintained at 2x2m
 Planting of trees in each row will be in staggered orientation

Page 10-2
 It is to be ensured that in the front row shrubs will be grown.

 The short trees (<10 m height) will be planted in the first two rows (towards WtE plant
side) of the green belt. The tall trees (> 10 m height) will be planted in the outer three
rows (near the boundary)
 One line of tall trees and another line of short trees will be planted to control the fugitive
emissions and to reduce the noise.
 Expose the manure pits to direct sunlight for about 15 days and
o If the soil at the site is reasonably good, pits will be filled with 80% site-soil + 20%
composted cow-dung. About 200gm Neem-cake and leaf-litter, grass or
agricultural residue will be added
o If the soil at the site is poor, pits will be filled with 35% site-soil + 35% fertile soil
(from an external source) +30% composted cow-dung. Neem-cake and other
organic matter will be added as in the previous instance
 Saplings will ideally be planted after the annual rains begin. The saplings would need to
be watered once the rains cease.
 Saplings will be suitably nurtured and maintained. Soil conditioning and fertilizer
application shall be undertaken. If required, suitable soil treatment shall be provided to
ensure good growth of tree cover.
 Construction of temporary shelters of locally available materials such as bamboo and
grass around the growing saplings is recommended in the summer, to help the plants
withstand the hot sun.
 During construction period
o Ground-vegetation should be allowed to shed seeds before cutting or moving it for
mulching. This would leave behind a seed-bank to flourish in the next growing
season, providing a natural source of mulch for the following year.
o Open Burning of bushes and other waste on land must be avoided, as it reduces
soil-quality, and harms the ground-vegetation, amphibians, reptiles and ground
nesting birds.
 Development of greenbelt will start with construction phase and will be continued full-
fledged with operation phase of the proposed WtE plant.
 As a part of improving biodiversity, areas need to be ear marked for the growth of
creepers that are always neglected in green belt development category. Creepers are
becoming increasingly threatened due to lack of concern and selective dereliction of this
species.
The indicative sketch of three tier greenbelt development is given in Figure 10-1.

Page 10-3
Figure 10-1: Indicative Sketch of Three Tier Greenbelt Development
10.2.2.2 Cost estimations for Greenbelt Development

Green belt of ~2.13 (26.62%) ha will be developed around the project site with indigenous
trees and shrubs with perennial canopy. The survival of the plantation shall be monitored
frequently and survival rate of the plantation during operational phase shall not be less than
80%.
A capital cost of INR 7.5 lakhs shall be earmarked for this purpose and INR of 75,000 shall
be allocated for recurring expenses per annum towards green belt development and
maintenance. The lay out plan of the green plant and green areas in project layout is
depicted in the Figure 2-5.
10.2.3 Recommended Species for Plantation

Based on climate and soil characteristics of the study area, some species are recommended
for plantation. The climate of the region is extreme where there is heavy rainfall as well as
extreme heat and soil temperature. The pollutants from process stack, DG stack,
dust/fugitive emissions namely particulate matter, sulphur dioxide, nitrogen dioxide and
carbon dioxide along with the noise pollution can be effectively curbed by planting specific
floral species. The recommended species for greenbelt and plantation are given in Table
10-1.
Table 10-1: Recommended Plants for Greenbelt
S.No Botanical name Importance
Trees - Avenue and Block Plantations
1 Cassia fistula Ornamental and flowers source of food for birds
2 Ficus benghalensis Shade and a source of food for birds
3 Ficus racemosa Edible fruits
4 Ficus religiosa Shade and a source of food for birds
5 Holoptelia integrifolia Broad leaves and shady
6 Spathodea companulata Ornamental avenue tree
7 Syzygium cumini Edible fruits
8 Terminalia arjuna Timber and shade tree
9 Terminalia catappa Edible nuts
10 Dendrocalamus strictus Sound barrier
11 Syzygium cumini Evergreen & Edible fruits

Page 10-4
S.No Botanical name Importance

Trees - Avenue and Block Plantations
12 Santalum album Flowering and wood has commercial value
13 Pithecellobium dulce Flowering and a source of food for birds
14 Gmelina arborea Broad leaves & wood has commercial value
15 Mangifera indica Broad leaves & Edible fruits
16 Psidium guava Fruiting bearing
17 Tamarindus indica Fruiting bearing
18 Anthocephalus cadamba Broad leaved & Fast growing
Artocarpus
19 Broad leaved, Fast growing & Fruiting bearing
heterophyllus
20 Mitragyna parvifolia Shady, Native & Fast growing
21 Grevillea robusta Shady & Fast growing
Shrubs - Avenue and Block Plantations
1 Alstonia scholaris Evergreen, Pollution resistant
2 Caesalpinia pulcherrima Evergreen and ornamental
3 Cycas revoluta Evergreen and ornamental
4 Nerium odoratum Evergreen and ornamental
5 Plumeria alba Evergreen and ornamental
6 Tecoma stans Evergreen and ornamental
7 Durantha repens Evergreen and ornamental
8 Hamelia patens Evergreen and ornamental
9 Hibiscus rosa sinensis Evergreen and ornamental
10 Erythrina indica Native & ornamental
11 Nyctanthes arboritis Native & ornamental
All the above trees & shrubs are typical constituents of the vegetation of Southern Indian
States, particularly Kerala and Tamil Nadu and they are also pervasive in Ernakulam district.
10.3 Rainwater Harvesting Potential

Rainwater Harvesting (RWH) refers to collection of rain falling on earth surface for beneficial
uses before it drains away as run-off. In the last 10 year, highest rainfall in 24 hours has
been 208 mm of rain. In terms of the impact on the site this would equate to 6598 m 3 of
storm-water. The facility will be provided with storm water drain to collect the surface run off
and the same will be stored in the designated water tank and making it available for reuse in
the plant’s daily operations. Rain Water storage Tank will be designed to capture the rain
water from all roof areas, landscape and hard standing areas. Additionally excess rain water
will be diverted to the water conservation area for storage.
10.4 Solar Power Harnessing Potential

The proposed Waste to Energy (WtE) plant based on Refused Derived Fuel (RDF) from
MSW which is classified as a renewable fuel source. Also, the project site in Brahamapuram
experiences very heavy rainfall. However, the feasibility of Solar Power Harnessing at the
proposed WtE plant shall be checked during operation phase of the project. Solar Power
Harnessing potential within the WtE plant built up areas is particularly available at roof tops
of administrative building, security areas, canteen areas etc.
The available technologies for generating solar power are mainly Solar Photo Voltaic (PV)
Cells and Solar Thermal. Technology of Solar PV Cells is suitable for solar power generation
with proper utilization of the roof top areas available on the roofs of buildings/structures
within the industry premises. The off grid solar PV system shall be used for the solar power
harnessing.
Basic components that are used to build a solar PV system are as follows:

Page 10-5
 Flat Roof Solar PV Panel mounting systems  Off-Grid Solar PV Power Inverters
 Solar PV Panels and solar modules  Solar PV Cables & Connectors
 Solar PV Charge Controllers  Solar PV Generation Meters
 Solar Batteries  AC & DC Isolators
 PV Junction Boxes/PV Combiner Boxes  Solar PV System monitoring
10.5 Odor Management Plan

pleasant natural tree scent odour is released in its place. This has ensured that the issues of
odours have been addressed where ever possible.
The incoming waste material has a high level of odours, to combat these smells both the
high and standard density waste streams are delivered to the waste reception area. The
waste reception area is kept at a near negative pressure by forced air extraction fans, so the
surrounding atmosphere is always drawn “INTO THE BUILDING”. Large fans draw the air
from the building and expel it out ensuring the discharge air is passed through an air filtration
system which uses wood chips and naturally occurring bacteria within the wood chip which
consume the odour elements contained within the air stream. Using this process, it is
possible to almost eliminate the impact of the odours outside the building’s immediate area.
(50 m or less). The filtered air now smells of wood and that air is then returned to the building
to help reduce the odour within the building for the staff.
The wood chip filters have a life expectancy of up to 6 years, after which the wood stock has
to be changed. There is a small increase in odour release immediately following these stock
changes, this will usually last no more than three days, during this period the bacterial colony
needed in the filters has to grow to an operational size to enable them to handle the high
volumes of smells contained within the air. We do not expect this drop-in control to impact
anyone more than 200m from the reception building.
During the loading stages, the waste is very wet and fresh, so it does smell. To combat that
issue, GJEPPL proposes to use mobile odour control systems and these machines fire a
very fine mist of water droplets and special chemicals to capture and neutralise the odours in
the air.

Page 10-6
The suppression system is designed to provide two-directional coverage to achieve an

excellent odour control and/or dust suppression in both outdoor and indoor environments.
Highly mobile, it can be moved to various locations quickly and is the ideal solution to
variable, localised and emergency odour or dust problems. It is highly effective for the
suppression of dust and when combined with a Surfactant Induced Absorption Technology
proportionally dosed in to eliminate odours in a wide range of environments. These mobile
systems are intended to be used in both the main processing plant and also on the existing
waste dump site during bio mining excavations of the existing waste material from the site to
the processing facility at an expected feed rate of up to 200 tonnes per day. The
S.I.A.T.systems will provide both odour and dust suppression coverage for all operational
site needs.
10.6 Occupational Health and Safety

Occupational health and safety are important aspects of any industry which needs attention
during construction, erection, operation and maintenance phases. Broad framework for
Occupational health and safety measures is presented in this section.
10.6.1 Occupational Hazards

The application of prevention and control measures tooccupational hazards should be based
on comprehensive job safety or job hazard analyses.Aqualitative risk ranking or analysis
matrix to help identify priorities21 is described inTable 10-2.
Table 10-2: Risk Matrix for WorkerScenarios Based on Likelihood and Consequence
Consequences
Likelihood
Insignificant Minor Moderate Major Catastrophic
Almost
L M E E E
certain
21
Environmental, Health, and Safety (EHS) Guidelines GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND
SAFETY, IFC and World Bank Group

Page 10-7
Consequences
Likelihood
Insignificant Minor Moderate Major Catastrophic
Likely L M H E E
Moderate L M H E E
Unlikely L L M H E
Rare L L M H H
Legend:
 E: extreme risk; immediate action required
 H: high risk; senior management attention needed
 M: moderate risk; management responsibility should be specified
 L: low risk; manage by routine procedures
10.6.2 Personal Protective Equipment

The personal protective equipment (PPE) offers adequate protection to worker, co-workers
and visitors. Proper use of PPE shall be part of recurrent training programs for employees.
Table 10-3provides the list of PPE which shall be provided in WtE plant premises.
Table 10-3: Personnel Protective Equipment
Protection
Workplace Hazards Protection Equipment
for
 Gloves made of rubber or synthetic materials
Hazardous materials, cuts or lacerations,
(Neoprene), leather, steel, insulating materials, etc.
vibrations, Heat radiation, Electrical shock,
Hand  Asbestos gloves
Contact with oil & grease, Falling of hot slag
 Electrical resistance gloves
etc.
 Hand sleeves
Falling or rolling objects, pointed objects.
 Safety shoes and boots for protection against moving &
Corrosive or hot liquids eg. Welding sparks,
falling objects, liquids and chemicals such as Leg-guards
Foot Striking by objects, Heat radiation, stepping
 Leather safety boots
hot or sharp objects and stepping on sharp or
hot objects  Asbestos safety boots etc.
Flying particles, molten metal, liquid  Safety Glasses with side-shields
Eye and
chemicals, gases or vapours, light radiation  Protective shades
Face
entering eyes and reflected arc rays  Plain shatter proof lens etc.
Falling objects, inadequate height clearance,
Head and overhead power cords during  Plastic Helmets with top and side impact protection
construction, maintenance etc.
Ear Noise, ultra-sound  Ear plugs or muffs
 Facemasks with appropriate filters for dust removal and
air purification (chemicals, mists, vapours and gases)
Fine dust particles, Dust, fogs, fumes, mists,
Respiratory  Single ormulti-gas personal monitors
gases, smokes, vapours, Oxygen deficiency
 Portable or supplied air (fixed lines). On-site rescue
equipment
Extreme temperatures, hazardous materials,  Insulating clothing, body suits, aprons etc. of appropriate
Body
biological agents, cutting and laceration materials
 Fire Extinguishers
Fire
Fire  Fire Jackets
.
 Fire Suits etc.
10.6.3 Health Monitoring

Medical surveillance has been prescribed in the Factories Act, 1948 (Amended). Under
section 41C, it is stated that "every occupier of a factory involving any hazardous process
shall:

Page 10-8
“Maintain accurate and up to-date health records or, as case may be, medical records of
workers in factory who are exposed to any chemical, toxic or any other harmful substances
which are manufactured, stored, handled or transported and such records shall be
accessible to the workers subjected to such conditions as may be prescribed and provide for
medical examination of every worker, (a) before such worker is assigned to a job involving
the handling of or working with a hazardous substance and b) while continuing in such job
and after he has ceased to work in such job, at intervals not exceeding twelve months, in
such manner as may be prescribed."
As such the project is a processing of MSW to produce RDF and power generation and
doesn’t involve any manufacturing of hazardous substances, WtE plant will establish an
occupational health service centre inside the premises to promote and maintain physical,
mental and social well-being of the employees. The WtE plant shall be equipped to detect
and prevent occupational/work related diseases and shall offer effective emergency and
injury care at work. The centre will develop health education training packages including use
of personal protective equipment for all employees and impart training accordingly.
Occupational Health Service shall arrange to provide adequate number of First Aid Boxes
with approved contents on the shop floor. Ambulance shall be available tomeet any
emergency situation. Also a health centre is proposed at WtE plant.
The records of health check-up of all employees have to be maintained. The occurrence of
occupational health hazards and diseases shall also be maintained. The records may be
reviewed at intervals of two years to check the effectiveness of various measures
implemented. Based on the review, action plan to improve the effectiveness of occupational
health and safety measures shall be prepared.
10.6.4 Safety
Overall safety of man and material is an important aspect of industry performance. The
safety policy of the industry shall be clearly defined. The developer shall implement separate
safety measures for construction and operation phases under the safety team.
10.6.4.1 Safety Circle

In order to fully develop the capabilities of the employees in identification of hazardous
processes and improving safety and health, safety circles would be constituted in each area
of work. The circle would consist of 5-6 employees from that area. The circle normally shall
meet for about an hour every week.
10.6.4.2 Safety Training

A full-fledged training centre shall be set up at WtE plant. Safety training shall be provided by
the Safety Officer with the assistance of faculty members visiting from Professional Safety
Institutions and Universities. In addition to regular employees, limited contractor labours shall
also be provided safety training for support during hazards.
10.6.5 Endemic Disease Mitigation Plan

During consultation with villagers in the study area it is understood that there are no major
seasonal diseases, health issues or epidemics were found in the study area but
communicable diseases such as Dengue, Malaria, Leptospirosis, Hepatitis, Chikungunya,
HINI fever, Malaria etc. are increasing every year. Thiruvananthapuram district along with
Ernakulum and Cochin are almost endemic to Dengue and reporting about two thirds of

Page 10-9
cases in the State. Presence of co- morbidity is a major problem which leads to mortality in
case of communicable diseases which affects liver.
10.6.5.1 Possible Health Hazards

The possible Health hazards which may become an Endemic disease or Occupational
illnesses in Long term during construction and operational phase of WtE plantin general are
given below:
 Physical hazards, such as excessive noise, vibration, extremes of temperature and
pressure, and ionizing and non-ionizing radiation
 Biomechanical hazards, such as heavy lifting, repetitive or awkward or forceful
movements that result in musculoskeletal disorders, like carpal tunnel syndrome and low
back pain
 Biologic hazards., such as, hepatitis B and hepatitis C viruses, the tubercle bacillus, and
many other bacteria, viruses, and other microorganisms that may be transmitted through
air, water, food, or direct contact
 Psycho-social hazards, such as workplaces where there is high stress due to excessive
demands on workers; stress and hostility resulting from congestion, such as “Road
Traffic”
WtE Plant
Air emissions are associated with WtE plant – metals (mercury, lead and cadmium), organics
(dioxins and furans), acid gases (sulphur dioxide and hydrogen chloride), particulates (dust
and grits), nitrogen oxides and carbon monoxide. People can be exposed to these toxic
emissions in number of ways – by exposure to contaminated air, direct skin contact with
contaminated soil or dust or ingesting food grown in an environmental polluted with these
substances. The ash from waste combustion processing contains varying levels of toxic
chemicals.
10.6.5.2 Occupation Health & Endemic Disease Mitigation Action Plan

Data Collection: Occupational and environmental diseases and injuries can be recognized
at the individual level, which depends on obtaining and assessing an occupational and
environmental history. Before implementation of the Mitigation Action Plan, the health
information of the people in the project area upto 10 km shall be collected from respective
departments (Government/Hospitals). The data shall be collected and the report should be
documented & updated every year.
Mitigation Measures: The following are some of the mitigation measures for Occupational
Health and Endemic diseases:
Immediate Actions:
 Ensure through proper support and training that all employees are aware of hazards and
accept responsibility for working safely during Construction and Operational phases. This
will significantly reduce Occupational Health hazards and illness.
 Ensure presence of a key staff/doctor at the time of emergency to know, what to do if
they suspect a notifiable disease in the surrounding.
 Community based participatory research to identify issues and to assess change for
developing problem/location specific plans.

Page 10-10
Long Term Actions:

 It shall be ensured that the respective Government department of Municipality disinfects
residential areas which are around the project site regularly.
 Ensuring provision of necessary medical facilities in the study area. Necessary guidance
shall be provided to enhance the medical facility in the area.
 Periodic health awareness camps and health check-ups should be organised in the study
area to ensure better health standards of the people.
Basic Information Requirements
The following shall be understood before implementing a mitigation measure:
 Possibility of providing additional responsibilities to EHS to take necessary immediate
actions during emergencies.
 Animal welfare – for example, access to feed, provision of sufficient appropriate shelters
shall be analysed.
 Potential alternative methods to control various disease out breaks.
 Consideration of other induced developments
 Possibilities to dissipate information quickly
Monitoring for Endemic Disease Mitigation Activities
 Frequent health check-ups shall be carried out for the workers. Thus the health related
issues within WtE plant can be analysed.
 Mitigation measures as suggested above shall be updated every year based on the
collected data/information on health conditions of the people living in the study area.
Information obtained from monitoring of Environmental parameters as provided in Chapter 6
shall be correlated with the health information to provide a clear understanding of pollutant
impacts.
10.7 Institutional Mechanism for Implementation of Mitigation Measures

The effective implementation and close supervision of the Environmental Management to
mitigate the Environmental impacts, which are likely to arise due to the construction and
operational phases of the WtE plant could be achieved through a suitable institutional
mechanism. The proposed institutional mechanism recommended for the implementation of
the mitigation measures is presented in Figure 10-2.
A proper institutional mechanism to understand and implement appropriate Environmental
Management measures during various stages of the project is a pre-requisite and has a
strong bearing for the overall success of the project management. Implementation of the
Environmental Management measures shall become easy once an Environment responsible
team is in place.

Page 10-11
Figure 10-2: Implementation Arrangement
10.8 Environment Management Cell (EMC)

Apart from having an Environmental Management Plan, it is also necessary to have a
permanent organizational set up charged with the task of ensuring its effective
implementation of mitigation measures and to conduct Environmental Monitoring. The major
duties and responsibilities of Environment Management Cell are:
 To implement the Environmental Management plan
 To assure regulatory compliance with all relevant rules and regulations
 To ensure regular operation and maintenance of pollution control devices
 To minimize environmental impacts of operations as by strict adherence to the EMP
 To initiate environmental monitoring as per approved schedule
 Review and interpretation of monitoring as per approved schedule
 Review and interpretation of monitoring results and corrective measures in case
monitored results are above the specified limit
 Maintain documentation of good environmental practices and applicable environmental
laws as ready reference
 Maintain environmental related records
 Coordination with regulatory agencies, external consultant, monitoring laboratories
 Maintain log of public complain and the action taken

Page 10-12
The proposed environmental management cell should have all basic record keeping facilities
such as hardware/software facilities, adequate space, vehicle (transport) and basic furniture
and all simple instruments such as GPS, Digital camera, Handheld noise metre etc.
The cell should have all basic environmental management data of the project that includes
but not limited to the following:
 Environmental Impact Assessment Reports (both well preserved soft and hard copy)
 All valid and up to date environmental clearance and consent papers
 All latest Environmental legislations, policies, codes and manuals for ready references
 A list of consultants on environmental management need to be kept with yearly revision
of the list. This will help to receive proper advice in case of an emergency or a
requirement and also to implement day to day environmental management activities.
Over a period of time a system to understand and absorb the new revisions and changes in
the environmental requirements and practices are to be established. This can only be
achieved by regular training and genuine capacity building initiatives. The tentative
organizational set up for Environment Management Cell is given in Figure 10-3.
Figure 10-3: Tentative Organizational Setup for Environment Management Cell
10.9 Approach towards Voluntary Compliance

During operational phase, WtE plant may adopt an Environmental Management System
(EMS) based on recognized international standards for environmental and safety
management systems (ISO 14001–2015; OHSAS 18001-2007, Social Accountability (SA)
8000-2014. The objective is to establish a system to assess, monitor and manage
environmental performances, which can be used to promote continual environmental
improvement and prevention of pollution. The typical procedure that can be adopted in
formulating the EMS is presented below:
 Identify and list out environmental aspects due to the operation of the proposed project

Page 10-13
 Determine the key operations that have significant environmental impacts

 Identify and track environmental legislations, policies, codes and other relevant
requirements
 Establish objectives and targets (Environmental Management Plan)
 Formulate an Environmental Management System (EMS)
For successful implementation of the formulated Environmental Management System, WtE
plant authority shall ensure that the essential resources (with defined roles and
responsibilities) are made available to implement, maintain and improve the Environmental
Management System.
10.10 Audits and Inspections

In addition, the EHS/EMC Department shall be responsible for implementing Compliance
Assurance activities, namely environmental audits. Internal audits and reviews of
environmental procedures shall be conducted annually.
The EHS Steering Committee, made up of Management Team members, shall conduct
quarterly EHS performance reviews. Any change to the environment wholly or partial is
identified, evaluated and equally corrective actions are taken to better the environmental
performance.
A vital part of EHS practice is to learn from experience, using it as basis to improve the
system. To this effect, periodic inspections and record keeping provides a measure of how
effective programs are and facilitates identification of areas where improvement will be
necessary. Environmental inspections consist of examining all activities and documenting
those actions that are carried out in compliance with environmental clearances,
specifications relating to environmental protection, and mitigation plans approved.
10.11 Summary of Impacts and Mitigation Measures

Various project activities, associated impacts and mitigation measures are summarised in
Table 10-4.

Page 10-14
Table 10-4: Project Activities, Associated Impacts, and Mitigation Measures

Relevant Environmental Likely Impacts and their
S. Proposed Responsible Agency
Activity components likely to be significance in the absence
No. Mitigation Measures for Implementation
impacted of Mitigation Measures
Construction Phase
1. Site levelling/ Air Quality  Exhaust emissions from  To reduce impacts from exhausts, emission control norms will be  Construction
Material vehicles enforced/adhered Contractors/WtE
transport and  Windblown dust during  All the vehicles and construction machinery will be periodically checked to plant developer
construction material movement ensure compliance to the emission standards
activities  Fugitive dust during  Construction equipment and transport vehicles will be periodically washed
material unloading to remove accumulated dirt
 Dust suspension during  Providing adequately sized construction yard for storage of construction
site preparation, materials, equipment tools, earthmoving equipment, etc.
construction and  Provide enclosures on all sides of construction site
trenching  Movement of material will be mostly during non-peak hours.
 Emissions from DG sets  On-site vehicle speeds will be controlled to reduce excessive dust
 Emission during suspension in air and dispersion by traffic
Drilling/Pile driving  Water sprinkling will be carried out to suppress fugitive dust in the project
site
 Environmental awareness program will be provided to the personnel
involved in developmental works
 Use of tarpaulin covers and speed regulations for vehicles engaged in
transportation
 Drilling machines will be equipped with wet drilling arrangements or dust
collector
 Provision of PPEs such as Dust masks or enclosure to workmen
Noise Noise/Vibration from following  Noise levels shall be maintained below threshold levels stipulated by  Construction
activities Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) from time to time Contractors/WtE
 Vehicles transporting  Procurement of machinery/construction equipment in accordance with plant developer
construction material specifications conforming to source noise levels less than 75 dB (A)
 Diesel run engines of  Well-maintained construction equipment, which meets the regulatory
construction machinery standards for source noise levels, shall be used
 Drilling/Pile driving  Any equipment emitting high noise, wherever possible, shall be oriented
so that the noise is directed away from sensitive receptors
 Noise attenuation will be practised for noisy equipment by employing
suitable techniques such as acoustic controls, insulation and vibration
dampers
Page 10-15

 High noise generating activities such as piling and drilling shall be
scheduled in day time
 Personnel exposed to noise levels beyond threshold limits shall be
provided with PPE.
 Provision of sound insulated chambers for the workers deployed on
machines producing higher levels of noise
Disturbance to Natural  Impact to natural flow of  Due to the proposed Project, there will not be any disturbance to the  Construction
Drainage pattern runoff due to blockage natural drainage pattern. Probable low lying area where flooding is Contractors/WtE
and change of drainage experienced during rainy season has been avoided and Water plant developer
course Conservation Area is planned in those areas.
 The development within the designated WtE plant area shall be carried
out in such a way to ensure proper drainage by providing surface drainage
systems including storm water network, etc.
 Drainage system will be provided at construction yard. Measures will be
taken to prevent silting of natural drainage due to runoff from construction
areas
 Due care will be taken during construction to avoid spillage of construction
materials.
Vegetation/Tree cutting  Loss of vegetation & tree  Clearance of vegetation and cutting of trees will be done as per the  Construction
and Strain on existing cutting and strain on approval obtained from forest department Contractors/WtE
infrastructure existing infrastructure.  Commencement of greenbelt development during construction phase plant developer
especially in terms of nursery development and identification of
indigenous species
 The dust pollution must be reduced by sprinkling of water on the roads
used for vehicular movement for construction activity
 Temporary workers camp with self-sufficient infrastructure facilities
Existing Traffic  Traffic addition  The site is accessible to road traffic from the city from Palarivattom via  Construction
Kakkand-Edachira- Brahmapuram road. This road has heavy rush during Contractors/WtE
morning and evening and has many sharp bends and bottle necks. This is plant developer
being used by KMC to transport the MSW to the existing landfill site. Info-
park Expressway connecting Seaport-Airport road is wider and fit for
moving multi-axle trucks and same shall be utilised after taking necessary
approval
 Regularization of truck movement
 Drivers should be sensitized with respect to need to drive carefully while
Page 10-16

passing village areas.
2. Solid Waste Soil quality  Impacts due to disposal  Construction waste shall be used within project site for filling of low lying  Construction
Management of solid waste on ground areas. Contractors/WtE
 Excavated soil shall be stockpiled in a corner of the site in bunded area to plant developer
avoid run off with storm water.
 General refuse generated on-site shall be collected in waste skips and
separated from construction waste.
 Local authorised waste recycler shall be employed to remove general
refuse from the site, separately from construction waste and hazardous
wastes
 Latest applicable rules shall be followed for the managementof MSW,
hazardous and non-hazardous waste etc.,
 Recyclable wastes will be disposed through KSPCB approved vendors
 Burning of refuse at construction sites shall be prohibited
3. Handling of Human safety and  Fire accidents due to  Adequate safety measures as per OSHA standards will be adopted  Construction
hazardous property loss hazardous material  Construction site will be secured by fencing with controlled/limited entry Contractors/WtE
materials handling points. plant developer
 Health Issues  Hazardous materials such as lubricants, paints, compressed gases, and
varnishes etc., will be stored as per the prescribed/approved safety
norms.
 Construction site will be secured by fencing with controlled/ limited entry
points
 Medical facilities including first aid will be made available for attending to
injured workers.
 Handling and storage as per statutory guidelines
 Positive isolation procedures will be adhered
 Handling and storage of chemicals shall be as per MSIHC rules,
MoEF&CC guidelines with Fire protection system
 Hazardous and other waste Management Rules, 2016 will be followed for
environmental sound management of hazardous waste, if any. Hazardous
waste, if any, shall be disposed to nearby TSDF through KSPCB/CPCB
approved vendors
4. Water Water scarcity /Pollution to  Impacts to the surface  Water required during construction activity will be met through the through  Construction
Resources the nearby water bodies water body authorised water suppliers/Kerala Water Authority and bore well. Water Contractors/WtE
requirement during construction activity will be approximately 0.2 MLD. plant developer
Page 10-17

 Care should be taken to prevent the contaminated runoff from the
construction site to the nearby natural streams, canals etc.,
 Optimized utilization of the water
 Wastewater and sewage generated shall be collected and sent to nearby
STP or treated at mobile STP or septic tank with soak pits
5. Land Social/ land  Resettlement and  KMC has earmarked the land of 8 Ha (~ 20 acres) next to their existing  WtE plant
Acquisition Rehabilitation (R&R) waste facility in Brahamapuram (a suburb of Kochi City). The land area is developer
 Loss of land available on a long-term 20-year concession agreement on an annual
concession fee.There are no existing settlements in the site and hence
there will be no Resettlement or Rehabilitation (R&R)
Operational Phase
1. Stack Air Quality  Stack of Boiler/Gasifier/  Flue Gas Treatment System such as Bag house filter, Reaction tower in  WtE plant
Emissions DG Sets which acidic gases are removed by chemical reaction with the injected developer
Boiler/Gasifier lime, Induced draft fan with speed-controlled electric motor driver and
DG Sets/ Stack, Flue gas re-circulation system for De-NOX, Selective Non-Catalytic
Fugitive Reduction (SNCR) using Urea solution, Connections for Continuous Flue
Emissions Gas Monitoring system to monitor all dust and gases in accordance with
Indian standards
 DG set emissions and stack height shall be within prescribed standards
 Every vehicle leaving the Waste Reception building will be required to
drive through an automated wheel wash system. The system uses high
pressure jets to clean wheels and lower chassis areas
 Periodical Monitoring of pollutants
 Greenbelt development
 Traffic addition  The site is accessible to road traffic from the city from Palarivattom via  WtE plant
Kakkand-Edachira- Brahmapuram road. This road has heavy rush during developer
morning and evening and has many sharp bends and bottle necks. This is
being used by KMC to transport the MSW to the existing landfill site. As
the trucks plying (~100-150 Nos) to the existing waste processing facility
will be diverted to the GJEPPL Waste to Energy Plant which is abutting
the existing waste processing facility, there will not be any additional
significant increase in number of trucks.
 Info-park Expressway connecting Seaport-Airport road is wider and fit for
moving multi-axle trucks and same shall be utilised after taking necessary
approval
Page 10-18

 Speed of the trucks shall be controlled by providing Speed breakers, sign
boards and other appropriateSpeed control techniques
 Proper lighting, signboards shall be provided at required locations.
 Internal roads are planned with sufficient Lane
 Adequacy
o Sufficient parking facility shall be provided
o Use of PUC certified vehicles
 Use of tarpaulin covers and speed regulations for vehicles engaged in
transportation
2. Operation of Noise  Increased noise levels  Acoustic Barriers and Enclosures  WtE plant
Fuel handling due to equipment  All transportation vehicles, machinery will be periodically checked to developer
and feeding handling and vehicular ensure minimal noise generation to comply OHSAS and ambient noise
systems, movement standards in the surrounding area
Gasification  Personal Protecting Equipment (PPE)
Systems,  Greenbelt Development
Boiler and  Counselling and traffic regulation
steam Vibration  Temporary perplexity  Machine and equipment likely to generate vibration shall be fixed based  WtE plant
generation on the detail designing of foundation. developer
 Health implication on
system,
working continuously in  Machinery equipped with latest vibration-reduction technology shall
Steam turbine
vibrating environment minimise the vibrations.
generator,
 Vibration dampers shall be provided around the source of generation
Flue gas
cleaning
systems,
Compressors,
Pumps,
Cooling
Towers,Ancill
ary equipment
including
hydraulics,
compressed
air supplyetc.
3. Water Supply Water resources  Impact on existing water  Water requirement during operation phase will be approximately 2 MLD,  WtE plant
resources which will be met from nearby water body Kadambrayar/Chitrapuzha and developer

Page 10-19

through groundwater. Application for the same is made with relevant
authorities.
4. Solid waste Groundwater and Soil  Impact due to disposal of  Fly ash generated is analysed and if there are no toxic elements which  WtE plant
management quality solid waste on ground would affect its use, GJEPPL mix it with the bottom ash stream and use it developer
without treatment in the re-manufacturing area.If the concentration of toxic metals in
Gasifier ash exceeds the limits specified Schedule II: List of waste
constituents with concentration limits (leachable concentration limits) in
the Hazardous and Other Waste (Management and Trans boundary
Movement) Rules, 2016, the ash shall be sent to Nearest TSDF
 Inerts other than metals and alloys having no CV value obtained from
 Waste generated from canteen and administrative areas is estimated
Odour  Impact due to processing  Odour control by natural wood chip filtration process which is a well  WtE plant
of MSW on air proven technology is operated during all delivery times at the waste developer
reception area
 During the loading stages, the waste is very wet and fresh, so it does
Health and Safety  Impacts during MSW to  PPE shall be provided to the persons involved in the handling of Raw  WtE plant
RDF Preparation MSW, Recyclable, Inerts, Ash, clean, dry, sanitized, odour free and developer
segregated RDF product
5. Wastewater Water Quality of nearby  Impact due to untreated  Wastewater generated in the proposed Waste to Energy (WtE) plan will  WtE plant
Discharge streams discharges be collected and treated in REED BED system known as Microbial Soil developer
Based Reed Bed (MSR) System. Wastewater produced will be treated in
MSR system.
 Additional water treatment facilities based on Ultra Filtration and Reverse
 Leachate generated during Bio Drying process is collected in
Page 10-20

process.
 No untreated Waste Water will be sent out
 Storm Water Drainage System
6. Handling of Fire accidents due to  Human life and loss of  Hazardous and other waste Management Rules, 2016 will be followed  WtE plant
hazardous products handling property forenvironmental sound management of hazardous waste. developer
wastes  Hazardous materials will be stored as per the prescribed/approved safety
norms.
 Temporary storage of hazardous waste within the industry premises for a
period of 90 days.
 Hazardous waste will be sent to nearby TSDF. Common Treatment,
Storage and Disposal Facilities (TSDF) in Kerala Enviro Infrastructure Ltd
(KEIL), TSDF Project, Inside FACT – CD Campus, Ambalamedu - 682303
is a public limited Company functioning at the industrial hub of
Ambalamedu. This facility was established on the directive of the
Supreme Court Monitoring Committee on hazardous waste for treatment
and disposal of hazardous waste generated from industries in the State
ofKerala.
 Medical facilities including first aid will be available for attending to injured
workers
 Emergency alarms, provision of fire hydrant system and fire station.
 Effective Disaster Management Plan (DMP) which covers onsite and
offsite emergency plans.
 Recovery of spills to the extent possible
7. Operation of Socio-economic  WtE plant is likely to generate direct employment of 100 persons during Construction Phase and 200 
WtE Plant conditions of the region persons during the Operation phase.
 Proposed project development is the one of the very important solution to the already degraded
environment quality of the region by management of city solid waste such as Reduction in Green House
Emissions & it’s environmental benefits, Carbon Footprint, Benefits to adjoining municipalities – HUB
concept, Reduction in Land fill, Health benefits, Reduction in Air/Soil/Water Contamination etc.
Natural Hazards As given in Disaster Management Plan (DMP) prepared; Site Main controller will act as the overall in-charge of 
the control of educative, protective and rehabilitation activities to ensure least damage to life and property.
Induced Development With the improvement of environment quality of the region, the possibility of the commencement of real estate 
Page 10-21

projects which are on hold will be there along with other tangible development.

Page 10-22
10.12 Budgetary Estimates
10.12.1 Budgetary Estimate for Environmental Management

The budgetary estimate (Capital Cost) for Environmental Management is INR 388 Million
(INR 38.8 Crores) and the annual recurring cost is INR 52 Million (INR 5.2 Crores). The
breakup of cost is given in Table 10-5 and Table 10-6.
Table 10-5: Environmental Management - Capital Cost
Million Crore
S. No. Purpose Cost items
(INR) (INR)
1. Greenbelt development Tree (Greenbelt) Plantation 0.75 0.08
Air Pollution Control (i) Stack, (ii) Bag Filter, (iii) Reaction Tower, (iii) SNCR 168.88 16.89
2.
System & Flue gas Recirculation for NOX Reduction, (iv) CEMS
3. Capacity building Training workshop 0.30 0.03
Solid Waste i) Landfill and Liner system ii) Sanitary landfill at KEIL 30.70 3.07
4.
Management System iii) Ash handling System
Odour Control System i) Wood Chip Filtration (excluding Civils and fitting and 153.60 15.36
5. electrical installation costs), (ii) Bio drying, (iii) mobile
odour control systems
Water Pollution Control (i) REED BED Treatment System, (ii) UF/RO, (iii) 24.50 2.45
6. System Storm water drains, (iv) Leachate Collection System,
(v) Leachate treatment plant
Rainwater harvesting Drains & Duct, Steel storage Tank 3.20 0.32
7.
System
Environmental Terrestrial Environment 5.90 0.59
8. Monitoring Construction
Phase
Total Capital Cost 387.8 38.78
Round off 388 38.8
Table 10-6: Environmental Management - Annual Recurring Cost
S. No. Purpose Items Million (INR) Crore (INR)
Salary of Env. Eng. 0.40 0.04
Doc Asst. 0.10 0.01
1. EMC Running expenditure Support Staff 0.10 0.01
Office Expenses 1.20 0.12
House Keeping 0.50 0.05
2. Green Belt Maintenance 0.08 0.01
General Maintenance
3. Maintenance of APC System 16.89 1.69
4. Awareness campaigns -Training Training Workshop 0.20 0.02
5. Maintenance of SWM System 3.10 0.31
6. Maintenance of Odour Control System 15.40 1.54
General Maintenance
7. Maintenance of WP Control System 3.70 0.37
8. Maintenance of RWH System 0.30 0.03
Statutory compliance for environmental 9.94 0.99
9. Environmental Monitoring
protection
Total Annual Recurring Cost 51.85 5.19
Round off 52 5.2
Note: If the concentration of toxic metals in Gasifier ash exceeds the limits specified Schedule II: List
of waste constituents with concentration limits (leachable concentration limits) in the Hazardous and
Other Waste (Management and Trans boundary Movement) Rules, 2016, the ash shall be sent to
Kerala Enviro Infrastructure Ltd (KEIL) which is the nearest TSDF at the rate of Rs. 4500/12MT or as
per prevailing rate.

Page 10-23
Chapter 11
Summary and Conclusion
Chapter 11. Summary and Conclusion

Solid waste management is a part of health and sanitation, and according to the Indian
Constitution, falls within the purview of the State list. Since this activity is non – exclusive,
non – rivalled, and essential, the responsibility for providing the service lies within the public
domain. The activity being of a local nature must be entrusted to the Urban Local Bodies.
electricity. The plant is designed up to a capacity of 500 Metric Tonnes of MSW per day
11.1 Project Site

KMC has earmarked the land of 8 Ha (~ 20 acres), next to their existing waste facility in
Kunnathunadu Taluk, Ernakulam District.The site is accessible to road traffic from the city
from Palarivattom via Kakkand-Edachira- Brahmapuram road. This road has heavy rush
during morning and evening and has many sharp bends and bottle necks. This is being used
by KMC to transport the MSW to the existing landfill site.
The Project Site is at 9°59'34.83"N, 76°22'6.46"E coordinates with the site has undulating
terrain sloping from the North to South with topography of the site varies from 0.11 m to
18.05 m.
11.2 Need and Justification of the Project Development

The growth of waste in India is skyrocketing as a result of growing urban populations and
rising production of waste per capita and the heat content of waste is constantly rising. India
has a significant energy shortage. There is increasing pressure on India to reduce GHG/CO2
emissions and to deliver environmental protection projects. The latest Central Pollution
Control Board (CPCB) report indicate the discharge of 144,165 tonnes per day (TPD) in the
country, and this is projected to go up to 265,834 TPD by 2017 (MNRE, GoI estimate). In
response to this the Swachch Bharat Mission has launched the “waste-to-wealth scheme” for
Chapter 11Summary and Conclusion

Page 11-1
which steps have been taken for commissioning of these waste-to-energy plants to produce
a total 73.6 MW”.
finally led to agitations and public interest litigations. Solid Waste Management Rule 2016
mandates under Section 21 i.e. “21 Criteria for waste to energy process- (1) Non-recyclable
waste having calorific value of 1500 kcal/kg or more shall not be disposed of on landfills and
shall only be utilised for generating energy either or through refuse derived fuel or by giving
away as feed stock for preparing refuse derived fuel”. The Government of Kerala and the
Kochi Municipal Corporation searched for effective solution through public-private
participation (PPP) and from among many contesters GJ Eco Power Pvt Ltd (GJEP) was
selected as a partner for the Waste to Power project.
11.3 Project Benefits

Scientific processing of waste will prevent several health hazards to the public. When
considering the relative environmental benefits of landfill and energy from waste, the most
important factor is their potential contribution to climate change. Different amounts of
greenhouse gases would be released if the same waste was buried. The current situation in
the city of Kochi (Kerala, South India) is that, the existing waste disposal process is limited to
just collection and surface dumping of the waste into uncontrolled sites and the existing
treatment system at Brahmapuram is not functioning properly.
Energy from waste is therefore better than landfill, providing the residual waste being used
has the right renewable content and is matched with a plant that is efficient enough at turning
the waste to energy. These considerations have been at the heart of the GJEP proposal.
The benefits of this WtE includes,
 Environmental benefits
 Social and economic benefit
 Employment
 KMC (Local body) cost savings and financial benefits
 Health benefits
 Reduced use of other fossil fuels such as Coal etc.,
 Energy Efficiency/ Saving Through Recycling of the Waste Material
 Waste as fuel
 No resettlement and rehabilitation (R&R)
Hence, the proposed project will therefore immensely add to the social economic value of the
region.

Page 11-2
11.4 Project Description
11.4.1 Proposed Project

The Kochi Municipal Corporation (KMC or Authority) has earmarked the land of 8 Ha (~ 20
acres), site (9°59'34.83"N, 76°22'6.46"E) next to their existing waste facility in
Kunnathunadu Taluk, Ernakulam District. .The contour map of the site is shown in Figure
FD0201.
11.4.2 Planning Concept/Design Basis and Capacity Selection

KMC made an agreement with GJ ECO Power Private Limited for the treatment and disposal
of unsegregated MSW at Brahmapuram. The Concession Agreement details the operational
needs and throughput volumes of waste, this was stated as requiring a design specification
of not less than 330 tons per day of unsegregated MSW waste material, delivered on an
average of 150 truckloads per day. The plant is designed to handle up to 500 Metric
Tonnes of MSW per day. The balance capacity will be utilised for processing of waste from
existing waste dump.
This is a Waste to Energy Project using MSW as fuel which can produce up to 12.65 MW as
gross installed capacity. The following required facilities are designed to deal up to 500 tons
per day of MSW. The MSW will be delivered by KMC to the main gate of project site.
The salient features of Kochi Waste to Energy plant are given in Table 11-1. The layout of
the proposed plant is given as Figure FD0202.
Table 11-1: Salient Features of Kochi Waste to Energy (WtE) Plant
6 Name Kochi Waste to Energy Plant
7 Area KMC has earmarked the land of 8.00 hectares (~ 20 acres)
8 Greenbelt/Green Area ~2.13 ha
9 Design Aspects  Plant Capacity can handle up to 500 Tons per day
 Power Generation Capacity (Gross) - 12.65 MW
 Total concession period - 20 years
10 Water Requirement Construction:
 0.2 MLD, met from authorised water suppliers/Kerala Water Authority and
bore well
Operation:
 2 MLD, met from nearby water body Kadambrayar/Chitrapuzha and bore
well
11 Wastewater (Effluent and Source Cu. m/day Remarks
Sewage) Leachate 30 Daily Avg
Blowdown water 288 11-12 CUMPH
Sewage 25 Daily Avg
12 Air Pollution Control The brief summary of the Flue Gas Treatment System is given below:
Measures  Bag house filter
 Reaction tower in which acidic gases are removed by chemical reaction

Page 11-3

with the injected lime
 Connections for Continuous Flue Gas Monitoring system to monitor all
dust and gases in accordance with Indian standards
 Manual segregation and removal of Chlorinated Plastic and other
elements unsuitable for thermal treatment
 Temperature control within combustion/gasification chambers (always
above 850 0C) reduces the formation of dioxins and furans
 Multiple combustion/gasification chambers support the complete
molecular breakdown and conversion to gas of all inserted materials
13 Wastewater Management  Wastewater generated in the proposed Waste to Energy (WtE) plan will
be collected and treated in REED BED system known as Microbial Soil
Based Reed Bed (MSR) System. Waste water produced will be stored in
an underground tank and then be pumped through the MSR system.
 Additional water treatment facilities based on Ultra Filtration and Reverse
 Leachate generated during Bio Drying process is collected in
process.
 No untreated Waste Water will be sent out
 Storm Water Drainage System
14 Solid Waste Management  Fly ash generated is analysed and if there are no toxic elements which
would affect its use, we mix it with the bottom ash stream and use it in the
re-manufacturing area. If the concentration of toxic metals in Gasifier ash
exceeds the limits specified Schedule II: List of waste constituents with
concentration limits (leachable concentration limits) in the Hazardous and
Other Waste (Management and Trans boundary Movement) Rules, 2016,
the ash shall be sent to Nearest TSDF
 Inert other than metals and alloys having no CV value obtained from
 Waste generated from canteen and administrative areas is estimated
15 Odour control management  Odour control by natural wood chip filtration process which is a well
proven technology is operated during all delivery times at the waste
reception area
 During the loading stages, the waste is very wet and fresh, so it does
11.5 Description of Environment

Project Influence Area (PIA)/Study Area: An area covering 10 km radius from WtE plant
boundary has been earmarked as study area for baseline terrestrial environmental surveys

Page 11-4
Study Period: The baseline environmental survey was carried out during Post Monsoon
season (October-December) of year 2017 within the study area.
11.5.1 Terrestrial Environment

 The site has undulating terrain sloping from the North to South with topography of the site
varies from 0.11 m to 18.05 m.
 As per the IS: 1893 (Part 1) 2002 of Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS), the project area
and study area fall in Zone III is a moderate risk zone.
 Project site is Abutting Existing landfill site (owned by KMC). The present land use of the
site is uncared poorly yielding coconut trees and betel palm, mango form the standing
trees. The land is infested with grass, creepers and thorny bushes. No agricultural activity
or forest areas were observed. The dry land and paddy land have a fringe distinguished
by vegetation. Abandoned open wells and One Transmission Tower and tower line (66KV
Capacity) is also observed in the area earmarked for development
 As part of concession the government has allotted 20 acres of land for the project. In
those 20 acres allotted, 6.36 acres was pooradam (residential) and balance 13.64 acres
was nilam (paddy). The state government vide notification (GO (M.S) NO 39/2018/
revenue) converted the land use for the 13.64 acres which was nilam (paddy). As a part
of this conversion under Kerala wetland and paddy land (Amendment act 2018), 10% of
the converted land has to be kept aside for water conservation, accordingly 1.36 acres of
land allotted was to be maintained as water conservation area and no construction could
be carried out in this area. Additionally 2.36 acres of land was unsuitable for construction
has the neighbouring water body had change cause and is now flowing through this area
in lieu of land reduced for construction in the initially allotted 20 acres, state government
vide notification (GO (MS) NO 108/2018/LSGD) allotted an additional 3.43 acres of land
for the project.
 As per the Project site specific meteorological data the predominant wind direction
observed was from West
 Maximum concentrations of all the parameters are well within the National Ambient Air
Quality Standards (CPCB, NAAQS, 2009):
o PM10 ranged between 21.3 µg/m3 to 69.9 µg/m3. NAAQ stipulated standard for PM10
for 24 hr. average is 100 µg/m3
o PM2.5 values varied from 11.7 µg/m3 to 39.1 µg/m3. NAAQ stipulated standard for
PM2.5 for 24 hr. average is 60 µg/m3
o SO2 ranged between 3.5 µg/m3 to 9.0 µg/m3. NAAQ stipulated standard for SO2 for 24
hr. average is 80 µg/m3.
o NO2 ranged between 10.0 µg/m3 to 28.0 µg/m3. NAAQ stipulated standard for NO2 for
24 hr. average is 80 µg/m3
o O3 ranged between 2.1 µg/m3 to 4.6 µg/m3. NAAQ stipulated standard for O3 for 8 hr.
o CO, NH3, Pb, C6H6, BaP, As, and Ni were observed below detectable limits.
 Day equivalent noise levels (Ld) reported as 43.92 dB(A) for Industrial areas, ranged
between 56.44 dB(A) to 57.32 dB (A) for Commercial areas and ranged between 44.5
dB(A) to 51.99 dB (A) for Residential areas
 Night equivalent noise levels (Ln) reported as 31.86 dB(A) for Industrial areas, ranged
between 41.96 dB(A) to 43.06 dB (A) for Commercial areas and ranged between 32.74
dB(A) to 41.01 dB (A) for Residential areas.
 Groundwater samples are within the desirable limits specified for drinking water quality
standards as per IS: 10500 (2012) except pH at Karimukal and Irumbanam which is less
than 6.5.

Page 11-5
 Surface water sample are within the limits as per ISI-IS2296-1982 Class C (Drinking
water source with conventional treatment followed by disinfection) Standards for use
based Classification of Surface Water except BOD at most of the locations
 Soil in the study area consists of Sand, Silt and Clay in varied proportions and the soil
samples are slightly acidic in nature
 None of the plant species and fauna recorded in the core area belongs to the
Rare/Endangered/Endemic/Threatened category.
 Except reserve forests of dense scrub and Open scrub there are no wildlife sanctuaries
or biosphere reserves or nesting or breeding grounds for any of the rare species or other
protected areas within the buffer/study area.
11.5.2 Socio-economic Conditions

 Socio economic profile of the 10.0 km radius from project site was studied and analysed
based on the Census of India 2011. There are 27 revenue census towns and villages
including hamlets are falling in 4 Taluks of Ernakulum district
 Population is 11,39,114 of which males are 49.28% and females are 50.72%. Sex ratio of
the study area is 1029 females over 1000 males. Total Child population is 1,05,023 which
is around 9.22% of total population. The child sex ratio of the study area is 970 females
over 1000 males
 SC population is 96038 which constitute 8.43% of total population in study area. The sex
ratio of the SC population is 1041
 ST population is 5032 which aggregate to 0.44% of total population
 Literate population in the study area is 996887 which constitute 87.51% of the total
population. Total male literate population is 496421 which accounts to 49.80% and the
total female literate population is 500466 which accounts to 50.20%. Literate sex ratio is
very low which is 1008 literate females for 1000 males in the study area
 Working population in the study area are 429988 out of which males are 312347 which
constitute to 72.64% and females are 117641 which account to 27.36%. Non-working
population of study area is 709126 of which males are 248965 which constitute to be
35.11% and females are 460161 which account to be 64.89%
 Main-Working population in the study area are 381354 which accounts to be 88.69% and
Marginal-Working population in the study area is 48634 which accounts to 11.31%
11.6 Anticipated Environmental Impacts with Mitigation Measures

Anticipated impacts on the environmental and social attributes, which are likely to arise due
to construction and operation of proposed project have been identified, predicted and
evaluated and presented in the EIA/EMP report in detail. There might be a temporary phase
of dumping the construction materials and wastes in the project site marring the aesthetics of
the site. The landscape changes are expected with the changed land use. Apart from the
localized construction impacts confined to the site, the impact is likely to be insignificant and
no long term adverse impacts on topography are envisaged. It is pertinent to note that the
impacts during the construction phase is short term in nature will cease upon completion of
construction activities. However, appropriate mitigation measures are suggested which will
keep the impacts to the minimum such as construction camps will be provided with self-
sufficient infrastructure to minimise impact/strain on the existing infrastructure. Impacts
associated with the Operation Phase on Air, Water, Soil, Noise, Land, Social and Ecology
Environment and others impacts etc., are studied and following findings/measures as
appropriate are proposed.

Page 11-6
 Land area is available on a long-term 20-year concession agreement on an annual

concession fee. There are no existing settlements in the site and hence there will be no
Resettlement or Rehabilitation (R&R).
 Project site is Abutting Existing landfill site (owned by KMC), No agricultural activity or
forest areas were observed. The present land use of the site is uncared poorly yielding
coconut trees and betel palm, mango form the standing trees. The land is infested with
grass, creepers and thorny bushes.
 Kadambarayar river flows at about 0.14 km North and Chitrapuzha river flows at about
0.8 km west of Project site. No streams are passing through the project area. The
Southern boundary is abutting the lower order drain connected to Chitrapuzha river. Due
to the proposed Project, there will not be any disturbance to the natural drainage pattern.
Probable low lying area where flooding is experienced during rainy season has been
avoided and Water Conservation Area is planned. Adequate storm water system is
proposed. Hence the impact on the drainage pattern is insignificant.
 The wastewater generated in the proposed Waste to Energy (WtE) plan will be collected
and treated in REED BED system known as Microbial Soil Based Reed Bed (MSR)
System. Additional water treatment facilities such as Ultra Filtration and Reverse
Osmosis water purification technologies are proposed. Leachate generated during Bio
Drying process is collected in underground channels and fed directly to a large storage
tank. The collected water is then strained to remove any large suspended particles
(greater than 150 microns). The solids and water recovered are returned to the bio drying
area and sprayed back on top of the fresh MSW heap for imitating a faster biological
activity thus reducing time for the drying process. No untreated Waste Water will be sent
out.
 Water requirement during construction activity will be approximately 0.2 MLD. Water
requirement during operation phase will be approximately 2 MLD, which will be met from
nearby water body Kadambrayar/Chitrapuzha and bore well. The necessary permission
for the water withdrawal will be obtained from the competent authority.
 Air pollution control measures such as Bag house filter, Reaction tower in which acidic
gases are removed by chemical reaction with the injected lime, Induced draft fan with
speed-controlled electric motor driver and Stack, Flue gas re-circulation system for De-
NOX, Selective Non-Catalytic Reduction (SNCR) using Urea solution, Connections for
Continuous Flue Gas Monitoring system to monitor all dust and gases in accordance with
Indian standards shall be followed. Manual segregation and removal of Chlorinated
Plastic and other elements unsuitable for thermal treatment Temperature control within
combustion/gasification chambers (always above 8500C) reduces the formation of dioxins
and furans.
 1st highest 24 hour average and resultant concentrations of PM10, PM2.5, SO2 and NO2 for
AAQ monitoring receptors locations are found to be well within the National Ambient Air
Quality Standards (NAAQS), 2009 for the entire scenarios considered. Also, Annual
average for PM10, PM2.5, SO2 and NO2 for AAQ monitoring receptors locations are found
to be well within the National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS), 2009 for the entire
scenarios considered except PM10 at two locations namely Kakkanad, Tudiyur, as the
baseline air quality itself exceeded the standard. It is pertinent to mention that the annual
predicted incremental concentration at Kakkanad, Tudiyur due to the proposed waste to
Energy Plant is 0.0069 and 0.0096 µg/m3 respectively. Considering the other immense
benefits in terms of Improvements in Hygienic conditions, Reduction in Green House
Emissions, Carbon Footprint, Benefits to adjoining municipalities, Reduction in Land fill,
Health benefits and Reduction in other Air/Soil/Water Contamination etc., the impact due
to little increase in Annual PM10 concentration need not to be considered as significant.

Page 11-7
Also, incremental concentration at the sensitive receptors is well below the National
Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS), 2009
 Inert other than metals and alloys having no CV value obtained from material recovery
facility (MRF) is blended with the Bottom Ash to produce re-engineered materials
(aggregate) which can be used in manufacture of bricks, paver block, tiles and other
value added products. The Fly ash generated is analysed and if there are no toxic
elements which would affect its use, GJEPPL mix it with the bottom ash stream and use it
in the re-manufacturing area. If the concentration of toxic metals in Gasifier ash exceeds
the limits specified in Schedule II: List of waste constituents with concentration limits
(leachable concentration limits) in the Hazardous and Other Waste (Management and
Trans boundary Movement) Rules, 2016, the ash shall be sent to Nearest TSDF.
 Approximately 7.0 tons of waste ash material not suitable for recycling will go to the
landfill area for disposal for each operational day. As required by the current SWM Rules
2016, this material does not contain any organic fractions and will not produce
greenhouse gas discharges or biological leachate run off.
 Waste generated from canteen and administrative areas is estimated about 100 kg/day,
of which 60% will be bio-degradable and 40% non- biodegradable. The same will be
utilised in the waste processing facility
 Hazardous and Non-hazardous wastes generated due to operations of Waste to Energy
(WtE) plant such as sludge, used & waste oil slurry, batteries etc. are the source of
hazardous waste. Hazardous waste will be sent to nearby TSDF and management shall
be done as per Hazardous and Other Waste (Management and Transboundary
Movement) and amendment thereof, 2016. Common Treatment, Storage and Disposal
Facilities (TSDF) in Kerala Enviro Infrastructure Ltd (KEIL), TSDF Project, Inside FACT –
CD Campus, Ambalamedu - 682303 is a public limited Company functioning at the
industrial hub of Ambalamedu. E-waste is also expected to be generated in Waste to
Energy (WtE) plant which will handled as per E-Waste (Management and Handling)
Rules, 2016
 Odour Control Management such as natural wood chip filtration, mobile odour control
systems shall be followed.
 Bio drying is a well-proven, internationally acknowledged, technology that has been
adopted for the treatment of raw MSW waste in over 120 countries with over 700
operational bio-drying plants installed around the world. Control of the temperature inside
the membrane allows for heat levels to increase, allowing rapid gaseous exchange of
moisture laden air, which can pass freely through the membrane, whereas odours, bio-
aerosols and viruses are retained within the mass beneath the membrane. Bio dried
materials are sterilized and virus free following elevated temperature stabilization and
pass a 3 day culture test to show the material is totally biologically inactive
 The major noise generating equipment will be enclosed in an acoustic enclosure
designed for an insertion loss of 25 dB (A) and silencers to other equipment etc Major
noise generating equipment will be designed with 85 dB (A) ensuring cumulative noise at
1.0 m remains at 85 dB (A) The occupational noise exposure to the workers in the form of
eight hour timely weighted average will be maintained well within the prescribed
Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) standard limits. Acoustic
silencers will be provided in equipment wherever necessary
 Green belt development is proposed in an area of 2.13 ha.
 The site is accessible to road traffic from the city from Palarivattom via Kakkand-
Edachira- Brahmapuram road. This is being used by KMC to transport the MSW to the
existing landfill site. As the trucks plying (~100-150 Nos) to the existing waste processing
facility will be diverted to the GJEPPL Waste to Energy Plant which is abutting the

Page 11-8
existing waste processing facility, there will not be any additional significant increase in
number of trucks.
11.7 Analysis of Alternatives
11.7.1 Site Alternative

the present site at Brahamapuram was finalized.
The following are advantages of selected site:
 Abutting existing Brahamapuram MSW facility and hence no new route requirement for
transport of MSW
 Site is more than 100 meter away from river, 200 meter from Pond Highway, Habitations,
Public Parks and land fill location is more than 200 m from water supply wells and 18 km
away from Airport and 11 km from Naval Airbase
 No CRZ areas
 No critically habitat area within 10 km. Mangalavanam Bird Sanctuary is >10.0 km
 Land is under possession with KMC and is allotted to GJEPPL. No Rehabilitation &
Resettlement is required
 Improve the Environmental Quality of Greater Kochi Industrial Area (Ambalamughal)
11.7.2 Waste Processing Technologies Alternatives

Out of different waste processing technologies, Biomass Power Ltd Gasification technology
was selected as the technology of choice for the Kochi project. A detailed investigation of the
gasification processes currently available resulted in the selection of a system designed and
manufactured by a company called Biomass Power Ltd (BPL) of Stafford, England. The
system was tailor made for the kind of RDF fuel which could be made from the waste
streams collected in the Kochi area
11.7.3 “No Project” Scenario

A ‘no project’ scenario would lead to magnification of the problems related to waste handling
and management. It will lead to development of unhygienic conditions in the area due to
unplanned accumulation of waste and shall become breeding grounds for mosquitoes and
other indirect health hazards. With high organic content, the municipal waste is highly
putrescible and tends to decompose rapidly and unless carefully controlled, decomposes
with the production of unpleasant odour which will lead to pollution and contamination.
Hence, this alternative is undesirable.
11.8 Environmental Monitoring Programme

Environmental monitoring programme has been formulated for the environmental attributes
(air, water, noise, and soil) and the same will be implemented. The effective implementation
and close supervision of the environmental management to mitigate the environmental
impacts, which are likely to arise due to the construction and operation phases of the project
could be achieved through a suitable institutional mechanism.

Page 11-9
11.9 Additional studies
11.9.1 Risk Analysis

A systematic Risk Analysis will help in identification of the hazards and associated risk. A risk
analysis by considering the hazards associated with handling of different chemicals or
hazardous materials which will be used as per requirement during operation phase which
may include the use of numerous potentially hazardous chemicals. Material specific
chemical protection programs shall be developed and implemented. Worker shall be
protected from exposure to process chemicals including but not limited to acids, bases, and
solvents etc. Risks associated with handling storage of paints/chemical/equipment at
proposed in WtE plant are considered and accordingly mitigation measures are suggested in
this DMP. The Risk Analysis has been broadly divided into three categories.
 Hazard Identification
 Failure Frequency
 Risk Reducing Measures
11.9.2 Disaster Management Plan

The Disaster Management Plan (DMP) is aimed to ensure safety of life, protection of
environment, protection of installation, restoration of production and salvage operations in
this same order of priorities. For effective implementation of DMP, it should be widely
circulated and a personnel training is to be provided through rehearsals/drills. To tackle the
consequences of a major emergency inside the industry or immediate vicinity of the industry,
a DMP has to be formulated.
A framework for DMP was prepared to minimise damages in the event of a disaster. An On-
Site Emergency Preparedness Plan and Off-Site Emergency Preparedness Plan were
broadly prepared to deal with emergencies and prevent disasters.
An institutional framework with clear assignment of roles and responsibilities was prepared
with which location of Emergency Control Centre and Assembly Points will be identified.
Communication system and alarm systems for effective communication in the event of a
disaster are identified. DMP for natural hazards such as cyclones was broadly prepared.
Mutual aid scheme, composition of District Level Emergency Committee and aspects relating
to community involvement for dealing with off-site disasters were prepared.
11.9.3 Traffic and Transportation Management Plan

axle trucks and same can be utilised after necessary approval. The KMC is responsible to
deliver the assured 300 Metric Tonnes of MSW to the facility on a daily basis.
As the trucks plying (~100-150 Nos.) to the existing waste processing facility will be diverted
generation of truck traffic envisaged for the proposed Kochi Waste to Energy plant.
11.9.4 Social Impact Assessment

This assessment is specifically addressing the potential impacts which will be generated as a
result of proposed development.

Page 11-10
 Land area is available on a long-term 20-year concession agreement on an annual

 Total employment generation due to the proposed project can be primarily divided into
two categories, direct employment and indirect employment. During the construction
phase of the project there will be large-scale short term employment generation in the
form of skilled and semi-skilled labours. It is expected to generate employment to 100
persons other than indirect employment. During the operation phase the WtE plant is
expected to bring 200 persons of direct employment during the Operation phase.
 To ensure that there is no strain on the existing infrastructure, worker camps will be self-
sufficient and would not relay on local resource.
 Due care will be taken for Public and Safety by providing suitable safety/mitigation
measures and procedures during the operation of industries/facilities
11.10 Corporate Environment Responsibility (CER)

As per the OM F. No. 22-65/2017-IA.III dated May 01, 2018, Impact Assessment division,
The CER for the proposed project will fall under the CER category of Serial No. 2. The
budget for the CER will be 1.5% of the project cost (INR 295 Crores) as it is a Greenfield
project which is worked out to INR 4.425 Crores.
As such the project (Waste to Energy) itself a Solid waste Management facility for the Kochi
area which is one of the CER activities suggested in the aforesaid OM.
As the Project region is having well developed Infrastructures such as Drinking water supply,
Health facilities, Education facilities, electrification etc., again more focus on Solid waste
Management and Sanitation is provided in the project planning stage itself. Accordingly the
following are the areas/activities identified under Corporate Environment Responsibility.
 Adjacent waste disposal site is approximately 100 acres of land area, of this an estimated
60 acres has been filled with waste over the last 15 years of operation. These dumped
waste are creating severe environmental issues such as Air/Water/Soil contamination,
Odour issues, Health issues, Fire accidents followed by Air Pollution etc., Hence, the
Waste to Energy Plant capacity is planned not only for the waste that are being
generated but also for the already dumped waste at existing Brahamapuram site.
 Imparting Knowledge and Providing Technical Assistance to KMC to implement effective
Solid Waste Management.
 Conducting workshops and awareness campaigns on Best Solid waste management
practices for Various Stockholders.
In addition, Contribution to Disaster Management Fund is also considered.
The above identified activities may be revised based on the concerns which will be raised
during the public hearing according to its merits and priority.
11.11 Environment Management Plan

The main objectives of Environmental Management are to:
 Identify key environmental issues envisaged to be encountered during construction and
operation phases of the project.
 Provide guidelines for appropriate mitigation measures
 Establish systems and procedures for implementing mitigation measures
 Ensure the mitigation measures are being implemented
 Monitor the effectiveness of mitigation measures

Page 11-11
 Institutional framework includes the responsibilities for environment management as well

as responsibility for implementing environmental measures
 Take necessary prompt action when unforeseen impacts occur
Based on the above objectives in mind, the following specific environmental management
plan/measures are provided
 Administrative and Technical Setup for Environmental Management
 Air pollution abatement measures
 Wastewater treatment facilities
 Hazardous waste Management facilities
 Greenbelt development plan
 Solar power harnessing potential
 Rainwater harvesting potential
 Odour Management Plan
 Occupational health and safety: Occupational health & safety needs attention both during
construction, erection, operation and maintenance phases.
 Institutional arrangements/framework for environmental management
 Budgetary provisions for environment management and corporate environment
responsibility
The effective implementation and close supervision of the environmental management to
mitigate the environmental impacts, which are likely to arise due to the construction and
operational phases of WtE plant could be achieved through a suitable institutional
mechanism. The institutional mechanism recommended for the implementation of the
mitigation measures is presented.
11.11.1 Budgetary Estimate for Environmental Management

The budgetary estimate (Capital Cost) for Environmental Management is INR 388 Million
(INR 38.8 Crores) and the annual recurring cost is INR 52 Million (INR 5.2 Crores).
11.12 Conclusion
The growth of waste in India is skyrocketing as a result of growing urban populations and
rising production of waste per capita and the heat content of waste is constantly rising. India
has a significant energy shortage. There is increasing pressure on India to reduce GHG/CO 2
emissions and to deliver environmental protection projects. The latest Central Pollution
Control Board (CPCB) report indicate the discharge of 144,165 tonnes per day (TPD) in the
country, and this is projected to go up to 265,834 TPD by 2017 (MNRE, GoI estimate). In
response to this the Swachch Bharat Mission has launched the “waste-to-wealth scheme” for
which steps have been taken for commissioning of these waste-to-energy plants to produce
a total 73.6 MW”.
finally led to agitations and public interest litigations. Solid Waste Management Rule 2016
mandates under Section 21 i.e. “21 Criteria for waste to energy process- (1) Non-recyclable

Page 11-12
waste having calorific value of 1500 kcal/kg or more shall not be disposed of on landfills and
shall only be utilised for generating energy either or through refuse derived fuel or by giving
away as feed stock for preparing refuse derived fuel”. The Government of Kerala and the
Kochi Municipal Corporation searched for effective solution through public-private
participation (PPP) and from among many contesters GJ Eco Power Pvt Ltd (GJEP) was
selected as a partner for the Waste to Power project.
The land area is available on a long-term 20-year concession agreement on an annual
Typically any developmental projects also trigger a set of environmental and social impacts.
An Environmental Impact Assessment has been carried out to study the potential
environmental and social impacts due to the proposed WtE plant. Potential environmental
and social impacts due to the proposed development on environment attributes like air
quality, noise, water quality, soil, flora, socio-economic, etc. have been assessed as part of
this EIA study. Appropriate mitigation measures to minimize/avoid impacts from the
development have been recommended. The measures include avoidance measures,
mitigation measures and environmental enhancement measures.
Kochi city has been selected to be part of the Smart City initiative by the Government of India
and waste management is of paramount importance to achieve this Smart City status. The
increase in population, mushrooming multi-storey residential culture and extensive
infrastructure development created an alarming MSW volume increase and the lack of
scientific solutions at the current MSW dumping facility creating a polluted environment,
contaminated water bodies, health & safety issues and public outrage. This project will place
Kochi in the world map as a leader in the adoption and use of proven scientific initiatives for
carbon reduction through sustainable MSW management solution.

Page 11-13
Chapter 12
Disclosure of Consultants
Chapter 12. Disclosure of Consultants Engaged

electricity. The plant is designed to handle up to 500 Metric Tonnes of MSW per day
GJ Eco Power Private Limited appointed L&T Infrastructure Engineering Limited (LNTIEL) as
an EIA consultant to carry out the EIA study and to provide necessary technical assistance
during Environmental Clearances from Statutory Authorities.
12.1 Brief Profile of L&T Infrastructure Engineering Limited

Brief Profile of L&T Infrastructure Engineering Ltd.
L&T Infrastructure Engineering Ltd., a subsidiary of Larsen & Toubro Limited is a leading
multi-disciplinary Indian Consultancy firm. LNTIEL has made a distinctive mark by creating
new standards in providing sustainable solutions. Today, LNTIEL is distinguished from others
not limited to its lineage but its relentless quest for quality - a unique tradition of placing
client’s needs above all.
LNTIEL offers a diverse array of talents together with practical experience. We assure our
clients a professional approach by innovation and evolving optimal solutions. At LNTIEL, we
recognise that human resources are the key to organisational success. LNTIEL’s expertise
ranges across a broad spectrum of sectors with special forte in Infrastructure Projects and
Thermal Power Plants and Common Municipal Solid Waste Management Facility
(CMSWMF). LNTIEL has expertise in carrying out Techno-Economic Feasibility Studies,
Preparation of Master Plans & Detailed Project Reports and Bid Process Management.
LNTIEL is rendering the following services for all infrastructure projects:
 Environmental and Social Impact Assessment including assistance to Client in obtaining
necessary clearances/approvals from various statutory authorities: State PCB’s,
MoEF&CC (GoI)
 Field surveys (Terrestrial & Marine Environments) and investigations
 Numerical modelling especially for the marine projects
 Project formulation/conceptualisation & configuration
Chapter 12Disclosure of Consultants Engaged

Page 12-1
 Market study and demand assessment

 Master planning, Urban planning, Environmental planning and Tourism planning
 Infrastructure design and engineering
 Block cost estimation
 Economic and financial analysis
 Bid Process Management
 Assistance in domestic and international marketing including road shows/investors
conference (or meet) for marketing the project.
 Assistance to Client in achieving technical and financial closures
Strengths of LNTIEL
LNTIEL has a well-equipped Corporate Office at Chennai. LNTIEL’s staffs is replete with a
wide range of professionals – Urban Planners, Engineers, Designers, Environmental and
Social Specialists, Financial Analysts, Project Structuring, Marketing and Privatisation
Experts, Construction Supervision Managers – covering a wide spectrum of services. The
skills of the Experts are continuously aligned to suit the changing Client requirements.
LNTIEL has strategic tie-ups with Associates for specialized services. Services of an eminent
group of Expert Consultants are also available to LNTIEL. Our clients value the highly
motivated and dedicated team of professionals who assure them international quality service
through focused and optimal solutions.
LNTIEL provides a stimulating working environment. We have assembled a team of skilled,
creative and dynamic professionals who strive to translate the organisational ethos into
reality. To enhance the efficiency of the personnel and enable them to be updated with the
latest developments in technology, we organise comprehensive technical training
programmes and organisational development programmes at regular intervals. A creative
work environment, motivated staff, structured training, latest methodologies and tools,
continuous adherence to quality, adoption of best ethical standards and a keen client
orientation are the factors that spur on LNTIEL‘s journey into the future. Our driving
philosophy is ‘Client First’. We work towards complete satisfaction of our clients by adopting
good work practices and meeting their requirements through timely delivery of appropriate
solutions. Further for achieving this objective, we have acquired state-of-the-art IT facilities
and software to ensure quality in all spheres of our activity.
LNTIEL has modern fully computerized offices with latest computational and communication
facilities. A large number of high-end computers are available and are connected by a
network. Further, Internet connectivity enables fast exchange of information with the clients,
as well as within the offices and the parent companies. These facilities help us to provide our
clients high quality services within the shortest possible time. LNTIEL has more than three
hundred regular employees at four offices forming a leading consulting group with extensive
operations at Chennai, Hyderabad, Delhi and Mumbai.
Quality Policy of LNTIEL
LNTIEL is committed to achieve and sustain excellence in consultancy services to customers
world-wide through an in-house Quality Management System that conforms to ISO
9001:2008. The commitment stated above will be fulfilled by:
 Working towards complete satisfaction of LNTIEL’s customers by adopting good work
practices and meeting their requirements through timely delivery of appropriate solutions.
 Striving to achieve continual improvement of quality management system through
periodic review of quality policy, processes and quality objectives.

Page 12-2
 Striving to maintain well-qualified and motivated staff by empowering them and providing
a stimulating work environment.
 Adhering to the best ethical standards for business behaviour by respecting the rules of
law governing LNTIEL’s business and presenting a well-audited financial statement every
year.
 Impelling employees at all levels in achieving the objectives of the organisation and
ensuring that all employees are aware of and act within the policy framework of LNTIEL.
 Propagating our quality policy and procedures to our sub-consultants and associates and
ensuring adherence to the relevant components of the quality system.
QCI-NABET - EIA Accreditation
National Accreditation Board for Education & Training (NABET) is a constituent board of the
Quality Council of India (QCI). QCI, NABET has accredited LNTIEL for carrying out EIA
studies in the following Ten (10) sectors:
S. No. Sector
Industrial Estates/Parks/Complexes/Areas, Export Processing Zone (EPZs), Special Economic
1
Zones (SEZs), Biotech Parks and Leather Complexes
2 Ports, Harbours, Break Waters and Dredging
3 Highways
4 Airports
5 Thermal Power Plants
6 River Valley Projects
7 Common Effluent Treatment Plants (CETPs)
8 Common Municipal Solid Waste Management Facility (CMSWMF)
9 Building and Construction Project
10 Townships and Area Development Projects
Further details may be seen on the following URL: www.lntiel.com
12.2 Other Consultants Engaged

11.1.1 M/s Vison Labs, Hyderabad
Nature of consultancy service rendered: Terrestrial Environmental Survey
M/s. Vison labs was established in 2002. The agency is offering consultancy services in
generation of baseline terrestrial environmental data for the detailed EIA studies. The
organization has attained the recognition from the Ministry of Environment Forest and
Climate Change (MoEF&CC) and National Accreditation Board for Testing and Calibration
Laboratories (NABL). Vison Labs is also an ISO 9001:2000 Certified agency in the fields of
environmental monitoring and analytical chemistry and other similar services. Further details
on the agency may be seen on the following URL: www.visonlabs.com.

Page 12-3
Appendices
Appendix A
Approved additional tor and
standard ToR letter issued by
SEIAA
STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FOR
PROJECTS/ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE
7(i):STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR CONDUCTING

ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT STUDY FOR COMMON
MUNICIPAL SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITY
(CMSWMF) AND INFORMATION TO BE INCLUDED IN EIA/EMP
REPORT
1) The project should be designed based on the population projections as by Master Plan.
2) Submit a 10 km. radius map (on survey of India toposheet) showing co-ordinates of project site,
national highway, state highway, district road/approach road, river, canal, natural drainage; protected
areas, under Wild Life (Protection) Act, archaeological site, natural lake, flood area, human settlements
(with population), industries, high tension electric line, prominent wind direction (summer and winter),
effluent drain, if any and ponds etc. should be presented and impacts assessed on the same.
3) Examine and submit details of alternative technologies viz. RDF shall also be evolved.
4) Examine and submit details of storm water/ leachate collection from the composted area.
5) Examine and submit details of monitoring of water quality around the landfill site. Water analysis
shall also include for nitrate and phosphate.
6) Examine and submit details of the odour control measures.
7) Examine and submit details of impact on water bodies/rivers/ ponds and mitigative measures during
rainy season.
8) Submit the criteria for assessing waste generation. Any segregation of hazardous and bio-medical
wastes.
9) Submit a copy of the layout plan of project site showing solid waste storage, green belt (width &
length, 33% of the project area), all roads, prominent wind direction, processing plant & buildings
etc. should be provided.
10) Submit a copy of the land use certificate from the competent authority.
11) NOC from local or nearest airport within 20 km and any flight funnel restrictions.
12) Submit a copy of the status of ambient air quality and surface and ground water quality, soil type,
cropping pattern, land use pattern, population, socio-economic status, anticipated air and water
pollution.
13) Submit a copy of the topography of the area indicating whether the site requires any filling, if so, the
details of filling, quantity of fill material required, its source and transportation, etc.
14) Examine and submit the details of impact on the drainage and nearby habitats/settlements
(surroundings).
15) Examine and submit the details of surface hydrology and water regime and impact on the same.
16) Examine and submit the details of one complete season AAQ data (except monsoon) with the dates
of monitoring, impact of the project on the AAQ of the area (including H2S, CH4).
249
STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FOR PROJECTS/
ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE
17) Submit a copy of detailed plan of waste management.

18) Submit the details of sanitary land fill site impermeability and whether it would be lined, if so details
thereof.
19) Examine and submit the details of impact on environmental sensitive areas.
20) Examine and submit the details of rehabilitation/compensation package for the project effected people,
if any.
21) Submit Environmental Management Plan and Environmental Monitoring Plan with costs and
parameters.
22) Public hearing to be conducted for the project in accordance with provisions of Environmental Impact
Assessment Notification, 2006 and the issues raised by the public should be addressed in the
Environmental Management Plan. The Public Hearing should be conducted based on the ToR letter
issued by the Ministry and not on the basis of Minutes of the Meeting available on the web-site.
23) A detailed draft EIA/EMP report should be prepared in accordance with the above additional TOR
and should be submitted to the Ministry in accordance with the Notification.
24) Details of litigation pending against the project, if any, with direction /order passed by any Court of
Law against the Project should be given.
25) The cost of the Project (capital cost and recurring cost) as well as the cost towards implementation
of EMP should be clearly spelt out.
26) Any further clarification on carrying out the above studies including anticipated impacts due to the
project and mitigative measure, project proponent can refer to the model ToR available on Ministry
website "http://moef.nic.in/Manual/Common Municipal Solid Wastes".
*****
250
Appendix B
Compliance to additional and
standard ToR
Draft EIA Report RP003 rev. 0
Appendix B. Compliance to Additional ToR and Standard ToR

S. No. TERMS OF REFERENCE COMPLIANCE
ADDITIONAL TOR FOR THE PROPOSED WASTE TO ENERGY PLANT AT BRAHAMAPURAM VILLAGE,
KUNNATHUNAD TALUK, ERNAKULAM DISTRICT, KERALA
1 Kochi Municipal Corporation made an agreement with GJ ECO
Power Private Limited for the treatment and disposal of
unsegregated MSW at Brahmapuram. The Concession
Agreement details the operational needs and throughput volumes
of waste; this was stated as requiring a design specification of not
less than 330 tons per day of unsegregated MSW waste material,
delivered on an average of 150 truckloads per day. The plant is
designed to handle up to 500 Metric Tonnes of MSW per day. The
Waste expected from Kochi Corporation is
balance capacity will be utilised for processing of waste from
300 tpd on an average. What is the effective
existing waste dump.
availability of waste? How do they overcome
The concession agreement includes a condition that requires the
the disparity of weight of waste that is
Kochi Municipal Corporation to deliver not less than 255 tons per
measured in the weighbridge and actual
day, with an expected average calculated as 300 metric tons of
weighing of segregated components?
MSW delivered to the main gate each day.
KMC has made these commitments in the concession agreement
considering on the prevailing waste generation and collection
practises as well as future growth in waste generation and
improvements in waste collection methods. Waste expected at
Kochi WTE Facility is unsegregated MSW and separation of the
same will be carried out at the Plant premises and hence no
significant disparity of waste weight.
2 Justification for using legacy waste with
The details of the same are provided in Section 2.6.8.1 of
respect to quantity and quality to overcome
Chapter 2.
the shortfall in minimum waste required
3 Land requirement for bio-drying ensuring The details of the same are provided in Section 2.6.7 of Chapter
availability of waste 2.
4 Environmental cost-benefit analysis of the Environmental and Cost-benefit analysis of the project is provided
project in Chapter 9.
5 Successful commercial WtE projects in India The details of the same are provided in Section 1.6 and Section
and elsewhere by the proponent and others 1.7 of Chapter 1.
6 Justification of the ratio of waste to energy The details of the same are provided in Section 2.6.14 of Chapter
generation 2.
7(i):STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR CONDUCTING ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT STUDY FOR
COMMON MUNICIPAL SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITY (CMSWMF) PROJECTS AND INFORMATION TO BE
INCLUDED IN EIA/EMP REPORT
1 The project should be designed based on the The details of the same are provided in Section 2.5.7 of Chapter
population projections as by Master Plan. 2.
2 Submit a 10 km. radius map (on survey of The study area map showing features around 10.0 km of project
India toposheet) showing co-ordinates of site is given as Figure FD0102.
project site, national highway, state highway, The impacts and mitigation measures are discussed in Chapter 4.
district road/approach road, river, canal,
natural drainage; protected areas, under Wild
Life (Protection) Act, archaeological site,
natural lake, flood area, human settlements
(with population), industries, high tension
electric line, prominent wind direction
(summer and winter), effluent drain, if any and
ponds etc. should be presented and impacts
assessed on the same.
3 Examine and submit details of alternative The details of the same are provided in Section 5.2 of Chapter 5.
technologies viz. RDF shall also be evolved.
4 Examine and submit details of storm water/ MSW LEACHATE RUNOFF
Appendix B Compliance to Additional ToR and Standard ToR

Page 1
RP003 rev. 0 Draft EIA Report

leachate collection from the composted area. The process of moisture removal uses a system called Bio Drying,
this process generates a natural heat source which causes the
moisture within the waste to be evaporated off. There is however
a small volume of leachate which drops to the base of the drying
platform during the delivery process and also some small seepage
happens for the first 3-6 days of the drying process. This is usually
in the region of 10% of the total water volume held by the waste.
This leachate is collected in underground channels and fed
directly to a large storage tank. The collected water is then
strained to remove any large suspended particles (greater than
150 microns). The solids and water recovered are returned to the
bio drying area and sprayed back on top of the fresh MSW heap
for imitating a faster biological activity thus reducing time for the
drying process. This is an added benefit to the process as the
returned solid already have an established bacterial colony active
within the mixture. This enables us to dramatically speed up the
growth of a new colony within the waste matter.
STORMWATER and RAINWATER HARVESTING:

In the last 10 year, highest rainfall in 24 hours has been 208 mm
of rain. In terms of the impact on the site this would equate to
6598 m3 of storm-water. The facility will be provided with storm
water drain to collect the surface run off and the same will be
stored in the designated water tank and making it available for
reuse in the plant’s daily operations. Rain Water storage Tank will
be designed to capture the rain water from all roof areas,
landscape and hard standing areas. Additionally excess rain water
will be diverted to the water conservation area for storage.
5 Examine and submit details of monitoring of The details are provided in Section 3.8 of Chapter 3.
water quality around the landfill site. Water
analysis shall also include for nitrate and
phosphate.
6 Examine and submit details of the odour Odour Management Plan is given in Section 10.5 of Chapter 10.
control measures.
7 Examine and submit details of impact on The details of Impacts and Mitigation Measure on Water
water bodies/rivers/ ponds and mitigative Environment are given in Section 4.3 of Chapter 4.
measures during rainy season.
8 Submit the criteria for assessing waste The details of the same are provided in Section 2.5 and Section
generation. Any segregation of hazardous 2.6 of Chapter 2.
and bio-medical wastes.
9 Submit a copy of the layout plan of project The layout plan is given as Figure FD0202. Green Belt/Area
site showing solid waste storage, green belt details are given in Section 2.6.16 of Chapter 2.
(width & length, 33% of the project area), all
roads, prominent wind direction, processing
plant & buildings etc. should be provided.
10 Submit a copy of the land use certificate from As part of concession the government has allotted 20 acres of
the competent authority. land for the project. In those 20 acres allotted, 6.36 acres was
pooradam (residential) and balance 13.64 acres was nilam
(paddy). The state government vide notification (GO (M.S) NO
39/2018/ revenue) converted the land use for the 13.64 acres
which was nilam (paddy). As a part of this conversion under
Kerala wetland and paddy land (Amendment act 2018), 10% of
the converted land has to be kept aside for water conservation,
accordingly 1.36 acres of land allotted was to be maintained as
water conservation area and no construction could be carried out
in this area. Additionally 2.36 acres of land was unsuitable for

Page 2
Draft EIA Report RP003 rev. 0

construction has the neighbouring water body had change cause
and is now flowing through this area in lieu of land reduced for
construction in the initially allotted 20 acres, state government vide
notification (GO (MS) NO 108/2018/LSGD) allotted an additional
3.43 acres of land for the project.. The same is given as
Appendix J. Layout Approval from Chief Town Planner is given
as Appendix L.
11 NOC from local or nearest airport within 20 Approval from Airports Authority of India (AAI) is given as
km and any flight funnel restrictions. Appendix N.
12 Submit a copy of the status of ambient air The baseline information of the Study Area is given in Chapter 3.
quality and surface and ground water quality,
soil type, cropping pattern, land use pattern,
population, socio-economic status,
anticipated air and water pollution.
13 Submit a copy of the topography of the area The topography details of the project site are given as Section
indicating whether the site requires any filling, 2.4.1 of Chapter 2. The cut and fill quantity is given in Section
if so, the details of filling, quantity of fill 4.2.2.1 of Chapter 4.
material required, its source and
transportation, etc.
14 Examine and submit the details of impact on Impacts on drainage pattern is given in Section 4.3.2.3 and
the drainage and nearby habitats/settlements impacts on nearby habitats/settlements in Section 4.2.1.2 of
(surroundings). Chapter 4.
15 Examine and submit the details of surface The details are provided in Section 3.5.10 of Chapter 3 and
hydrology and water regime and impact on Impacts in Section 4.3.2.3 of Chapter 4.
the same.
16 Examine and submit the details of one The details of the same are provided in Section 3.6 of Chapter 3.
complete season AAQ data (except The impacts on Air Environment are provided in Section 4.4 of
monsoon) with the dates of monitoring, Chapter 4.
impact of the project on the AAQ of the area The proposed facility is Waste to Energy Plant and no Sanitary
(including H2S, CH4). landfill is proposed and hence H2S and CH4 were not monitored.
17 Submit a copy of detailed plan of waste The details of the same are provided in Section 2.5 and Section
management. 2.6 of Chapter 2.
18 Submit the details of sanitary land fill site The proposed facility is Waste to Energy Plant and no Sanitary
impermeability and whether it would be lined, landfill is proposed. It is expected that approximately 7.0 tons of
if so details thereof. unusable waste ash material that is not suitable for recycling will
go to the landfill area for disposal. This material does not contain
any organic fractions and will not produce greenhouse gas
discharges or biological leachate run off. However, the landfill will
be constructed in the scientific manner with suitable liner.
The details of the same are provided in Section 4.3.31 of Chapter
4.
19 Examine and submit the details of impact on The details of the same are provided in Section 4.4.2 of Chapter
environmental sensitive areas. 4.
20 Examine and submit the details of Kochi Municipal Corporation (Authority) has earmarked the land of
rehabilitation/compensation package for the 8 Ha (~ 20 acres) next to their existing waste facility in
project effected people, if any. Brahamapuram (a suburb of Kochi City). The land area is
available on a long-term 20-year concession agreement on an
annual concession fee. There are no existing settlements in the
site and hence there will be no Resettlement or Rehabilitation
(R&R).
21 Submit Environmental Management Plan and The details of the same are provided in Chapter 10 and Chapter
Environmental Monitoring Plan with costs and 6.
parameters.
22 Public hearing to be conducted for the project As per EIA notification 2006 (as amended), the WtE plant
in accordance with provisions of proposed at Brahmapuram has been categorised as B under
Environmental Impact Assessment Common Municipal Solid Waste Management Facility

Page 3
RP003 rev. 0 Draft EIA Report

Notification, 2006 and the issues raised by (CMSWMF), the project shall undergo public hearing. This draft
the public should be addressed in the EIA report has been prepared and submitted for public hearing.
Environmental Management Plan. The Public
Hearing should be conducted based on the
ToR letter issued by the Ministry and not on
the basis of Minutes of the Meeting available
on the web-site.
23 A detailed draft EIA/EMP report should be The EIA study has been carried out based on the approved
prepared in accordance with the above additional ToR and Standard ToR given by SEAC and compliance
additional TOR and should be submitted to to the same is enclosed as Appendix B.
the Ministry in accordance with the
Notification.
24 Details of litigation pending against the Nil
project, if any, with direction /order passed by
any Court of Law against the Project should
be given.
25 The cost of the Project (capital cost and Project cost is given in Section 2.7 of Chapter 2 and Chapter 9.
recurring cost) as well as the cost towards The cost towards implementation of EMP is given in Section
implementation of EMP should be clearly 10.12 of Chapter 10.
spelt out.
26 Any further clarification on carrying out the Noted.
above studies including anticipated impacts
due to the project and mitigative measure,
project proponent can refer to the model ToR
available on Ministry website
"http://moef.nic.in/Manual/Common Municipal
Solid Wastes".

Page 4
Appendix C
Climatological Table for Kochi
(Cochin - 1971 to 2000)
Appendix C. Climatological Table

Climatological Data Summary
The monthly variations of the relevant meteorological parameters are reproduced in Table
C-1.
Table C-1: Climatological Data Summary –Kochi Region (1971-2000)
Relative Station Level Predominant Wind
Rainfall Mean
Temp (oC) Humidity Pressure Directions
(mm) Wind
Month (%) hPa (From)*
Speed
Daily Daily No. of
Total 08:30 17:30 08:30 17:30 (km/h) 08:30 17:30
Max. Min. days
Jan 33.6 20.0 23.3 1.0 74 61 1012.7 1008.8 3.3 NE, E W, NW
Feb 33.7 21.5 25.9 1.2 78 64 1012.2 1008.2 4.0 NE, E W, NW
Mar 34.0 22.7 30.8 2.3 77 67 1011.4 1007.4 4.4 NE, E W, NW
Apr 34.0 22.8 94.8 6.2 77 70 1009.9 1006.4 4.7 NE, E W, NW
May 33.8 22.7 282.8 10.7 81 73 1008.9 1006.1 4.4 NE, E NW, W
Jun 32.6 22.2 705.8 23.2 90 82 1009.0 1006.9 3.8 E, W W, NW
Jul 31.5 21.8 593.6 22.3 91 84 1009.4 1007.4 3.4 NW, E NW, W
Aug 31.1 22.2 403.1 20.0 90 82 1010.0 1007.7 3.6 NW, W NW, W
Sep 31.4 22.4 279.6 13.8 86 79 1010.4 1007.5 3.6 N, E NW, W
Oct 32.1 22.2 320.3 14.3 85 77 1011.0 1007.9 3.2 E, SE W, NW
Nov 33.1 21.9 174.9 7.8 82 72 1011.4 1008.1 3.0 E, NE W, NW
Dec 33.6 20.4 43.2 1.9 75 63 1012.4 1008.8 2.8 NE, E W, NW
*Predominant wind in decreasing order (Source: IMD Climatological Data for Kochi Region)
Appendix C Climatological Table

Page C-1
Appendix d
Study Area Ambient Air Quality
Appendix D. Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Data for the study area is given in Table D-1 to Table D-2.
Table D-1: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Data from AAQ-1 to AAQ-4
No. of AAQ-1 (Project Site) AAQ-2 (Kakkanad ) AAQ-3 (Tudiyur) AAQ-4 (Karimukal) CPCB
Parameter Units
Samples Max. Min. 98th P Max. Min. 98th P Max. Min. 98th P Max. Min. 98th P Norms
PM 10 24 33.60 25.80 33.14 69.90 54.50 69.39 61.20 49.60 60.74 30.40 21.30 30.17 100
PM 2.5 24 18.50 13.90 18.22 39.10 29.70 39.01 35.50 27.80 34.30 16.70 11.70 16.70 60
SO2 24 μg/m3 4.30 4.00 4.30 9.00 6.80 9.00 8.20 6.40 7.92 5.00 4.10 5.00 80
NO2 24 13.10 10.00 13.05 28.00 21.20 27.91 25.20 19.90 24.51 15.80 10.90 15.66 80
O3 24 4.20 2.90 4.06 3.80 2.30 3.71 4.50 2.90 4.50 3.60 2.60 3.60 100
CO 24 mg/m3 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 2
NH3 24 <10.0 <10.0 <10.0 <10.0 <10.0 <10.0 <10.0 <10.0 <10.0 <10.0 <10.0 <10.0 400
Lead (Pb) 24 μg/m3 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 1
Benzene (C6H6) 24 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 5
Benzo (a) Pyrene 24 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 1
Arsenic(As) 24 ng/m3 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 6
Nickel(Ni) 24 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 20
Table D-2: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Data from AAQ-5 to AAQ-7
AAQ-5 (Pinarmunda) AAQ-6 (Ambalamedu) AAQ-7 (Vadavukod)
Parameter No. of Samples Units CPCB Norms
Max. Min. 98th P Max. Min. 98th P Max. Min. 98th P
PM 10 24 30.40 22.40 29.71 47.80 38.90 47.34 30.50 21.60 29.95 100
PM 2.5 24 16.40 11.70 16.31 27.70 20.00 26.73 16.80 12.20 16.62 60
SO2 24 μg/m3 4.90 3.50 4.90 8.30 5.90 8.02 5.00 3.70 4.95 80
NO2 24 15.30 10.90 15.30 26.00 19.80 25.17 15.70 11.30 15.52 80
O3 24 3.40 2.10 3.31 4.60 3.20 4.42 3.40 2.30 3.26 100
CO 24 mg/m3 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 2
NH3 24 <10.0 <10.0 <10.0 <10.0 <10.0 <10.0 <10.0 <10.0 <10.0 400
Lead (Pb) 24 μg/m3 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 1
Benzene (C6H6) 24 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 5
Benzo (a) Pyrene 24 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 1
Arsenic(As) 24 ng/m3 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 6
Nickel(Ni) 24 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 20
Note: 98th P=98th Percentile; 24 Hours Standard values for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NO2,NH3 and Pb; 8 Hours Standard Values for CO and O3; Annual standard values for Benzene, BaP, As and Ni
Appendix D Ambient Air Quality Monitoring
Page D-1
Appendix E
Study Area Ambient Noise
Levels
Appendix E. Ambient Noise Quality Monitoring

The comparison of day equivalent noise levels (Ld) and night equivalent noise levels (Ln)
with the respective CPCB stipulated noise standards for various land use categories are
shown in the Table E-1.
Table E-1: Day and Night Equivalent Noise Levels
Noise level in dB(A) Leq CPCB Standard
S. No Location Environmental Setting
Day Night Lday (Ld) LNight (Ln)
1. Project Site 43.92 31.86 75 70 Industrial
2. Kakkanad 56.80 43.06 65 55 Commercial
3. Tudiyur 57.32 42.72 65 55 Commercial
4. Karimukal 46.81 32.95 55 45 Residential
5. Pinarmunda 46.19 34.37 55 45 Residential
6. Ambalamedu 56.44 41.96 65 55 Commercial
7. Vadavukod 44.50 32.74 55 45 Residential
8. Brahmapuram 51..99 41.01 55 45 Residential
Appendix E Ambient Noise Quality Monitoring

Page E-1
Appendix F
Study Area Groundwater
Quality
Appendix F. Groundwater Monitoring Results

Groundwater quality monitoring results are given in Table F-1.
Table F-1: Groundwater Monitoring Results
Drinking Water Limits as per IS 10500:2012
Sr. No. Parameter Units GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4 GW5 Requirement
Desirable Limits Permissible Limits
1. Colour Hazen <01 <01 <01 <01 <01 5 15
2. Odour -- Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable
3. Taste -- Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable
4. Turbidity NTU 1.24 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 1 5
5. PH -- 6.69 6.2 4.98 6.48 4.88 6.5-8.5 No relaxation
6. Temperature OC 24.6 25 24.8 24.9 24.9 NS NS
7. Electrical conductivity µ mhos/cm 442 156 152 312 207 NS NS
8. Salinity mg/l 0.018 0.036 0.054 0.063 0.053 Not Specified Not Specified
9. Total solids mg/l 314 110 106 228 210 Not Specified Not Specified
10. Total Hardness as CaCO3 mg/l 130 40 30 100 40 200 600
11. Total Alkalinity as CaCO3 mg/l 120 30 20 60 40 200 600
12. Iron as Fe mg/l 0.1 <0.04 <0.04 <0.04 <0.04 0.3 No relaxation
13. Chlorides as Cl- mg/l 45 20 30 35 30 250 1000
14. Residual free chlorine mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.2 1
15. Total dissolved solids mg/l 312 107 104 216 142 500 2000
16. Calcium as Ca mg/l 32 8 8 28 8 75 200
17. Magnesium as Mg mg/l 12 4.8 2.4 7.2 4.8 30 100
18. Copper as Cu mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.05 1.5
19. Manganese as Mn mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.1 0.3
20. Sulphate as SO4 mg/l 29.4 14.2 8.9 36.7 26.4 200 400
21. Nitrates as NO3 mg/l 3.7 2.5 1.9 4.7 15.1 45 No relaxation
22. Fluorides as F mg/l 0.28 0.12 <0.004 0.2 0.18 1 1.5
23. Sodium as Na mg/l 38.1 14.9 18.6 21.6 26.4 Not Specified Not Specified
24. Potassium as K mg/l 1.9 1.4 0.9 2.7 1.7 Not Specified Not Specified
25. Total Nitrogen mg/l <01 <01 <01 <01 <01 Not Specified Not Specified
26. Total Phosphorous mg/l <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 Not Specified Not Specified
27. Free Ammonia as NH4 mg/l <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 Not Specified Not Specified
28. Phenolic compounds as C6H5OH) mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.001 0.002
29. Biochemical oxygen demand (BOD) mg/l <02 <02 <02 <02 <02 Not Specified Not Specified
Appendix F Groundwater Monitoring Results
Page F-1
RP003 rev. 0 Draft EIA/EMP Report
Drinking Water Limits as per IS 10500:2012

Sr. No. Parameter Units GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4 GW5 Requirement
Desirable Limits Permissible Limits
30. Chemical oxygen demand (COD) mg/l <04 <04 <04 <04 <04 Not Specified Not Specified
31. Mercury as Hg mg/l <0.0002 <0.0002 <0.0002 <0.0002 <0.0002 0.001 No relaxation
32. Cadmium as Cd mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.003 No relaxation
33. Selenium as Se mg/l <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 0.01 No relaxation
34. Niickel mg/l <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 0.02 No relaxation
35. Arsenic as As mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.01 0.05
36. Cyanides as CN mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.05 No relaxation
37. Lead as Pb mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.01 No relaxation
38. Zinc as Zn mg/l 0.054 <0.001 <0.001 0.082 <0.001 5 15
39. Anionic detergent (MBAS) mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.2 1
40. Chromium as Cr6+ mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.05 No relaxation
Shall not be detectable Shall not be detectable in any 100
41. Total coli forms MPN/100ml Nd Nd Nd Nd Nd
in any 100 ml sample ml sample
Shall not be detectable Shall not be detectable in any 100
42. Faucal coli forms MPN/100ml Nd Nd Nd Nd Nd
in any 100 ml sample ml sample
Note: A= Agreeable; O= Objectionable; Nd= Not detected

GW 1 – Project Site; GW2 – Ambalamedu; GW3 - Karimukal; GW4 - Mapranam; GW5 - Irumbanam
Appendix F Groundwater Monitoring Results

Page F-2
Appendix G
Study Area Surface Water
Quality
Appendix G. Surface Water Monitoring Results

G.1.1 Surface Water Monitoring Results
Surface water quality monitoring results are given in Table G-1.
Table G-1: Surface Water Monitoring Results
S. Surface Water Limits as per IS 2296

Parameter Unit SW-1 SW-2 SW-3 SW-4 SW-5 SW-6
No Class - C
1 Colour CU 50 60 40 50 5 60 300
2 Odour -- Objectionable Agreeable Objectionable Objectionable Objectionable Objectionable

--
3 Taste -- Objectionable Agreeable Objectionable Objectionable Objectionable Objectionable
--
4 Turbidity NTU 4.14 5.48 5.7 7.4 2.62 5.84 --
5 PH -- 6.3 6.42 6.36 6.38 6.74 6.63 6.5-8.5
6 Temperature OC 23.4 25 24.2 23.6 24.6 25.2 --
7 Electrical conductivity µ mhos/cm 80 147 65 104 38 484 --
8 Salinity mg/l 0.022 0.045 0.027 0.027 0.012 0.012 --
9 Total solids mg/l 64 126 58 90 32 350 --
10 Total Hardness as CaCO3 mg/l 30 60 20 40 8 130 --
11 Total Alkalinity mg/l 20 30 10 30 8 90 --
12 Iron as Fe mg/l <0.04 <0.04 <0.04 <0.04 <0.04 <0.04 <50

13 Chlorides as Cl mg/l 12.5 25 15 15 7 60 600
14 Residual free chlorine mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 --
Appendix G Surface Water Monitoring Results

Page G-1

No Class - C
15 Total dissolved solids mg/l 55 102 44 72 26 334 1500
16 Calcium as Ca mg/l 6 12 4 8 1.6 32 --
17 Magnesium as Mg mg/l 3.6 7.2 2.4 4.8 0.96 12 --
18 Copper as Cu mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.082 1.5
19 Manganese as Mn mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 --

20 Sulphate as SO4 mg/l 1.3 7 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 56.6 400
21 Nitrates as NO3 mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 4.7 50
22 Fluorides as F mg/l <0.004 <0.004 <0.004 <0.004 <0.004 0.2 1.5
23 Sodium as Na mg/l 3.7 5.1 4.8 4 4.1 47.4 --

24 Potassium as K mg/l <0.01 0.2 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 2.7 --
25 Total Nitrogen mg/l <01 <01 <01 <01 <01 <01 --
26 Total phosphorous mg/l <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 --
27 Free Ammonia as NH4 mg/l <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 --
Phenolic compounds as
28 mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.005
C6H5OH)
Biochemical oxygen demand
29 mg/l 4 6 6 8 <02 6 <03
(BOD)
Chemical oxygen demand
30 mg/l 10 20 16 24 <04 20 --
(COD)
31 Dissolved oxygen mg/l 5.3 5.2 5 4.8 5 5.2 04
32 Mercury as Hg mg/l <0.0002 <0.0002 <0.0002 <0.0002 <0.0002 <0.0002 --

Page G-2

No Class - C
33 Cadmium as Cd mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.01
34 Selenium as Se mg/l <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 0.05
35 Arsenic as As mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.2
36 Nickel mg/l <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 --
37 Cyanides as CN mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.05
38 Lead as Pb mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.1
39 Zinc as Zn mg/l <0.001 0.014 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.036 15
40 Anionic detergent (MBAS) mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 01
41 Chromium as Cr6+ mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.05
42 Total coli forms MPN/100ml 280 240 300 220 220 300 5000
43 Faucal coli forms MPN/100ml 60 50 70 40 26 33 --
SW1 – Stream near site; SW2 – Kadambaraya N near Chittinad; SW3 – Chitrapuzha AR near Irubanam South; SW4 – Chitrapuzha AR near Irubanam; SW5 – Lake near Ambalamedu; SW6 –
Project Site

Page G-3
Appendix H
Study Area Soil Quality
Appendix H. Soil Quality

Soil Quality Monitoring Data for the study area is given in Table H-1.
Table H-1: Soil Quality Monitoring Results
S.
PARAMETERES UNITS S1 S2 S3 S4 S5
No
Sandy Silty Sandy
1 Texture - Silty Clay Silty Clay
Clay Clay Clay
Sand % 24 32 22 39 14
2 Particle size Distributions Silt % 47 25 40 25 58
Clay % 29 43 38 36 28
Light Light Light
3 Color -- Brown Brown
Brown Brown Brown
Sandy Silty Sandy
4 Soil Type -- Silty Clay Silty Clay
Clay Clay Clay
5 pH (10% Slurry) - 6.52 6.72 6.53 6.25 6.57
6 Conductivity μmhos/cm 68 72 76 124 86
7 Bulk density gram/cc 1.24 1.38 1.25 1.32 1.23
8 Porosity % v/v 55 50 58 55 58
Sodium Absorption Ratio
9 -- 0.26 0.18 0.13 0.18 0.22
S.A.R
10 Infiltration capacity mm/h 36 42 34 45 52
11 Nitrogen as N mg/100grm 315 326 347 326 347
12 Potassium as K mg/100grm 135 112 148 104 119
13 Phosphorus as P mg/100grm 40 38 42 38 41
14 Zinc as Zn mg/kg 3.5 3.2 3.6 3.6 3.9
15 Cadmium as Cd mg/kg <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001
Cation exchange
16 meq/100gr 8.6 7.3 7.2 6.5 8.2
Capacity
17 Alkali Metals mg/kg 5.6 3.8 4.5 2.3 2.1
18 Permeability Cm/sec 4.2 5.2 4.5 5.6 5.1
19 Water holding capacity % 52 48 55 50 46
20 Chromium as Cr mg/kg <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001
21 Copper as Cu mg/kg 0.06 0.08 0.09 0.019 0.024
22 Iron as Fe mg/kg 0.52 0.44 0.65 0.71 0.42
23 Manganese as Mn mg/kg <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.08 0.04
24 Lead as Pb mg/kg <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001
25 Nickel as Ni mg/kg <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001
S-1 -Project Site; S-2 - Karimukal; S-3 –Ambalamedu; S-4 – Mapranam; S-5 – Irumbanam
Appendix H Soil Quality

Page H-1
Appendix I
Study Area Flora and Fauna
Appendix I. Flora and Fauna Data

CHECKLIST OF FLORA IN THE STUDY AREA
S.N Scientific Name Local Name Core Buffer Local IUCN
o. Area Area Status Status
TREES
1 Acacia auriculiformis A. Cunn + + Non Forest LC
2 Acacia farnesiana (L.) Willd. -- + Forest LC
3 Acacia leucophloea (Roxb.) + + Non Forest LC
4 Aegle marmelos (L.) Correa -- + Forest LC
5 Ailanthus excelsa Roxb. Pongilyam -- + Non Forest LC
6 Alangium salviifolium (L.f.) Wangerin. -- + Non Forest LC
7 Albizia procera (Roxb.) Benth. -- + Forest LC

8 Alstonia scholaris (L.) R. Br. -- + Non Forest LC
9 Alstonia scholaris (L.) R.Br. Paala maram + + Non Forest LC
10 Anacardium occidentale L. Kasumavu -- + Non Forest LC
11 Annona squamosa L. Seethaappazh -- + Non Forest LC
am
12 Areca catechu L. Adakka + + Non Forest LC
13 Artocarpus altilis (Parkinson) Fosberg Kadachakka + + Non Forest LC
14 Artocarpus heterophyllus Lam. Chakka + + Non Forest LC
15 Artocarpus hirsutus Lam. Aini chakka + + Non Forest LC
16 Atalantia wightii -- + Forest LC
17 Azadirachta indica A.Juss. -- + Non Forest LC
18 Barringtonia acutangula (L.) Gaertn. -- + Non Forest LC
19 Bauhinia racemosa Lam. -- + Non Forest LC

20 Borassus flabellifer L. -- + Non Forest LC
21 Carica papaya L. -- + Non Forest LC
22 Caryota urens L. -- + Non Forest LC
23 Cassia fistula L. -- + Non Forest LC
24 Ceiba pentandra (L.) Gaertn -- + Non Forest LC
25 Cinnamomum verum J. S. Presl Kachakam -- + Forest LC
26 Citrus sinensis (L.) Osbeck -- + Non Forest LC
27 Cocos nucifera L. Ten + + Non Forest LC
28 Dillenia pentagyna Roxb Malampunna -- + Forest LC
29 Dolichandrone spathacea -- + Non Forest LC
30 Delonix regia Vaakamaram + + Non Forest LC
31 Elaeocarpus serratus L. -- + Non Forest LC
32 Erythrina stricta Roxb. -- + Non Forest LC
33 Eucalyptus globulus Labill. -- + Non Forest LC
34 Ficus benghalensis L. -- + Forest LC
35 Ficus religiosa L. -- + Non Forest LC
36 Gliricidia sepium (Jacq.) Walp. -- + Non Forest LC
37 Gmelina arborea Roxb. ex Sm. -- + Forest LC
38 Haldina cordifolia (Roxb.) Ridsdale -- + Forest LC
39 Hevea brasiliensis (Willd. ex A.Juss.) Simayal -- + Non Forest LC
Müll.Arg.
40 Holoptelea integrifolia Planch. Kattiluppa -- + Forest LC
41 Hopea parviflora Bedd. -- + Forest LC
42 Ixora arborea -- + Forest LC
43 Madhuca neriifolia (Moon) H.J.Lam -- + Non Forest LC
Appendix I Flora and Fauna Data

Page I-1

44 Mangifera indica L. + + Non Forest LC
45 Manilkara zapota (L.) P.Royen Kalam -- + Forest LC
46 Millingtonia hortensis L.f. -- + Non Forest LC
47 Mimusops elengi L. -- + Non Forest LC
48 Mitragyna parvifolia (Roxb.) Korth. Kottapannu -- + Forest LC
49 Morinda pubescens J.E. -- + Forest LC
50 Moringa oleifera Lam. -- + Non Forest LC
51 Musa paradisiaca -- + Non Forest LC
52 Myristica fatua Houtt. var. magnifica -- + Forest LC
53 Peltophorum pterocarpum (DC.) K.Heyne -- + Non Forest LC
54 Persea macrantha (Nees) Sheema nelli -- + Non Forest LC
55 Phoenix sylvestris (L.) Roxb. Nelli + + Non Forest LC
56 Phyllanthus acidus (L.) Kodukappuli -- + Non Forest LC
57 Phyllanthus acidus (L.) Skeels -- + Non Forest LC
58 Phyllanthus emblica L -- + Non Forest LC
59 Pithecellobium dulce (Roxb.) Benth. -- + Non Forest LC
60 Plumeria alba L. -- + Non Forest LC
61 Plumeria rubra L. Pera -- + Non Forest LC
62 Polyalthia longifolia (Sonner.) -- + Forest LC
63 Pongamia pinnata (L.) Pierre -- + Non Forest LC
64 Psidium guajava L. -- + Non Forest LC
65 Samanea saman -- + Non Forest LC
66 Sapindus emarginatus Vahl. -- + Forest LC
67 Sterculia foetida Linn. -- + Forest LC
68 Sterculia urens Roxb. -- + Non Forest LC
69 Strychnos nux-vomica L. Puli -- + Non Forest LC
70 Syzigium caryophyllatum L. -- + Non Forest LC
71 Syzygium cumini (L.) Skeels -- + Non Forest LC
72 Tamarindus indica L. + + Forest LC
73 Tectona grandis L.f. -- + Non Forest LC
74 Terminalia arjuna (Roxb. ex DC.) Wight & -- + Forest LC
Arn.
75 Terminalia bellirica (Gaertn.) Roxb. -- + Non Forest LC
76 Terminalia catappa -- + Forest LC
77 Thespesia populnea (L.) Sol. ex Corrêa -- + Non Forest LC
78 Thevetia peruviana K.Schum -- + Non Forest LC
79 Trewia nudiflora L. -- + Non Forest LC
80 Vitex altissima L.f. -- + Forest LC
81 Xanthophyllum arnottianum -- + Forest LC
82 Xylia xylocarpa (Roxb.) Taub. -- + Forest LC
83 Ziziphus mauritiana Lam. -- + Forest LC
84 Annona reticulata L. -- + Non Forest LC
85 Terminalia catappa L. + + Non Forest LC
86 Macaranga peltata (Roxb.) Müll.Arg. + + Non Forest LC
SHRUBS
87 Abutilon indicum (L.) Sweet + + Forest LC
88 Averrhoa carambola L. -- + Non Forest LC
89 Azima tetracantha Lam. -- + Forest LC

Page I-2

90 Calotropis procera (Ait.) R.Br. -- + Non Forest LC
91 Carica papaya L. + + Non Forest LC
92 Chromolaena odorata (L.) + + Non Forest LC
93 Citrus limon (L.) Burm. f. -- + Forest LC
94 Datura metal L. -- + Non Forest LC
95 Desmodium laxiflorum DC. -- + Forest LC
96 Dichrostachys cinerea (L.) -- + Non Forest LC
97 Hibiscus vitifolius L. -- + Forest LC
98 Ipomoea carnea Jacq. + + Non Forest LC
99 Ixora coccinea -- + Non Forest LC
100 Jatropha curcas L. -- + Non Forest LC
101 Jatropha gossypifolia L. -- + Non Forest LC
102 Justicia adhatoda L. -- + Non Forest LC
103 Lantana camara L. + + Non Forest LC
104 Lawsonia inermis L. + + Non Forest LC
105 Mimosa hamata Willd. -- + Non Forest LC
106 Mucuna pruriens (L.) DC. -- + Non Forest LC
107 Murraya paniculata (L.) Jack -- + Non Forest LC
108 Musa paradisiaca L. + + Non Forest LC
109 Phoenix loureirii Kunth. -- + Forest LC
110 Phyllanthus reticulatus Poir. + + Non Forest LC
111 Punica granatum L. -- + Non Forest LC
112 Senna alata (L.) Roxb. -- + Non Forest LC
113 Senna auriculata (L.) Roxb. -- + Non Forest LC
114 Sesamum indicum L. -- + Non Forest LC
115 Synadenium grantii Hook.f. -- + Forest LC
116 Ziziphus nummularia -- + Non Forest LC
117 Ananas comosus (L.) Merr. + + Non Forest LC
HERBS
118 Acalypha indica L. -- + Non Forest LC
119 Achyranthes aspera L. + + Non Forest LC
120 Aloe vera (L.) Burm.f. -- + Non Forest LC
121 Alternanthera pungens Kunth -- + Non Forest LC
122 Alternanthera sessilis (L.) + + Non Forest LC
123 Alternanthera tenella Colla. -- + Forest LC
124 Alysicarpus monilifer (L.) DC. -- + Forest LC
125 Amaranthus spinosus L. -- + Non Forest LC
126 Amaranthus viridis L. -- + Non Forest LC
127 Ammannia baccifera Linn. + + Non Forest LC
128 Anisomeles indica (L.) -- + Forest LC
129 Anisomeles malabarica (L.) -- + Forest LC
130 Barleria prionitis L. -- + Non Forest LC
131 Blepharis maderaspatensis -- + Forest LC
132 Blumea mollis (D.Don) Merr. -- + Forest LC
133 Boerhavia diffusa L. -- + Non Forest LC

Page I-3

134 Boerhavia erecta L. -- + Non Forest LC
135 Celosia argentea L. -- + Non Forest LC
136 Cleome aspera Koen ex. DC. + + Non Forest LC
137 Cleome monophylla L. -- + Non Forest LC
138 Cleome viscosa L. -- + Non Forest LC
139 Commelina benghalensis L. -- + Non Forest LC
140 Commelina longifolia Lam. -- + Non Forest LC
141 Corchorus aestuans L. -- + Non Forest LC
142 Corchorus tridens L. -- + Non Forest LC
143 Crotalaria pallida Dryand. -- + Non Forest LC
144 Croton bonplandianum Baill. -- + Non Forest LC
145 Cynoglossum zeylanicum -- + Forest LC
146 Cyperus articulatus L. + + Forest LC
147 Cyperus rotundus L. + + Non Forest LC
148 Digera muricata (L.) Mart. -- + Forest LC
149 Eclipta prostrata (L.) L. -- + Non Forest LC
150 Emilia sonchifolia (L.) DC. -- + Non Forest LC
151 Euphorbia hirta L. -- + Non Forest LC
152 Evolvulus alsinoides (L.) L. -- + Non Forest LC
153 Evolvulus nummularius (L.) L. -- + Non Forest LC
154 Fimbristylis aestivalis (Retz.) -- + Non Forest LC
155 Glinus lotoides Linnaeus + + Non Forest LC
156 Gomphrena serrata L. -- + Non Forest LC
157 Heliotropium curasavicum L. -- + Forest LC
158 Hyptis suaveolens (L.) Poit. -- + Non Forest LC
159 Indigo fera linnaei Ali -- + Non Forest LC
160 Indoneesiella echioides (L) + + Forest LC
161 Lagascea mollis Cav. -- + Non Forest LC
162 Leucas aspera (Willd.) Link -- + Non Forest LC
163 Ludwigia perennis L. + + Non Forest LC
164 Merremia tridentata (L.) -- + Non Forest LC
165 Ocimum canum Sims. -- + Non Forest LC
166 Oldenlandia umbellata L. -- + Non Forest LC
167 Parthenium hysterophorus L. -- + Non Forest LC
168 Pavonia odorata Willd. -- + Non Forest LC
169 Pavonia procumbens (Wall -- + Non Forest LC
170 Pavonia zeylanica (L.) Cav. -- + Non Forest LC
171 Pedalium murex L. + + Non Forest LC
172 Phyllanthus maderaspatensis + + Non Forest LC
173 Physalis minima Linn. -- + Non Forest LC
174 Portulaca oleracea L. + + Non Forest LC
175 Rauvolfia serpentina (L.) -- + Forest LC
176 Ruellia tuberosa L. -- + Forest LC
177 Scoparia dulcis L. -- + Non Forest LC
178 Sebastiania chamaelea (L.) -- + Non Forest LC
179 Senna occidentalis (L.) Link -- + Non Forest LC
180 Senna tora (L.) Roxb. + + Non Forest LC
181 Sida acuta Burm.f. -- + Non Forest LC
182 Suaeda nudiflora (Willd) Moq. -- + Non Forest LC
183 Tephrosia purpurea (L.) Pers. + + Non Forest LC

Page I-4

184 Tribulus terrestris L. + + Non Forest LC
185 Trichodesma indicum (L.) R. -- + Non Forest LC
186 Tridax procumbens L. -- + Non Forest LC
187 Triumfetta rhomboidea Jacq. -- + Non Forest LC
188 Urena lobata L. subsp. lobata -- + Non Forest LC
189 Vernonia cinerea (L.) Less. + + Non Forest LC
190 Vigna radiata (L.) Verdc. -- + Non Forest LC
191 Vigna trilobata (L.) Verdc. + + Non Forest LC
192 Waltheria indica L. -- + Non Forest LC
193 Xanthium indicum Koen. -- + Non Forest LC
194 Zornia gibbosa Span. -- + Forest LC
195 Launaea sarmentosa (Willd.) -- + Non Forest LC
CLIMBERS
196 Aristolochia indica L. -- + Forest LC
197 Cardiospermum halicacabum + + Non Forest LC
198 Cissampelos pareira L. -- + Non Forest LC
199 Clitoria ternatea L. + + Forest LC
200 Coccinia grandis (L.) Voigt -- + Non Forest LC
201 Cocculus hirsutus (L.) Diels -- + Non Forest LC
202 Combretum albidum G.Don -- + Forest LC
203 Convolvulus arvensis L. -- + Non Forest LC
204 Cucumis melo L. + + Forest LC
205 Cuscuta reflexa Roxb. -- + Forest LC
206 Derris trifoliata Lour. -- + Forest LC
207 Diplocyclos palmatus (L.) -- + Forest LC
208 Gloriosa superba L. -- + Forest LC
209 Gymnema sylvestre (Retz.) -- + Forest LC
210 Hemidesmus indicus (L.) R. -- + Forest LC
211 Ipomoea alba L. -- + Non Forest LC
212 Ipomoea hederifolia L. + + Non Forest LC
213 Ipomoea pes-tigridis L. + + Non Forest LC
214 Ipomoea pres-caprae -- + Forest LC
215 Momordica dioica Roxb. ex. -- + Non Forest LC
216 Pergularia daemia (Forrsk.) + + Non Forest LC
217 Piper nigrum L. -- + Non Forest LC
218 Spinifex littoreus (Burm.f.) -- + Forest LC
219 Tinospora cordifolia (Willd.) + + Non Forest LC
GRASSES
220 Aeluropus lagopoides (Linn.) + + Non Forest LC
221 Aristida adscensionis L. -- + Non Forest LC
222 Aristida setacea Retz. -- + Non Forest LC
223 Bambusa arundinacea -- + Non Forest LC
224 Chloris dolichostachya + + Non Forest LC
225 Chloris tenella Koen. ex -- + Non Forest LC
226 Echinochloa colona (L.) Link -- + Non Forest LC
227 Eragrostis pilosa P. Beauv + + Non Forest LC
228 Eragrostis viscosa (Retz.) -- + Non Forest LC
229 Heteropogon contortus (L.) + + Non Forest LC
230 Ischaemum indicum (Houtt.) -- + Non Forest LC

Page I-5

231 Saccharum spontaneum L. -- + Non Forest LC
232 Setaria italica (L.) P. Beauv -- + Non Forest LC
233 Typha angustifolia L. + + Non Forest LC
HYDROPHYTES
234 Aponogeton appendiculatus H.Bruggen + + Non Forest LC
235 Blyxa aubertii Rich -- + Non Forest LC
236 Ceratophyllum demersum L. -- + Non Forest LC
237 Eichhornia crassipes (Mart.) Solms -- + Non Forest LC
238 Hydrilla verticillata (L.f.) Royle + + Non Forest LC
239 Hygroryza aristata (Retz.) Nees ex Wight -- + Non Forest LC
& Arn.
240 Ipomoea aquatica Forssk. + + Non Forest LC
241 Lemna minor L. -- + Non Forest LC
242 Limnophila heterophylla (Roxb.) Benth. -- + Non Forest LC
243 Ludwigia adscendens (L.) H.Hara -- + Non Forest LC

244 Marsilea quadrifolia L. + + Non Forest LC
245 Neptunia oleracea Lour. -- + Non Forest LC
246 Nymphaea nouchali Burm. f. -- + Non Forest LC
247 Nymphaea pubescens Willd -- + Non Forest LC
248 Nymphoides hydrophylla (Lour.) Kuntze -- + Non Forest LC
249 Operculina turpethum (L.) Silva Manso -- + Non Forest LC
250 Ottelia alismoides (L.) Pers. -- + Non Forest LC

251 Pistia stratiotes L. + + Non Forest LC
252 Trapa incisa Siebold & Zucc. -- + Non Forest LC
253 Vallisneria natans (Lour.) H.Hara -- + Non Forest LC
254 Wolffia globosa (Roxb.) Hartog & Plas -- + Non Forest LC
IUCN: International Union for Conservation of Nature

Sign (–) absent in the study area
(+) present in the study area
Phyto-sociological data of Tree species in Core Zone

S.No. Name of the species RA RD RF IVI ni/N (ni/N)2 Shannon
1 Cocos nucifera 10.25 24.32 10.81 45.39 0.24 0.06 0.15
2 Areca catechu 6.83 17.57 10.81 35.21 0.18 0.03 0.13
3 Terminalia catappa 9.77 13.51 10.81 34.10 0.14 0.02 0.12
4 Ailanthus excelsa 9.77 8.11 10.81 28.69 0.08 0.01 0.09
5 Acacia auriculiformis 8.70 5.41 8.11 22.22 0.05 0.00 0.07
6 Phoenix sylvestris 6.83 6.76 8.11 21.70 0.07 0.00 0.08
7 Artocarpus altilis 6.83 5.41 8.11 20.35 0.05 0.00 0.07
8 Delonix regia 6.83 5.41 5.41 17.64 0.05 0.00 0.07
9 Alstonia scholaris 8.70 2.70 5.41 16.81 0.03 0.00 0.04
10 Artocarpus heterophyllus 9.77 2.70 2.70 15.18 0.03 0.00 0.04
11 Artocarpus hirsutus 6.99 1.35 5.41 13.75 0.01 0.00 0.03

Page I-6
12 Mangifera indica 3.42 2.70 5.41 11.53 0.03 0.00 0.04

13 Macaranga peltata 2.94 2.70 5.41 11.05 0.03 0.00 0.04
14 Tamarindus indica 2.34 1.35 2.70 6.39 0.01 0.00 0.03
100.00 100.00 100.00 300.00 1.00 0.13 0.99
Phyto-sociological data of Shrub species in Core Zone

1 Abutilon indicum 10.35 21.74 22.22 54.31 0.22 0.05 0.14
2 Chromolaena odorata 11.04 17.39 16.67 45.10 0.17 0.03 0.13
3 Phyllanthus reticulatus 8.28 13.04 16.67 37.99 0.13 0.02 0.12
4 Musa paradisiaca 12.42 13.04 11.11 36.57 0.13 0.02 0.12

5 Carica papaya 16.56 8.70 5.56 30.81 0.09 0.01 0.09
6 Ananas comosus 17.21 8.70 5.56 31.46 0.09 0.01 0.09
7 Ipomoea carnea 8.28 8.70 11.11 28.08 0.09 0.01 0.09
8 Lantana camara 8.28 4.35 5.56 18.18 0.04 0.00 0.06
9 Lawsonia inermis 7.60 4.35 5.56 17.50 0.04 0.00 0.06
100.00 100.00 100.00 300.00 1.00 0.14 0.90
Phyto-sociological data of Herbs species in Core Zone

1 Alternanthera sessilis 11.14 19.40 8.33 38.88 0.19 0.04 0.14
2 Acalypha indica 10.28 8.96 4.17 23.41 0.09 0.01 0.09
3 Tribulus terrestris 8.57 7.46 4.17 20.20 0.07 0.01 0.08
4 Achyranthes aspera 4.29 7.46 8.33 20.08 0.07 0.01 0.08
5 Cyperus rotundus 4.57 5.97 6.25 16.79 0.06 0.00 0.07
6 Tephrosia purpurea 4.57 5.97 6.25 16.79 0.06 0.00 0.07
7 Ammannia baccifera 3.43 4.48 6.25 14.16 0.04 0.00 0.06
8 Cyperus articulatus 3.43 4.48 6.25 14.16 0.04 0.00 0.06
9 Ludwigia perennis 3.43 4.48 6.25 14.16 0.04 0.00 0.06
10 Typha angustifolia 3.43 4.48 6.25 14.16 0.04 0.00 0.06
11 Cleome aspera 6.86 2.99 2.08 11.92 0.03 0.00 0.05
12 Pedalium murex 3.43 2.99 4.17 10.58 0.03 0.00 0.05
13 Senna tora 3.43 2.99 4.17 10.58 0.03 0.00 0.05
14 Indoneesiella echioides 3.44 2.99 4.17 10.59 0.03 0.00 0.05
15 Vernonia cinerea 3.43 2.99 4.17 10.58 0.03 0.00 0.05
16 Aeluropus lagopoides 3.43 2.99 4.17 10.58 0.03 0.00 0.05
17 Phyllanthus maderaspatensis 1.71 1.49 4.17 7.37 0.01 0.00 0.03
18 Glinus lotoides 3.43 1.49 2.08 7.00 0.01 0.00 0.03
19 Vigna trilobata 3.43 1.49 2.08 7.00 0.01 0.00 0.03
20 Chloris dolichostachya 3.43 1.49 2.08 7.00 0.01 0.00 0.03

Page I-7
Phyto-sociological data of Herbs species in Core Zone

21 Eragrostis pilosa 3.43 1.49 2.08 7.00 0.01 0.00 0.03
22 Heteropogon contortus 3.43 1.49 2.08 7.00 0.01 0.00 0.03
100.00 100.00 100.00 300.00 1.00 0.08 1.22
RA = Relative Abundance
RD = Relative Density
RF = Relative Frequency
IVI = Importance Value Index
(ni/N)2 = Simson diversity index
Shannon = Shannon diversity index
Phyto-sociological data of Tree species in Buffer Zone

1 Cocos nucifera 1.93 12.64 8.60 23.18 0.13 0.02 0.11
2 Hevea brasiliensis 0.85 10.92 6.45 18.22 0.11 0.01 0.11
3 Areca catechu 2.53 6.32 5.38 14.23 0.06 0.00 0.08
4 Artocarpus heterophyllus 3.28 7.47 3.23 13.98 0.07 0.01 0.08
5 Samanea saman 3.80 4.60 4.30 12.70 0.05 0.00 0.06
6 Morinda pubescens 0.85 5.17 5.38 11.40 0.05 0.00 0.07
8 Tectona grandis 3.23 4.02 3.23 10.48 0.04 0.00 0.06
9 Anacardium occidentale 2.74 2.87 4.30 9.92 0.03 0.00 0.04
10 Manilkara zapota 3.63 2.30 3.23 9.15 0.02 0.00 0.04
11 Alangium salviifolium 3.56 2.30 3.23 9.09 0.02 0.00 0.04
12 Mangifera indica 3.63 1.72 3.23 8.58 0.02 0.00 0.03
13 Terminalia arjuna 2.53 2.30 3.23 8.06 0.02 0.00 0.04
15 Gliricidia sepium 2.53 2.87 2.15 7.56 0.03 0.00 0.04
16 Thevetia peruviana 1.27 2.87 3.23 7.37 0.03 0.00 0.04
17 Acacia auriculiformis 2.78 2.30 2.15 7.23 0.02 0.00 0.04
18 Artocarpus hirsutus 3.80 1.15 2.15 7.10 0.01 0.00 0.02
19 Ailanthus excelsa 5.17 0.57 1.08 6.82 0.01 0.00 0.01
20 Alstonia scholaris 2.73 1.72 2.15 6.61 0.02 0.00 0.03
21 Azadirachta indica 2.60 1.72 2.15 6.48 0.02 0.00 0.03
22 Tamarindus indica 3.63 1.72 1.08 6.42 0.02 0.00 0.03
23 Cassia fistula 2.74 1.15 2.15 6.04 0.01 0.00 0.02
24 Artocarpus altilis 3.80 1.15 1.08 6.03 0.01 0.00 0.02
25 Bauhinia racemosa 3.80 1.15 1.08 6.03 0.01 0.00 -0.02
26 Barringtonia acutangula 2.53 1.15 2.15 5.83 0.01 0.00 0.02
27 Psidium guajava 2.53 1.15 2.15 5.83 0.01 0.00 0.02
28 Ficus benghalensis 3.80 0.57 1.08 5.45 0.01 0.00 0.01
29 Ficus religiosa 2.53 1.15 1.08 4.76 0.01 0.00 0.02

Page I-8
Phyto-sociological data of Tree species in Buffer Zone

30 Pithecellobium dulce 2.53 1.15 1.08 4.76 0.01 0.00 0.02
31 Ziziphus mauritiana 2.53 1.15 1.08 4.76 0.01 0.00 0.02
32 Thespesia populnea 1.09 1.15 2.15 4.39 0.01 0.00 0.02
33 Albizia procera 2.73 0.57 1.08 4.38 0.01 0.00 0.01
34 Annona squamosa 2.53 0.57 1.08 4.18 0.01 0.00 0.01
35 Carica papaya 1.93 1.15 1.08 4.15 0.01 0.00 0.02
36 Syzygium cumini 0.85 1.15 2.15 4.15 0.01 0.00 0.02
37 Ceiba pentandra 1.37 0.57 1.08 3.02 0.01 0.00 0.01
38 Phyllanthus acidus 1.09 0.57 1.08 2.74 0.01 0.00 0.01
100.00 100.00 100.00 300.00 1.00 0.05 1.41
Phyto-sociological data of Shrub species in Buffer Zone

1 Senna alata 6.35 11.76 9.52 27.64 0.12 0.01 0.11
2 Chromolaena odorata 5.08 7.84 7.94 20.86 0.08 0.01 0.09
3 Mimosa hamata 6.35 7.84 6.35 20.54 0.08 0.01 0.09
4 Hibiscus vitifolius 5.56 6.86 6.35 18.77 0.07 0.00 0.08
5 Ipomoea carnea 5.56 6.86 6.35 18.77 0.07 0.00 0.08
6 Abutilon indicum 3.81 5.88 7.94 17.63 0.06 0.00 0.07
7 Justicia betonica 4.76 5.88 6.35 16.99 0.06 0.00 0.07
8 Citrus limon 7.94 4.90 3.17 16.01 0.05 0.00 0.06
9 Calotropis procera 7.94 4.90 3.17 16.01 0.05 0.00 0.06
10 Azima tetracantha 3.97 4.90 6.35 15.22 0.05 0.00 0.06
11 Lawsonia inermis 3.97 4.90 6.35 15.22 0.05 0.00 0.06
12 Datura metal 5.29 4.90 4.76 14.95 0.05 0.00 0.06
13 Jatropha curcas 4.23 3.92 4.76 12.92 0.04 0.00 0.06
14 Phyllanthus reticulatus 4.23 3.92 4.76 12.92 0.04 0.00 0.06
15 Senna auriculata 4.23 3.92 4.76 12.92 0.04 0.00 0.06
16 Lantana camara 4.76 2.94 3.17 10.88 0.03 0.00 0.05
17 Mimosa hamata 4.76 2.94 3.17 10.88 0.03 0.00 0.05
18 Ziziphus nummularia 4.76 2.94 3.17 10.88 0.03 0.00 0.05
19 Carica papaya 6.46 1.96 1.59 10.01 0.02 0.00 0.03
100.00 100.00 100.00 300.00 1.00 0.06 1.24
Phyto-sociological data of Herb species in Buffer Zone

1 Synedrella nodiflora 2.99 5.61 4.96 13.57 0.06 0.00 0.07
2 Sida acuta 3.27 5.10 4.13 12.50 0.05 0.00 0.07
3 Anisomeles malabarica 4.08 5.10 3.31 12.49 0.05 0.00 0.07
4 Cyperus articulatus 4.90 4.59 2.48 11.97 0.05 0.00 0.06
5 Cleome aspera 2.94 4.59 4.13 11.66 0.05 0.00 0.06

Page I-9
Phyto-sociological data of Herb species in Buffer Zone

6 Blumea mollis 2.18 4.08 4.96 11.22 0.04 0.00 0.06
7 Phyllanthus maderaspatensis 2.61 4.08 4.13 10.83 0.04 0.00 0.06
8 Ruellia tuberosa 2.29 3.57 4.13 9.99 0.04 0.00 0.05
9 Barleria prionitis 2.86 3.57 3.31 9.74 0.04 0.00 0.05
10 Euphorbia geniculata 4.90 3.06 1.65 9.61 0.03 0.00 0.05
11 Alternanthera pungens 2.45 3.06 3.31 8.82 0.03 0.00 0.05
12 Sida rhombifolia 2.45 3.06 3.31 8.82 0.03 0.00 0.05
13 Vigna radiata 3.27 3.06 2.48 8.81 0.03 0.00 0.05
14 Boerhavia diffusa 3.27 3.06 2.48 8.81 0.03 0.00 0.05
15 Blainvillea acmella 2.04 2.55 3.31 7.90 0.03 0.00 0.04
16 Corchorus aestuans 2.04 2.55 3.31 7.90 0.03 0.00 0.04
17 Achyranthes aspera 2.72 2.55 2.48 7.75 0.03 0.00 0.04
18 Amaranthus spinosus 2.72 2.55 2.48 7.75 0.03 0.00 0.04
19 Parthenium hysterophorus 2.72 2.55 2.48 7.75 0.03 0.00 0.04
20 Tephrosia purpurea 2.72 2.55 2.48 7.75 0.03 0.00 0.04
21 Oldenlandia umbellata 4.90 1.53 0.83 7.26 0.02 0.00 0.03
22 Pavonia zeylanica 3.27 2.04 1.65 6.96 0.02 0.00 0.03
23 Scoparia dulcis 3.27 2.04 1.65 6.96 0.02 0.00 0.03
24 Zingiber officinale 3.27 2.04 1.65 6.96 0.02 0.00 0.03
25 Alternanthera sessilis 2.18 2.04 2.48 6.70 0.02 0.00 0.03
26 Eclipta prostrata 2.18 2.04 2.48 6.70 0.02 0.00 0.03
27 Evolvulus alsinoides 2.18 2.04 2.48 6.70 0.02 0.00 0.03
28 Hyptis suaveolens 2.18 2.04 2.48 6.70 0.02 0.00 0.03
29 Aloe vera 1.63 1.53 2.48 5.64 0.02 0.00 0.03
30 Corchorus aestuans 1.63 1.53 2.48 5.64 0.02 0.00 0.03
31 Leucas aspera 1.63 1.53 2.48 5.64 0.02 0.00 0.03
32 Pedalium murex 1.63 1.53 2.48 5.64 0.02 0.00 0.03
33 Suaeda nudiflora 1.63 1.53 2.48 5.64 0.02 0.00 0.03
34 Acalypha indica 2.45 1.53 1.65 5.63 0.02 0.00 0.03
35 Cleome monophylla 2.45 1.53 1.65 5.63 0.02 0.00 0.03
36 Cleome viscosa 2.45 1.53 1.65 5.63 0.02 0.00 0.03
37 Amaranthus viridis 1.63 1.02 1.65 4.31 0.01 0.00 0.02
100.00 100.00 100.00 300.00 1.00 0.03 1.53
RA = Relative Abundance
RD = Relative Density
RF = Relative Frequency
IVI = Importance Value Index
(ni/N)2 = Simson diversity index
Shannon = Shannon diversity index

Page I-10
Check list of Mammals recorded in the Study area

S. IWPA Core Buffer
Common Name Family/Scientific Name IUCN
No. Schedule Area Area
Herpestidae
1 Common Indian Mongoose Herpestes javanicus LC III + +
Muridae
2 Indian mole rat Bandicota bengalensis LC V -- +
3 Bandicoot rat Bandicota indica LC V -- +
4 Little Indian Field mouse Mus booduga LC V + +
5 House rat Rattus rattus LC V -- +
Sciuridae
6 Three striped palm squirrel Funambulus palmarum LC V -- +
Cercopithecidae
7 Bonnet macaque Macaca radiata LC II -- +
Pteropodidae
8 Indian flying fox Pteropus giganteus LC II -- +
Check list of Birds recorded in the Study area

IWPA
SI Order/Family/Comm IU Migrator
Species name Sched Core Buffer Feeding
No on name CN y Status
ule Area Area Type
Recurvirostridae
Winter
1 Black-winged Stilt Himantopus himantopus Lc IV -- +
Piscivorous migrant
Ardeidae
Insectivorou
2 Cattle Egret Bubulcus ibis Lc IV + +
s Resident
Winter
3 Grey Heron Ardea cinerea Lc IV -- +
Piscivorous migrant
4 Indian Pond Heron Ardeola greyii Lc IV + + Piscivorous Resident
5 Purple heron Ardea purpurea Lc IV -- + Piscivorous Resident
6 Intermediate Egret Mesophoyx intermedia Lc IV -- + Piscivorous Resident
Insectivorou
7 Little Egret Egretta Garzetta Lc IV -- +
s Resident
Falconiformes:Acci
pitridae
8 Black Kite Milvus migrans Lc IV + + Carnivorous Resident
Black-shouldered
9 Elanus caeruleus Lc IV -- +
Kite Carnivorous Resident
Corvidae
10 Shikra Accipiter badius Lc IV + + Carnivorous Resident
Rallidae
11 Common Moorhen Gallinula chloropus Lc IV -- + Aquatic Resident
Columbiformes:Col
umbidae
12 Rock pigeon Columba livia Lc IV -- + Granivorous Resident
13 Spotted Dove Streptopelia chinensis Lc IV + + Granivorous Resident
Psittaciformes:Psitt
acidae
14 Rose ringed Parakeet Psittacula krameri Lc IV -- + Frugivorous Resident
Cuculiformes:Cucul
idae
15 Asian Koel Eudynamys scolopacea Lc IV -- + Frugivorous Resident
Strigiformes:Strigid

Page I-11

IWPA
ule Area Area Type
ae
16 Spotted Owlet Athene brama Lc IV -- + Carnivorous Resident
Upupiformes:Upupi
dae
Insectivorou
17 Common hoopoe Upupa epops Lc IV -- +
s Resident
Apodiformes:Apodi
dae
Insectivorou
18 Asian Palm Swift Cypsiurus unicolar Lc IV -- +
s Resident
Insectivorou
19 House Swift Apus affinis Lc IV -- +
s Resident
Coraciformes:Mero
pidae
Small Green Bee- Insectivorou
20 Merops orientalis Lc IV -- +
eater s Resident
Coraciidae
Insectivorou
21 Indian Roller Coracias benghalensis Lc IV -- +
s Resident
Passeriformes:Alau
didae
Ashy crowned Insectivorou
22 Eremopterix grisea Lc IV -- +
Sparrow Lark s Resident
Dicruridae
Insectivorou
23 Black Drongo Dicrurus macrocercus Lc IV + +
s Resident
Insectivorou
24 Racket tailed drongo Dicrurus paradiseus Lc IV -- +
s Resident
Cisticolidae
Insectivorou
25 Ashy prinia Prinia socialis Lc IV + +
s Resident
Sturnidae
Insectivorou
26 Common Myna Acridotheres tristis Lc IV + +
s Resident
Insectivorou Winter
27 Brahminy myna Sturnia pagodarum Lc IV -- +
s migrant
Insectivorou Winter
28 Asian pied starling Gracupica contra Lc IV -- +
s migrant
Timaliidae
Insectivorou
29 Common Babbler Turdoides caudatus Lc IV + +
s Resident
Aegithinidae
Insectivorou
30 Common Iora Aegithina tiphia Lc IV -- +
s Resident
Cisticolidae
Insectivorou
31 Plain prinia Prinia inornata Lc IV -- +
s Resident
Oriolidae
Eurasian Golden
32 Oriolus oriolus Lc IV -- +
Oriole Frugivorous Resident
Corvidae
33 House crow Corvus splendens Lc IV + + Omnivorous Resident

Page I-12

IWPA
ule Area Area Type
34 Rufous Treepie Dendrocitta vagabunda Lc IV -- + Frugivorous Resident
Passeridae
35 House Sparrow Passer domesticus Lc IV -- + Granivorous Resident
Estrildidae
36 Scaly-breasted Munia Lonchura punctulata Lc IV + + Granivorous Resident
37 Indian Silverbill Lonchura malabarica Lc IV -- + Granivorous Resident
Nectariniidae
Purple rumped Sun
38 Nectarinia zeylonica Lc IV + +
bird Nectivorous Resident
Motacillidae
Insectivorou
39 Paddy field Pipit Anthus rufulus Lc IV -- +
s Resident
Motacilla Insectivorou
40 Pied wagtail Lc IV -- +
madarasapatanensis s Resident
Pycnonotidae
41 Red vented bulbul Pycnonotus cafer Lc IV + + Frugivorous Resident
Red Whiskered Winter
42 Pycnonotus jacosus Lc IV -- +
Bulbul Frugivorous migrant
Phalacrocoracidae
43 Little cormorant Microcarbo niger Lc IV -- + Piscivorous Resident
Muscicapidae
Copsychus fulicatus race Insectivorou
Lc IV + +
44 Indian robin cambaiensis s Resident
Asian Paradise- Insectivorou Winter
Terpsiphone paradisi Lc IV -- +
45 Flycatcher s migrant
Oriental Magpie- Insectivorou
Copsychus saularis Lc IV -- +
46 Robin s Resident
Alcedinidae
47 Small Blue Kingfisher Alcedo atthis Lc IV -- + Piscivorous Resident
White-breasted
48 Halcyon smyrnensis Lc IV + +
Kingfisher Piscivorous Resident
Anhingidae
49 Darter Anhinga melanogaster NT IV -- + Piscivorous Resident
Charadriidae
50 Red-wattled Lapwing Vanellus indicus Lc IV -- + Piscivorous Resident
Chloropseidae
Golden Fronted
Chloropsis aurifrons Lc IV -- +
51 Leafbird Frugivorous Resident
Ciconiidae
Winter
52 Asian Openbill-Stork Anastomus oscitans Lc IV -- +
Piscivorous migrant
Cuculidae
53 Greater Coucal Centropus sinensis Lc IV -- + Frugivorous Resident
54 Indian Cuckoo Cuculus micropterus Lc IV + + Frugivorous Resident
Winter
55 Pied Crested Cuckoo Clamator jacobinus Lc IV -- +
Frugivorous migrant
Hirundinidae
Insectivorou Winter
56 Common Swallow Hirundo rustica Lc IV -- +
s migrant
Insectivorou
57 Red-rumped Swallow Hirundo daurica Lc IV -- +
s Resident
Motacillidae

Page I-13

IWPA
ule Area Area Type
Insectivorou
White Wagtail Motacilla alba Lc IV -- +
58 s Resident
Nectariniidae
59 Purple Sunbird Nectarinia asiatica Lc IV + + Nectivorous Resident
Ploceinae
60 Baya Weaver Ploceus philippinus Lc IV + + Granivorous Resident
Rallidae
White-breasted
61 Amaurornis phoenicurus Lc IV -- +
Water hen Piscivorous Resident
Scolopacidae
Winter
62 Common Sandpiper Charadrius dubius Lc IV -- +
Piscivorous migrant
Threskiornithidae
Threskiornis
63 Oriental White Ibis NT IV -- +
melanocephalus Piscivorous Resident
Check list of Herpeto fauna recorded in the Study Area

SI Order/Family/Common IWPA
Species name IUCN
No name Schedule Core Area Buffer Area
Squamata:Agamidae
1 Fan throated lizard Citana ponticeriana Lc NL + +
Schedule-
2 Common Indian cobra Naja naja Lc -- +
II
Squamata: Viperidae
Sch II (Part
3 Lc -- +
Russell’s Viper Daboia russelii II
Squamata: Elapidae
4 Common Indian Krait Bungarus caeruleus Lc NL -- +
Colubridae
5 Indian rat snake Ptyas mucosa Lc II (Part I) + +
Bufonidae
Duttaphrynus
+
6 Asian Common Toad melanostictus Lc NL +
7 Common Tree Frog Polypedates leucomystax Lc NL + +
8 Indian Skipper Frog Euphlyctis cyanophlyctis Lc NL -- +
9 Indus Valley Toad Bufo stomaticus Lc NL -- +
Check list of Invertebrates recorded in the Study Area (Core and Buffer area)
SI IWPA
Order/Family/ Common name Species name IUCN Core Buffer
No Schedule
Araneae:Lycosidae
1 Common Funnel Web Spider Hippasa agelenoides NA NL -- +
Vespidae
2 Paper wasp Ropalidia marginata NA NL + +
Apidae
3 Carpenter bee NA NL -- +
4 Honey Bee Apis mellifera NA NL + +
Lepidoptera:Lycaenidae
5 Grass Jewel Freyeria trochylus NA NL -- +

Page I-14
Check list of Invertebrates recorded in the Study Area (Core and Buffer area)
SI IWPA
Order/Family/ Common name Species name IUCN Core Buffer
No Schedule
6 Tiny grass blue Zizula hylax NA NL -- +
Nymphalidae
7 Blue Pancy Junonia orithya NA NL -- +
8 Common castor Ariadne merione NA NL -- +
9 Danaid egg fly Hypolimnas misippus NA NL -- +
10 Lemon Pansy Junonia lemonias NA NL -- +
11 Peacock Pansy Precis almana almanac NA NL -- +
12 Tawny Coster Acraea violae NA NL + +
Pieridae
13 Plain Orange Tip Colotis eucharis NA NL -- +
14 Mottled emigrant Catopsilia pyranthe NA NL -- +
Papilionidae
15 Common Mormon Papilio polytes NA NL -- +
Hesperiidae
16 Indian skipper Pelopidas sp NA NL -- +
Aeshnidae
17 Blue-tailed Green Darner Anax guttatus LC NL -- +
Gomphidae
18 Common Clubtail Ictinogomphus rapax LC NL + +
Libellulidae
19 Dragon fly Urothemis signata signata NA NL -- +
Pieridae
20 Common gull Cepora nerissa NA NL -- +
Nymphalidae
21 Common Indian Crow Euploea core NA NL + +
Pieridae
22 Common jezebel Delias eucharis NA NL -- +
Libellulidae
23 Diplacodes trivialis Dragon fly NA NL + +
Aeshnidae
24 Anax guttatus Dragon fly NA NL -- +
Checklist of Fishes recorded in the study area (Buffer area)

IWPA
S. No. Vernacular name Scientific name IUCN Core Buffer
Schedule
1 Chempally Anabas testudineus LC NL -- +
2 Varal Channa striatus LC NL -- +
3 Kaari Heteropneustes fossilis LC NL -- +
4 Mushi Clarias batrachus LC NL -- +
5 Vellakkoori Mystus gulio LC NL -- +
6 Attu walah Wallago attu LC NL -- +
7 Kuruva Puntius sarana LC NL -- +
8 Poolan Glossogobius giuris LC NL -- +

Page I-15
Appendix J
Land Use Change Notification
of Project Site vide GoK
cerog mrdocd
ffUo@r:Oo
ocxcDf - 2017- oel c6rdp ocDoAcxeooE aleSdroros cruo@6,e6lD (creacnoi) ccdolflmaOm-t" -

cleol.;
(@o.ooJ{oo ccr# E o6)mdsl c@cse" , oec4i} ff\rn3il6lcm@1cri - ocJcp c.rgcruolroroilcri 641
gols croCIo*s orooa - Groo?c)l 3r?" mro6a'lo6c 5rG" poroooi oJoo*sojlfircna.
ocxcnl ("n) ooq

"0" .,gru")
mJ p( cn". 39/20'18/oclm6. roilcoroil, o'i1o:crmoor4roo, 03. 02. 2018
oi@3orflroo: 1)2017-au eicdolloroOcru" oro.4112017 arflcorail 30.12.2017 (crLleeroc,-'lmo

m o r d. 267 I B I acla" onltZl 17 I crfia:a" rofl corarjl 30.12.2017 )
2) "goemcag" ulgc epqQOS 06.01.2018, 18.01.2018, 22.01.2018 oflcooilag|oor
L10-158323/lB rnorrfl 6rtlrol".
Q(016)oor
.rracadcoo 6:cm" @eooqgp 2017- oer ceop omoEcrooE alffidaros (TrJoo6e6rr

(eeecoaljl) a:ctf,o'ulmo0m:lere.: cxeq l0-oror creaoarfl or5crffuneuE qgocoo o.lop rc6cit.:i:i:-
g.Joo1Doo*Eamoa Gro(,joo)cc"-ro,sil(,ocoemriloE 2008-os c6@p ornartecc,oS oglooro,s
ffuoo6&6rD <dorarorojloer c)r5cxm)n6,g1oE nr'lom' cslcrcajl oeol6)3c1{TDpc cr-ooi cocr:5rufla+,
cn cru gll alE oil eeror c co o o or G e 6r^B p o c ern".
"-r
2. t6po-ooJ@o GC,rcBB
"gmrf,u1 cgcmE mmco.jlmcmarjlmccofl ogoamc&g" mlq3cojloS
S
qamodaolq oj1cgm1afl G6Bc6r" mcrud. 37 6E cllmrdoq mcrud 30, 35, 36, 37 45. 56
"gcrnTcrco,i1afl
pc6o.!S 551.8 crgrfl 6a1 (cr-gera 809.4 c"rgd goilcofld 257.6 arOrf, gsjl dry larrd
crq6m-) Gqcrrua5acco sel ffDo@6&6rD ggamllacd ms";cmj1 ":oTcrrflcomcoo oaqrcrlcrilm
.,:ocadooo (2) gaco. oCIo6mcep" dlgc ap€d g.rcrflco araglSone".
3.. mrdmcd perc{o}o oiluoGocajl ojo1ccocotl6}6(oJo ro)coe cloqcrD pororoot"

oJooe € ojl 6le QJo o-ol$ crro.
4. t6rxr:-ooJroo cclq[ g "gm6*1 cgceq" mJloojlorcmojlmccol o0)o6mcep" elgcolloE

qo'roroEaolq oJ1cge1o6 c6gc6)" mcrrrd. 37-68 cflm.rdoq cocrud 30, 35, 36, 37, 45, 56
"gcrrilcrrioJloE
podo{S 551.8 cqd 60fl ".rolcr.r6orilcoo o-oJgcmal" .,..rocodua. (1) @6ctoo erer:oo'jl
o.lg 2008-opt GeoE ocDoEoleoo8 roopldorols ffuo@6sJ6rD cnloaoojloer claq'2 (xiv) @63rDo
oolcp rergcr"tcro5occojl geu5c"j1.2, (ocoe .iloqcrn crrjcxm)lBi ojlcooaccoi "-Lolclraoro)cocooooil
malEejl potoroorceffro.
1. "lolordoromoc!€cmDejlcri qcruccol GGBo6)" mcrud. 37-d cilmtrioq mcrud.36/1pt, 36/5pt.

36/6pt, 37110pr, 45l1pr, 45tz pt and 45t4pt-al puEor{s 55.18 crgrn galco,tloS
I eJ ffu o @g or 16 arm m toroil co c co.rl o g. rnl 6 aofl c 6 618 (,) c em-.
6sJ em
2. orl-ooJoo e.lo;B g "6mdu1 cqgcmqllroS .jl*aQgp aejlmsero cq)coco)ccol &3O6rDCttu03qo

cru al.r p gg s eJ G (}) 3 (D.H * gl.a Cr5c,.j1 m c o co crg e,*i1 c eo 6Tri (D 3 6rD'.
<Dl a ojl eg gg mrrc re c ojl o col oro c gmjl m" co s

J. q " cr o: go cr c oE or 3 Q gp ril H.
@npol golagors oold Grocoorxmlocol pppse)o o_oterrro
cncldem qos poloooJloE goccoo

GSCo GBCfiIJ-
taroo.r-fl .,g amalE .oJl.,n" om:6go1 (iic)
eicq" oo m{ aml.slemd, roJloloimcol,.,gcoo

elgc ogqd,,)4;oemcapo
qil fid crul qroE airo me oneq s m o co6 ( cc m1 g'), c 6 ro g, oi1 co cr m cror.g ro o.
cnarceneq smooE (A & E), c6og, oilo:cr.rcocrotc,goo.

6"si1 (NCA) cua*
claq - (ojl,1aroco;
o"CI & .jl. crOr0. od (Cdco6rDco6jlcri)
ooJ3pGo6rn ("Ocru". mn) cred
GW36)" .,nao)oE/cc"n1 cn l- eOc
iil
OCru 6,SJCIA eiOc,O"lmtd
.r.tOdii: mp.qcxlCIglqAos ootgclg orm.l65o1m-

xp. ooJm[cuo rccrm cDldaac6rDQo cxe e o qEil oJos ooqgcrrg'
6r
erm_l65o1 a;-
6nr p €
"eil
crl a,
d o gi1 co;os oorgcr: g' o cru 6 g an" c5l
erup u etoilrecl crr aX[ oqgilqos oo ggclg' ocru65 cim-

ocxcD{ c]Jed .Jl"o" oen:65o1qos
<B'roalr.Bi6rnal8
".jl"g E
oct:cn{ cred rancu"l.gerno8 om-r65o1qos cn ."0
91
Appendix K
Forest Approval for Cutting
of Trees
Appendix L
Layout Approval from Chief
Town Planner
No.C1/3579/2018(2) Office of the Chief Town Planner
Department of Town & Country Planning
Swaraj Bhavan, 2nd & 3rd Floor
Nanthancode, Thiruvananthapuram-3
Date: 06.07.2018
Phone No.047102721447
ctpkeralam@gmail.com
Chief Town Planner
Thiruvananthapuram
KSIDC,
Keston Road,
Kowadiar,
Thiruvananthapuram
Sir,
Sub: Ernakulam District- Single Window Clearance Board-setting up of waste to energy
plant by M/s. G.J. Eco Power Private Limited at Bhrahmapuram, Ernakulam –Reg
Ref: 1. Letter No. KSIDC/TVM/IP-90/2018/73 dated 07.04.2018 issued by KSIDC LIMTED.

2. Letter No. C/994/2018/K.dis dated 10.05.2018 issued by Sienior town Planner
Ernakulam.
3. Minutes of the meeting of Single Window Clearance Board held on 15/05/2018.
4. Order No. C1/3579/2018 dated 02.07.2018 of this office.
5. Letter No. KSIDC/TVM/IP-90/2018/73 dated 07.04.2018 issued by KSIDC LIMTED.
Your kind attention is being invited to the above reference.
The application submitted by M/s. G.J.Eco Power Private Limited as per Ref. No 1 above was examined
and report submitted and the same was considered in the committee of the Single Window Clearance
Board as per Ref.No. 2 above. As per decision of Ref No. 3 meeting, you have been informed by this
office of the conditional approval of the lay-out by the Chief Town Planner vide Order No. C1/3579/2018
dated 02.07.2018, and the said order copy is enclosed herewith.
Truly
Sd/-
Encl. as above Shaji Joseph
Chief Town Planner
BM.11.07.18 (seal of the office of the Chief Town Planner)

Proceedings of the Chief Town Planner
Thiruvananthapuram
Sub: Order of approval of the lay-out in Bhrahmapuram Building construction by Department of

Town & Country Planning- Office of the Chief Town Planner, Thiruvananthapuram, Technical
Division- Ernakulam District- Vadavukode -Puthencruz Gramapanchayath, Puthencruz Village-
M/s. G.J.Eco Power Private Limited.
Ref: 1.Letter No.KSIDC/TVM/IP-90/2018/73 dated 07.04.2018 issued by Kerala State

Industrial Development Corporation Limited.
2. Letter No.C-994/2018/K.dis dated 10.05.2018 issued by Senior town Planner
Ernakulam.
Building construction application wing.
Order No. C1-3579/2018 Date:02.07.2018
M/s. G.J.Eco Power Private Limited, Ernakulam District, 3rd floor, Sarayu Complex, Kakkanad,
Ernakulam have submitted application for the approval of permit for the construction of
‘Waste to Energy Plant’ having an area of 38372 Sq. Meter plinth area in the land having an
extent of 20 Ares in survey nos. 30/2P,3 , 4, 5, 6, 7, 8P, 17P, 18, 19, 35/2, 3, , 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10,
11P, 12P, 13, 14P, 16P, 17, 18, 19, 20P, 22P, 23P, 24P, 25P, 36/1P, 2, 3, 4, 5P, 6P, 37/1, 2, 3, 4,
5, 6, 7, 10P, 11, 45/1P, 2P, 3P, 4P. as per the letters referred above. The same have been
approved subject to the conditions referred below read with provisions of K.P.B.R 2011.
Conditions
1) Secretary shall permit construction/issue occupancy on satisfaction of the conditions mentioned
below along with consent/NOC from the necessary statutory agencies.
2) As per Rule 11 of K.P.B.R 2011, the secretary shall verify and confirm the ownership, Survey
number, extent, boundaries and measurements to his satisfaction.
3) That the construction shall be subject to the K.P.B.R.2011 & its amendments and other relevant
laws.
4) Incase of any excavation, filling of land is required, the same shall be effected after getting
necessary permission from the relevant departments.
5) That the secretary shall assure that the construction in the proposed land is, after obtaining the
sanction and is in accordance to the provisions of Kerala Paddy field –wet land conservation Act
and its relevant government circulars and also the provisions of Kerala Land Utilisation Order.
6) That the Panchayth Secretary shall assure that a 10 meter wide road capable of transportation is
being felicitated by the Kochi Corporation, as per Rule 37(1) of K.P.B.R-2011 and the permit shall
be issued on confirmation of the same.
7) That the secretary shall inspect and affirm the boundaries, extent of land approved for the
proposed construction to assure that the proposed construction is within the limits of Rule 35(1)
of the K./P.B.R 2011.
8) Surface run-off, water discharges, discharge water in to the river from Septage treatment plant
owned by corporation should be properly treated and same shall be approved by the
agency/department authorised for the approval before the same is being discharged to Chithra
Puzha. Further it should be ensured that the working of the unit shall not contaminate the river
and nearby ground water sources.
9) That the working of the unit shall not adversely affect the peaceful life of the nearby inhabitants
through necessary arrangements.
10) The sanction from sate level impact assessment authority should be obtained as per Rule 26(4a)
of K.P.B.R 2011. Permission/NOC as per Rule 26(6) of K.P.B.R 2011 shall also be procured.
11) Rule 26(2) of K.P.B.R 2011 should be observed since H.T.line passes through the proposed sight.
12) Secretary shall examine and take necessary proceedings to ensure the suitability of the
proposed construction in relation to the development prospects of the surrounding area, as per
Rule7(10) of the K.P.B.R 2011, Since the application was not forwarded though the said Local
Body.
13) Since pipeline provided to discharge water from septage Treatment plant owned by corporation
passes through the said land, measures may be observed that the same shall not adversely
affected by the construction.
This order is not a sanction for starting the construction works. Same shall only be started after
procuring proper sanction from the Local Administration Office with jurisdiction as per the Building
Construction Rules for the construction and development.
Approve Sight Plan No.74/2018
As per the order of the Chief Town Planner

Sd/-
Encl. Sight plan Sheeba Rani, Town Planner
(Seal)
To,
Shri. James Adai, Director
M/s. G.J.Eco Power Private Limited,
3rd floor, Sarayu Complex,
Kakkanad, Ernakulam
cc. 1. Senior town planner Ernakulam

2. Secretary, Kochi Corporation
3. Secretary Vadavucode Puthencruz Gramapanchayth
4. Web Site 5. Back File 6. Extra
B03072018
Appendix M
Consent to Establish from
KSPCB
FILE NO. :PCB/HO/EKM-2/ICE/02/2018
Date of issue :30/08/2018
KERALA STATE POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD
CONSENT TO ESTABLISH
ISSUED UNDER
Section 25 of Water (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act, 1974

Section 21 of the Air (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act, 1981
and
Environment (Protection) Act, 1986
As per Application No. :7283337

Dated:08-05-2018
TO
M/s GJ ECO POWER PRIVATE LIMITED FOR KOCHI WASTE TO ENERGY PROJECT
Ward No.1,Near Brahmapuram Mosque Brahmapuram,
Ernakulam-682303
Consent No. :PCB/HO/EKM-2/ICE/04/2018

Valid Upto :30/04/2023
Page1
1. GENERAL
1.1.This integrated consent is granted subject to the power of the Board to withdraw consent, review and make
variation in or revoke all or any of the conditions as the Board deems fit.
1 VALIDITY 30/04/2023
2 Name and Address of GJ ECO POWER PRIVATE LIMITED FOR
the establishment KOCHI WASTE TO ENERGY PROJECT WARD
NO.1,NEAR BRAHMAPURAM MOSQUE
BRAHMAPURAM
682303
3 Communication Telephone :0484-2979111
Fax :-
E-mail:info@gjecopower.com
4 Occupier Details JAMES ADAI, DOOR X/63, SARAYU
COMPLEX, SEAPORT-AIRPORT ROAD,
KAKKANADU
5 Local Body VADAVVUCODE PUTHENCRUZ
6 Survey Number 30/2pt, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8pt, 9pt, 15pt, 16, 17, 18,
19; 35/2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11pt, 12pt, 13, 14pt,
16pt, 17, 18pt, 19, 20pt, 22pt, 23pt, 24pt
7 Village PUTHENCRUZ
8 Taluk KUNNATHUNADU
9 District Ernakulam ii
10 Capital Investment(Rs in Lakhs) 29860.00 Rs in Lakhs
11 Scale Large
12 Category RED
13 Annual fee(Rs) Rs.5,72,900/-
Total Fee remitted(Rs) Rs.28,64,500/-(for 5 years)

14 RAW MATERIAL PRODUCTS
Establishing a solid waste treatment facility for to produce Electricity @12.46 Megawatt
treating 500 TPD of solid waste using suitable
thermal technology(bio drying process and
gasification process) and the produced syngas shall
be utilized for operating boiler and steam power
generator
15 Total Power Required (HP) 5068 KW
2. CONDITIONS AS PER
The Water(Prevention and Control of Pollution)Act, 1974
2.1 In case of generation of trade effluent from the industry, effluent treatment system consisting of
treatment units having adequate capacity established as per the proposal submitted along with the
application shall be made functional before commissioning. Additional facilities required, if any, to
achieve the standards laid down by the Board u/s 17(1) (g) of the Water Act shall also be made along
with.
2.2 Water Consumption : 1246800 L/D
2.3 Effluent Generation : Nil
Page2
2.4 The characteristics of effluent after treatment shall confirm to the following tolerance limits:
SI.NO. Characteristics Unit Tolerance Limit
Sewage Trade Effluent
1 NA - - -
2.5 Mode of disposal of treated effluent : Nil
The Air(Prevention and Control of Pollution)Act, 1981
3.1 Adequate air pollution control measures shall be provided before commissioning of the industry.
Additional facilities required, if any, to achieve the standards laid down by the Board shall also be made
along with.
Stack Sources of Emission Emission Stack Height above Control Equipment

No. Rate(Nm3/Hr)
Ground Roof Level
Level
1 DG set of 750 KVA(1 - 23.47 m 5.47 m Acoustic enclousure
No)
2 DG set of 250 KVA(1 - 21.16 m 3.16 m Acoustic enclousure
No)
3 Gasifier - 60 m 42 m Others
4 Gasifier 2 - 60 m 42 m Others
3.2 Emission characteristics shall not exceed the following:
SI.No. Parameter Limiting Standards (mg/Nm3)

1 As per Sch-II (C) of SWM -
Rules,2016
The Environment (Protection) Act, 1986.
4.1 The construction activities shall be carried out strictly in compliance with the provisions of the Noise
Pollution (Regulation and Control)Rules 2000.
4.2 Used lead acid batteries shall be disposed of as per the Batteries (Management and Handling) Rules,
2001
4.3 Hazardous waste generated, if any, shall be handled as per the Hazardous and Other Wastes
(Management and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016.
Page3
4.4 e-waste shall be disposed off safely as per the E-Waste (Management) Rules, 2016.
5. SPECIFIC CONDITIONS
5.1. At the end of the validity period if the construction is in progress, the same shall be got renewed. If the
construction is not started in the consent period, the applicant shall apply afresh for consent to establish.
5.2. The applicant shall comply with the instructions that the Board may issue from time to time regarding
the prevention and control of air, water, land and sound pollution.
5.3. The date of commissioning shall be intimated, at least one month in advance, to the District Office of
the Board.
5.4. Consent to Operate shall be obtained before commissioning the unit.
5.5. There shall be no effluent discharge and emission due to the activity.
5.6. The characteristics of leachate after treatment shall meet the standards as per Schedule II (B) of Solid
Waste Management Rules,2016.
5.7. Authorization under Solid Waste Management Rules,2016 shall be obtained from the Board, before
commissioning.
5.8. Natural drainage of the area shall be protected.
5.9. Water meter shall be fixed to record consumption of water.
5.10. The sound level measured at 1 m outside the boundary of the premises shall not exceed the ambient
sound level applicable to the adjoining area.
5.11. Water sprinklers shall be provided to suppress spreading of dust outside the premises during the
construction phase.
5.12. Suspended particulate matter at the boundary of the premises shall not exceed the standards applicable
to the adjoining area.
5.13. Proper precautionary measures shall be provided during construction phase to minimize disturbance to
neighbours and neighbouring properties due to excavation, piling, transportation of materials etc.
5.14. The construction debris and mud discharges etc. from the construction site shall be disposed off as per
the Construction and Demolition Waste Management Rules, 2016.
5.15.Sanitary facilities shall be provided to the construction workers.
5.16. Suitable species of trees and curtain plants shall be planted and maintained within and along the
Page4
periphery of the premises, forming a green belt to improve the environment.
5.17. Adequate safety measures shall be provided in accordance with fire safety regulation.
DATE :30/08/2018 SIGNATURE & SEAL OF ISSUING AUTHORITY

CHAIRMAN
To
Sri.JAMES ADAI, DIRECTOR

DOOR X/63, SARAYU COMPLEX,
SEAPORT-AIRPORT ROAD,
KAKKANADU-682030
1. This digitally signed document is legally valid as per the Information Technology Act 2000
2. For verifying this document please go to krocmms.nic.in and search using date of issue/name of the
unit/Application Number in “Consent Granted Applications” link in the home page of the Board’s Online Consent
Management and Monitoring System.
Page5
Or
)- s
q s
@
s
q*
E
s Y ll s
;+ ;:l
+
ses !l
.E
€ 6 F €
s i ^,i\i
I *gegH$$
a :l: z J Eg=9P$€
F q
q s
] q-
s-s €
c-
T
--l
k €
xS
:src :: €
o
r
F F
q s €\ F \ :-.s
srs }E
s I z
F l
l
O P<
o 6.
ql N
ui
aU
F :i, * n
> \i
s i" p
7 s
! E
a r AI
d
,v s :
$l E g<
o!: s
O
a q
F
q
a
:-.s
*0c -t! s
'l
c
rf ! E
z z
I c
@ F @
-+
tl
-l ^l-,*.']'i- il
l E
+
r 100r' s
*is$
q t
\
r
t.f) tn
R q
N
zLIJ i'i
/1 \r':
N
-o
3q
m
ft1 s v
:or
.:' d E
z El
{ .s-
rJ OvO€ , -'j
f; \1
l-r
..'l i!i
ait,
a
CT
rrt f*"
F LLI
rtl -
,f
E
9
FZ
-
Appendix N
Structural Height Approval
from Airports Authority of
India (AAI)
●
輛 T「 P―
AIRPORTS AUTHOR:TY OFIND:A
…
M/s. G J Eco Power P\,'t. Ltd. Date:13‐ 08-2018
X/63, Sarayu Complex, Seaport-Airport Valid Upto:12-08‐ 2026
Road, Kakkanad P.O., Kochi 682 030
Cochin Kerala 682030
No Obj€ction Certificite for Height Clearance
l. This NOC is issued by Airports Authority of India (AAI) in pursuance of responsibility conferred by and as per the provisions of
Govt. of lndia (Ministry of Civil Aviation) order GSR75l (E) dated 3Oth Sep. 2015 for Safe and Regular Aircraft Operations.
2. This office has no objection to the construction ofthe proposed structure as per the following details:
NOCID: CIAIレ /SOじ TH/B/073118/323945
Applicant Name* s C J Eco Power Pvt i′ td

lЧ ′
Sitc Address* 30,35,36,37,45,56,Block iヽ o 37,Kunnathunadu/Puthencrur/Frnakulam,Ernakulam,Kerala
Site Coordinates+ 7621 584-959295,7622004-95'338,76220,7-95'385,7622 116‐ 95,380,7622 143‐ 959379,762,

169‐ 959338
Site Elevation in mtrs AMSL a: 64751ヽ 1

iubmitted by Applicant*
Permissible Top Elevation in mtrs 6947M
{bove Meen S€a LeveI(AMSL)
rAs provided by applicant

3. This NOC is subject to the terms and conditions as given below:
a. Permissible Top elevation has been issued on the basis of Site coordinates and Site Elevation submitted by Applicant. AAI neither
owns the responsibility nor authenlicates the correctness of the site coordinates & site elevation provided by the applicant. lf at any
stage it is established that the actual data is different, this NOC will stand null and void and action will be taken as per law. The office
in-charge of the concerned aerodrome may initiate aclion under the Aircraft (Demolition of Obstuction caused by Buildings and
Trees etc.) Rules, 1994"
b. The Site coordinates as provided by the applicant in the NOC application has been plotted on the street view map and satellite map
as shown in ANNEXURE. Applicant/Owner ensure that the plolted coordinates corresponds to his/her site.In case of any
discrepancy,Designated Officer shall be requested for cancellation ofthe NOC
c. The Structure height (including any superstructure) shall be calculated by subtracting the Site eleyation in AMSL from the
Permissible Top Elevation in AMSL i.e. Maximum Structure Height = Permissible Top Elevation minus (-) Site Elevation.
d. The issue of the 'NOC' is further subject to the provisions of Section 9-A of the Indian Aircraft Act, 1934 and any notifications
issued there under from time to time including the Aircraft (Demolition of Obstruction caused by Buildings and Trees etc.)
餅隷
「迅孵味爾鋼お ¶。
合。¶。熱、可゛ヽ3,資 _600027
キだ尋
W即
で… 饗 t4422561234
…
Regional headquarter Southern Region, AAI Operational Offices Complex, Chennai Airport, Chennai 600 027
f el. No. 44-2256 1234
●
輛
AIRPORTS AUTHORl丁 Y OFIND:A
e. No radio/TV Antenna, lighting arresters, staircase, Mumtee, Overhead water tank and attachments of fixtures of any kind shall
project above the Permissible Top Elevation of 69.47 M, as indicated in para 2.
f. Only use of oil fired or electric fired fumace is permissible, within 8 KM of the Aerodrome Reference Point'
g. The certificate is valid for a period of 8 years from the date of its issue.One time revalidation without assessment may be allowed,
request shall be made within the validity period of the
f,rovided construction work has commenced,subject to the condition that such
NOC and the delay is due to circumstances which are beyond the control of the developer.
h. No light or a combination of lights which by reason of its intensity, configuration or colour may cause confusion with the
aeronauti-cal ground lights of the Airport shall be installed at the site at any time, during or afterthe construction of the building. No
activity shall be allowed which may affect the safe operations of flights
i. The applicant will not complain/claim compensation against aircraft noise, vibrations, damages etc. caused by aircraft operations at
or in the vicinity of the airport.
j. Day markings & night lighting with secondary power supply shall be provided as per the guidelines specified in chapter 6 and
upp.nai* O of Civit eviation Requirement Series B Part I Section 4, available on DGCA India website: www.dgca.nic.in
k. The applicant is responsible to obtain all other statutory clearances from the concemed authorities including the approval of
building pians. This xoc for height clearances is to ensure the safe and regular aircraft operations and shall not be used as document
for any other purpose/claim whatsoever, including ownership ofland etc.
l. This NOC has been issued w.r.t. the Civil Airports. Applicant needs to seek separate NOC from Defence, if the site lies within their
jurisdiction.
m. In case of any discrepancy/interpretation of NOC letter, English version shall be valid.
n. In case of any dispute w.r.t site elevation and/or AGL height, top elevation in AMSL shall prevail.
Chairman NOC Committee
Region Name: SOUTH
Address: General Manager Airports Authority

of India, Regional Headquarter,
Southern Region, Chennai AirPort,
Name / Designation / Sign with Date
Chennai-600027 (Tamil Nadu)
Prepared By :
早熱゛つ
、《 ξレ
・
Email ID: vomm.noc@aai.aero
Contact No: 044-22560046

Verified By :
こ
算L瀬ゴtC
合。
輔可tuluq爺繊お ¶。 ¶。w― 熱、訥哺マ
ボ甲 ,キゼー600027
む劇く
―
鮒 ::44‐2231234
n
Regional headquarter Southern Region, AAI Operational Offices Complex, Chennai Airport, Chennai 600 027
Tel. No: 44-22561234
ANNEXURE
Distance l'rom Nearest Airport And Bearing
\irport Name Distance (Meters) from Searing (Degree)
the Nearest Runway
CIAL 1811495 19226
Street view
? 9 9
9 9
1:3600
July 31, 2018
翼雲鰹1灘鷲務翼緩ざt謀
sate::■ e View
■
一攀一
lp
」u呼 312018
C― ―・ 3
鶏 t=活
:鷺 R「を肝
…
Appendix O
National Ambient Air Quality
Standards, 2009
Appendix P
National Ambient Noise
Standards
THE NOISE POLLUTION (REGULATION AND CONTROL) RULES, 2000
(The Principal Rules were published in the Gazette of India, vide S.O.
123(E), dated 14.2.2000 and subsequently amended vide S.O. 1046(E),
dated 22.11.2000, S.O. 1088(E), dated 11.10.2002, S.O. 1569 (E), dated
19.09.2006 and S.O. 50 (E) dated 11.01.2010 under the Environment
(Protection) Act, 1986.)
Whereas the increasing ambient noise levels in public places from various
sources, inter-alia, industrial activity, construction activity, fire crackers, sound
producing instruments, generator sets, loud speakers, public address systems,
music systems, vehicular horns and other mechanical devices have deleterious
effects on human health and the psychological well being of the people; it is
considered necessary to regulate and control noise producing and generating
sources with the objective of maintaining the ambient air quality standards in
respect of noise;
Whereas a draft of Noise Pollution (Control and Regulation) Rules, 1999

was published under the notification of the Government of India in the Ministry of
Environment and Forests vide number S.O. 528 (E), dated the 28th June, 1999
inviting objections and suggestions from all the persons likely to be affected
thereby, before the expiry of the period of sixty days from the date on which the
copies of the Gazette containing the said notification are made available to the
public;
And whereas copies of the said Gazette were made available to the public
on the 1st day of July, 1999;
And whereas the objections and suggestions received from the public in
respect of the said draft rules have been duly considered by the Central
Government;
Now, therefore, in exercise of the powers conferred by clause (ii) of sub-

section (2) of section 3, sub-section (1) and clause (b) of sub-section (2) of
section 6 and section 25 of the Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 (29 of 1986)
read with rule 5 of the Environment (Protection) Rules, 1986, the Central
Government hereby makes the following rules for the regulation and control of
noise producing and generating sources, namely:-
The Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules, 2000
1. Short-title and commencement.-
(1) These rules may be called the ‘Noise Pollution (Regulation and
Control) Rules, 2000.
(2) They shall come into force on the date of their publication in the
Official Gazette.
2. Definitions- In these rules, unless the context otherwise requires,-
(a) “Act” means the Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 (29 of 1986);
(b) “area / zone” means all areas which fall in either of the four
categories given in the Schedule annexed to these rules;
(c) “authority” means and includes any authority or officer authorized

by the Central Government, or as the case may be, the State Government
in accordance with the laws in force and includes a District Magistrate,
Police Commissioner, or any other officer not below the rank of the Deputy
Superintendent of Police designated for the maintenance of the ambient
air quality standards in respect of noise under any law for the time being in
force;
(d) “court” means a governmental body consisting of one or more

judges who sit to adjudicate disputes and administer justice and includes
any court of law presided over by a judge, judges or a magistrate and
acting as a tribunal in civil, taxation and criminal cases;
(e) “educational institution” means a school, seminary, college,

university, professional academies, training institutes or other educational
establishment, not necessarily a chartered institution and includes not only
buildings, but also all grounds necessary for the accomplishment of the full
scope of educational instruction, including those things essential to mental,
moral and physical development;
(f) “hospital” means an institution for the reception and care of sick,
wounded, infirm or aged persons, and includes government or private
hospitals, nursing homes and clinics;
(g) “person” shall include any company or association or body of

individuals, whether incorporated or not;
(h) “State Government” in relation to a Union territory means the

Administrator thereof appointed under article 239 of the Constitution.
(i) “public place” means any place to which the public have access,
whether as of right or not, and includes auditorium, hotels, public waiting
rooms, convention centres, public offices, shopping malls, cinema halls,
educational institutions, libraries, open grounds and the like which are
visited by general public; and
(j) “night time” means the period between 10.00 p.m. and 6.00 a.m.
3. Ambient air quality standards in respect of noise for different
areas/zones.-
(1) The ambient air quality standards in respect of noise for different
areas / zones shall be such as specified in the Schedule annexed to these
rules.
(2) The State Government shall categorize the areas into industrial,
commercial, residential or silence areas / zones for the purpose of
implementation of noise standards for different areas.
(3) The State Government shall take measures for abatement of noise
including noise emanating from vehicular movements, blowing of horns,
bursting of sound emitting firecrackers, use of loud speakers or public
address system and sound producing instruments and ensure that the
existing noise levels do not exceed the ambient air quality standards
specified under these rules.
(4) All development authorities, local bodies and other concerned

authorities while planning developmental activity or carrying out functions
relating to town and country planning shall take into consideration all
aspects of noise pollution as a parameter of quality of life to avoid noise
menace and to achieve the objective of maintaining the ambient air quality
standards in respect of noise.
(5) An area comprising not less than 100 metres around hospitals,
educational institutions and courts may be declared as silence area / zone
for the purpose of these rules.
4. Responsibility as to enforcement of noise pollution control

measures.-
(1) The noise levels in any area / zone shall not exceed the ambient air
quality standards in respect of noise as specified in the Schedule.
(2) The authority shall be responsible for the enforcement of noise

pollution control measures and the due compliance of the ambient air
quality standards in respect of noise.
(3) The respective State Pollution Control Boards or Pollution Control

Committees in consultation with the Central Pollution Control Board shall
collect, compile and publish technical and statistical data relating to noise
pollution and measures devised for its effective prevention, control and
abatement.
5. Restrictions on the use of loud speakers / public address system
and sound producing instruments.-
(1) A loud speaker or a public address system shall not be used except
after obtaining written permission from the authority.
(2) A loud speaker or a public address system or any sound producing

instrument or a musical instrument or a sound amplifier shall not be used
at night time except in closed premises for communication within, like
auditoria, conference rooms, community halls, banquet halls or during a
public emergency.
(3) Notwithstanding any thing contained in sub-rule (2), the State

Government may subject to such terms and conditions as are necessary
to reduce noise pollution, permit use of loud speakers or public address
system and the like during night hours (between 10.00 p.m. to 12.00
midnight) on or during any cultural or religious festive occasion of a limited
duration not exceeding fifteen days in all during a calendar year. The
concerned State Government shall generally specify in advance, the
number and particulars of the days on which such exemption would be
operative.
(4) The noise level at the boundary of the public place, where
loudspeaker or public address system or any other noise source is being
used shall not exceed 10 dB (A) above the ambient noise standards for
the area or 75 dB (A) whichever is lower;
(5) The peripheral noise level of a privately owned sound system or a

sound producing instrument shall not, at the boundary of the private place,
exceed by more than 5 dB (A) the ambient noise standards specified for
the area in which it is used.
5A. Restrictions on the use of horns, sound emitting construction

equipments and bursting of fire crackers:-
(1) No horn shall be used in silence zones or during night time in

residential areas except during a public emergency.
(2) Sound emitting fire crackers shall not be burst in silence zone or
during night time.
(3) Sound emitting construction equipments shall not be used or

operated during night time in residential areas and silence zones.
6. Consequences of any violation in silence zone / area.-
Whoever, in any place covered under the silence zone / area commits any
of the following offence, he shall be liable for penalty under the provisions
of the Act:-
(i) whoever, plays any music or uses any sound amplifiers,
(ii) whoever, beats a drum or tom-tom or blows a horn either musical or

pressure, or trumpet or beats or sounds any instrument, or
(iii) whoever, exhibits any mimetic, musical or other performances of a

nature to attract crowds.
(iv) whoever, bursts sound emitting fire crackers; or
(v) whoever, uses a loud speaker or a public address system.
7. Complaints to be made to the authority.-
(1) A person may, if the noise level exceeds the ambient noise
standards by 10 dB (A) or more given in the corresponding columns
against any area / zone or, if there is a violation of any provision of these
rules regarding restrictions imposed during night time, make a complaint to
the authority.
(2) The authority shall act on the complaint and take action against the
violator in accordance with the provisions of these rules and any other law
in force.
8 Power to prohibit etc. continuance of music sound or noise.-
(1) If the authority is satisfied from the report of an officer incharge of a

police station or other information received by him including from the
complainant that it is necessary to do so in order to prevent annoyance,
disturbance, discomfort or injury or risk of annoyance, disturbance,
discomfort or injury to the public or to any person who dwell or occupy
property on the vicinity, he may, by a written order issue such directions as
he may consider necessary to any person for preventing, prohibiting,
controlling or regulating:-
(a) the incidence or continuance in or upon any premises of-
(i) any vocal or instrumental music,
(ii) sounds caused by playing, beating, clashing, blowing or use

in any manner whatsoever of any instrument including
loudspeakers, public address systems, horn, construction
equipment, appliance or apparatus or contrivance which is capable
of producing or re-producing sound, or
(iii) sound caused by bursting of sound emitting fire crackers, or,
(b) the carrying on in or upon, any premises of any trade, avocation or

operation or process resulting in or attended with noise.
(2) The authority empowered under sub-rule (1) may, either on its own
motion, or on the application of any person aggrieved by an order made
under sub-rule (1), either rescind, modify or alter any such order:
Provided that before any such application is disposed of, the said authority
shall afford to the applicant and to the original complainant, as the case
may be, an opportunity of appearing before it either in person or by a
person representing him and showing cause against the order and shall, if
it rejects any such application either wholly or in part, record its reasons for
such rejection.
SCHEDULE
(see rule 3(1) and 4(1))
Ambient Air Quality Standards in respect of Noise
Area Category of Area / Zone Limits in dB(A) Leq*

Code ------------------------------------
Day Time Night Time
(A) Industrial area 75 70

(B) Commercial area 65 55
(C) Residential area 55 45
(D) Silence Zone 50 40
Note:- 1. Day time shall mean from 6.00 a.m. to 10.00 p.m.
2. Night time shall mean from 10.00 p.m. to 6.00 a.m.
3. Silence zone is an area comprising not less than 100 metres
around hospitals, educational institutions, courts, religious places or
any other area which is declared as such by the competent
authority
4. Mixed categories of areas may be declared as one of the four
above mentioned categories by the competent authority.
* dB(A) Leq denotes the time weighted average of the level of sound in
decibels on scale A which is relatable to human hearing.
A “decibel” is a unit in which noise is measured.
“A”, in dB(A) Leq, denotes the frequency weighting in the measurement of

noise and corresponds to frequency response characteristics of the human
ear.
Leq: It is an energy mean of the noise level over a specified period.

Appendix Q
IS10500:2012 Drinking Water
Standards
IS 10500 : 2012
Hkkjrh; ekud
ihus dk ikuh — fof'kf"V
¼ nwljk iqujh{k.k ½
Indian Standard
DRINKING WATER — SPECIFICATION
( Second Revision )
ICS 13.060.20
© BIS 2012
BUREAU OF INDIAN STANDARDS
MANAK BHAVAN, 9 BAHADUR SHAH ZAFAR MARG
NEW DELHI 110002
May 2012 Price Group 6

Drinking Water Sectional Committee, FAD 25
FOREWORD
This Indian Standard (Second Revision) was adopted by the Bureau of Indian Standards, after the draft finalized
by the Drinking Water Sectional Committee had been approved by the Food and Agriculture Division Council.
This standard was originally published in 1983. A report prepared by the World Health Organization in cooperation
with the World Bank showed that in 1975, some 1 230 million people were without safe water supplies. These
appalling facts were central to the United Nations decision to declare an International Drinking Water Supply and
Sanitation decade, beginning in 1981. Further, the VI Five-Year Plan of India had made a special provision for
availability of safe drinking water for the masses. Therefore, the standard was formulated with the objective of
assessing the quality of water resources, and to check the effectiveness of water treatment and supply by the
concerned authorities.
The first revision was undertaken to take into account the up-to-date information available about the nature and
effect of various contaminants as also the new techniques for identifying and determining their concentration.
Based on experience gained additional requirements for alkalinity; aluminium and boron were incorporated and
the permissible limits for dissolved solids, nitrate and pesticides residues modified.
As per the eleventh five year plan document of India (2007-12), there are about 2.17 lakh quality affected habitations
in the country with more than half affected with excess iron, followed by fluoride, salinity, nitrate and arsenic in
that order. Further, approximately, 10 million cases of diarrhoea, more than 7.2 lakh typhoid cases and 1.5 lakh
viral hepatitis cases occur every year a majority of which are contributed by unclean water supply and poor
sanitation. The eleventh five year plan document of India (2007-2012) recognizes dealing with the issue of water
quality as a major challenge and aims at addressing water quality problems in all quality affected habitations with
emphasis on community participation and awareness campaigns as well as on top most priority to water quality
surveillance and monitoring by setting up of water quality testing laboratories strengthened with qualified
manpower, equipments and chemicals.
The second revision was undertaken to upgrade the requirements of the standard and align with the internationally
available specifications on drinking water. In this revision assistance has been derived from the following:
a) EU Directives relating to the quality of water intended for human consumption (80/778/EEC) and Council
Directive 98/83/EC.
b) USEPA standard — National Primary Drinking Water Standard. EPA 816-F-02-013 dated July, 2002.
c) WHO Guidelines for Drinking Water Quality. 3rd Edition Vol. 1 Recommendations, 2008.
d) Manual on Water Supply and Treatment, third edition — revised and updated May 1999, Ministry of
Urban Development, New Delhi.
This standard specifies the acceptable limits and the permissible limits in the absence of alternate source. It is
recommended that the acceptable limit is to be implemented as values in excess of those mentioned under
‘Acceptable’ render the water not suitable. Such a value may, however, be tolerated in the absence of an alternative
source. However, if the value exceeds the limits indicated under ‘permissible limit in the absence of alternate
source’ in col 4 of Tables 1 to 4, the sources will have to be rejected.
Pesticide residues limits and test methods given in Table 5 are based on consumption pattern, persistence and
available manufacturing data. The limits have been specified based on WHO guidelines, wherever available. In
cases where WHO guidelines are not available, the standards available from other countries have been examined
and incorporated, taking in view the Indian conditions.
In this revision, additional requirements for ammonia, chloramines, barium, molybdenum, silver, sulphide, nickel,
polychlorinated biphenyls and trihalomethanes have been incorporated while the requirements for colour, turbidity,
total hardness, free residual chlorine, iron, magnesium, mineral oil, boron, cadmium, total arsenic, lead, polynuclear
aromatic hydrocarbons, pesticides and bacteriological requirements have been modified.
In this revision, requirement and test method for virological examination have been included. Further, requirements
and test methods for cryptosporidium and giardia have also been specified.
Routine surveillance of drinking water supplies should be carried out by the relevant authorities to understand
the risk of specific pathogens and to define proper control procedures. The WHO Guidelines for Drinking Water
Quality, 3rd Edition, Vol. 1 may be referred for specific recommendations on using a water safety approach
incorporating risk identification. Precautions/Care should be taken to prevent contamination of drinking water
from chlorine resistant parasites such as cryptosporidium species and giardia.
IS 10500 : 2012
Indian Standard
DRINKING WATER — SPECIFICATION
( Second Revision )
1 SCOPE 4 REQUIREMENTS
This standard prescribes the requirements and the Drinking water shall comply with the requirements
methods of sampling and test for drinking water. given in Tables 1 to 4. The analysis of pesticide residues
given in Table 3 shall be conducted by a recognized
2 REFERENCES laboratory using internationally established test method
The standards listed in Annex A contain provisions meeting the residue limits as given in Table 5.
which through reference in this text, constitute
Drinking water shall also comply with bacteriological
provisions of this standard. At the time of publication,
requirements (see 4.1), virological requirements
the editions indicated were valid. All standards are
(see 4.2) and biological requirements (see 4.3).
subject to revision and parties to agreements based on
this standard are encouraged to investigate the 4.1 Bacteriological Requirements
possibility of applying the most recent editions of the
standards indicated in Annex A. 4.1.1 Water in Distribution System
3 TERMINOLOGY Ideally, all samples taken from the distribution system

including consumers’ premises, should be free from
For the purpose of this standard the following definition coliform organisms and the following bacteriological
shall apply. quality of drinking water collected in the distribution
3.1 Drinking Water — Drinking water is water system, as given in Table 6 is, therefore specified when
intended for human consumption for drinking and tested in accordance with IS 1622.
cooking purposes from any source. It includes water 4.2 Virological Requirements
(treated or untreated) supplied by any means for human
consumption. 4.2.1 Ideally, all samples taken from the distribution
Table 1 Organoleptic and Physical Parameters

(Foreword and Clause 4)
Sl No. Characteristic Requirement Permissible Method of Test, Remarks
(Acceptable Limit in the Ref to Part of
Limit) Absence of IS 3025
Alternate
Source
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
i) Colour, Hazen units, Max 5 15 Part 4 Extended to 15 only, if toxic substances
are not suspected in absence of alter-
nate sources
ii) Odour Agreeable Agreeable Part 5 a) Test cold and when heated
b) Test at several dilutions
iii) pH value 6.5-8.5 No relaxation Part 11 —
iv) Taste Agreeable Agreeable Parts 7 and 8 Test to be conducted only after safety
has been established
v) Turbidity, NTU, Max 1 5 Part 10 —
vi) Total dissolved solids, mg/l, 500 2 000 Part 16 —
Max
NOTE — It is recommended that the acceptable limit is to be implemented. Values in excess of those mentioned under ‘acceptable’
render the water not suitable, but still may be tolerated in the absence of an alternative source but up to the limits indicated under
‘permissible limit in the absence of alternate source’ in col 4, above which the sources will have to be rejected.
1
IS 10500 : 2012
Table 2 General Parameters Concerning Substances Undesirable in Excessive Amounts


(Acceptable Limit in the Ref to
Limit) Absence of
Alternate
Source
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
i) Aluminium (as Al), mg/l, Max 0.03 0.2 IS 3025 (Part 55) —
ii) Ammonia (as total ammonia-N), 0.5 No relaxation IS 3025 (Part 34) —
mg/l, Max
iii) Anionic detergents (as MBAS) 0.2 1.0 Annex K of IS 13428 —
mg/l, Max
iv) Barium (as Ba), mg/l, Max 0.7 No relaxation Annex F of IS 13428* —
or IS 15302
v) Boron (as B), mg/l, Max 0.5 1.0 IS 3025 (Part 57) —
vi) Calcium (as Ca), mg/l, Max 75 200 IS 3025 (Part 40) —
vii) Chloramines (as Cl2), mg/l, Max 4.0 No relaxation IS 3025 (Part 26)* —
or APHA 4500-Cl G
viii) Chloride (as Cl), mg/l, Max 250 1 000 IS 3025 (Part 32) —
ix) Copper (as Cu), mg/l, Max 0.05 1.5 IS 3025 (Part 42) —
x) Fluoride (as F) mg/l, Max 1.0 1.5 IS 3025 (Part 60) —
xi) Free residual chlorine, mg/l, Min 0.2 1 IS 3025 (Part 26) To be applicable only when
water is chlorinated. Tested
at consumer end. When pro-
tection against viral infec-
tion is required, it should be
minimum 0.5 mg/l
xii) Iron (as Fe), mg/l, Max 0.3 No relaxation IS 3025 (Part 53) Total concentration of man-
ganese (as Mn) and iron (as
Fe) shall not exceed 0.3 mg/l
xiii) Magnesium (as Mg), mg/l, Max 30 100 IS 3025 (Part 46) —
xiv) Manganese (as Mn), mg/l, Max 0.1 0.3 IS 3025 (Part 59) Total concentration of man-
ganese (as Mn) and iron (as
Fe) shall not exceed 0.3 mg/l
xv) Mineral oil, mg/l, Max 0.5 No relaxation Clause 6 of IS 3025 —
(Part 39) Infrared
partition method
xvi) Nitrate (as NO3), mg/l, Max 45 No relaxation IS 3025 (Part 34) —
xvii) Phenolic compounds (as C6H5OH), 0.001 0.002 IS 3025 (Part 43) —
mg/l, Max
xviii) Selenium (as Se), mg/l, Max 0.01 No relaxation IS 3025 (Part 56) or —
IS 15303*
xix) Silver (as Ag), mg/l, Max 0.1 No relaxation Annex J of IS 13428 —
xx) Sulphate (as SO4) mg/l, Max 200 400 IS 3025 (Part 24) May be extended to 400 pro-
vided that Magnesium does
not exceed 30
xxi) Sulphide (as H2S), mg/l, Max 0.05 No relaxation IS 3025 (Part 29) —
xxii) Total alkalinity as calcium 200 600 IS 3025 (Part 23) —
carbonate, mg/l, Max
xxiii) Total hardness (as CaCO3), 200 600 IS 3025 (Part 21) —
mg/l, Max
xxiv) Zinc (as Zn), mg/l, Max 5 15 IS 3025 (Part 49) —
NOTES
1 In case of dispute, the method indicated by '*' shall be the referee method.
2 It is recommended that the acceptable limit is to be implemented. Values in excess of those mentioned under ‘acceptable’ render the
water not suitable, but still may be tolerated in the absence of an alternative source but up to the limits indicated under ‘permissible
limit in the absence of alternate source’ in col 4, above which the sources will have to be rejected.
2
IS 10500 : 2012
Table 3 Parameters Concerning Toxic Substances


(Acceptable Limit in the Ref to
Limit) Absence of
Alternate
Source
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
i) Cadmium (as Cd), mg/l, Max 0.003 No relaxation IS 3025 (Part 41) —
ii) Cyanide (as CN), mg/l, Max 0.05 No relaxation IS 3025 (Part 27) —
iii) Lead (as Pb), mg/l, Max 0.01 No relaxation IS 3025 (Part 47) —
iv) Mercury (as Hg), mg/l, Max 0.001 No relaxation IS 3025 (Part 48)/ —
Mercury analyser
v) Molybdenum (as Mo), mg/l, Max 0.07 No relaxation IS 3025 (Part 2) —
vi) Nickel (as Ni), mg/l, Max 0.02 No relaxation IS 3025 (Part 54) —
vii) Pesticides, µg/l, Max See Table 5 No relaxation See Table 5 —
viii) Polychlorinated biphenyls, mg/l, 0.000 5 No relaxation ASTM 5175* —
Max or APHA 6630
ix) Polynuclear aromatic hydro- 0.000 1 No relaxation APHA 6440 —
carbons (as PAH), mg/l, Max
x) Total arsenic (as As), mg/l, Max 0.01 0.05 IS 3025 (Part 37) —
xi) Total chromium (as Cr), mg/l, Max 0.05 No relaxation IS 3025 (Part 52) —
xii) Trihalomethanes:
a) Bromoform, mg/l, Max 0.1 No relaxation ASTM D 3973-85* —
or APHA 6232
b) Dibromochloromethane, 0.1 No relaxation ASTM D 3973-85* —
mg/l, Max or APHA 6232
c) Bromodichloromethane, 0.06 No relaxation ASTM D 3973-85* —
mg/l, Max or APHA 6232
d) Chloroform, mg/l, Max 0.2 No relaxation ASTM D 3973-85* —
or APHA 6232
NOTES
1 In case of dispute, the method indicated by '*' shall be the referee method.
2 It is recommended that the acceptable limit is to be implemented. Values in excess of those mentioned under ‘acceptable’ render the
water not suitable, but still may be tolerated in the absence of an alternative source but up to the limits indicated under 'permissible
limit in the absence of alternate source’ in col 4, above which the sources will have to be rejected.
Table 4 Parameters Concerning Radioactive Substances


(Acceptable Limit in the Ref to Part of
Limit) Absence of IS 14194
Alternate
Source
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
i) Radioactive materials:
a) Alpha emitters Bq/l, Max 0.1 No relaxation Part 2 —
b) Beta emitters Bq/l, Max 1.0 No relaxation Part 1 —
NOTE — It is recommended that the acceptable limit is to be implemented. Values in excess of those mentioned under ‘acceptable’
render the water not suitable, but still may be tolerated in the absence of an alternative source but up to the limits indicated under
‘permissible limit in the absence of alternate source’ in col 4, above which the sources will have to be rejected.
3
IS 10500 : 2012
Table 5 Pesticide Residues Limits and Test Method

(Foreword and Table 3)
Sl No. Pesticide Limit Method of Test, Ref to
µg/l
USEPA AOAC/ ISO
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
i) Alachlor 20 525.2, 507 —
ii) Atrazine 2 525.2, 8141 A —
iii) Aldrin/ Dieldrin 0.03 508 —
iv) Alpha HCH 0.01 508 —
v) Beta HCH 0.04 508 —
vi) Butachlor 125 525.2, 8141 A —
vii) Chlorpyriphos 30 525.2, 8141 A —
viii) Delta HCH 0.04 508 —
ix) 2,4- Dichlorophenoxyacetic acid 30 515.1 —
x) DDT (o, p and p, p – Isomers of DDT, 1 508 AOAC 990.06
DDE and DDD)
xi) Endosulfan (alpha, beta, and sulphate) 0.4 508 AOAC 990.06
xii) Ethion 3 1657 A —
xiii) Gamma — HCH (Lindane) 2 508 AOAC 990.06
xiv) Isoproturon 9 532 —
xv) Malathion 190 8141 A —
xvi) Methyl parathion 0.3 8141 A ISO 10695
xvii) Monocrotophos 1 8141 A —
xviii) Phorate 2 8141 A —
NOTE — Test methods are for guidance and reference for testing laboratory. In case of two methods, USEPA method shall be the
reference method.
Table 6 Bacteriological Quality of Drinking Water1)

(Clause 4.1.1)
Sl No. Organisms Requirements

(1) (2) (3)
i) All water intended for drinking:
a) E. coli or thermotolerant coliform bacteria2), 3) Shall not be detectable in any 100 ml sample
ii) Treated water entering the distribution system:
a) E. coli or thermotolerant coliform bacteria2) Shall not be detectable in any 100 ml sample
b) Total coliform bacteria Shall not be detectable in any 100 ml sample
iii) Treated water in the distribution system:
a) E. coli or thermotolerant coliform bacteria Shall not be detectable in any 100 ml sample
b) Total coliform bacteria Shall not be detectable in any 100 ml sample
1)
Immediate investigative action shall be taken if either E.coli or total coliform bacteria are detected. The minimum action in the case of
total coliform bacteria is repeat sampling; if these bacteria are detected in the repeat sample, the cause shall be determined by immediate
further investigation.
2)
Although, E. coli is the more precise indicator of faecal pollution, the count of thermotolerant coliform bacteria is an acceptable alternative.
If necessary, proper confirmatory tests shall be carried out. Total coliform bacteria are not acceptable indicators of the sanitary quality of
rural water supplies, particularly in tropical areas where many bacteria of no sanitary significance occur in almost all untreated supplies.
3)
It is recognized that, in the great majority of rural water supplies in developing countries, faecal contamination is widespread. Under
these conditions, the national surveillance agency should set medium-term targets for progressive improvement of water supplies.
4
IS 10500 : 2012
system including consumers’ premises, should be free 4.2.7 MS2 phage are indicator of viral contamination
from virus. in drinking water. MS2 phage shall be absent in 1 litre
of water when tested in accordance with USEPA
4.2.2 None of the generally accepted sewage treatment
method 1602. If MS2 phage are detected in the drinking
methods yield virus-free effluent. Although a number
water, virological examination shall be done by the
of investigators have found activated sludge treatment
Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR) method for
to be superior to trickling filters from this point of view,
virological examination as given in Annex B. USEPA
it seems possible that chemical precipitation methods
method in Manual of Method for Virology Chapter 16,
will prove to be the most effective.
June 2001 shall be the alternate method. If viruses are
4.2.3 Virus can be isolated from raw water and from detected, the cause shall be determined by immediate
springs, enterovirus, reovirus, and adenovirus have further investigation.
been found in water, the first named being the most
resistant to chlorination. If enterovirus are absent from 4.3 Biological Requirements
chlorinated water, it can be assumed that the water is 4.3.1 Ideally, all samples taken including consumers
safe to drink. Some uncertainty still remains about the premises should be free from biological organisms.
virus of infectious hepatitis, since it has not so far been Biological examination is of value in determining the
isolated but in view of the morphology and resistance causes of objectionable tastes and odours in water and
of enterovirus it is likely that, if they have been controlling remedial treatments, in helping to interpret
inactivated hepatitis virus will have been inactivated the results of various chemical analysis, and in
also. explaining the causes of clogging in distribution pipes
4.2.4 An exponential relationship exists between the and filters. In some instances, it may be of use in
rate of virus inactivation and the redox potential. A demonstrating that water from one source has been
redox potential of 650 mV (measured between mixed with that from another.
platinum and calomel electrodes) will cause almost 4.3.2 The biological qualities of water are of greater
instantaneous inactivation of even high concentrations importance when the supply has not undergone the
of virus. Such a potential can be obtained with even a conventional flocculation and filtration processes, since
low concentration of free chlorine, but only with an increased growth of methane-utilizing bacteria on
extremely high concentration of combined chlorine. biological slimes in pipes may then be expected, and
This oxidative inactivation may be achieved with a the development of bryozoal growths such as
number of other oxidants also, for example, iodine, Plumatella may cause operational difficulties.
ozone and potassium permanganate, but the effect of
the oxidants will always be counteracted, if reducing 4.3.3 Some of the animalcules found in water mains
components, which are mainly organic, are present. may be free-living in the water, but others such as
As a consequence, the sensitivity of virus towards Dreissena and Asellus are more or less firmly attached
disinfectants will depend on the milieu just as much as to the inside of the mains. Although these animalcules
on the particular disinfectant used. are not themselves pathogenic, they may harbour
pathogenic organisms or virus in their intestines, thus
4.2.5 Viruses are generally resistant to disinfectants as protecting these pathogens from destruction by
well as get protected on account of presence of chlorine.
particulate and organic matter in water. Because the
difference between the resistance of coliform 4.3.4 Chlorination, at the dosages normally employed
organisms and of virus to disinfection by oxidants in waterworks, is ineffective against certain parasites,
increases with increasing concentration of reducing including amoebic cysts; they can be excluded only
components, for example, organic matter, it cannot be by effective filtration or by higher chlorine doses than
assumed that the absence of available coliform can be tolerated without subsequent dechlorination.
organisms implies freedom from active virus under Amoebiasis can be conveyed by water completely free
circumstances where a free chlorine residual cannot from enteric bacteria; microscopic examination after
be maintained. Sedimentation and slow sand filtration concentration is, therefore, the only safe method of
in themselves may contribute to the removal of virus identification.
from water. 4.3.5 Strict precautions against back-syphonage and
4.2.6 In practice, >0.5 mg/l of free chlorine for 1 h is cross-connections are required, if amoebic cysts are
sufficient to inactivate virus, even in water that was found in a distribution system containing tested water.
originally polluted provided the water is free from 4.3.6 The cercariae of schistosomiasis can be detected
particulates and organic matter. by similar microscopic examination, but there is, in
5
IS 10500 : 2012
any case, no evidence to suggest that this disease is 4.3.9 Giardia shall be absent in 10 liter of water when
normally spread through piped water supplies. tested in accordance with USEPA method 1623* or
4.3.7 The cyclops vector of the embryos of ISO 15553 : 2006.
Dracunculus medinensis which causes dracontiasis or 4.3.10 The drinking water shall be free from
Guinea-worm disease can be found in open wells in a microscopic organisms such as algae, zooplanktons,
number of tropical areas. They are identifiable by flagellates, parasites and toxin producing organisms.
microscopic examination. Such well supplies are An illustrative (and not exhaustive) list is given in
frequently used untreated, but the parasite can be Annex C for guidance.
relatively easily excluded by simple physical
NOTE — In case of dispute, the method indicated by ‘*’ in
improvements in the form of curbs, drainage, and apron
4.3.8 and 4.3.9 shall be referee method.
surrounds and other measures which prevent physical
contact with the water source. 5 SAMPLING
4.3.8 Cryptosporidium shall be absent in 10 liter of
Representative samples of water shall be drawn as
water when tested in accordance with USEPA method
prescribed in IS 1622 and IS 3025 (Part 1).
1622 or USEPA method 1623* or ISO 15553 : 2006.
ANNEX A
(Clause 2)
LIST OF REFERRED INDIAN STANDARDS
IS No. Title IS No. Title
1622 : 1981 Methods of sampling and (Part 41) : 1992Cadmium (first revision)
microbiological examination of (Part 42) : 1992Copper (first revision)
water (first revision) (Part 43) : 1992Phenols (first revision)
3025 Methods of sampling and test (Part 46) : 1994Magnesium
(physical and chemical) for water and (Part 47) : 1994Lead
waste water: (Part 48) : 1994Mercury
(Part 1) : 1987 Sampling (first revision) (Part 49) : 1994Zinc
(Part 2) : 2002 Determination of 33 elements by (Part 52) : 2003Chromium
inductively coupled plasma atomic
(Part 53) : 2003Iron
emission spectroscopy
(Part 54) : 2003Nickel
(Part 4) : 1983 Colour (first revision)
(Part 55) : 2003Aluminium
(Part 5) : 1983 Odour (first revision)
(Part 7) : 1984 Taste threshold (first revision) (Part 56) : 2003Selenium
(Part 8) : 1984 Tasting rate (first revision) (Part 57) : 2005Boron
(Part 10) : 1984 Turbidity (first revision) (Part 59) : 2006Manganese
(Part 11) : 1983 pH value (first revision) (Part 60) : 2008Fluoride
(Part 16) : 1984 Filterable residue (total dissolved 13428 : 2003 Packaged natural mineral water —
solids) (first revision) Specification (first revision)
(Part 21) : 1983 Total hardness (first revision) 14194 Radionuclides in environmental
(Part 23) : 1983 Alkalinity (first revision) samples — Method of estimation:
(Part 24) : 1986 Sulphates (first revision) (Part 1) : 1994 Gross beta activity measurement
(Part 26) : 1986 Chlorine residual (first revision) (Part 2) : 1994 Gross alpha activity measurement
(Part 27) : 1986 Cyanide (first revision) 15302 : 2002 Determination of aluminium and
(Part 29) : 1986 Sulphide (first revision) barium in water by direct nitrous
(Part 32) : 1988 Chloride (first revision) oxide-acetylene flame atomic
(Part 34) : 1988 Nitrogen (first revision) absorption spectrometry
(Part 37) : 1988 Arsenic (first revision) 15303 : 2002 Determination of antimony, iron and
(Part 39) : 1989 Oil and grease selenium in water by electrothermal
(Part 40) : 1991 Calcium atomic absorption spectrometry
6
IS 10500 : 2012
ANNEX B
(Clause 4.2.7)
POLYMERASE CHAIN REACTION (PCR) METHOD
B-1 GENERAL 0.1 M citric acid with 10.3 ml of 0.2 M Na2HPO4 .2H2O
under sterile conditions.
The method involves the concentration of viruses from
100 litre of drinking water to 1 ml by membrane filter B-2.3 Procedure
technique. The concentrate is subjected to amplification
using polymerase chain reaction (PCR) and primers Filter 100 litre of drinking water sample through
based on highly conserved regions of viral genomes. membrane filter assembly using either positively
This method can detect as low as 10 genome copies. charged membrane of 144 mm diameter or 0.22 micron
Stringent precautions are needed to avoid diameter pore size nitrocellulose membrane. For
contamination with amplified DNA products leading positively charged membrane the test water pH need
to false positive reactions. Detection of hepatitis A virus not be adjusted. But for the 0.22 micron nitrocellulose
(HAV) RNA and enterovirus (EV) RNA is considered membrane adjust the pH to 3.5 after adding the
as an indication of presence of viruses in water. Steps aluminium chloride as a coagulant to a final
involved include concentration of water, RNA concentration of 0.000 5 M.
extraction, complementary DNA (cDNA) synthesis and At lower pH pass the water through the membrane.
PCR. The flow rate shall be 40 litre/h approximately. After
the completion of the filtration, elute the adsorbed
B-2 CONCENTRATION OF DRINKING WATER
particles using 100 ml of urea-arginine phosphate
B-2.1 Apparatus buffer (U-APB). Precipitate the suspended particles
using 1 ml of magnesium chloride (1 M). Dissolve the
B-2.1.1 Pressure Pump resultant precipitate centrifuged out of the sample in
B-2.1.2 Membrane Filter Assembly with 144 mm 800-1.0 ml of McII vaines buffer. The processed sample
Diameter with Tripod Stand can be stored at refrigerator until required.
B-2.1.3 Pressure Vessel (50 litre capacity) with B-3 RNA EXTRACTION
Pressure Gauge
B-3.1 Apparatus
B-2.1.4 Inter-connecting Pressure Tubes
B-3.1.1 Cooling Centrifuge
B-2.2 Reagents
B-3.1.2 Deep Freezer (–20°C)
Autoclaved double distilled water shall be used for the
B-3.1.3 Vortex Mixer
preparation of reagents/buffers in this study.
B-3.1.4 Pipette Man
B-2.2.1 Aluminium Chloride
B-2.2.2 HCl/NaOH Urea (Extra Pure) B-3.2 Reagents
B-2.2.3 Disodium Hydrogen Phosphate (Na2HPO4. B-3.2.1 Cetyl Trimethyl Ammonium Bromide (CTAB)
2H2O) — 0.2 M, filter sterilized. Buffer
B-2.2.4 Sodium Dihydrogen Phosphate (NaH2PO4. CTAB : 1 percent

2H2O) — 0.2 M, filter sterilized. Sodium Dodecyl Sulphate (SDS) : 1 percent
EDTA : 20 mM
B-2.2.5 Citric Acid — 0.1 M, filter sterilized.
Sodium Chloride : 1M
B-2.2.6 L-Arginine — 0.5 M, filter sterilized.
B-3.2.2 Phenol, Chloroform and Isoamylalcohol in the
B-2.2.7 Urea-Arginine Phosphate Buffer (U-APB) — ratio of 25:24:1 (PCI)
Mix 4.5 g of urea with 2 ml of 0.2 M NaH2PO4 and
2 ml of 0.5 M L - Arginine and make up the volume to B-3.2.3 Ethanol
50 ml with sterile distilled water. The pH of the eluent B-3.2.4 TE Buffer (pH 8.0)
shall be 9.0.
Tris base : 1M
B-2.2.8 Magnesium Chloride (MgCl2) — 1 M. EDTA : 0.5 M
B-2.2.9 McII Vaines Buffer (pH 5.0) — Mix 9.7 ml of B-3.2.5 Sodium Acetate — 3 M.
7
IS 10500 : 2012
B-3.3 Procedure antisense primer, 5’ — GGAAA TGTCT

CAGGT ACTTT CTTTG-3’
Treat 300 µl of concentrated water sample with equal
volume of CTAB and 1/10th volume of PCI. Vortex B-5.2.2 PCR Master Mix
and centrifuge at 5 000 × g for 30 min at 4°C. Add 1/
B-5.2.3 Mineral Oil
10th volume of 3 M sodium acetate and double the
volume of cold ethanol to the aqueous layer. Keep the B-5.3 Procedure
mixture at either at –20°C for overnight or in liquid
nitrogen for 2-5 min. Centrifuge at 10 000 × g, for B-5.3.1 PCR Amplification for Hepatitis A Virus (HAV)
30 min at 4°C. Discard the supernatant and air dry the In 5 µl of cDNA, add 95 µl of a PCR Master Mix (10
pellet and dissolve it in 20 µl TE buffer. mM TRIS–HCl (pH 8.3), 50 mM KCl, 2.5 mM MgCl2,
0.01 percent gelatin (1× PCR buffer), 200 µM of each
B-4 COMPLEMENTARY DNA (c DNA) SYNTHESIS
dNTP, 1.5 U of Thermus aquaticus polymerase). Add
B-4.1 Apparatus 25 pico moles of sense and antisense oligonucleotide
primers of HAV and overlay with mineral oil.
B-4.1.1 PCR Machine Appropriate positive and negative controls shall be
B-4.1.2 Deep Freezer (–20°C) included with each run. Set the following reaction at
thermo cycler:
B-4.2 Reagents
Denaturation at 94°C for 2 min
B-4.2.1 cDNA Synthesis Kit
Denaturation for 1.0 min at 94°C
B-4.3 Procedure Annealing for 1.0 min at 57°C 35 cycles
Extension for 1.3 min at 72°C
Suspend the extracted RNA in 20 µl of cDNA reaction
mixture, which consists of 4 µ l of 5X reverse Final extension at 72°C for 7 min.
transcriptase reaction buffer [250 mM TRIS–HCl
B-5.3.2 PCR Amplification for Enterovirus (EV)
(pH 8.5), 40 mM KCl, 150 mM MgCl 2 , 5 mM
dithiothreitol (DTT)], 0.5 µl of 10 mM deoxynucleotide In 5 µl of cDNA, add 95 µl of a PCR Master Mix (10
phosphate (dNTP), 2 µl of hexa nucleotide mixture, mM TRIS–HCl (pH 8.3), 50 mM KCl, 2.5 mM MgCl2,
1 µl of 25 U of Maloney Murine Leukaemia Virus (M- 0.01 percent gelatin (1X PCR buffer), 200 µM of each
MuLV) reverse transcriptase, 0.5 µl of 20 U of human dNTP, 1.5 U of Thermus aquaticus polymerase). Add
placental RNase inhibitor. Heat the reaction mixture to 25 pico moles of sense and antisense oligonucleotide
95°C for 5 min and rapidly chill on ice, this is followed primers of EV and overlay with mineral oil.
by the addition of 1 µl (25 U/µl) of M-MuLV reverse Appropriate positive and negative controls shall be
transcriptase. Incubate the reaction mixture as given included with each run. Set the following reaction at
by the manufacturer of the kit and quickly chill the thermo cycler:
reaction tube on ice.
Denaturation at 94°C for 2 min
B-5 PCR AMPLIFICATION Denaturation for 1.0 min at 94°C
Annealing for 1.0 min at 42°C 35 cycles
B-5.1 Apparatus
Extension for 2.0 min at 72°C
B-5.1.1 PCR Machine
Final extension at 72°C for 7 min.
B-5.1.2 Deep Freezer (–20°C)
B-6 AGAROSE GEL ELECTROPHORESIS
B-5.1.3 Micropippette
B-6.1 Apparatus
B-5.2 Reagents
B-6.1.1 Micropippette
B-5.2.1 Primers for EV and HAV B-6.1.2 Electrophoresis Apparatus
EV sense primer, 5’ — TCC TCC GGC CCC B-6.1.3 Gel Documentation System
TGA ATG CG — 3’
antisense primer, 5’ — ATT GTC ACC B-6.2 Reagents
ATA AGC AGC CA — 3’
B-6.2.1 Running Buffer — 50X TAE buffer
HAV sense primer, 5’ — GTTTT GCTCC
TCTTT ATCAT GCTAT G-3’ Tris base/Tris buffer : 121.00 g
8
IS 10500 : 2012
Glacial acetic acid : 28.55 ml B-6.3 Procedure

0.5 M EDTA : 50 .00 ml Run the PCR amplified product of EV and HAV on
Distilled water : 300.45 ml 1.5 percent agarose gel using 1X TAE buffer. Load
(autoclaved) 10 µl of amplified product after mixing it with 1 µl
Make the final volume upto 1 000 ml with deionised 10X loading dye. Run the molecular weight marker
distilled water, sterilize and store at 4°C. The final along with the samples. Run the electrophoresis at
concentration for the preparation of agarose gel and to 100 V for 30 min. Stain the gel with ethidium bromide
run the gel shall be 1X. (0.5 µl/ml) for 20 min. Wash it with distilled water
and view under UV transilluminator and photograph
B-6.2.2 Tracking Dye — 6X bromophenol blue. the gel to analyse the band pattern. EV gives the band
B-6.2.3 Ethidium Bromide — 0.5 µg/ml. as 155 base pair and the HAV gives band as 225 base
pair.
ANNEX C
(Clause 4.3.10)
ILLUSTRATIVE LIST OF MICROSCOPIC ORGANISMS PRESENT IN WATER
Sl Classification of Group and Name of the Organism Habitat Effect of the
No. Microscopic Organisms and
Organism Significance
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
i) Algae a) Chlorophyceae:
1) Species of Coelastrum, Gomphospherium, Polluted water, Impart
Micractinium, Mougeotia, Oocystis, impounded colouration
Euastrum, Scenedesmus, Actinastrum, sources
Gonium, Eudorina Pandorina, Pediastrum,
Zygnema, Chlamydomonas, Careteria,
Chlorella, Chroococcus, Spirogyra,
Tetraedron, Chlorogonium, Stigeoclonium
2) Species of Pandorina, Volvox, Polluted waters Produce taste and
Gomphospherium, Staurastrum, odour
Hydrodictyon, Nitella
3) Species of Rhizoclonium, Cladothrix, Clean water Indicate clean
Ankistrodesmus, Ulothrix, Micrasterias, condition
Chromulina
4) Species of Chlorella, Tribonema, Polluted waters, Clog filters and
Clostrium, Spirogyra, Palmella impounded create impounded
sources difficulties
b) Cyanophyceae:
1) Species of Anacystis and Cylindrospermum Polluted waters Cause water
bloom and impart
colour
2) Species of Anabena, Phormidium, Polluted waters Impart colour
Lyngbya, Arthrospira, Oscillatona
3) Species of Anabena, Anacystis, Polluted waters, Produce taste and
Aphanizomenon impounded odour
sources
4) Species of Anacystis, Anabena, Polluted waters Toxin producing
Coelospherium, Cleotrichina,
Aphanizomenon
5) Species of Anacystis, Rivularia, Polluted waters Clog filters
Oscillatoria, Anabena
9
IS 10500 : 2012
Sl Classification of Group and Name of the Organism Habitat Effect of the

No. Microscopic Organisms and
Organism Significance
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
6) Species of Rivularia Calcareous Bores rocks and
waters and also calcareous strata
rocks and causes
matted growth
7) Species of Agmenellum, Microcoleus, Clean waters Indicators of
Lemanea purification
c) Diatoms (Bacillareophyceae):
1) Species of Fragillaria, Stephanodiscus, — Cause
Stauroneis discoloration
2) Species of Asterionella, Tabellaria Hill streams Taste and odour
high altitude, producing clog
torrential and filters
temperate waters
3) Species of Synedra and Fragillavia Polluted waters Taste and odour
producing
4) Species of Nitzchia, Gomphonema Moderately Cause
polluted waters discoloration
5) Species of Cymbela, Synedra, Melosira, Rivers and Clog filters and
Navicula, Cyclotella, Fragillaria, Diatoma, streams cause operational
Pleurogsigma impounded difficulties
sources
6) Species of Pinmularia, Surinella, Clean waters Indicators of
Cyclotella, Meridion, Cocconeis purification
d) Xanthophyceae:
Species of Botryococcus Hill streams, Produces
high altitude and coloration
temperate waters
ii) Zooplankton a) Protozoa:
1) Amoeba, Giardia Lamblia Arcella, Polluted waters Pollution
Difflugia, Actinophrys indicators
2) Endamoeba, Histolytica Sewage and Parasitic and
activated sludge pathogenic
b) Ciliates:
Paramoecium, Vorticella, Carchesium, Highly polluted Bacteria eaters
Stentor, Colpidium, Coleps, Euplotes, waters, sewage
Colopoda, Bodo and activated
sludge
c) Crustacea:
1) Bosmina, Daphnia Stagnant pollu- Indicators of
ted waters pollution
2) Cyclops Step wells in Carrier host of
tropical climate guinea worm
iii) Rotifers a) Rotifers:
Anurea, Rotaria, Philodina Polluted and Feed on algae
Algae laden
waters
b) Flagellates:
1) Ceratium, Glenodinium, Peridinium Rocky strata, iron Impart colour
Dinobryon bearing and and fishy taste
acidic waters
2) Euglena, Phacus Polluted waters Impart colour
10
IS 10500 : 2012
Sl Classification of Group and Name of the Organism Habitat Effect of the Organisms
No. Microscopic and Significance
Organism
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
iv) Miscellaneous a) Sponges, Hydra Fresh water Clog filters and affect
Organisms purification systems
b) Tubifex, Eristalls, Chironomids Highly polluted waters, Clog filters and render
sewage and activated water unaesthetic
sludge and bottom
deposits
c) Plumatella Polluted waters Produces biological
slimes and causes filter
operational difficulties
c) Dreissena, Asellus Polluted waters Harbour pathogenic
organisms
11
Bureau of Indian Standards
BIS is a statutory institution established under the Bureau of Indian Standards Act, 1986 to promote
harmonious development of the activities of standardization, marking and quality certification of goods
and attending to connected matters in the country.
Copyright
BIS has the copyright of all its publications. No part of these publications may be reproduced in any form
without the prior permission in writing of BIS. This does not preclude the free use, in the course of
implementing the standard, of necessary details, such as symbols and sizes, type or grade designations.
Enquiries relating to copyright be addressed to the Director (Publications), BIS.
Review of Indian Standards
Amendments are issued to standards as the need arises on the basis of comments. Standards are also reviewed
periodically; a standard along with amendments is reaffirmed when such review indicates that no changes are
needed; if the review indicates that changes are needed, it is taken up for revision. Users of Indian Standards
should ascertain that they are in possession of the latest amendments or edition by referring to the latest issue of
‘BIS Catalogue’ and ‘Standards : Monthly Additions’.
This Indian Standard has been developed from Doc No.: FAD 25 (2047).
Amendments Issued Since Publication
Amend No. Date of Issue Text Affected
BUREAU OF INDIAN STANDARDS

Headquarters:
Manak Bhavan, 9 Bahadur Shah Zafar Marg, New Delhi 110002
Telephones : 2323 0131, 2323 3375, 2323 9402 Website: www.bis.org.in
Regional Offices: Telephones

Central : Manak Bhavan, 9 Bahadur Shah Zafar Marg
NEW DELHI 110002 { 2323 7617
2323 3841
Eastern : 1/14 C.I.T. Scheme VII M, V. I. P. Road, Kankurgachi
KOLKATA 700054 { 2337 8499, 2337 8561
2337 8626, 2337 9120
Northern : SCO 335-336, Sector 34-A, CHANDIGARH 160022
{ 60 3843
60 9285
Southern : C.I.T. Campus, IV Cross Road, CHENNAI 600113
{ 2254 1216, 2254 1442
2254 2519, 2254 2315
Western : Manakalaya, E9 MIDC, Marol, Andheri (East)
MUMBAI 400093 { 2832 9295, 2832 7858
2832 7891, 2832 7892
Branches: AHMEDABAD. BANGALORE. BHOPAL. BHUBANESHWAR. COIMBATORE. DEHRADUN.
FARIDABAD. GHAZIABAD. GUWAHATI. HYDERABAD. JAIPUR. KANPUR. LUCKNOW.
NAGPUR. PARWANOO. PATNA. PUNE. RAJKOT. THIRUVANANTHAPURAM.
VISAKHAPATNAM.
Published by BIS, New Delhi
Appendix R
Designated Best Use
Classification of Inland
Surface Water of National
Rivers Conservation
Directorate, MoEF&CC for
Surface Water
Tolerance and Classification
As per ISI-IS: 2296-1982, the tolerance limits of parameters are specified as per
classified use of water (Table 1,2,3,4,5 below) depending on various uses of water.
The following classifications have been adopted in India.
Class of Water
Classification Type of use
Class A Drinking water source without conventional treatment but

after disinfection
Class B Outdoor bathing
Class C Drinking water source with conventional treatment followed

by disinfection.
Class D Fish culture and wild life propagation
Class E Irrigation, industrial cooling or controlled waste disposal
1
TOLERANCE LIMITS
TABLE-1: TOLERANCE LIMITS FOR INLAND SURFACE WATERS, CLASS – A
S. No. Characteristic Tolerance

(1) (2) (3)
(i) pH 6.5 to 8.5
(ii) Dissolved Oxygen, mg/l, 6.0
(iii) Bio-chemical Oxygen Demand 2.0
(iv) Total Coliform Organisms, MPN/100 ml, Max 50
(v) Colour, Hazen units, Max 10
(vi) Odour unobjectionable
(vii) Taste Agreeable taste
(viii) Total Dissolved Solids, mg/l, Max 500
(ix) Total Hardness (as CaCO3), mg/l ,Max 300
(x) Calcium Hardness (as CaCO3), mg/l, Max 200
(xi) Magnesium (as CaCO3), mg/1,Max 100
(xii) Copper (as Cu), mg/l, Max 1.5
(xiii) Iron (as Fe), mg/l,Max 0.3
(xiv) Manganese (as Mn), mg/1,Max 0.5
(xv) Chlorides (as Cl), mg/l,Max 250
(xvi) Sulphate (as SO4), mg/l ,Max 400
(xvii) Nitrates (as NO2), mg/1,Max 20
(xviii) Fluorides (as F,) mg/l,Max 1.5
(xix) Phenolic compounds(as C6H5OH), mg/l,Max 0.002
(xx) Mercury (as Hg), mg/l ,Max 0.001
(xxi) Cadmium (as Cd), mg/1,Max 0.01
(xxii) Selenium (as Se), mg/l ,Max 0.01
(xxiii) Arsenic (as As), mg/1,Max 0.05
(xxiv) Cyanides (as CN), mg/l, Max 0.05
(xxv) Lead (as Pb), mg/l, Max 0.1
(xxvi) Zinc (as Zn), mg/l, Max 15
(xxvii) Chromium (asCr6+ ), mg/l,Max 0.05
(xxviii) Anionic detergents, (as MBAS), mg/l ,Max . 0.2
(xxix) Poly-nuclear aromatic hydrocarbons (PAH), 0.2
(xxx) Mineral oil, mg/l ,Max 0.01
(xxxi) Barium (as Ba), mg/l ,Max 1.0
(xxxii) Silver (as Ag), mg/l Max 0.05
(xxxiii) Pesticides Absent
(xxxiv) Alpha emitters, µc/ml, Max 10-9
(xxxv) Beta emitters, µc/ml, Max 10-8
2
TABLE- 2: TOLERANCE LIMITS FOR INLAND SURFACE WATERS, CLASS – B
S. Characteristic Tolerance Limit

No
(1) (2) (3)
(i) pH Value 6.5 to 8.5
(ii) Dissolved Oxygen, mg/1,Max 5.0
(iii) Biochemical Oxygen Demand (5 days at 20 °C), 3.0
(iv) Max
Total Coliform Organisms, MPN/100 ml, Max 500
(v) Fluorides (as F)<mg/l, Max 1.5
(vi) Colour, Hazen units, Max 300
(vii) Cyanides (as CN), mg/l, Max 0.05
(viii) Arsenic (as As), mg/l, Max 0.2
(ix) Phenolic Compounds (as C6H5OH) mg/l, Max 0.005
(x) Chromium (as Cr6+), mg/l, Max 1.0
(xi) Anionic detergents (as MBAS), mg/l, Max 1.0
(xii) Alpha emitters, µc/ml, Max 10-8
3
TABLE - 3: TOLERANCE LIMITS FOR INLAND SURFACE WATERS, CLASS – C
S.No. Characteristic Tolerance Limit

(1) (2) (3)
(i) pH Value 6.5 to 8.5
(ii) Dissolved Oxygen, mg/l Minimum 4.0
(iii) Biochemical Oxygen Demand 3.0
(iv) Total coliform organisms, MPN/100 ml, Max 5000
(v) Colour, Hazen units, Max 300
(vi) Fluorides (as F), mg/l ,Max 1.5
(vii) Cadmium (as Cd), mg/l, Max 0.01
(viii) Chlorides (as Cl), mg/l, Max 600
(ix) Chromium (as Cr6+), mg/l, Max 0.05
(x) Cyanides (as CN), mg/l, Max 0.05
(xi) Total Dissolved Solids, mg/l, Max 1500
(xii) Selenium (as Se), mg/l, Max 0.05
(xiii) Sulphates (as SO4), mg/l, Max 400
(xiv) Lead (as Pb), mg/l, Max 0.1
(xv) Copper (as Cu),mg/l,Max 1.5
(xvi) Arsenic (as As), mg/l, Max 0.2
(xvii) Iron (as Fe), mg/l, Max 50
(xviii) Phenolic compounds (as C6H5OH), mg/l, 0.005
(xix) Max
Zinc (as Zn), mg/l, Max 15
(xx) Insecticides, mg/l, Max Absent
(xxi) Anionic detergents (as MBAS), mg/l, Max 1.0
(xxii) Oils and grease, mg/l, Max 0.1
(xxiii) Nitrates (as NO3), mg/1,Max 50
(xxiv) Alpha emititers, µc/mg, Max 10-9
(xxv) Beta emitters, µc/ml, Max 10-8
4
TABLE- 4: TEOLERANCE LIMITS FOR INLAND SURFACE WATERS, CALSS – D

(1) (2) (3)
(i) pH value 6.5 to 8.5
(ii) Dissolved Oxygen, mg/l, Min. 4.0
(iii) Free Ammonia (as N), mg/l, Max. 1.2
(iv) Electrical Conductance at 25 °C, µS, Max 1000
(v) Free Carbon Dioxide (as C02),mg/1, Max 6.0
(vi) Oils and Grease, mg/l, Max 0.1
(vii) Alpha emitters, µc/ml, Max 10-9
(viii) Beta emitters, µc/ml, Max 10-8
5
TABLE- 5: TOLERANCE LIMITS FOR INLAND SURFACE WATERS, CLASS – E

(1) (2) (3)
(i) pH value 6.0 to 8.5
(ii) Electrical Conductance at 25°C, µS, Max 2250
(iii) Sodium Adsorption Ratio, Max 26
(iv) Boron (as B), mg/l, Max 2.0
(v) Total Dissolved Solids, (inorganic), mg/l, Max 2100
(vi) Sulphates (as SO4), mg/l, Max 1000
(vii) Chlorides (as Cl), Mg/l, Max 600
(viii) Sodium Percentage, Max 60
(ix) Alpha emitters, µc/ml, Max 10-9
(x) Beta emitters, µc/ml, Max 10-8
6
Appendix S
Soil standards by Indian
Council of Agricultural
Research
STANDARD SOIL CLASSIFCATION
S.No Soil Tests Classification

1. pH <4.50 extremely acidic
4.51 -5.00 very strongly acidic
5.01 – 5.50 Strongly acidic
5.51 – 6.00 moderately acidic
6.01 – 6.50 Slightly acidic
6.51 – 7.30 neutral
7.31 – 7.80 Slightly alkaline
7.81 – 8.50 moderately alkaline
8.51 – 9.00 Strongly alkaline
9.01 Very strongly alkaline
2. Salinity Electrical Conductivity Upto 100 average
(mmhos/cm) 101 – 200 harmful to germination
(1 mmho/cm = 640 ppm) 201 – 300 harmful to crops (Sensitive to salts)
3. Organic Carbon Upto 0.2 : Very less
0.21 – 0.4 : less
0.41 – 0.5 : medium
0.51 – 0.8 : On an average sufficient
0.81 – 1.0 : Sufficient
> 1.0 : More than sufficient
4. Nitrogen (kg/ha) Upto 59 very less
51 – 100 less
101 – 150 good
151 – 300 better
Above 300 sufficient
5. Phosphorus (kg/ha) Upto 15 very less
16 – 30 less
31 – 50 medium
51 – 65 on an average sufficient
66 – 80 Sufficient
Above 80 more than sufficient
6. Potassium (kg/ha) 0 – 120 very less
120 – 180 less
181 – 240 medium
241 – 300 average
301 – 360 better
Above 360 more than sufficient
Source: Indian Council of Agricultural Research, New Delhi
Appendix T
Standards for Incineration as
stipulated in the SWM Rule,
2016
¹Hkkx IIµ[k.M 3(ii)º Hkkjr dk jkti=k % vlk/kj.k 71
12 Total Chromium (as Cr), mg/l, max. 2.0 2.0 -
13 Copper (as Cu), mg/l, max. 3.0 3.0 -
14 Zinc (as Zn), mg/l, max. 5.0 15 -
15 Nickel (as Ni), mg/l, max 3.0 3.0 -
16 Cyanide (as CN), mg/l, max. 0.2 2.0 0.2
17 Chloride (as Cl), mg/l, max. 1000 1000 600
18 Fluoride (as F), mg/l, max 2.0 1.5 -
19 Phenolic compounds (as C6H5OH) mg/l, max. 1.0 5.0 -
Note : While discharging treated leachates into inland surface waters, quantity of leachates being discharged and the
quantity of dilution water available in the receiving water body shall be given due consideration.
C. Standards for incineration: The Emission from incinerators /thermal technologies in Solid Waste
treatment/disposal facility shall meet the following standards, namely:-
Parameter Emission standard
(1) (2) (3)
Particulates 50 mg/Nm3 Standard refers to half hourly average value
HCl 50 mg/Nm3 Standard refers to half hourly average value
SO2 200 mg/Nm3 Standard refers to half hourly average value
CO 100 mg/Nm3 Standard refers to half hourly average value
50 mg/Nm3 Standard refers to daily average value
Total Organic Carbon 20 mg/Nm3 Standard refers to half hourly average value
HF 4 mg/Nm3 Standard refers to half hourly average value
NOx (NO and NO2 expressed 400 mg/Nm3 Standard refers to half hourly average value
as NO2 )
Total dioxins and furans 0.1 ng TEQ/Nm3 Standard refers to 6-8 hours sampling. Please refer
guidelines for 17 concerned congeners for toxic
equivalence values to arrive at total toxic
equivalence.
Cd + Th + their compounds 0.05 mg/Nm3 Standard refers to sampling time anywhere

between 30 minutes and 8 hours.
Hg and its compounds 0.05 mg/Nm3 Standard refers to sampling time anywhere
72 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY [PART II—SEC. 3(ii)]
Sb + As + Pb + Cr + Co + Cu 0.5 mg/Nm3 Standard refers to sampling time anywhere

+ Mn + Ni + V + their between 30 minutes and 8 hours.
compounds
Note.- All values corrected to 11% oxygen on a dry basis.
Note:
(a) Suitably designed pollution control devices shall be installed or retrofitted with the incinerator to
achieve the above emission limits..
(b) Waste to be incinerated shall not be chemically treated with any chlorinated disinfectants.
(c) Incineration of chlorinated plastics shall be phased out within two years.
(d) if the concentation of toxic metals in incineration ash exceeds the limits specified in the Hazardous Waste
(Management, Handling and Trans boundary Movement) Rules, 2008, as amended from time to time, the ash
shall be sent to the hazardous waste treatment, storage and disposal fcaility.
(e) Only low sulphur fuel like LDO, LSHS, Diesel, bio-mass, coal, LNG, CNG, RDF and bio-gas shall
be used as fuel in the incinerator.
(f) The CO2 concentration in tail gas shall not be more than 7%.
(g) All the facilities in twin chamber incinerators shall be designed to achieve a minimum temperature of
9500C in secondary combustion chamber and with a gas residence time in secondary combustion chamber not
less than 2 (two) seconds.
(h) Incineration plants shall be operated (combustion chambers) with such temperature, retention time
and turbulence, as to achieve total Organic Carbon (TOC) content in the slag and bottom ash less than 3%, or
the loss on ignition is less than 5% of the dry weight.
(i) Odour from sites shall be managed as per guidelines of CPCB issued from time to time
FORM – I
[see rule 15 (y) 16 (1) (c), 21(3) ]
Application for obtaining authorisation under solid waste management rules
for processing/recycling/treatment and disposal of solid waste
To,
The Member Secretary,
State Pollution Control Board or Pollution Control Committee,
of….....
Sir,
I/We hereby apply for authorisation under the Solid Waste Management Rules, 2016 for processing,
recycling, treatment and disposal of solid waste.
1. Name of the local body/agency appointed by them/ operator of facility
2. Correspondence address
Telephone No.
Fax No. ,e-mail:
Appendix U(I)
Emission Limits for New Diesel
Engines (up to 800 KW) for
Generator Sets
EMISSION STANDARDS FOR DIESEL ENGINES (ENGINE RATING MORE THAN 0.8
MW (800 KW) FOR POWER PLANT, GENERATOR SET APPLICATIONS
AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS
(Emission Standards for Diesel Engines (Engine Rating more than 0.8 MW (800 KW)
were notified by the Environment (Protection) Third Amendment Rules 2002,
vide G.S.R. 489 (E), dated 9thJuly, 2002 at serial no. 96, under the Environment
(Protection) Act, 1986.)
EMISSION STANDARDS FOR DIESEL ENGINES (ENGINE RATING MORE THAN 0.8
MW (800 KW) ) FOR POWER PLANT, GENERATOR SET APPLICATIONS AND OTHER
REQUIREMENTS
TABLE
Parameter Area Total engine Generator sets commissioning

Categor rating of the plant date
y (includes existing Before Between On or
as well as new 1.7.2003 1.7.2003 after
generator sets) and 1. 7.
1.7.2005 2005
NOx (as NO2) A Upto 75 MW 1100 970 710
(AT 15% O2 ) , dry basis, B Upto 150 MW
in ppmv A More then 75 MW 1100 710 360
B More then 150 MW
NMHC (as C)(at 15% Both 150 100
O2), mg/Nm3 A and B
PM (at Diesel Fuels- Both 75 75
15% HSD & LDO A and B
O2), Furnace Oils- Both 150 100
mg/Nm LSHS & FO A and B
3
CO (at 15% O2), Both 150 150

mg/Nm3 A and B
Sulphur Content in fuel A < 2%
B < 4%
Fuel specification For A only Up to 5MW Only Diesel fuels (HSD, LDO) shall
be used.
Stack height (for Stack height shall be maximum of the following, in meter:
generator sets (i) 14 Q0.3, Q= Total SO2 emission from the plant in kg/hr.
commissioned after (ii) Minimum 6 m. above the building where generator set
1.7.2003) is installed.
(iii) 30 m.
Note:
1. Acronyms used :
MW : Mega(10 6) Watt FO : Furnace Oil

NOx : Oxides of Nitrogen HSD : High Speed Diesel
NO2 : Nitrogen Dioxide LDO : Light Diesel Oil
O2 : Oxygen LSHS : Low Sulphur Heavy Stock
NMHC : Non-Methane Hydrocarbon kPa : Kilo Pascal
C : Carbon mm : Milli (10 -3) metre
PM : Particulate Matter kg/ hr : Kilo (10 3) gram per hour
CO : Carbon Monoxide mg/Nm3: milli (10 -3) gram per
SO2 : Sulphur Dioxide Normal meter cubic
ppmv : parts per million ( 10 6) by volume
2. Area categories A and B are defined as follows:
Category A: Areas within the municipal limits of towns/cities having

population more than 10 lakhs and also upto 5 km beyond the
municipal limits of such towns/cities.
Category B: Areas not covered by category A.
3. The standards shall be regulated by the State Pollution Control Boards or

Pollution Control Committees, as the case may be.
4. Individual units with engine ratings less than or equal to 800 KW are not
covered by this notification.
5. Only following liquid fuels viz. High Speed Diesel, Light Diesel Oil, Low Sulphur
Heavy Stock and Furnace Oil or liquid fuels with equivalent specifications
shall be used in these power plants and generator sets.
6. For expansion project, stack height of new generator sets shall be as per total
Sulphur Dioxide emission (including existing as well as additional load).
7. For multi engine plants, flues shall be grouped in cluster to get better plume
rise and dispersion. Provision for any future expansion should be made in
planning stage itself.
8. Particulate matter, Non- Methane Hydrocarbon and Carbon Monoxide

results are to be normalized to 25° C, 1.01 kilo Pascal (760 mm of mercury)
pressure and zero percent moisture (dry basis).
9. Measurement shall be performed at steady load conditions of more than

85% of the rated load.
10. Continuous monitoring of Oxides of Nitrogen shall be done by the plants
whose total engine capacity is more than 50 Mega Watt. However, minimum
once in six month monitoring for other parameters shall be adopted by the
plants.
11. Following methods may be adopted for the measurement of emission

parameters:-
Emission Measurement Methods

Sl.
Param
No.
eters
1. Particulates Gravimetric
2. SO2 Barium Perchlorate - Thorin indicator method
3. NOx Chemiluminescence, Non Dispersive infra
Red, Non Dispersive Ultra-violet (for
continuous measurement), Phenol
disulphonic method
4. CO Non Dispersive Infra Red
5. O2 Paramagnetic, Electrochemical sensor
6. NMHC Gas Chromatograph – Flame Ionisation
Detector
Appendix V
Standard for Land Disposal
as stipulated in the SWM Rule,
2016
70 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY [PART II—SEC. 3(ii)]
Total Nitrogen (as N), per cent by 0.8 0.4

weight, minimum
Total Phosphate (as P205) percent by 0.4 10.4

weight, minimum
Total Potassium (as K20), percent by 0.4 -

weight, minimum
Colour Dark brown to black -
Odour Absence of foul Odor -
Particle size Minimum 90% material should pass Minimum 90% material should pass
through 4.0 mm IS sieve through 4.0 mm IS sieve
Conductivity (as dsm-1), not more 4.0 8.2

than
* Compost (final product) exceeding the above stated concentration limits shall not be used for food crops. However, it
may be utilized for purposes other than growing food crops.
B. Standards for treated leachates.-The disposal of treated leachates shall meet the following standards, namely:-
Standards
( Mode of Disposal )
S. No Parameter
Inland surface
Public sewers Land disposal
water
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
1. Suspended solids, mg/l, max 100 600 200
2. Dissolved solids (inorganic) mg/l, max. 2100 2100 2100
3 pH value 5.5 to 9.0 5.5 to 9.0 5.5 to 9.0
4 Ammonical nitrogen (as N), mg/l, max. 50 50 -
5 Total Kjeldahl nitrogen (as N), mg/l, max. 100 - -
6 Biochemical oxygen demand (3 days at 270 C)

30 350 100
max.(mg/l)
7 Chemical oxygen demand, mg/l, max. 250 - -
8 Arsenic (as As), mg/l, max 0.2 0.2 0.2
9 Mercury (as Hg), mg/l, max 0.01 0.01 -
10 Lead (as Pb), mg/l, max 0.1 1.0 -
11 Cadmium (as Cd), mg/l, max 2.0 1.0 -

¹Hkkx IIµ[k.M 3(ii)º Hkkjr dk jkti=k % vlk/kj.k 71
12 Total Chromium (as Cr), mg/l, max. 2.0 2.0 -
13 Copper (as Cu), mg/l, max. 3.0 3.0 -
14 Zinc (as Zn), mg/l, max. 5.0 15 -
15 Nickel (as Ni), mg/l, max 3.0 3.0 -
16 Cyanide (as CN), mg/l, max. 0.2 2.0 0.2
17 Chloride (as Cl), mg/l, max. 1000 1000 600
18 Fluoride (as F), mg/l, max 2.0 1.5 -
19 Phenolic compounds (as C6H5OH) mg/l, max. 1.0 5.0 -
Note : While discharging treated leachates into inland surface waters, quantity of leachates being discharged and the
quantity of dilution water available in the receiving water body shall be given due consideration.
C. Standards for incineration: The Emission from incinerators /thermal technologies in Solid Waste
treatment/disposal facility shall meet the following standards, namely:-
Parameter Emission standard
(1) (2) (3)
Particulates 50 mg/Nm3 Standard refers to half hourly average value
HCl 50 mg/Nm3 Standard refers to half hourly average value
SO2 200 mg/Nm3 Standard refers to half hourly average value
CO 100 mg/Nm3 Standard refers to half hourly average value
50 mg/Nm3 Standard refers to daily average value
Total Organic Carbon 20 mg/Nm3 Standard refers to half hourly average value
HF 4 mg/Nm3 Standard refers to half hourly average value
NOx (NO and NO2 expressed 400 mg/Nm3 Standard refers to half hourly average value
as NO2 )
Total dioxins and furans 0.1 ng TEQ/Nm3 Standard refers to 6-8 hours sampling. Please refer
guidelines for 17 concerned congeners for toxic
equivalence values to arrive at total toxic
equivalence.
Cd + Th + their compounds 0.05 mg/Nm3 Standard refers to sampling time anywhere

Hg and its compounds 0.05 mg/Nm3 Standard refers to sampling time anywhere
Appendix W
Approval from District Medical
Officer (Health), Ernakulum
District
L&T INFRASTRUCTURE ENGINEERING LIMITED
6-3-1192/1/1, 5th Floor, Block No.3,
White House, Kundan Bagh, Begumpet, Hyderabad – 500 016
Ph: 91 -040 – 40354444 ; Fax: 91-040-40354430

Consolidated Draft EIA Report-GJEP, KOCHI - Compressed

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Titolo originale

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Consolidated Draft EIA Report-GJEP, KOCHI - Compressed

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

GJ ECO POWER PRIVATE

EC FOR KOCHI WASTE TO ENERGY

Draft EIA/EMP Report

L&T Infrastructure Engineering Limited C1171301

Signature: Date: April 13, 2019

Signature: Date: April 13, 2019

April 13, 2019

April 13, 2019

April 13, 2019

V.Hanumantha Rao Period: 2017-19

Period: 2017-19 April 13, 2019

April 13, 2019

C.V. Sundara Rajan Period: 2017-19

QCI National Accreditation Board for NABET

Sr. Dire or, NABET Certificate No. Valid till

2.6.18 Water and Power ...................................................................................................... 2-24

4.3.3 Potential Impact during Operation .............................................................................. 4-8

11.9.4 Social Impact Assessment...................................................................................... 11-10

Figure 3-35: Population of <6 Years Children .................................................................................... 3-47

Table 3-13: Households and Population of Study Area ..................................................................... 3-46

Table 10-5: Environmental Management - Capital Cost .................................................................. 10-23

CER Corporate Environmental Responsibility

MRF Material Recovery Facilities

1.1 Project Identification

1.2 Details of Project Proponent

1.3 Applicable Institutional, Legal and Policy Framework

Table 1-1: Important Policy Landmarks and Initiatives by Government of India1 on

1.4 Project Site

Exhibit 1-1: Project Site Photographs

The aerial view of the site is shown in Figure 1-1.

Figure 1-1: Aerial View of the Site

1.4.1 Connectivity to Site

1.4.2 Salient Features of Project Site

Figure 1-2: Existing Infrastructure

Distance from the Landfill2

Distance from the Landfill2

1.5 Need/ Justification of Project Development

1.5.1 Indian Scenario

it is uneconomical to process all the waste, since only 13 to 20 % of municipal waste is

1.5.1.2 Swachh Bharat Mission Initiatives

 Ghazipur to produce 12 MW power by processing 2,000 tonnes waste per day

1.5.2 Kerala Scenario

1.5.2.1 Extract from Kerala State Policy on SWM 2018

1.5.3 Kochi Scenario

Waste Reception Area Open Waste Storage

Shed in Dilapidate Condition Un-Controlled Leacheate

Compost Plant Recent fire (on 22.02.2019) at

1.5.4 Waste to Energy Benefits

 Reduction in Air/Soil/Water Contamination

1.6 Status of Waste to Energy Projects in India and Other Countries

1.7 Successful WtE Projects by the Proponent

1.8 Project Development Plan

 Annual Electricity Exports: ~ 74 Million kWh

1.9 Consultant Appointed

1.10 Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA)

1.11 Approach and Methodology

1.11.1 Project Influence Area (PIA)/Study Area

1.11.2 Study Period

1.11.3.1 Project Description

1.11.3.2 Baseline Environmental Surveys

1.11.3.3 Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures

1.11.3.4 Analysis of Alternatives

1.11.3.5 Environmental Monitoring Programme